store.globalknowledge.netstore.globalknowledge.net/course-overviews/se/d8l76g.pdf · d8l76g...

D8L76G www.globalknowledge.se [email protected] 020-73 73 73

Building the IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 Infrastructure

Längd: 2 Days Kurskod: D8L76G

Sammanfattning:

This course covers installing and configuring a basic IBM Lotus Domino 8.5 and IBM Lotus Notes infrastructure with a single domain and usingan existing deployment plan. This course also covers configuring replication and mail routing in the single-domain environment.

Målgrupp:

The target audience for this course is system administrators new to Lotus Domino, who have a general understanding of the Lotus Domino andLotus Notes administration environment, and who will be responsible for initial installation and setup of a basic Lotus Domino and Lotus Notes8 infrastructure, and setup of Domino Mail servers in the corporate intranet and extranet (i.e. Internet) environments.

Målsättning:

Set up the first server and the administrator Configure basic intranet mail routing

Add Lotus Domino servers Configure mail routing to the Internet

Add Lotus Notes clients Establish mail controls

Administer users by creating groups and implementing policies Implement mail rules and storage limits

Set up server administration Monitor mail

Synchronize Lotus Domino system databases Resolve common mail routing problems

Förkunskaper:

You should have:

completed IBM Lotus Domino 8 System Administration OperatingFundamentals course orequivalent knowledge, skills, and experience


Innehåll:

Lesson 1: Setting Up the First Server andAdministrator line lineline Planning Guidelines Planning Guidelines

Topic 1A: Analyzing a Deployment Plan The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPlanning Considerations Plan Plan

Supported Platforms and System Supported Platforms and SystemRequirements Requirements

line Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPlanning Guidelines Domino Server Software Server SoftwareThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Plan Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoSupported Platforms and System Domino Administrator Client Software Administrator Client SoftwareRequirements The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Basic Configurations Basic ConfigurationsServer Software What is Eclipse? What is Eclipse?Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Client Installation Types Client Installation TypesTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino What is Lotus Expeditor? What is Lotus Expeditor?Administrator Client Software Expeditor Component Packaging Expeditor Component PackagingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Eclipse Update Sites Eclipse Update SitesBasic Configurations Automated Installation Options for Automated Installation Options for EclipseWhat is Eclipse? Eclipse Components ComponentsClient Installation Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theExpeditor Component Packaging First Server First ServerEclipse Update Sites The Server Setup Process The Server Setup ProcessAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse The Domino Directory The Domino DirectoryComponents Replicas of the Domino Directory Replicas of the Domino DirectoryMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Comparing Domains and Organizations Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Purposes of Organizational Units Purposes of Organizational UnitsFirst Server Alternatives to Organizational Units Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Server Setup Process Descendants of the Organization Certifier Descendants of the Organization CertifierThe Domino Directory Organization Security Organization SecurityReplicas of the Domino Directory Organization Certifier ID Security Organization Certifier ID SecurityComparing Domains and Organizations Authentication Between Organizations Authentication Between OrganizationsPurposes of Organizational Units Country Codes Country CodesAlternatives to Organizational Units Server Audience Types Server Audience TypesDescendants of the Organization Certifier The Lotus Domino Server Log The Lotus Domino Server LogOrganization Security Administrators Group Security Options Administrators Group Security Options Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstAuthentication Between Organizations Workstation WorkstationCountry Codes The Client Configuration Program The Client Configuration Program Server Audience Types Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe Lotus Domino Server Log Administrators and Servers Administrators and ServersAdministrators Group Security Options Access in the Domino Directory Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Special Privilege of the The Special Privilege of theThe Client Configuration Program LocalDomainAdmins Group LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Groupand Servers Group Lacks Lacks Access in the Domino Directory Domino Directory Access for Registering Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Special Privilege of the Servers ServersLocalDomainAdmins Group Need for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration ServerPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Server ID File Storage Options Server ID File Storage Options Lacks Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingDomino Directory Access for Registering Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersServers The Standard Directory Structure The Standard Directory StructureNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Central Directory Structure The Central Directory StructureServer ID File Storage Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino Directory Domino DirectoryAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Server Setup Profiles Server Setup ProfilesThe Standard Directory Structure Clearing the Server ID Password Clearing the Server ID Password The Central Directory Structure The Certification Log The Certification LogReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Administrator Access to Register OU Administrator Access to Register OUDomino Directory Certifiers CertifiersServer Setup Profiles Need for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server


Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Certification Log Administrators User Registration OptionsAdministrator Access to Register OU User Registration Options Administrator Access to Register UsersCertifiers Administrator Access to Register Users The License Tracking DatabaseNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The License Tracking Database Internet Password OptionsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Internet Password Options Internet Password LockingUser Registration Options Internet Password Locking ID File Distribution Options Administrator Access to Register Users ID File Distribution Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe License Tracking Database Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File User Registration Text FilesInternet Password Options User Registration Text Files How to Register Users from a Text File Internet Password Locking How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentID File Distribution Options Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document ChangesTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Changes Domino Directory DocumentUser Registration Text Files Domino Directory Document Synchronization How to Register Users from a Text File Synchronization Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator WorkstationChanges Workstation Workstation Setup for AdditionalDomino Directory Document Workstation Setup for Additional Workstations Synchronization Workstations Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus InstallationWorkstation Domino Installation The Lotus Domino Administrator Workstation Setup for Additional The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWorkstations Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple ServersTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Administration ProcessInstallation The Administration Process Components of the Administration ProcessThe Lotus Domino Administrator Components of the Administration Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Process Timing and Execution of AdministrationServers Database Tools in Domino Administrator Process Requests The Administration Process Timing and Execution of Administration Nested GroupsComponents of the Administration Process Process Requests The Deny List Only Group TypeDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Nested Groups Group Precedence in Database AccessTiming and Execution of Administration The Deny List Only Group Type Auto-populated Groups Process Requests Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalNested Groups Auto-populated Groups PolicyThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational PoliciesGroup Precedence in Database Access Policy Policy DocumentsAuto-populated Groups Policies Policy TypesTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Policy Documents Settings Document TypesPolicies Policy Types Policy Precedence RulesPolicy Documents Settings Document Types Static and Dynamic SettingsPolicy Types Policy Precedence Rules Policy Management ToolsSettings Document Types Static and Dynamic Settings Policy Management Development ToolsPolicy Precedence Rules Policy Management Tools Use of an Organizational Policy Static and Dynamic Settings Policy Management Development Tools Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPolicy Management Tools Use of an Organizational Policy Explicit PolicyPolicy Management Development Tools Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Policy Assignment MethodsUse of an Organizational Policy Explicit Policy Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Policy Assignment Methods Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPolicy Policy Assignment During Registration The Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Assignment Methods Dynamic Policy Assignments Lotus Domino Server ConsolePolicy Assignment During Registration The Effect of Multiple Policies Administration TasksDynamic Policy Assignments Lotus Domino Server Console Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Effect of Multiple Policies Administration Tasks Console Lotus Domino Server Console Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAdministration Tasks Console Databases on the ServerMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Server Access Control MechanismsConsole Databases on the Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Server Access Control Mechanisms User Access to the ServerDatabases on the Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server When to Restart the Server Server Access Control Mechanisms Access Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access User Access to the Server Administration LevelsUser Access to the Server When to Restart the Server Administration Level DetailsWhen to Restart the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Administration Levels Full Access Administrator Best PracticesAdministration Levels Administration Level Details The Domino Web AdministratorAdministration Level Details The Full Access Administrator Level Administration Levels and the Lotus


The Full Access Administrator Level Full Access Administrator Best Practices Domino Web Administrator Application Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Domino Web Administrator Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Domino Web Administrator Administration Levels and the Lotus The Domino Server LogAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Domino Web Administrator Application The Notes.ini FileWeb Administrator Application Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Logging Levels Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Domino Server Log Server Groups and Replication The Domino Server Log The Notes.ini File Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe Notes.ini File Logging Levels DocumentLogging Levels Server Groups and Replication Replication ControlsServer Groups and Replication Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Replication TypesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Document Methods for Forcing ReplicationReplication Controls Replication Controls Pull Push ReplicationReplication Types Replication Types Multiple Replication HubsMethods for Forcing Replication Methods for Forcing Replication Critical Application SchedulingPull Push Replication Pull Push Replication Replication Schedule Criteria Multiple Replication Hubs Multiple Replication Hubs Mail Routing ComponentsCritical Application Scheduling Critical Application Scheduling Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenReplication Schedule Criteria Replication Schedule Criteria NNNs Mail Routing Components Mail Routing Components Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Mail Routing Behavior Within and Mail Routing TopologyNNNs Between NNNs The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 7B: Implementing a TopologyMail Routing Topology Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing TopologyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topology Opportunistic RoutingTopology How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Connection Document Mail RoutingOpportunistic Routing Topology OptionsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Opportunistic Routing Router Types and Connection Documents Router Types and Connection Documents Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Options for Incoming Mailfor Incoming Mail Router Types and Connection Mail Storage Formats Mail Storage Formats Documents SMTPSMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage SMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Implementation Scenarios Format for Incoming Mail SMTP Best PracticesSMTP Best Practices Mail Storage Formats Internet Mail RoutingInternet Mail Routing SMTP The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks SMTP Implementation Scenarios Methods for Enabling SMTP Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Best Practices Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Internet Mail Routing SettingsSMTP Settings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks SMTP Settings Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliverySMTP Inbound Controls Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP SMTP Inbound ControlsSMTP Outbound Controls Settings SMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Relay Prevention SMTP Settings Message Relay Prevention Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistFilters Delivery FiltersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? SMTP Inbound Controls What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process SMTP Outbound Controls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Message Relay Prevention Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Whitelist? Filters the DNS Whitelist?DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found in the DNS Blacklist?What are Private Whitelist Filters? the DNS Whitelist? What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling Private Whitelist Filters DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Whitelist? What Happens When a Host is Found in the Private Whitelist?What are Private Blacklist Filters? the DNS Blacklist? What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling Private Blacklist Filters What are Private Whitelist Filters? Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling Private Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found in the Private Blacklist?Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence the Private Whitelist? Order of Whitelist and BlacklistHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters What are Private Blacklist Filters? PrecedenceTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Enabling Private Blacklist Filters How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist


(E/SMTP) Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Filters E/SMTP Settings the Private Blacklist? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Order of Whitelist and Blacklist (E/SMTP) OptionsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Precedence E/SMTP Settings Internet Address Lookup Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Filters When to Set Internet AddressesAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message (E/SMTP) Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDisclaimers E/SMTP Settings An Implementation of SMTP Routing Message Disclaimers Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 9B: Implementing MessageThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Addressing DisclaimersProcess When to Set Internet Addresses Message DisclaimersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Internet Address Lookup Options The Message Disclaimer ImplementationEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 8G: Testing SMTP ProcessCreating Message Disclaimer Policy An Implementation of SMTP Routing Options for Attaching DisclaimersSettings Topic 9B: Implementing Message Enabling Server Message DisclaimersUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Disclaimers Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMessages Message Disclaimers SettingsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Message Disclaimer Implementation Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEControls Process Messages Delivery Controls Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Enabling Server Message Disclaimers ControlsControls Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Delivery Controls Mail Transfer Controls Settings Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME ControlsMailboxes Messages Mail Transfer Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerHow Mail Rules Work Controls MailboxesMail Rule Actions Delivery Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer How Mail Rules WorkTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Controls Mail Rule ActionsMail Journaling Mail Transfer Controls Activating a Server Mail Rule Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingJournaling and Mail Routing Mailboxes Mail JournalingJournaling and Server Configuration Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and How Mail Rules Work Journaling and Mail RoutingWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Rule Actions Journaling and Server Configuration Tag Mail Rule Conditions Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andField Names Associated with Tags Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Mail Journaling Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhitelist Tags Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Journaling and Mail Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orQuotas Journaling and Server Configuration Whitelist Tags Quota Implementation Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasQuota Restrictions and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions QuotasTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Tag Mail Rule Conditions Quota Implementation OptionsMaintenance Field Names Associated with Tags Quota Restrictions Inbox Maintenance Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to or Whitelist Tags Inbox MaintenanceControl Inbox Size Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Inbox MaintenanceTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Quotas Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toArchiving Quota Implementation Options Control Inbox Size Benefits of Archiving and Policies Quota Restrictions Topic 10F: Archiving MailArchive Policy Documents Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with ArchivingArchive Policy Settings Document Inbox Maintenance Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchive Criteria Settings Document Inbox Maintenance Archive Policy DocumentsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Archive Policy Settings DocumentTypes of Misdelivered Mail Control Inbox Size Archive Criteria Settings Document Checking Mail Delivery Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Archiving Types of Misdelivered MailMail Statistics Benefits of Archiving and Policies Checking Mail Delivery Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Archive Policy Documents Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMessage Tracking Archive Policy Settings Document Mail Statistics Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhat is Message Recall? Checklist for Monitoring Mail Message Tracking Message Recall Options Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall


Configuring the Message Recall Feature Checking Mail Delivery What is Message Recall?Troubleshooting Stages Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Message Recall OptionsThe Mail Trace Tool Mail Statistics Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Troubleshooting StagesWhen to Restart the Router Message Tracking The Mail Trace Tool Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Force Mail Routing What is Message Recall? When to Restart the Router Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Message Recall Options Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMail Configuring the Message Recall Feature When to Force Mail Routing The Delivery Failure Process Troubleshooting Stages Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and

The Mail Trace Tool Dead MailTopic 12B: Restarting the Router The Delivery Failure Process

line When to Restart the Router Planning Guidelines Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment When to Force Mail Routing linePlan Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Planning GuidelinesSupported Platforms and System Dead Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentRequirements The Delivery Failure Process PlanTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Supported Platforms and SystemServer Software Requirements Lotus Domino Server Installation Types line Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Planning Guidelines Server SoftwareAdministrator Client Software The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Plan Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoBasic Configurations Supported Platforms and System Administrator Client SoftwareWhat is Eclipse? Requirements The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andClient Installation Types Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Basic ConfigurationsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Domino Server Software What is Eclipse?Expeditor Component Packaging Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Client Installation TypesEclipse Update Sites Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus What is Lotus Expeditor?Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Domino Administrator Client Software Expeditor Component PackagingComponents The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Eclipse Update SitesMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Basic Configurations Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What is Eclipse? ComponentsFirst Server Client Installation Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Server Setup Process What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theThe Domino Directory Expeditor Component Packaging First ServerReplicas of the Domino Directory Eclipse Update Sites The Server Setup ProcessComparing Domains and Organizations Automated Installation Options for The Domino DirectoryPurposes of Organizational Units Eclipse Components Replicas of the Domino DirectoryAlternatives to Organizational Units Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Comparing Domains and OrganizationsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Purposes of Organizational UnitsOrganization Security First Server Alternatives to Organizational UnitsOrganization Certifier ID Security The Server Setup Process Descendants of the Organization CertifierAuthentication Between Organizations The Domino Directory Organization SecurityCountry Codes Replicas of the Domino Directory Organization Certifier ID SecurityServer Audience Types Comparing Domains and Organizations Authentication Between OrganizationsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Purposes of Organizational Units Country CodesAdministrators Group Security Options Alternatives to Organizational Units Server Audience TypesTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Client Configuration Program Organization Security Administrators Group Security Options Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 1E: Configuring the Firstand Servers Authentication Between Organizations WorkstationAccess in the Domino Directory Country Codes The Client Configuration Program The Special Privilege of the Server Audience Types Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toLocalDomainAdmins Group The Lotus Domino Server Log Administrators and ServersPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Administrators Group Security Options Access in the Domino DirectoryLacks Topic 1E: Configuring the First The Special Privilege of theDomino Directory Access for Registering Workstation LocalDomainAdmins GroupServers The Client Configuration Program Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Lacks Server ID File Storage Options Administrators and Servers Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Access in the Domino Directory ServersAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Special Privilege of the Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Standard Directory Structure LocalDomainAdmins Group Server ID File Storage Options The Central Directory Structure Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting


Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Group Lacks Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersDomino Directory Domino Directory Access for Registering The Standard Directory StructureServer Setup Profiles Servers The Central Directory StructureClearing the Server ID Password Need for Selecting a Registration Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Certification Log Server ID File Storage Options Domino DirectoryAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Server Setup ProfilesCertifiers Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Clearing the Server ID Password Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Standard Directory Structure The Certification LogTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Central Directory Structure Administrator Access to Register OUUser Registration Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the CertifiersAdministrator Access to Register Users Domino Directory Need for Selecting a Registration Server The License Tracking Database Server Setup Profiles Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsInternet Password Options Clearing the Server ID Password User Registration OptionsInternet Password Locking The Certification Log Administrator Access to Register UsersID File Distribution Options Administrator Access to Register OU The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Certifiers Internet Password OptionsUser Registration Text Files Need for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Password LockingHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3B: Registering New ID File Distribution Options Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administrators Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileChanges User Registration Options User Registration Text FilesDomino Directory Document Administrator Access to Register Users How to Register Users from a Text File Synchronization The License Tracking Database Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Internet Password Options ChangesWorkstation Internet Password Locking Domino Directory DocumentWorkstation Setup for Additional ID File Distribution Options Synchronization Workstations Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino User Registration Text Files WorkstationInstallation How to Register Users from a Text File Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Workstations Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Changes Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoServers Domino Directory Document InstallationThe Administration Process Synchronization The Lotus Domino Administrator Components of the Administration Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Workstation ServersTiming and Execution of Administration Workstation Setup for Additional The Administration ProcessProcess Requests Workstations Components of the Administration ProcessNested Groups Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe Deny List Only Group Type Domino Installation Timing and Execution of AdministrationGroup Precedence in Database Access The Lotus Domino Administrator Process Requests Auto-populated Groups Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Nested GroupsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Servers The Deny List Only Group TypePolicies The Administration Process Group Precedence in Database AccessPolicy Documents Components of the Administration Auto-populated Groups Policy Types Process Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalSettings Document Types Database Tools in Domino Administrator PolicyPolicy Precedence Rules Timing and Execution of Administration PoliciesStatic and Dynamic Settings Process Requests Policy DocumentsPolicy Management Tools Nested Groups Policy TypesPolicy Management Development Tools The Deny List Only Group Type Settings Document TypesUse of an Organizational Policy Group Precedence in Database Access Policy Precedence RulesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Auto-populated Groups Static and Dynamic SettingsPolicy Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Management ToolsPolicy Assignment Methods Policy Policy Management Development ToolsPolicy Assignment During Registration Policies Use of an Organizational Policy Dynamic Policy Assignments Policy Documents Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Types Explicit PolicyLotus Domino Server Console Settings Document Types Policy Assignment MethodsAdministration Tasks Policy Precedence Rules Policy Assignment During RegistrationMessage Color-Coding on the Server Static and Dynamic Settings Dynamic Policy AssignmentsConsole Policy Management Tools The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Policy Management Development Tools Lotus Domino Server ConsoleDatabases on the Server Use of an Organizational Policy Administration TasksServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Message Color-Coding on the ServerRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Explicit Policy Console User Access to the Server Policy Assignment Methods Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateWhen to Restart the Server Policy Assignment During Registration Databases on the Server


Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Dynamic Policy Assignments Server Access Control MechanismsAdministration Levels The Effect of Multiple Policies Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAdministration Level Details Lotus Domino Server Console User Access to the ServerThe Full Access Administrator Level Administration Tasks When to Restart the Server Full Access Administrator Best Practices Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Domino Web Administrator Console Administration LevelsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administration Level DetailsWeb Administrator Application Databases on the Server The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Server Access Control Mechanisms Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Domino Server Log Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Domino Web AdministratorThe Notes.ini File Access Administration Levels and the LotusLogging Levels User Access to the Server Domino Web Administrator Application Server Groups and Replication When to Restart the Server Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Domino Server LogReplication Controls Administration Levels The Notes.ini FileReplication Types Administration Level Details Logging Levels Methods for Forcing Replication The Full Access Administrator Level Server Groups and Replication Pull Push Replication Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMultiple Replication Hubs The Domino Web Administrator DocumentCritical Application Scheduling Administration Levels and the Lotus Replication ControlsReplication Schedule Criteria Domino Web Administrator Application Replication TypesMail Routing Components Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Methods for Forcing ReplicationMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Domino Server Log Pull Push ReplicationNNNs The Notes.ini File Multiple Replication HubsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Logging Levels Critical Application SchedulingMail Routing Topology Server Groups and Replication Replication Schedule Criteria The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Mail Routing ComponentsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Document Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopology Replication Controls NNNs Opportunistic Routing Replication Types Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeConnection Document Mail Routing Options Methods for Forcing Replication Mail Routing TopologyRouter Types and Connection Documents Pull Push Replication The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Multiple Replication Hubs Topologyfor Incoming Mail Critical Application Scheduling How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMail Storage Formats Replication Schedule Criteria TopologySMTP Mail Routing Components Opportunistic RoutingSMTP Implementation Scenarios Mail Routing Behavior Within and Connection Document Mail RoutingSMTP Best Practices Between NNNs OptionsInternet Mail Routing Topic 7B: Implementing a Router Types and Connection Documents The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMethods for Enabling SMTP The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing for Incoming MailTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topology Mail Storage Formats SMTP Settings How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke SMTPTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topology SMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Inbound Controls Opportunistic Routing SMTP Best PracticesSMTP Outbound Controls Connection Document Mail Routing Internet Mail RoutingMessage Relay Prevention Options The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Router Types and Connection Methods for Enabling SMTP Filters Documents Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage SettingsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Format for Incoming Mail SMTP Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Mail Storage Formats Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the SMTP SMTP Inbound ControlsDNS Whitelist? SMTP Implementation Scenarios SMTP Outbound ControlsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Best Practices Message Relay Prevention Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Internet Mail Routing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks FiltersDNS Blacklist? Methods for Enabling SMTP What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Whitelist? Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail the DNS Whitelist?What are Private Blacklist Filters? Delivery DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters SMTP Inbound Controls Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the SMTP Outbound Controls What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Blacklist? Message Relay Prevention the DNS Blacklist?


Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What are Private Whitelist Filters?How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Filters Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? What Happens When a Host is Found in(E/SMTP) Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process the Private Whitelist?E/SMTP Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhen to Set Internet Addresses the DNS Whitelist? What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Address Lookup Options DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics the Private Blacklist?Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Order of Whitelist and BlacklistAn Implementation of SMTP Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in PrecedenceTopic 9B: Implementing Message the DNS Blacklist? How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDisclaimers What are Private Whitelist Filters? Filters Message Disclaimers Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe Message Disclaimer Implementation What Happens When a Host is Found in (E/SMTP) OptionsProcess the Private Whitelist? E/SMTP Settings Options for Attaching Disclaimers What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Enabling Private Blacklist Filters When to Set Internet AddressesCreating Message Disclaimer Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Address Lookup Options Settings the Private Blacklist? Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Order of Whitelist and Blacklist An Implementation of SMTP Routing Messages Precedence Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist DisclaimersControls Filters Message DisclaimersDelivery Controls Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer (E/SMTP) Options ProcessControls E/SMTP Settings Options for Attaching DisclaimersMail Transfer Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Addressing Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMailboxes When to Set Internet Addresses SettingsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Internet Address Lookup Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEHow Mail Rules Work Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Messages Mail Rule Actions An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 9B: Implementing Message ControlsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Disclaimers Delivery Controls Mail Journaling Message Disclaimers Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Message Disclaimer Implementation ControlsJournaling and Mail Routing Process Mail Transfer Controls Journaling and Server Configuration Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Enabling Server Message Disclaimers MailboxesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Tag Mail Rule Conditions Settings How Mail Rules WorkField Names Associated with Tags Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Mail Rule ActionsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Messages Activating a Server Mail Rule Whitelist Tags Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Controls Mail JournalingQuotas Delivery Controls Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsQuota Implementation Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Journaling and Mail RoutingQuota Restrictions Controls Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Mail Transfer Controls Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMaintenance Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInbox Maintenance Mailboxes Tag Mail Rule ConditionsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Field Names Associated with TagsControl Inbox Size How Mail Rules Work Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Mail Rule Actions Whitelist Tags Archiving Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasBenefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling QuotasArchive Policy Documents Mail Journaling Quota Implementation OptionsArchive Policy Settings Document Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Quota Restrictions Archive Criteria Settings Document Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withChecklist for Monitoring Mail Journaling and Server Configuration Inbox MaintenanceTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Inbox MaintenanceChecking Mail Delivery and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Tag Mail Rule Conditions Control Inbox Size Mail Statistics Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist ArchivingMessage Tracking or Whitelist Tags Benefits of Archiving and Policies


Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Archive Policy DocumentsWhat is Message Recall? Quotas Archive Policy Settings DocumentMessage Recall Options Quota Implementation Options Archive Criteria Settings Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature Quota Restrictions Checklist for Monitoring MailTroubleshooting Stages Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Types of Misdelivered MailThe Mail Trace Tool Inbox Maintenance Checking Mail Delivery Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Inbox Maintenance Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsWhen to Restart the Router Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Mail Statistics Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Control Inbox Size Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Message Tracking Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Archiving Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMail Benefits of Archiving and Policies What is Message Recall?The Delivery Failure Process Archive Policy Documents Message Recall Options

Archive Policy Settings Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature Archive Criteria Settings Document Troubleshooting Stages

line Checklist for Monitoring Mail The Mail Trace Tool Planning Guidelines Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Checking Mail Delivery When to Restart the Router Plan Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingSupported Platforms and System Mail Statistics When to Force Mail Routing Requirements Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Message Tracking Dead MailServer Software Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Delivery Failure ProcessLotus Domino Server Installation Types What is Message Recall?Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Message Recall OptionsAdministrator Client Software Configuring the Message Recall Feature lineThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Troubleshooting Stages Planning GuidelinesBasic Configurations The Mail Trace Tool The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentWhat is Eclipse? Topic 12B: Restarting the Router PlanClient Installation Types When to Restart the Router Supported Platforms and SystemWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Requirements Expeditor Component Packaging When to Force Mail Routing Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoEclipse Update Sites Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Server SoftwareAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Dead Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Components The Delivery Failure Process Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andFirst Server line Basic ConfigurationsThe Server Setup Process Planning Guidelines What is Eclipse?The Domino Directory The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Client Installation TypesReplicas of the Domino Directory Plan What is Lotus Expeditor?Comparing Domains and Organizations Supported Platforms and System Expeditor Component PackagingPurposes of Organizational Units Requirements Eclipse Update SitesAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Automated Installation Options for EclipseDescendants of the Organization Certifier Domino Server Software ComponentsOrganization Security Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theAuthentication Between Organizations Domino Administrator Client Software First ServerCountry Codes The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Server Setup ProcessServer Audience Types Basic Configurations The Domino DirectoryThe Lotus Domino Server Log What is Eclipse? Replicas of the Domino DirectoryAdministrators Group Security Options Client Installation Types Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation What is Lotus Expeditor? Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Client Configuration Program Expeditor Component Packaging Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Eclipse Update Sites Descendants of the Organization Certifierand Servers Automated Installation Options for Organization SecurityAccess in the Domino Directory Eclipse Components Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Special Privilege of the Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Authentication Between OrganizationsLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Country CodesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group First Server Server Audience TypesLacks The Server Setup Process The Lotus Domino Server LogDomino Directory Access for Registering The Domino Directory Administrators Group Security Options Servers Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Comparing Domains and Organizations WorkstationServer ID File Storage Options Purposes of Organizational Units The Client Configuration Program Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to


Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Descendants of the Organization Certifier Administrators and ServersThe Standard Directory Structure Organization Security Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Central Directory Structure Organization Certifier ID Security The Special Privilege of theReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Authentication Between Organizations LocalDomainAdmins GroupDomino Directory Country Codes Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupServer Setup Profiles Server Audience Types Lacks Clearing the Server ID Password The Lotus Domino Server Log Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Certification Log Administrators Group Security Options ServersAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 1E: Configuring the First Need for Selecting a Registration ServerCertifiers Workstation Server ID File Storage Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Client Configuration Program Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersUser Registration Options Administrators and Servers The Standard Directory StructureAdministrator Access to Register Users Access in the Domino Directory The Central Directory StructureThe License Tracking Database The Special Privilege of the Replicating a Subset of Documents in theInternet Password Options LocalDomainAdmins Group Domino DirectoryInternet Password Locking Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Server Setup ProfilesID File Distribution Options Group Lacks Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Domino Directory Access for Registering The Certification LogUser Registration Text Files Servers Administrator Access to Register OUHow to Register Users from a Text File Need for Selecting a Registration Server CertifiersTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Server ID File Storage Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Changes Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsDomino Directory Document Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers User Registration OptionsSynchronization The Standard Directory Structure Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Central Directory Structure The License Tracking DatabaseWorkstation Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Internet Password OptionsWorkstation Setup for Additional Domino Directory Internet Password LockingWorkstations Server Setup Profiles ID File Distribution Options Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileInstallation The Certification Log User Registration Text FilesThe Lotus Domino Administrator Administrator Access to Register OU How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Certifiers Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentServers Need for Selecting a Registration Server ChangesThe Administration Process Topic 3B: Registering New Domino Directory DocumentComponents of the Administration Process Administrators Synchronization Database Tools in Domino Administrator User Registration Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTiming and Execution of Administration Administrator Access to Register Users WorkstationProcess Requests The License Tracking Database Workstation Setup for AdditionalNested Groups Internet Password Options Workstations The Deny List Only Group Type Internet Password Locking Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoGroup Precedence in Database Access ID File Distribution Options InstallationAuto-populated Groups Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy User Registration Text Files Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultiplePolicies How to Register Users from a Text File ServersPolicy Documents Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Administration ProcessPolicy Types Changes Components of the Administration ProcessSettings Document Types Domino Directory Document Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPolicy Precedence Rules Synchronization Timing and Execution of AdministrationStatic and Dynamic Settings Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Process Requests Policy Management Tools Workstation Nested GroupsPolicy Management Development Tools Workstation Setup for Additional The Deny List Only Group TypeUse of an Organizational Policy Workstations Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Auto-populated Groups Policy Domino Installation Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalPolicy Assignment Methods The Lotus Domino Administrator PolicyPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple PoliciesDynamic Policy Assignments Servers Policy DocumentsThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Administration Process Policy TypesLotus Domino Server Console Components of the Administration Settings Document TypesAdministration Tasks Process Policy Precedence RulesMessage Color-Coding on the Server Database Tools in Domino Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsConsole Timing and Execution of Administration Policy Management ToolsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Process Requests Policy Management Development ToolsDatabases on the Server Nested Groups Use of an Organizational Policy Server Access Control Mechanisms The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an


Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Group Precedence in Database Access Explicit PolicyUser Access to the Server Auto-populated Groups Policy Assignment MethodsWhen to Restart the Server Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Policy Dynamic Policy AssignmentsAdministration Levels Policies The Effect of Multiple Policies Administration Level Details Policy Documents Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe Full Access Administrator Level Policy Types Administration TasksFull Access Administrator Best Practices Settings Document Types Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Domino Web Administrator Policy Precedence Rules Console Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateWeb Administrator Application Policy Management Tools Databases on the ServerTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Policy Management Development Tools Server Access Control MechanismsThe Domino Server Log Use of an Organizational Policy Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessThe Notes.ini File Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an User Access to the ServerLogging Levels Explicit Policy When to Restart the Server Server Groups and Replication Policy Assignment Methods Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Policy Assignment During Registration Administration LevelsReplication Controls Dynamic Policy Assignments Administration Level DetailsReplication Types The Effect of Multiple Policies The Full Access Administrator LevelMethods for Forcing Replication Lotus Domino Server Console Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPull Push Replication Administration Tasks The Domino Web AdministratorMultiple Replication Hubs Message Color-Coding on the Server Administration Levels and the LotusCritical Application Scheduling Console Domino Web Administrator Application Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsMail Routing Components Databases on the Server The Domino Server LogMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Server Access Control Mechanisms The Notes.ini FileNNNs Restrictions for Authorizing Server Logging Levels Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Access Server Groups and Replication Mail Routing Topology User Access to the Server Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology When to Restart the Server DocumentHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replication ControlsTopology Administration Levels Replication TypesOpportunistic Routing Administration Level Details Methods for Forcing ReplicationConnection Document Mail Routing Options The Full Access Administrator Level Pull Push ReplicationRouter Types and Connection Documents Full Access Administrator Best Practices Multiple Replication HubsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Domino Web Administrator Critical Application Schedulingfor Incoming Mail Administration Levels and the Lotus Replication Schedule Criteria Mail Storage Formats Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Routing ComponentsSMTP Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenSMTP Implementation Scenarios The Domino Server Log NNNs SMTP Best Practices The Notes.ini File Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeInternet Mail Routing Logging Levels Mail Routing TopologyThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Server Groups and Replication The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 6B: Creating a Connection TopologyTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Document How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeSMTP Settings Replication Controls TopologyTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Replication Types Opportunistic RoutingSMTP Inbound Controls Methods for Forcing Replication Connection Document Mail RoutingSMTP Outbound Controls Pull Push Replication OptionsMessage Relay Prevention Multiple Replication Hubs Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Critical Application Scheduling Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatFilters Replication Schedule Criteria for Incoming MailWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Mail Routing Components Mail Storage Formats The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Mail Routing Behavior Within and SMTPEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Between NNNs SMTP Implementation ScenariosWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 7B: Implementing a SMTP Best PracticesDNS Whitelist? Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Internet Mail RoutingDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing The SMTP Listener and Router TasksEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topology Methods for Enabling SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in the How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPDNS Blacklist? Topology SettingsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Opportunistic Routing SMTP Settings Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Options SMTP Inbound ControlsPrivate Whitelist? Router Types and Connection SMTP Outbound ControlsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Documents Message Relay Prevention


Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Format for Incoming Mail FiltersPrivate Blacklist? Mail Storage Formats What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence SMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters SMTP Implementation Scenarios Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP SMTP Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found in(E/SMTP) Options Internet Mail Routing the DNS Whitelist?E/SMTP Settings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Methods for Enabling SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Address Lookup Options Settings the DNS Blacklist?Topic 8G: Testing SMTP SMTP Settings What are Private Whitelist Filters?An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found inDisclaimers SMTP Inbound Controls the Private Whitelist?Message Disclaimers SMTP Outbound Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters?The Message Disclaimer Implementation Message Relay Prevention Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersProcess Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Filters the Private Blacklist?Enabling Server Message Disclaimers What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Order of Whitelist and BlacklistCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process PrecedenceSettings Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME What Happens When a Host is Found in Filters Messages the DNS Whitelist? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics (E/SMTP) OptionsControls Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters E/SMTP Settings Delivery Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer the DNS Blacklist? When to Set Internet AddressesControls What are Private Whitelist Filters? Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Transfer Controls Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server What Happens When a Host is Found in An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mailboxes the Private Whitelist? Topic 9B: Implementing MessageBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes What are Private Blacklist Filters? DisclaimersHow Mail Rules Work Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Message DisclaimersMail Rule Actions What Happens When a Host is Found in The Message Disclaimer ImplementationActivating a Server Mail Rule the Private Blacklist? ProcessTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Options for Attaching DisclaimersMail Journaling Precedence Enabling Server Message DisclaimersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyJournaling and Mail Routing Filters SettingsJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and (E/SMTP) Options Messages Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions E/SMTP Settings Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8F: Configuring Internet ControlsField Names Associated with Tags Addressing Delivery Controls Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhitelist Tags Internet Address Lookup Options ControlsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Mail Transfer Controls Quotas An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerQuota Implementation Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message MailboxesQuota Restrictions Disclaimers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Message Disclaimers How Mail Rules WorkMaintenance The Message Disclaimer Implementation Mail Rule ActionsInbox Maintenance Process Activating a Server Mail Rule Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingControl Inbox Size Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail JournalingTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsArchiving Settings Journaling and Mail RoutingBenefits of Archiving and Policies Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Journaling and Server Configuration Archive Policy Documents Messages Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsArchive Criteria Settings Document Controls Tag Mail Rule ConditionsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Delivery Controls Field Names Associated with TagsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orChecking Mail Delivery Controls Whitelist Tags Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Mail Transfer Controls Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas


Mail Statistics Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server QuotasTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Mailboxes Quota Implementation OptionsMessage Tracking Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Quota Restrictions Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall How Mail Rules Work Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhat is Message Recall? Mail Rule Actions Inbox MaintenanceMessage Recall Options Activating a Server Mail Rule Inbox MaintenanceConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTroubleshooting Stages Mail Journaling Control Inbox Size The Mail Trace Tool Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Journaling and Mail Routing ArchivingWhen to Restart the Router Journaling and Server Configuration Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Archive Policy DocumentsWhen to Force Mail Routing and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Tag Mail Rule Conditions Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Field Names Associated with Tags Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Delivery Failure Process Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Types of Misdelivered Mail

or Whitelist Tags Checking Mail Delivery Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics

line Quotas Mail Statistics Planning Guidelines Quota Implementation Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Quota Restrictions Message Tracking Plan Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallSupported Platforms and System Inbox Maintenance What is Message Recall?Requirements Inbox Maintenance Message Recall OptionsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Configuring the Message Recall Feature Server Software Control Inbox Size Troubleshooting StagesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 10F: Archiving Mail The Mail Trace Tool Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Archiving Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAdministrator Client Software Benefits of Archiving and Policies When to Restart the Router The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Archive Policy Documents Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingBasic Configurations Archive Policy Settings Document When to Force Mail Routing What is Eclipse? Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andClient Installation Types Checklist for Monitoring Mail Dead MailWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Types of Misdelivered Mail The Delivery Failure ProcessExpeditor Component Packaging Checking Mail Delivery Eclipse Update Sites Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Mail Statistics lineComponents Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Planning GuidelinesMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Message Tracking The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall PlanFirst Server What is Message Recall? Supported Platforms and SystemThe Server Setup Process Message Recall Options Requirements The Domino Directory Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoReplicas of the Domino Directory Troubleshooting Stages Server SoftwareComparing Domains and Organizations The Mail Trace Tool Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAlternatives to Organizational Units When to Restart the Router Administrator Client SoftwareDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andOrganization Security When to Force Mail Routing Basic ConfigurationsOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and What is Eclipse?Authentication Between Organizations Dead Mail Client Installation TypesCountry Codes The Delivery Failure Process What is Lotus Expeditor?Server Audience Types Expeditor Component PackagingThe Lotus Domino Server Log Eclipse Update SitesAdministrators Group Security Options line Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Planning Guidelines ComponentsThe Client Configuration Program The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Plan Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theand Servers Supported Platforms and System First ServerAccess in the Domino Directory Requirements The Server Setup ProcessThe Special Privilege of the Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Domino DirectoryLocalDomainAdmins Group Domino Server Software Replicas of the Domino DirectoryPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Comparing Domains and OrganizationsLacks Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Purposes of Organizational UnitsDomino Directory Access for Registering Domino Administrator Client Software Alternatives to Organizational UnitsServers The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Descendants of the Organization Certifier


Need for Selecting a Registration Server Basic Configurations Organization SecurityServer ID File Storage Options What is Eclipse? Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Client Installation Types Authentication Between OrganizationsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers What is Lotus Expeditor? Country CodesThe Standard Directory Structure Expeditor Component Packaging Server Audience TypesThe Central Directory Structure Eclipse Update Sites The Lotus Domino Server LogReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Automated Installation Options for Administrators Group Security Options Domino Directory Eclipse Components Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstServer Setup Profiles Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation WorkstationClearing the Server ID Password Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The Client Configuration Program The Certification Log First Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toAdministrator Access to Register OU The Server Setup Process Administrators and ServersCertifiers The Domino Directory Access in the Domino DirectoryNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Replicas of the Domino Directory The Special Privilege of theTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Comparing Domains and Organizations LocalDomainAdmins GroupUser Registration Options Purposes of Organizational Units Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupAdministrator Access to Register Users Alternatives to Organizational Units Lacks The License Tracking Database Descendants of the Organization Certifier Domino Directory Access for RegisteringInternet Password Options Organization Security ServersInternet Password Locking Organization Certifier ID Security Need for Selecting a Registration ServerID File Distribution Options Authentication Between Organizations Server ID File Storage Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Country Codes Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingUser Registration Text Files Server Audience Types Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersHow to Register Users from a Text File The Lotus Domino Server Log The Standard Directory StructureTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administrators Group Security Options The Central Directory StructureChanges Topic 1E: Configuring the First Replicating a Subset of Documents in theDomino Directory Document Workstation Domino DirectorySynchronization The Client Configuration Program Server Setup ProfilesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Clearing the Server ID Password Workstation Administrators and Servers The Certification LogWorkstation Setup for Additional Access in the Domino Directory Administrator Access to Register OUWorkstations The Special Privilege of the CertifiersTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino LocalDomainAdmins Group Need for Selecting a Registration Server Installation Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Group Lacks User Registration OptionsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Domino Directory Access for Registering Administrator Access to Register UsersServers Servers The License Tracking DatabaseThe Administration Process Need for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Password OptionsComponents of the Administration Process Server ID File Storage Options Internet Password LockingDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting ID File Distribution Options Timing and Execution of Administration Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileProcess Requests The Standard Directory Structure User Registration Text FilesNested Groups The Central Directory Structure How to Register Users from a Text File The Deny List Only Group Type Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentGroup Precedence in Database Access Domino Directory ChangesAuto-populated Groups Server Setup Profiles Domino Directory DocumentTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Clearing the Server ID Password Synchronization Policies The Certification Log Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorPolicy Documents Administrator Access to Register OU WorkstationPolicy Types Certifiers Workstation Setup for AdditionalSettings Document Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstations Policy Precedence Rules Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoStatic and Dynamic Settings Administrators InstallationPolicy Management Tools User Registration Options The Lotus Domino Administrator Policy Management Development Tools Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleUse of an Organizational Policy The License Tracking Database ServersTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Internet Password Options The Administration ProcessPolicy Internet Password Locking Components of the Administration ProcessPolicy Assignment Methods ID File Distribution Options Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Timing and Execution of AdministrationDynamic Policy Assignments User Registration Text Files Process Requests The Effect of Multiple Policies How to Register Users from a Text File Nested GroupsLotus Domino Server Console Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Deny List Only Group TypeAdministration Tasks Changes Group Precedence in Database AccessMessage Color-Coding on the Server Domino Directory Document Auto-populated Groups Console Synchronization Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational


Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator PolicyDatabases on the Server Workstation PoliciesServer Access Control Mechanisms Workstation Setup for Additional Policy DocumentsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Workstations Policy TypesUser Access to the Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Settings Document TypesWhen to Restart the Server Domino Installation Policy Precedence RulesTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Lotus Domino Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsAdministration Levels Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy Management ToolsAdministration Level Details Servers Policy Management Development ToolsThe Full Access Administrator Level The Administration Process Use of an Organizational Policy Full Access Administrator Best Practices Components of the Administration Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Domino Web Administrator Process Explicit PolicyAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Database Tools in Domino Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsWeb Administrator Application Timing and Execution of Administration Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Process Requests Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Domino Server Log Nested Groups The Effect of Multiple Policies The Notes.ini File The Deny List Only Group Type Lotus Domino Server ConsoleLogging Levels Group Precedence in Database Access Administration TasksServer Groups and Replication Auto-populated Groups Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Console Replication Controls Policy Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateReplication Types Policies Databases on the ServerMethods for Forcing Replication Policy Documents Server Access Control MechanismsPull Push Replication Policy Types Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMultiple Replication Hubs Settings Document Types User Access to the ServerCritical Application Scheduling Policy Precedence Rules When to Restart the Server Replication Schedule Criteria Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsMail Routing Components Policy Management Tools Administration LevelsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Policy Management Development Tools Administration Level DetailsNNNs Use of an Organizational Policy The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMail Routing Topology Explicit Policy The Domino Web AdministratorThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Policy Assignment Methods Administration Levels and the LotusHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Policy Assignment During Registration Domino Web Administrator Application Topology Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsOpportunistic Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies The Domino Server LogConnection Document Mail Routing Options Lotus Domino Server Console The Notes.ini FileRouter Types and Connection Documents Administration Tasks Logging Levels Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Groups and Replication for Incoming Mail Console Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMail Storage Formats Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create DocumentSMTP Databases on the Server Replication ControlsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Server Access Control Mechanisms Replication TypesSMTP Best Practices Restrictions for Authorizing Server Methods for Forcing ReplicationInternet Mail Routing Access Pull Push ReplicationThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks User Access to the Server Multiple Replication HubsMethods for Enabling SMTP When to Restart the Server Critical Application SchedulingTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replication Schedule Criteria SMTP Settings Administration Levels Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Administration Level Details Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenSMTP Inbound Controls The Full Access Administrator Level NNNs SMTP Outbound Controls Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMessage Relay Prevention The Domino Web Administrator Mail Routing TopologyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administration Levels and the Lotus The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingFilters Domino Web Administrator Application TopologyWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Domino Server Log TopologyEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Notes.ini File Opportunistic RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Logging Levels Connection Document Mail RoutingDNS Whitelist? Server Groups and Replication OptionsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Router Types and Connection Documents Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Document Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Replication Controls for Incoming MailDNS Blacklist? Replication Types Mail Storage Formats What are Private Whitelist Filters? Methods for Forcing Replication SMTPEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Pull Push Replication SMTP Implementation Scenarios


What Happens When a Host is Found in the Multiple Replication Hubs SMTP Best PracticesPrivate Whitelist? Critical Application Scheduling Internet Mail RoutingWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Replication Schedule Criteria The SMTP Listener and Router TasksEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Mail Routing Components Methods for Enabling SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPPrivate Blacklist? Between NNNs SettingsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 7B: Implementing a SMTP Settings How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing SMTP Inbound Controls(E/SMTP) Options Topology SMTP Outbound ControlsE/SMTP Settings How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Message Relay Prevention Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topology Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhen to Set Internet Addresses Opportunistic Routing FiltersInternet Address Lookup Options Connection Document Mail Routing What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Router Types and Connection Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inDisclaimers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage the DNS Whitelist?Message Disclaimers Format for Incoming Mail DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Mail Storage Formats Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersProcess SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inOptions for Attaching Disclaimers SMTP Implementation Scenarios the DNS Blacklist?Enabling Server Message Disclaimers SMTP Best Practices What are Private Whitelist Filters?Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Internet Mail Routing Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersSettings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Methods for Enabling SMTP the Private Whitelist?Messages Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Settings Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersControls SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inDelivery Controls Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail the Private Blacklist?Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Delivery Order of Whitelist and BlacklistControls SMTP Inbound Controls PrecedenceMail Transfer Controls SMTP Outbound Controls How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Message Relay Prevention Filters Mailboxes Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Filters (E/SMTP) OptionsHow Mail Rules Work What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? E/SMTP Settings Mail Rule Actions The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingActivating a Server Mail Rule Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Journaling the DNS Whitelist? Topic 8G: Testing SMTPJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics An Implementation of SMTP Routing Journaling and Mail Routing Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 9B: Implementing MessageJournaling and Server Configuration What Happens When a Host is Found in DisclaimersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and the DNS Blacklist? Message DisclaimersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTag Mail Rule Conditions Enabling Private Whitelist Filters ProcessField Names Associated with Tags What Happens When a Host is Found in Options for Attaching DisclaimersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or the Private Whitelist? Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhitelist Tags What are Private Blacklist Filters? Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Enabling Private Blacklist Filters SettingsQuotas What Happens When a Host is Found in Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEQuota Implementation Options the Private Blacklist? Messages Quota Restrictions Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Precedence ControlsMaintenance How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Delivery Controls Inbox Maintenance Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP ControlsControl Inbox Size (E/SMTP) Options Mail Transfer Controls Topic 10F: Archiving Mail E/SMTP Settings Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerArchiving Topic 8F: Configuring Internet MailboxesBenefits of Archiving and Policies Addressing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Archive Policy Documents When to Set Internet Addresses How Mail Rules WorkArchive Policy Settings Document Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Rule ActionsArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Activating a Server Mail Rule Checklist for Monitoring Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling


Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 9B: Implementing Message Mail JournalingChecking Mail Delivery Disclaimers Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Message Disclaimers Journaling and Mail RoutingMail Statistics The Message Disclaimer Implementation Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Process Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMessage Tracking Options for Attaching Disclaimers Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhat is Message Recall? Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Field Names Associated with TagsMessage Recall Options Settings Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Whitelist Tags Troubleshooting Stages Messages Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery QuotasTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Controls Quota Implementation OptionsWhen to Restart the Router Delivery Controls Quota Restrictions Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhen to Force Mail Routing Controls Inbox MaintenanceTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Mail Transfer Controls Inbox MaintenanceMail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Delivery Failure Process Mailboxes Control Inbox Size

Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10F: Archiving MailHow Mail Rules Work Archiving

line Mail Rule Actions Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesPlanning Guidelines Activating a Server Mail Rule Archive Policy DocumentsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Archive Policy Settings DocumentPlan Mail Journaling Archive Criteria Settings Document Supported Platforms and System Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Checklist for Monitoring MailRequirements Journaling and Mail Routing Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Journaling and Server Configuration Checking Mail Delivery Server Software Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsLotus Domino Server Installation Types and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Statistics Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAdministrator Client Software Field Names Associated with Tags Message Tracking The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallBasic Configurations or Whitelist Tags What is Message Recall?What is Eclipse? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Message Recall OptionsClient Installation Types Quotas Configuring the Message Recall Feature What is Lotus Expeditor? Quota Implementation Options Troubleshooting StagesExpeditor Component Packaging Quota Restrictions The Mail Trace Tool Eclipse Update Sites Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Inbox Maintenance When to Restart the Router Components Inbox Maintenance Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to When to Force Mail Routing Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Control Inbox Size Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andFirst Server Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Dead MailThe Server Setup Process Archiving The Delivery Failure ProcessThe Domino Directory Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesReplicas of the Domino Directory Archive Policy DocumentsComparing Domains and Organizations Archive Policy Settings Document linePurposes of Organizational Units Archive Criteria Settings Document Planning GuidelinesAlternatives to Organizational Units Checklist for Monitoring Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentDescendants of the Organization Certifier Types of Misdelivered Mail PlanOrganization Security Checking Mail Delivery Supported Platforms and SystemOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Requirements Authentication Between Organizations Mail Statistics Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoCountry Codes Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Server SoftwareServer Audience Types Message Tracking Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAdministrators Group Security Options What is Message Recall? Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Message Recall Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Client Configuration Program Configuring the Message Recall Feature Basic ConfigurationsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Troubleshooting Stages What is Eclipse?and Servers The Mail Trace Tool Client Installation TypesAccess in the Domino Directory Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What is Lotus Expeditor?The Special Privilege of the When to Restart the Router Expeditor Component PackagingLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Eclipse Update SitesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group When to Force Mail Routing Automated Installation Options for Eclipse


Lacks Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and ComponentsDomino Directory Access for Registering Dead Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Servers The Delivery Failure Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theNeed for Selecting a Registration Server First ServerServer ID File Storage Options The Server Setup ProcessTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting line The Domino DirectoryAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Planning Guidelines Replicas of the Domino DirectoryThe Standard Directory Structure The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Central Directory Structure Plan Purposes of Organizational UnitsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Supported Platforms and System Alternatives to Organizational UnitsDomino Directory Requirements Descendants of the Organization CertifierServer Setup Profiles Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Organization SecurityClearing the Server ID Password Domino Server Software Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Certification Log Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Authentication Between OrganizationsAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Country CodesCertifiers Domino Administrator Client Software Server Audience TypesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Basic Configurations Administrators Group Security Options User Registration Options What is Eclipse? Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstAdministrator Access to Register Users Client Installation Types WorkstationThe License Tracking Database What is Lotus Expeditor? The Client Configuration Program Internet Password Options Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toInternet Password Locking Eclipse Update Sites Administrators and ServersID File Distribution Options Automated Installation Options for Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Eclipse Components The Special Privilege of theUser Registration Text Files Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation LocalDomainAdmins GroupHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document First Server Lacks Changes The Server Setup Process Domino Directory Access for RegisteringDomino Directory Document The Domino Directory ServersSynchronization Replicas of the Domino Directory Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Comparing Domains and Organizations Server ID File Storage Options Workstation Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingWorkstation Setup for Additional Alternatives to Organizational Units Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWorkstations Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Standard Directory StructureTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Organization Security The Central Directory StructureInstallation Organization Certifier ID Security Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Lotus Domino Administrator Authentication Between Organizations Domino DirectoryTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Country Codes Server Setup ProfilesServers Server Audience Types Clearing the Server ID Password The Administration Process The Lotus Domino Server Log The Certification LogComponents of the Administration Process Administrators Group Security Options Administrator Access to Register OUDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 1E: Configuring the First CertifiersTiming and Execution of Administration Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration Server Process Requests The Client Configuration Program Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsNested Groups Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to User Registration OptionsThe Deny List Only Group Type Administrators and Servers Administrator Access to Register UsersGroup Precedence in Database Access Access in the Domino Directory The License Tracking DatabaseAuto-populated Groups The Special Privilege of the Internet Password OptionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy LocalDomainAdmins Group Internet Password LockingPolicies Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins ID File Distribution Options Policy Documents Group Lacks Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePolicy Types Domino Directory Access for Registering User Registration Text FilesSettings Document Types Servers How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Precedence Rules Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentStatic and Dynamic Settings Server ID File Storage Options ChangesPolicy Management Tools Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino Directory DocumentPolicy Management Development Tools Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Synchronization Use of an Organizational Policy The Standard Directory Structure Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The Central Directory Structure WorkstationPolicy Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Workstation Setup for AdditionalPolicy Assignment Methods Domino Directory Workstations Policy Assignment During Registration Server Setup Profiles Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoDynamic Policy Assignments Clearing the Server ID Password InstallationThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Certification Log The Lotus Domino Administrator Lotus Domino Server Console Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple


Administration Tasks Certifiers ServersMessage Color-Coding on the Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Administration ProcessConsole Topic 3B: Registering New Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administrators Database Tools in Domino AdministratorDatabases on the Server User Registration Options Timing and Execution of AdministrationServer Access Control Mechanisms Administrator Access to Register Users Process Requests Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access The License Tracking Database Nested GroupsUser Access to the Server Internet Password Options The Deny List Only Group TypeWhen to Restart the Server Internet Password Locking Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels ID File Distribution Options Auto-populated Groups Administration Levels Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalAdministration Level Details User Registration Text Files PolicyThe Full Access Administrator Level How to Register Users from a Text File PoliciesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy DocumentsThe Domino Web Administrator Changes Policy TypesAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Domino Directory Document Settings Document TypesWeb Administrator Application Synchronization Policy Precedence RulesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Domino Server Log Workstation Policy Management ToolsThe Notes.ini File Workstation Setup for Additional Policy Management Development ToolsLogging Levels Workstations Use of an Organizational Policy Server Groups and Replication Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Domino Installation Explicit PolicyReplication Controls The Lotus Domino Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsReplication Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy Assignment During RegistrationMethods for Forcing Replication Servers Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPull Push Replication The Administration Process The Effect of Multiple Policies Multiple Replication Hubs Components of the Administration Lotus Domino Server ConsoleCritical Application Scheduling Process Administration TasksReplication Schedule Criteria Database Tools in Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerMail Routing Components Timing and Execution of Administration Console Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Process Requests Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateNNNs Nested Groups Databases on the ServerTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke The Deny List Only Group Type Server Access Control MechanismsMail Routing Topology Group Precedence in Database Access Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Auto-populated Groups User Access to the ServerHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational When to Restart the Server Topology Policy Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsOpportunistic Routing Policies Administration LevelsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Policy Documents Administration Level DetailsRouter Types and Connection Documents Policy Types The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Settings Document Types Full Access Administrator Best Practicesfor Incoming Mail Policy Precedence Rules The Domino Web AdministratorMail Storage Formats Static and Dynamic Settings Administration Levels and the LotusSMTP Policy Management Tools Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Management Development Tools Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsSMTP Best Practices Use of an Organizational Policy The Domino Server LogInternet Mail Routing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an The Notes.ini FileThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Explicit Policy Logging Levels Methods for Enabling SMTP Policy Assignment Methods Server Groups and Replication Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionSMTP Settings Dynamic Policy Assignments DocumentTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery The Effect of Multiple Policies Replication ControlsSMTP Inbound Controls Lotus Domino Server Console Replication TypesSMTP Outbound Controls Administration Tasks Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessage Relay Prevention Message Color-Coding on the Server Pull Push ReplicationTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Console Multiple Replication HubsFilters Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Critical Application SchedulingWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Databases on the Server Replication Schedule Criteria The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server Access Control Mechanisms Mail Routing ComponentsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Restrictions for Authorizing Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Access NNNs DNS Whitelist? User Access to the Server Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics When to Restart the Server Mail Routing TopologyEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administration Levels Topology


DNS Blacklist? Administration Level Details How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? The Full Access Administrator Level TopologyEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Full Access Administrator Best Practices Opportunistic RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Domino Web Administrator Connection Document Mail RoutingPrivate Whitelist? Administration Levels and the Lotus OptionsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino Web Administrator Application Router Types and Connection Documents Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Domino Server Log for Incoming MailPrivate Blacklist? The Notes.ini File Mail Storage Formats Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Logging Levels SMTPHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Server Groups and Replication SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 6B: Creating a Connection SMTP Best Practices(E/SMTP) Options Document Internet Mail RoutingE/SMTP Settings Replication Controls The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Replication Types Methods for Enabling SMTP When to Set Internet Addresses Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPInternet Address Lookup Options Pull Push Replication SettingsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Multiple Replication Hubs SMTP Settings An Implementation of SMTP Routing Critical Application Scheduling Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 9B: Implementing Message Replication Schedule Criteria SMTP Inbound ControlsDisclaimers Mail Routing Components SMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Disclaimers Mail Routing Behavior Within and Message Relay Prevention The Message Disclaimer Implementation Between NNNs Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistProcess Topic 7B: Implementing a FiltersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Enabling Server Message Disclaimers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topology Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersSettings How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topology the DNS Whitelist?Messages Opportunistic Routing DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Connection Document Mail Routing Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersControls Options What Happens When a Host is Found inDelivery Controls Router Types and Connection the DNS Blacklist?Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Documents What are Private Whitelist Filters?Controls Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMail Transfer Controls Format for Incoming Mail What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Storage Formats the Private Whitelist?Mailboxes SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters?Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes SMTP Implementation Scenarios Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersHow Mail Rules Work SMTP Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Rule Actions Internet Mail Routing the Private Blacklist?Activating a Server Mail Rule The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Methods for Enabling SMTP PrecedenceMail Journaling Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Settings Filters Journaling and Mail Routing SMTP Settings Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Delivery E/SMTP Settings Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTag Mail Rule Conditions SMTP Outbound Controls When to Set Internet AddressesField Names Associated with Tags Message Relay Prevention Internet Address Lookup Options Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhitelist Tags Filters An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 9B: Implementing MessageQuotas The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process DisclaimersQuota Implementation Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Message DisclaimersQuota Restrictions What Happens When a Host is Found in The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox the DNS Whitelist? ProcessMaintenance DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Options for Attaching DisclaimersInbox Maintenance Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Enabling Server Message DisclaimersUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to What Happens When a Host is Found in Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyControl Inbox Size the DNS Blacklist? SettingsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail What are Private Whitelist Filters? Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEArchiving Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Messages Benefits of Archiving and Policies What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryArchive Policy Documents the Private Whitelist? Controls


Archive Policy Settings Document What are Private Blacklist Filters? Delivery Controls Archive Criteria Settings Document Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferChecklist for Monitoring Mail What Happens When a Host is Found in ControlsTypes of Misdelivered Mail the Private Blacklist? Mail Transfer Controls Checking Mail Delivery Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Precedence MailboxesMail Statistics How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Filters How Mail Rules WorkMessage Tracking Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Rule ActionsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall (E/SMTP) Options Activating a Server Mail Rule What is Message Recall? E/SMTP Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMessage Recall Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Mail JournalingConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Addressing Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTroubleshooting Stages When to Set Internet Addresses Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Mail Trace Tool Internet Address Lookup Options Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWhen to Restart the Router An Implementation of SMTP Routing Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 9B: Implementing Message Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhen to Force Mail Routing Disclaimers Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Message Disclaimers Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMail The Message Disclaimer Implementation Whitelist Tags The Delivery Failure Process Process Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas

Options for Attaching Disclaimers QuotasEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Quota Implementation Options

line Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Quota Restrictions Planning Guidelines Settings Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Inbox MaintenancePlan Messages Inbox MaintenanceSupported Platforms and System Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toRequirements Controls Control Inbox Size Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Delivery Controls Topic 10F: Archiving MailServer Software Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer ArchivingLotus Domino Server Installation Types Controls Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Mail Transfer Controls Archive Policy DocumentsAdministrator Client Software Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Archive Policy Settings DocumentThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Mailboxes Archive Criteria Settings Document Basic Configurations Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Checklist for Monitoring MailWhat is Eclipse? How Mail Rules Work Types of Misdelivered MailClient Installation Types Mail Rule Actions Checking Mail Delivery What is Lotus Expeditor? Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsExpeditor Component Packaging Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Statistics Eclipse Update Sites Mail Journaling Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Message Tracking Components Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Journaling and Server Configuration What is Message Recall?Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Message Recall OptionsFirst Server and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Server Setup Process Tag Mail Rule Conditions Troubleshooting StagesThe Domino Directory Field Names Associated with Tags The Mail Trace Tool Replicas of the Domino Directory Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterComparing Domains and Organizations or Whitelist Tags When to Restart the Router Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAlternatives to Organizational Units Quotas When to Force Mail Routing Descendants of the Organization Certifier Quota Implementation Options Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andOrganization Security Quota Restrictions Dead MailOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with The Delivery Failure ProcessAuthentication Between Organizations Inbox MaintenanceCountry Codes Inbox MaintenanceServer Audience Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to lineThe Lotus Domino Server Log Control Inbox Size Planning GuidelinesAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 10F: Archiving Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Archiving PlanThe Client Configuration Program Benefits of Archiving and Policies Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Archive Policy Documents Requirements and Servers Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAccess in the Domino Directory Archive Criteria Settings Document Server Software


The Special Privilege of the Checklist for Monitoring Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types LocalDomainAdmins Group Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Checking Mail Delivery Administrator Client SoftwareLacks Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andDomino Directory Access for Registering Mail Statistics Basic ConfigurationsServers Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking What is Eclipse?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message Tracking Client Installation TypesServer ID File Storage Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting What is Message Recall? Expeditor Component PackagingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Message Recall Options Eclipse Update SitesThe Standard Directory Structure Configuring the Message Recall Feature Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Central Directory Structure Troubleshooting Stages ComponentsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Mail Trace Tool Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Directory Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theServer Setup Profiles When to Restart the Router First ServerClearing the Server ID Password Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Server Setup ProcessThe Certification Log When to Force Mail Routing The Domino DirectoryAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Replicas of the Domino DirectoryCertifiers Dead Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Delivery Failure Process Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Alternatives to Organizational UnitsUser Registration Options Descendants of the Organization CertifierAdministrator Access to Register Users line Organization SecurityThe License Tracking Database Planning Guidelines Organization Certifier ID SecurityInternet Password Options The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Authentication Between OrganizationsInternet Password Locking Plan Country CodesID File Distribution Options Supported Platforms and System Server Audience TypesTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Requirements The Lotus Domino Server LogUser Registration Text Files Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Administrators Group Security Options How to Register Users from a Text File Domino Server Software Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Lotus Domino Server Installation Types WorkstationChanges Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus The Client Configuration Program Domino Directory Document Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toSynchronization The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Administrators and ServersTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Basic Configurations Access in the Domino DirectoryWorkstation What is Eclipse? The Special Privilege of theWorkstation Setup for Additional Client Installation Types LocalDomainAdmins GroupWorkstations What is Lotus Expeditor? Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Expeditor Component Packaging Lacks Installation Eclipse Update Sites Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Lotus Domino Administrator Automated Installation Options for ServersTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Eclipse Components Need for Selecting a Registration ServerServers Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Server ID File Storage Options The Administration Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingComponents of the Administration Process First Server Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Server Setup Process The Standard Directory StructureTiming and Execution of Administration The Domino Directory The Central Directory StructureProcess Requests Replicas of the Domino Directory Replicating a Subset of Documents in theNested Groups Comparing Domains and Organizations Domino DirectoryThe Deny List Only Group Type Purposes of Organizational Units Server Setup ProfilesGroup Precedence in Database Access Alternatives to Organizational Units Clearing the Server ID Password Auto-populated Groups Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Certification LogTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Organization Security Administrator Access to Register OUPolicies Organization Certifier ID Security CertifiersPolicy Documents Authentication Between Organizations Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Types Country Codes Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsSettings Document Types Server Audience Types User Registration OptionsPolicy Precedence Rules The Lotus Domino Server Log Administrator Access to Register UsersStatic and Dynamic Settings Administrators Group Security Options The License Tracking DatabasePolicy Management Tools Topic 1E: Configuring the First Internet Password OptionsPolicy Management Development Tools Workstation Internet Password LockingUse of an Organizational Policy The Client Configuration Program ID File Distribution Options Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePolicy Administrators and Servers User Registration Text FilesPolicy Assignment Methods Access in the Domino Directory How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Assignment During Registration The Special Privilege of the Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document


Dynamic Policy Assignments LocalDomainAdmins Group ChangesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Domino Directory DocumentLotus Domino Server Console Group Lacks Synchronization Administration Tasks Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMessage Color-Coding on the Server Servers WorkstationConsole Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Server ID File Storage Options Workstations Databases on the Server Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoServer Access Control Mechanisms Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers InstallationRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Standard Directory Structure The Lotus Domino Administrator User Access to the Server The Central Directory Structure Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWhen to Restart the Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in the ServersTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Domino Directory The Administration ProcessAdministration Levels Server Setup Profiles Components of the Administration ProcessAdministration Level Details Clearing the Server ID Password Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe Full Access Administrator Level The Certification Log Timing and Execution of AdministrationFull Access Administrator Best Practices Administrator Access to Register OU Process Requests The Domino Web Administrator Certifiers Nested GroupsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Deny List Only Group TypeWeb Administrator Application Topic 3B: Registering New Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administrators Auto-populated Groups The Domino Server Log User Registration Options Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Notes.ini File Administrator Access to Register Users PolicyLogging Levels The License Tracking Database PoliciesServer Groups and Replication Internet Password Options Policy DocumentsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Internet Password Locking Policy TypesReplication Controls ID File Distribution Options Settings Document TypesReplication Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Policy Precedence RulesMethods for Forcing Replication User Registration Text Files Static and Dynamic SettingsPull Push Replication How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Management ToolsMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy Management Development ToolsCritical Application Scheduling Changes Use of an Organizational Policy Replication Schedule Criteria Domino Directory Document Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anMail Routing Components Synchronization Explicit PolicyMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Policy Assignment MethodsNNNs Workstation Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Workstation Setup for Additional Dynamic Policy AssignmentsMail Routing Topology Workstations The Effect of Multiple Policies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Lotus Domino Server ConsoleHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Domino Installation Administration TasksTopology The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerOpportunistic Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Console Connection Document Mail Routing Options Servers Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateRouter Types and Connection Documents The Administration Process Databases on the ServerTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Components of the Administration Server Access Control Mechanismsfor Incoming Mail Process Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMail Storage Formats Database Tools in Domino Administrator User Access to the ServerSMTP Timing and Execution of Administration When to Restart the Server SMTP Implementation Scenarios Process Requests Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsSMTP Best Practices Nested Groups Administration LevelsInternet Mail Routing The Deny List Only Group Type Administration Level DetailsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Group Precedence in Database Access The Full Access Administrator LevelMethods for Enabling SMTP Auto-populated Groups Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Domino Web AdministratorSMTP Settings Policy Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Policies Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Inbound Controls Policy Documents Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsSMTP Outbound Controls Policy Types The Domino Server LogMessage Relay Prevention Settings Document Types The Notes.ini FileTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Precedence Rules Logging Levels Filters Static and Dynamic Settings Server Groups and Replication What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy Management Tools Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Policy Management Development Tools DocumentEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Use of an Organizational Policy Replication ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Replication TypesDNS Whitelist? Explicit Policy Methods for Forcing Replication


DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Policy Assignment Methods Pull Push ReplicationEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy Assignment During Registration Multiple Replication HubsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Dynamic Policy Assignments Critical Application SchedulingDNS Blacklist? The Effect of Multiple Policies Replication Schedule Criteria What are Private Whitelist Filters? Lotus Domino Server Console Mail Routing ComponentsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Administration Tasks Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Message Color-Coding on the Server NNNs Private Whitelist? Console Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Routing TopologyEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Databases on the Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server Access Control Mechanisms TopologyPrivate Blacklist? Restrictions for Authorizing Server How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Access TopologyHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters User Access to the Server Opportunistic RoutingTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP When to Restart the Server Connection Document Mail Routing(E/SMTP) Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels OptionsE/SMTP Settings Administration Levels Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Administration Level Details Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhen to Set Internet Addresses The Full Access Administrator Level for Incoming MailInternet Address Lookup Options Full Access Administrator Best Practices Mail Storage Formats Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Domino Web Administrator SMTPAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Administration Levels and the Lotus SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 9B: Implementing Message Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Best PracticesDisclaimers Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Internet Mail RoutingMessage Disclaimers The Domino Server Log The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Notes.ini File Methods for Enabling SMTP Process Logging Levels Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Server Groups and Replication SettingsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 6B: Creating a Connection SMTP Settings Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Document Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliverySettings Replication Controls SMTP Inbound ControlsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Replication Types SMTP Outbound ControlsMessages Methods for Forcing Replication Message Relay Prevention Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Pull Push Replication Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistControls Multiple Replication Hubs FiltersDelivery Controls Critical Application Scheduling What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Replication Schedule Criteria The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessControls Mail Routing Components Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMail Transfer Controls Mail Routing Behavior Within and What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Between NNNs the DNS Whitelist?Mailboxes Topic 7B: Implementing a DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersHow Mail Rules Work The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Rule Actions Topology the DNS Blacklist?Activating a Server Mail Rule How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topology Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMail Journaling Opportunistic Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Connection Document Mail Routing the Private Whitelist?Journaling and Mail Routing Options What are Private Blacklist Filters?Journaling and Server Configuration Router Types and Connection Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage the Private Blacklist?Tag Mail Rule Conditions Format for Incoming Mail Order of Whitelist and BlacklistField Names Associated with Tags Mail Storage Formats PrecedenceOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhitelist Tags SMTP Implementation Scenarios Filters Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP Best Practices Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPQuotas Internet Mail Routing (E/SMTP) OptionsQuota Implementation Options The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks E/SMTP Settings Quota Restrictions Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP When to Set Internet AddressesMaintenance Settings Internet Address Lookup Options Inbox Maintenance SMTP Settings Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Control Inbox Size Delivery Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 10F: Archiving Mail SMTP Inbound Controls Disclaimers


Archiving SMTP Outbound Controls Message DisclaimersBenefits of Archiving and Policies Message Relay Prevention The Message Disclaimer ImplementationArchive Policy Documents Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist ProcessArchive Policy Settings Document Filters Options for Attaching DisclaimersArchive Criteria Settings Document What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Enabling Server Message DisclaimersChecklist for Monitoring Mail The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTypes of Misdelivered Mail Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters SettingsChecking Mail Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found in Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics the DNS Whitelist? Messages Mail Statistics DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters ControlsMessage Tracking What Happens When a Host is Found in Delivery Controls Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall the DNS Blacklist? Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhat is Message Recall? What are Private Whitelist Filters? ControlsMessage Recall Options Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Mail Transfer Controls Configuring the Message Recall Feature What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTroubleshooting Stages the Private Whitelist? MailboxesThe Mail Trace Tool What are Private Blacklist Filters? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Enabling Private Blacklist Filters How Mail Rules WorkWhen to Restart the Router What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Rule ActionsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing the Private Blacklist? Activating a Server Mail Rule When to Force Mail Routing Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Precedence Mail JournalingMail How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Delivery Failure Process Filters Journaling and Mail Routing

Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Journaling and Server Configuration (E/SMTP) Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and

line E/SMTP Settings Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPlanning Guidelines Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Addressing Field Names Associated with TagsPlan When to Set Internet Addresses Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orSupported Platforms and System Internet Address Lookup Options Whitelist Tags Requirements Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino An Implementation of SMTP Routing QuotasServer Software Topic 9B: Implementing Message Quota Implementation OptionsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Disclaimers Quota Restrictions Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Message Disclaimers Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withAdministrator Client Software The Message Disclaimer Implementation Inbox MaintenanceThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Process Inbox MaintenanceBasic Configurations Options for Attaching Disclaimers Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toWhat is Eclipse? Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Control Inbox Size Client Installation Types Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 10F: Archiving MailWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Settings ArchivingExpeditor Component Packaging Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesEclipse Update Sites Messages Archive Policy DocumentsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Archive Policy Settings DocumentComponents Controls Archive Criteria Settings Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Delivery Controls Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Types of Misdelivered MailFirst Server Controls Checking Mail Delivery The Server Setup Process Mail Transfer Controls Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Domino Directory Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Statistics Replicas of the Domino Directory Mailboxes Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingComparing Domains and Organizations Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Tracking Purposes of Organizational Units How Mail Rules Work Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallAlternatives to Organizational Units Mail Rule Actions What is Message Recall?Descendants of the Organization Certifier Activating a Server Mail Rule Message Recall OptionsOrganization Security Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Configuring the Message Recall Feature Organization Certifier ID Security Mail Journaling Troubleshooting StagesAuthentication Between Organizations Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Mail Trace Tool Country Codes Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterServer Audience Types Journaling and Server Configuration When to Restart the Router The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAdministrators Group Security Options and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions When to Force Mail Routing Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Client Configuration Program Field Names Associated with Tags Dead Mail


Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist The Delivery Failure Processand Servers or Whitelist Tags Access in the Domino Directory Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Special Privilege of the Quotas lineLocalDomainAdmins Group Quota Implementation Options Planning GuidelinesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Quota Restrictions The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentLacks Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with PlanDomino Directory Access for Registering Inbox Maintenance Supported Platforms and SystemServers Inbox Maintenance Requirements Need for Selecting a Registration Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServer ID File Storage Options Control Inbox Size Server SoftwareTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Archiving Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Standard Directory Structure Benefits of Archiving and Policies Administrator Client SoftwareThe Central Directory Structure Archive Policy Documents The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Archive Policy Settings Document Basic ConfigurationsDomino Directory Archive Criteria Settings Document What is Eclipse?Server Setup Profiles Checklist for Monitoring Mail Client Installation TypesClearing the Server ID Password Types of Misdelivered Mail What is Lotus Expeditor?The Certification Log Checking Mail Delivery Expeditor Component PackagingAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Eclipse Update SitesCertifiers Mail Statistics Automated Installation Options for EclipseNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking ComponentsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Message Tracking Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation User Registration Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theAdministrator Access to Register Users What is Message Recall? First ServerThe License Tracking Database Message Recall Options The Server Setup ProcessInternet Password Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Domino DirectoryInternet Password Locking Troubleshooting Stages Replicas of the Domino DirectoryID File Distribution Options The Mail Trace Tool Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Purposes of Organizational UnitsUser Registration Text Files When to Restart the Router Alternatives to Organizational UnitsHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document When to Force Mail Routing Organization SecurityChanges Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Organization Certifier ID SecurityDomino Directory Document Dead Mail Authentication Between OrganizationsSynchronization The Delivery Failure Process Country CodesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Server Audience TypesWorkstation The Lotus Domino Server LogWorkstation Setup for Additional line Administrators Group Security Options Workstations Planning Guidelines Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Worldwide Corporation Deployment WorkstationInstallation Plan The Client Configuration Program The Lotus Domino Administrator Supported Platforms and System Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Requirements Administrators and ServersServers Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Administration Process Domino Server Software The Special Privilege of theComponents of the Administration Process Lotus Domino Server Installation Types LocalDomainAdmins GroupDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTiming and Execution of Administration Domino Administrator Client Software Lacks Process Requests The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Domino Directory Access for RegisteringNested Groups Basic Configurations ServersThe Deny List Only Group Type What is Eclipse? Need for Selecting a Registration ServerGroup Precedence in Database Access Client Installation Types Server ID File Storage Options Auto-populated Groups What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Expeditor Component Packaging Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersPolicies Eclipse Update Sites The Standard Directory StructurePolicy Documents Automated Installation Options for The Central Directory StructurePolicy Types Eclipse Components Replicating a Subset of Documents in theSettings Document Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino DirectoryPolicy Precedence Rules Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Server Setup ProfilesStatic and Dynamic Settings First Server Clearing the Server ID Password Policy Management Tools The Server Setup Process The Certification LogPolicy Management Development Tools The Domino Directory Administrator Access to Register OUUse of an Organizational Policy Replicas of the Domino Directory CertifiersTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Comparing Domains and Organizations Need for Selecting a Registration Server


Policy Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsPolicy Assignment Methods Alternatives to Organizational Units User Registration OptionsPolicy Assignment During Registration Descendants of the Organization Certifier Administrator Access to Register UsersDynamic Policy Assignments Organization Security The License Tracking DatabaseThe Effect of Multiple Policies Organization Certifier ID Security Internet Password OptionsLotus Domino Server Console Authentication Between Organizations Internet Password LockingAdministration Tasks Country Codes ID File Distribution Options Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Audience Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileConsole The Lotus Domino Server Log User Registration Text FilesTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administrators Group Security Options How to Register Users from a Text File Databases on the Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentServer Access Control Mechanisms Workstation ChangesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Client Configuration Program Domino Directory DocumentUser Access to the Server Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Synchronization When to Restart the Server Administrators and Servers Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Access in the Domino Directory WorkstationAdministration Levels The Special Privilege of the Workstation Setup for AdditionalAdministration Level Details LocalDomainAdmins Group Workstations The Full Access Administrator Level Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoFull Access Administrator Best Practices Group Lacks InstallationThe Domino Web Administrator Domino Directory Access for Registering The Lotus Domino Administrator Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Servers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWeb Administrator Application Need for Selecting a Registration Server ServersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Server ID File Storage Options The Administration ProcessThe Domino Server Log Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Components of the Administration ProcessThe Notes.ini File Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Database Tools in Domino AdministratorLogging Levels The Standard Directory Structure Timing and Execution of AdministrationServer Groups and Replication The Central Directory Structure Process Requests Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Nested GroupsReplication Controls Domino Directory The Deny List Only Group TypeReplication Types Server Setup Profiles Group Precedence in Database AccessMethods for Forcing Replication Clearing the Server ID Password Auto-populated Groups Pull Push Replication The Certification Log Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMultiple Replication Hubs Administrator Access to Register OU PolicyCritical Application Scheduling Certifiers PoliciesReplication Schedule Criteria Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy DocumentsMail Routing Components Topic 3B: Registering New Policy TypesMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Administrators Settings Document TypesNNNs User Registration Options Policy Precedence RulesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Administrator Access to Register Users Static and Dynamic SettingsMail Routing Topology The License Tracking Database Policy Management ToolsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Internet Password Options Policy Management Development ToolsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Internet Password Locking Use of an Organizational Policy Topology ID File Distribution Options Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anOpportunistic Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Explicit PolicyConnection Document Mail Routing Options User Registration Text Files Policy Assignment MethodsRouter Types and Connection Documents How to Register Users from a Text File Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Dynamic Policy Assignmentsfor Incoming Mail Changes The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Storage Formats Domino Directory Document Lotus Domino Server ConsoleSMTP Synchronization Administration TasksSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Color-Coding on the ServerSMTP Best Practices Workstation Console Internet Mail Routing Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Workstations Databases on the ServerMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Domino Installation Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessSMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Administrator User Access to the ServerTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple When to Restart the Server SMTP Inbound Controls Servers Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsSMTP Outbound Controls The Administration Process Administration LevelsMessage Relay Prevention Components of the Administration Administration Level DetailsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Process The Full Access Administrator LevelFilters Database Tools in Domino Administrator Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Timing and Execution of Administration The Domino Web AdministratorThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Process Requests Administration Levels and the Lotus


Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Nested Groups Domino Web Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found in the The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsDNS Whitelist? Group Precedence in Database Access The Domino Server LogDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Auto-populated Groups The Notes.ini FileEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Server Groups and Replication DNS Blacklist? Policies Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Policy Documents DocumentEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Policy Types Replication ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Settings Document Types Replication TypesPrivate Whitelist? Policy Precedence Rules Methods for Forcing ReplicationWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Static and Dynamic Settings Pull Push ReplicationEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Policy Management Tools Multiple Replication HubsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Management Development Tools Critical Application SchedulingPrivate Blacklist? Use of an Organizational Policy Replication Schedule Criteria Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Mail Routing ComponentsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Explicit Policy Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Policy Assignment Methods NNNs (E/SMTP) Options Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeE/SMTP Settings Dynamic Policy Assignments Mail Routing TopologyTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing The Effect of Multiple Policies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhen to Set Internet Addresses Lotus Domino Server Console TopologyInternet Address Lookup Options Administration Tasks How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Message Color-Coding on the Server TopologyAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Console Opportunistic RoutingTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Connection Document Mail RoutingDisclaimers Databases on the Server OptionsMessage Disclaimers Server Access Control Mechanisms Router Types and Connection Documents The Message Disclaimer Implementation Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatProcess Access for Incoming MailOptions for Attaching Disclaimers User Access to the Server Mail Storage Formats Enabling Server Message Disclaimers When to Restart the Server SMTPCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels SMTP Implementation ScenariosSettings Administration Levels SMTP Best PracticesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administration Level Details Internet Mail RoutingMessages The Full Access Administrator Level The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Full Access Administrator Best Practices Methods for Enabling SMTP Controls The Domino Web Administrator Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPDelivery Controls Administration Levels and the Lotus SettingsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Domino Web Administrator Application SMTP Settings Controls Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMail Transfer Controls The Domino Server Log SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Notes.ini File SMTP Outbound ControlsMailboxes Logging Levels Message Relay Prevention Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Groups and Replication Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistHow Mail Rules Work Topic 6B: Creating a Connection FiltersMail Rule Actions Document What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Activating a Server Mail Rule Replication Controls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Replication Types Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMail Journaling Methods for Forcing Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Pull Push Replication the DNS Whitelist?Journaling and Mail Routing Multiple Replication Hubs DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsJournaling and Server Configuration Critical Application Scheduling Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Replication Schedule Criteria What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Routing Components the DNS Blacklist?Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Routing Behavior Within and What are Private Whitelist Filters?Field Names Associated with Tags Between NNNs Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 7B: Implementing a What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tags Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology the Private Whitelist?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What are Private Blacklist Filters?Quotas Topology Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersQuota Implementation Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found inQuota Restrictions Topology the Private Blacklist?Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Opportunistic Routing Order of Whitelist and BlacklistMaintenance Connection Document Mail Routing PrecedenceInbox Maintenance Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist


Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Router Types and Connection Filters Control Inbox Size Documents Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage (E/SMTP) OptionsArchiving Format for Incoming Mail E/SMTP Settings Benefits of Archiving and Policies Mail Storage Formats Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingArchive Policy Documents SMTP When to Set Internet AddressesArchive Policy Settings Document SMTP Implementation Scenarios Internet Address Lookup Options Archive Criteria Settings Document SMTP Best Practices Topic 8G: Testing SMTPChecklist for Monitoring Mail Internet Mail Routing An Implementation of SMTP Routing Types of Misdelivered Mail The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 9B: Implementing MessageChecking Mail Delivery Methods for Enabling SMTP DisclaimersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Message DisclaimersMail Statistics Settings The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking SMTP Settings ProcessMessage Tracking Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Delivery Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhat is Message Recall? SMTP Inbound Controls Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMessage Recall Options SMTP Outbound Controls SettingsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Message Relay Prevention Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETroubleshooting Stages Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Messages The Mail Trace Tool Filters Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 12B: Restarting the Router What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? ControlsWhen to Restart the Router The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Delivery Controls Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhen to Force Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in ControlsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead the DNS Whitelist? Mail Transfer Controls Mail DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Delivery Failure Process Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Mailboxes

What Happens When a Host is Found in Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes the DNS Blacklist? How Mail Rules Work

line What are Private Whitelist Filters? Mail Rule ActionsPlanning Guidelines Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Activating a Server Mail Rule The Worldwide Corporation Deployment What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingPlan the Private Whitelist? Mail JournalingSupported Platforms and System What are Private Blacklist Filters? Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsRequirements Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Server Configuration Server Software the Private Blacklist? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andLotus Domino Server Installation Types Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Precedence Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAdministrator Client Software How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Field Names Associated with TagsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orBasic Configurations Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Whitelist Tags What is Eclipse? (E/SMTP) Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasClient Installation Types E/SMTP Settings QuotasWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Quota Implementation OptionsExpeditor Component Packaging Addressing Quota Restrictions Eclipse Update Sites When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Internet Address Lookup Options Inbox MaintenanceComponents Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Inbox MaintenanceMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation An Implementation of SMTP Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 9B: Implementing Message Control Inbox Size First Server Disclaimers Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Server Setup Process Message Disclaimers ArchivingThe Domino Directory The Message Disclaimer Implementation Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesReplicas of the Domino Directory Process Archive Policy DocumentsComparing Domains and Organizations Options for Attaching Disclaimers Archive Policy Settings DocumentPurposes of Organizational Units Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Archive Criteria Settings Document Alternatives to Organizational Units Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Checklist for Monitoring MailDescendants of the Organization Certifier Settings Types of Misdelivered MailOrganization Security Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Checking Mail Delivery Organization Certifier ID Security Messages Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsAuthentication Between Organizations Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Mail Statistics Country Codes Controls Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingServer Audience Types Delivery Controls Message Tracking The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall


Administrators Group Security Options Controls What is Message Recall?Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Mail Transfer Controls Message Recall OptionsThe Client Configuration Program Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Mailboxes Troubleshooting Stagesand Servers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Mail Trace Tool Access in the Domino Directory How Mail Rules Work Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Special Privilege of the Mail Rule Actions When to Restart the Router LocalDomainAdmins Group Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling When to Force Mail Routing Lacks Mail Journaling Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDomino Directory Access for Registering Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Dead MailServers Journaling and Mail Routing The Delivery Failure ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Server Configuration Server ID File Storage Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist TagTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions lineAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Tag Mail Rule Conditions Planning GuidelinesThe Standard Directory Structure Field Names Associated with Tags The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Central Directory Structure Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist PlanReplicating a Subset of Documents in the or Whitelist Tags Supported Platforms and SystemDomino Directory Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Requirements Server Setup Profiles Quotas Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoClearing the Server ID Password Quota Implementation Options Server SoftwareThe Certification Log Quota Restrictions Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoCertifiers Inbox Maintenance Administrator Client SoftwareNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Inbox Maintenance The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Basic ConfigurationsUser Registration Options Control Inbox Size What is Eclipse?Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Client Installation TypesThe License Tracking Database Archiving What is Lotus Expeditor?Internet Password Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Expeditor Component PackagingInternet Password Locking Archive Policy Documents Eclipse Update SitesID File Distribution Options Archive Policy Settings Document Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Archive Criteria Settings Document ComponentsUser Registration Text Files Checklist for Monitoring Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation How to Register Users from a Text File Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Checking Mail Delivery First ServerChanges Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Server Setup ProcessDomino Directory Document Mail Statistics The Domino DirectorySynchronization Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Tracking Comparing Domains and OrganizationsWorkstation Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Purposes of Organizational UnitsWorkstation Setup for Additional What is Message Recall? Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWorkstations Message Recall Options Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Configuring the Message Recall Feature Organization SecurityInstallation Troubleshooting Stages Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Country CodesServers When to Restart the Router Server Audience TypesThe Administration Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Domino Server LogComponents of the Administration Process When to Force Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTiming and Execution of Administration Dead Mail WorkstationProcess Requests The Delivery Failure Process The Client Configuration Program Nested Groups Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe Deny List Only Group Type Administrators and ServersGroup Precedence in Database Access line Access in the Domino DirectoryAuto-populated Groups Planning Guidelines The Special Privilege of theTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Worldwide Corporation Deployment LocalDomainAdmins GroupPolicies Plan Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupPolicy Documents Supported Platforms and System Lacks Policy Types Requirements Domino Directory Access for RegisteringSettings Document Types Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus ServersPolicy Precedence Rules Domino Server Software Need for Selecting a Registration ServerStatic and Dynamic Settings Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Server ID File Storage Options Policy Management Tools Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting


Policy Management Development Tools Domino Administrator Client Software Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersUse of an Organizational Policy The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Standard Directory StructureTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Basic Configurations The Central Directory StructurePolicy What is Eclipse? Replicating a Subset of Documents in thePolicy Assignment Methods Client Installation Types Domino DirectoryPolicy Assignment During Registration What is Lotus Expeditor? Server Setup ProfilesDynamic Policy Assignments Expeditor Component Packaging Clearing the Server ID Password The Effect of Multiple Policies Eclipse Update Sites The Certification LogLotus Domino Server Console Automated Installation Options for Administrator Access to Register OUAdministration Tasks Eclipse Components CertifiersMessage Color-Coding on the Server Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration Server Console Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create First Server User Registration OptionsDatabases on the Server The Server Setup Process Administrator Access to Register UsersServer Access Control Mechanisms The Domino Directory The License Tracking DatabaseRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Replicas of the Domino Directory Internet Password OptionsUser Access to the Server Comparing Domains and Organizations Internet Password LockingWhen to Restart the Server Purposes of Organizational Units ID File Distribution Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileAdministration Levels Descendants of the Organization Certifier User Registration Text FilesAdministration Level Details Organization Security How to Register Users from a Text File The Full Access Administrator Level Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentFull Access Administrator Best Practices Authentication Between Organizations ChangesThe Domino Web Administrator Country Codes Domino Directory DocumentAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Server Audience Types Synchronization Web Administrator Application The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administrators Group Security Options WorkstationThe Domino Server Log Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Notes.ini File Workstation Workstations Logging Levels The Client Configuration Program Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoServer Groups and Replication Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to InstallationTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Administrators and Servers The Lotus Domino Administrator Replication Controls Access in the Domino Directory Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleReplication Types The Special Privilege of the ServersMethods for Forcing Replication LocalDomainAdmins Group The Administration ProcessPull Push Replication Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Components of the Administration ProcessMultiple Replication Hubs Group Lacks Database Tools in Domino AdministratorCritical Application Scheduling Domino Directory Access for Registering Timing and Execution of AdministrationReplication Schedule Criteria Servers Process Requests Mail Routing Components Need for Selecting a Registration Server Nested GroupsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Server ID File Storage Options The Deny List Only Group TypeNNNs Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Auto-populated Groups Mail Routing Topology The Standard Directory Structure Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Central Directory Structure PolicyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Replicating a Subset of Documents in the PoliciesTopology Domino Directory Policy DocumentsOpportunistic Routing Server Setup Profiles Policy TypesConnection Document Mail Routing Options Clearing the Server ID Password Settings Document TypesRouter Types and Connection Documents The Certification Log Policy Precedence RulesTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Administrator Access to Register OU Static and Dynamic Settingsfor Incoming Mail Certifiers Policy Management ToolsMail Storage Formats Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Management Development ToolsSMTP Topic 3B: Registering New Use of an Organizational Policy SMTP Implementation Scenarios Administrators Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anSMTP Best Practices User Registration Options Explicit PolicyInternet Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register Users Policy Assignment MethodsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The License Tracking Database Policy Assignment During RegistrationMethods for Enabling SMTP Internet Password Options Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Internet Password Locking The Effect of Multiple Policies SMTP Settings ID File Distribution Options Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Administration TasksSMTP Inbound Controls User Registration Text Files Message Color-Coding on the ServerSMTP Outbound Controls How to Register Users from a Text File Console Message Relay Prevention Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Changes Databases on the Server


Filters Domino Directory Document Server Access Control MechanismsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Synchronization Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator User Access to the ServerEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Workstation When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in the Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsDNS Whitelist? Workstations Administration LevelsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Administration Level DetailsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Domino Installation The Full Access Administrator LevelWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Lotus Domino Administrator Full Access Administrator Best PracticesDNS Blacklist? Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Domino Web AdministratorWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Servers Administration Levels and the LotusEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Administration Process Domino Web Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found in the Components of the Administration Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsPrivate Whitelist? Process The Domino Server LogWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Notes.ini FileEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Timing and Execution of Administration Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in the Process Requests Server Groups and Replication Private Blacklist? Nested Groups Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence The Deny List Only Group Type DocumentHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Group Precedence in Database Access Replication ControlsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Auto-populated Groups Replication Types(E/SMTP) Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Methods for Forcing ReplicationE/SMTP Settings Policy Pull Push ReplicationTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Policies Multiple Replication HubsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Policy Documents Critical Application SchedulingInternet Address Lookup Options Policy Types Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Settings Document Types Mail Routing ComponentsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Precedence Rules Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 9B: Implementing Message Static and Dynamic Settings NNNs Disclaimers Policy Management Tools Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMessage Disclaimers Policy Management Development Tools Mail Routing TopologyThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Use of an Organizational Policy The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingProcess Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an TopologyOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Explicit Policy How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Policy Assignment Methods TopologyCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Policy Assignment During Registration Opportunistic RoutingSettings Dynamic Policy Assignments Connection Document Mail RoutingUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Effect of Multiple Policies OptionsMessages Lotus Domino Server Console Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Administration Tasks Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatControls Message Color-Coding on the Server for Incoming MailDelivery Controls Console Mail Storage Formats Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create SMTPControls Databases on the Server SMTP Implementation ScenariosMail Transfer Controls Server Access Control Mechanisms SMTP Best PracticesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server Internet Mail RoutingMailboxes Access The SMTP Listener and Router TasksBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes User Access to the Server Methods for Enabling SMTP How Mail Rules Work When to Restart the Server Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPMail Rule Actions Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels SettingsActivating a Server Mail Rule Administration Levels SMTP Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Administration Level Details Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMail Journaling The Full Access Administrator Level SMTP Inbound ControlsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Full Access Administrator Best Practices SMTP Outbound ControlsJournaling and Mail Routing The Domino Web Administrator Message Relay Prevention Journaling and Server Configuration Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Domino Web Administrator Application FiltersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Domino Server Log The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessField Names Associated with Tags The Notes.ini File Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tags Server Groups and Replication the DNS Whitelist?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 6B: Creating a Connection DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsQuotas Document Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersQuota Implementation Options Replication Controls What Happens When a Host is Found inQuota Restrictions Replication Types the DNS Blacklist?


Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Methods for Forcing Replication What are Private Whitelist Filters?Maintenance Pull Push Replication Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersInbox Maintenance Multiple Replication Hubs What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Critical Application Scheduling the Private Whitelist?Control Inbox Size Replication Schedule Criteria What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Mail Routing Components Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersArchiving Mail Routing Behavior Within and What Happens When a Host is Found inBenefits of Archiving and Policies Between NNNs the Private Blacklist?Archive Policy Documents Topic 7B: Implementing a Order of Whitelist and BlacklistArchive Policy Settings Document Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology PrecedenceArchive Criteria Settings Document The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topology Filters Types of Misdelivered Mail How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPChecking Mail Delivery Topology (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Opportunistic Routing E/SMTP Settings Mail Statistics Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Options When to Set Internet AddressesMessage Tracking Router Types and Connection Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Documents Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhat is Message Recall? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage An Implementation of SMTP Routing Message Recall Options Format for Incoming Mail Topic 9B: Implementing MessageConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Mail Storage Formats DisclaimersTroubleshooting Stages SMTP Message DisclaimersThe Mail Trace Tool SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 12B: Restarting the Router SMTP Best Practices ProcessWhen to Restart the Router Internet Mail Routing Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhen to Force Mail Routing Methods for Enabling SMTP Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP SettingsMail Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Delivery Failure Process SMTP Settings Messages

Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryDelivery Controls

line SMTP Inbound Controls Delivery Controls Planning Guidelines SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Message Relay Prevention ControlsPlan Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Transfer Controls Supported Platforms and System Filters Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerRequirements What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? MailboxesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Software Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters How Mail Rules WorkLotus Domino Server Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Rule ActionsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino the DNS Whitelist? Activating a Server Mail Rule Administrator Client Software DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Mail JournalingBasic Configurations What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsWhat is Eclipse? the DNS Blacklist? Journaling and Mail RoutingClient Installation Types What are Private Whitelist Filters? Journaling and Server Configuration What is Lotus Expeditor? Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andExpeditor Component Packaging What Happens When a Host is Found in Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsEclipse Update Sites the Private Whitelist? Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse What are Private Blacklist Filters? Field Names Associated with TagsComponents Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in Whitelist Tags Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the the Private Blacklist? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasFirst Server Order of Whitelist and Blacklist QuotasThe Server Setup Process Precedence Quota Implementation OptionsThe Domino Directory How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Quota Restrictions Replicas of the Domino Directory Filters Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Inbox MaintenancePurposes of Organizational Units (E/SMTP) Options Inbox MaintenanceAlternatives to Organizational Units E/SMTP Settings Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Control Inbox Size Organization Security Addressing Topic 10F: Archiving MailOrganization Certifier ID Security When to Set Internet Addresses ArchivingAuthentication Between Organizations Internet Address Lookup Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies


Country Codes Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Archive Policy DocumentsServer Audience Types An Implementation of SMTP Routing Archive Policy Settings DocumentThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 9B: Implementing Message Archive Criteria Settings Document Administrators Group Security Options Disclaimers Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Message Disclaimers Types of Misdelivered MailThe Client Configuration Program The Message Disclaimer Implementation Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Process Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statisticsand Servers Options for Attaching Disclaimers Mail Statistics Access in the Domino Directory Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Special Privilege of the Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Message Tracking LocalDomainAdmins Group Settings Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME What is Message Recall?Lacks Messages Message Recall OptionsDomino Directory Access for Registering Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Configuring the Message Recall Feature Servers Controls Troubleshooting StagesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Delivery Controls The Mail Trace Tool Server ID File Storage Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Controls When to Restart the Router Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Transfer Controls Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server When to Force Mail Routing The Central Directory Structure Mailboxes Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Dead MailDomino Directory How Mail Rules Work The Delivery Failure ProcessServer Setup Profiles Mail Rule ActionsClearing the Server ID Password Activating a Server Mail Rule The Certification Log Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling lineAdministrator Access to Register OU Mail Journaling Planning GuidelinesCertifiers Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Mail Routing PlanTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Journaling and Server Configuration Supported Platforms and SystemUser Registration Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Requirements Administrator Access to Register Users and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe License Tracking Database Tag Mail Rule Conditions Server SoftwareInternet Password Options Field Names Associated with Tags Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Internet Password Locking Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoID File Distribution Options or Whitelist Tags Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andUser Registration Text Files Quotas Basic ConfigurationsHow to Register Users from a Text File Quota Implementation Options What is Eclipse?Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Quota Restrictions Client Installation TypesChanges Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with What is Lotus Expeditor?Domino Directory Document Inbox Maintenance Expeditor Component PackagingSynchronization Inbox Maintenance Eclipse Update SitesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Automated Installation Options for EclipseWorkstation Control Inbox Size ComponentsWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Workstations Archiving Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Benefits of Archiving and Policies First ServerInstallation Archive Policy Documents The Server Setup ProcessThe Lotus Domino Administrator Archive Policy Settings Document The Domino DirectoryTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Archive Criteria Settings Document Replicas of the Domino DirectoryServers Checklist for Monitoring Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Administration Process Types of Misdelivered Mail Purposes of Organizational UnitsComponents of the Administration Process Checking Mail Delivery Alternatives to Organizational UnitsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Descendants of the Organization CertifierTiming and Execution of Administration Mail Statistics Organization SecurityProcess Requests Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Organization Certifier ID SecurityNested Groups Message Tracking Authentication Between OrganizationsThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Country CodesGroup Precedence in Database Access What is Message Recall? Server Audience TypesAuto-populated Groups Message Recall Options The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Configuring the Message Recall Feature Administrators Group Security Options Policies Troubleshooting Stages Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstPolicy Documents The Mail Trace Tool WorkstationPolicy Types Topic 12B: Restarting the Router The Client Configuration Program Settings Document Types When to Restart the Router Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to


Policy Precedence Rules Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administrators and ServersStatic and Dynamic Settings When to Force Mail Routing Access in the Domino DirectoryPolicy Management Tools Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and The Special Privilege of thePolicy Management Development Tools Dead Mail LocalDomainAdmins GroupUse of an Organizational Policy The Delivery Failure Process Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Lacks Policy Domino Directory Access for RegisteringPolicy Assignment Methods line ServersPolicy Assignment During Registration Planning Guidelines Need for Selecting a Registration ServerDynamic Policy Assignments The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Server ID File Storage Options The Effect of Multiple Policies Plan Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingLotus Domino Server Console Supported Platforms and System Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersAdministration Tasks Requirements The Standard Directory StructureMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Central Directory StructureConsole Domino Server Software Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Domino DirectoryDatabases on the Server Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Server Setup ProfilesServer Access Control Mechanisms Domino Administrator Client Software Clearing the Server ID Password Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Certification LogUser Access to the Server Basic Configurations Administrator Access to Register OUWhen to Restart the Server What is Eclipse? CertifiersTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Client Installation Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administration Levels What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsAdministration Level Details Expeditor Component Packaging User Registration OptionsThe Full Access Administrator Level Eclipse Update Sites Administrator Access to Register UsersFull Access Administrator Best Practices Automated Installation Options for The License Tracking DatabaseThe Domino Web Administrator Eclipse Components Internet Password OptionsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Password LockingWeb Administrator Application Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the ID File Distribution Options Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels First Server Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe Domino Server Log The Server Setup Process User Registration Text FilesThe Notes.ini File The Domino Directory How to Register Users from a Text File Logging Levels Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentServer Groups and Replication Comparing Domains and Organizations ChangesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Purposes of Organizational Units Domino Directory DocumentReplication Controls Alternatives to Organizational Units Synchronization Replication Types Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMethods for Forcing Replication Organization Security WorkstationPull Push Replication Organization Certifier ID Security Workstation Setup for AdditionalMultiple Replication Hubs Authentication Between Organizations Workstations Critical Application Scheduling Country Codes Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoReplication Schedule Criteria Server Audience Types InstallationMail Routing Components The Lotus Domino Server Log The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Administrators Group Security Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleNNNs Topic 1E: Configuring the First ServersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Workstation The Administration ProcessMail Routing Topology The Client Configuration Program Components of the Administration ProcessThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Database Tools in Domino AdministratorHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrators and Servers Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopology Access in the Domino Directory Process Requests Opportunistic Routing The Special Privilege of the Nested GroupsConnection Document Mail Routing Options LocalDomainAdmins Group The Deny List Only Group TypeRouter Types and Connection Documents Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Group Lacks Auto-populated Groups for Incoming Mail Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMail Storage Formats Servers PolicySMTP Need for Selecting a Registration Server PoliciesSMTP Implementation Scenarios Server ID File Storage Options Policy DocumentsSMTP Best Practices Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Policy TypesInternet Mail Routing Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Settings Document TypesThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Standard Directory Structure Policy Precedence RulesMethods for Enabling SMTP The Central Directory Structure Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Management ToolsSMTP Settings Domino Directory Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Server Setup Profiles Use of an Organizational Policy SMTP Inbound Controls Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an


SMTP Outbound Controls The Certification Log Explicit PolicyMessage Relay Prevention Administrator Access to Register OU Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Certifiers Policy Assignment During RegistrationFilters Need for Selecting a Registration Server Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 3B: Registering New The Effect of Multiple Policies The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administrators Lotus Domino Server ConsoleEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters User Registration Options Administration TasksWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrator Access to Register Users Message Color-Coding on the ServerDNS Whitelist? The License Tracking Database Console DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Internet Password Options Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Internet Password Locking Databases on the ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the ID File Distribution Options Server Access Control MechanismsDNS Blacklist? Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? User Registration Text Files User Access to the ServerEnabling Private Whitelist Filters How to Register Users from a Text File When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsPrivate Whitelist? Changes Administration LevelsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino Directory Document Administration Level DetailsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Synchronization The Full Access Administrator LevelWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPrivate Blacklist? Workstation The Domino Web AdministratorOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Workstation Setup for Additional Administration Levels and the LotusHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Workstations Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels(E/SMTP) Options Domino Installation The Domino Server LogE/SMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Administrator The Notes.ini FileTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Logging Levels When to Set Internet Addresses Servers Server Groups and Replication Internet Address Lookup Options The Administration Process Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Components of the Administration DocumentAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Process Replication ControlsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Database Tools in Domino Administrator Replication TypesDisclaimers Timing and Execution of Administration Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessage Disclaimers Process Requests Pull Push ReplicationThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Nested Groups Multiple Replication HubsProcess The Deny List Only Group Type Critical Application SchedulingOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Group Precedence in Database Access Replication Schedule Criteria Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Auto-populated Groups Mail Routing ComponentsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenSettings Policy NNNs Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Policies Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMessages Policy Documents Mail Routing TopologyTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Policy Types The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingControls Settings Document Types TopologyDelivery Controls Policy Precedence Rules How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Static and Dynamic Settings TopologyControls Policy Management Tools Opportunistic RoutingMail Transfer Controls Policy Management Development Tools Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Use of an Organizational Policy OptionsMailboxes Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Router Types and Connection Documents Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Explicit Policy Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatHow Mail Rules Work Policy Assignment Methods for Incoming MailMail Rule Actions Policy Assignment During Registration Mail Storage Formats Activating a Server Mail Rule Dynamic Policy Assignments SMTPTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Effect of Multiple Policies SMTP Implementation ScenariosMail Journaling Lotus Domino Server Console SMTP Best PracticesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Administration Tasks Internet Mail RoutingJournaling and Mail Routing Message Color-Coding on the Server The SMTP Listener and Router TasksJournaling and Server Configuration Console Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Databases on the Server SettingsTag Mail Rule Conditions Server Access Control Mechanisms SMTP Settings Field Names Associated with Tags Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Access SMTP Inbound ControlsWhitelist Tags User Access to the Server SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas When to Restart the Server Message Relay Prevention


Quotas Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistQuota Implementation Options Administration Levels FiltersQuota Restrictions Administration Level Details What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Full Access Administrator Level The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessMaintenance Full Access Administrator Best Practices Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersInbox Maintenance The Domino Web Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administration Levels and the Lotus the DNS Whitelist?Control Inbox Size Domino Web Administrator Application DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersArchiving The Domino Server Log What Happens When a Host is Found inBenefits of Archiving and Policies The Notes.ini File the DNS Blacklist?Archive Policy Documents Logging Levels What are Private Whitelist Filters?Archive Policy Settings Document Server Groups and Replication Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 6B: Creating a Connection What Happens When a Host is Found inChecklist for Monitoring Mail Document the Private Whitelist?Types of Misdelivered Mail Replication Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters?Checking Mail Delivery Replication Types Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Methods for Forcing Replication What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Statistics Pull Push Replication the Private Blacklist?Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Multiple Replication Hubs Order of Whitelist and BlacklistMessage Tracking Critical Application Scheduling PrecedenceTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Replication Schedule Criteria How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhat is Message Recall? Mail Routing Components Filters Message Recall Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Between NNNs (E/SMTP) OptionsTroubleshooting Stages Topic 7B: Implementing a E/SMTP Settings The Mail Trace Tool Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 12B: Restarting the Router The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing When to Set Internet AddressesWhen to Restart the Router Topology Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhen to Force Mail Routing Topology An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Opportunistic Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageMail Connection Document Mail Routing DisclaimersThe Delivery Failure Process Options Message Disclaimers

Router Types and Connection The Message Disclaimer ImplementationDocuments Process

line Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Options for Attaching DisclaimersPlanning Guidelines Format for Incoming Mail Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mail Storage Formats Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPlan SMTP SettingsSupported Platforms and System SMTP Implementation Scenarios Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMERequirements SMTP Best Practices Messages Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Internet Mail Routing Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServer Software The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks ControlsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Methods for Enabling SMTP Delivery Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferAdministrator Client Software Settings ControlsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and SMTP Settings Mail Transfer Controls Basic Configurations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerWhat is Eclipse? Delivery MailboxesClient Installation Types SMTP Inbound Controls Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes What is Lotus Expeditor? SMTP Outbound Controls How Mail Rules WorkExpeditor Component Packaging Message Relay Prevention Mail Rule ActionsEclipse Update Sites Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Activating a Server Mail Rule Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Filters Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingComponents What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Mail JournalingMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Journaling and Mail RoutingFirst Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Journaling and Server Configuration The Server Setup Process the DNS Whitelist? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Domino Directory DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsReplicas of the Domino Directory Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Tag Mail Rule ConditionsComparing Domains and Organizations What Happens When a Host is Found in Field Names Associated with TagsPurposes of Organizational Units the DNS Blacklist? Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAlternatives to Organizational Units What are Private Whitelist Filters? Whitelist Tags Descendants of the Organization Certifier Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas


Organization Security What Happens When a Host is Found in QuotasOrganization Certifier ID Security the Private Whitelist? Quota Implementation OptionsAuthentication Between Organizations What are Private Blacklist Filters? Quota Restrictions Country Codes Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withServer Audience Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Inbox MaintenanceThe Lotus Domino Server Log the Private Blacklist? Inbox MaintenanceAdministrators Group Security Options Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Precedence Control Inbox Size The Client Configuration Program How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Filters Archivingand Servers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesAccess in the Domino Directory (E/SMTP) Options Archive Policy DocumentsThe Special Privilege of the E/SMTP Settings Archive Policy Settings DocumentLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Archive Criteria Settings Document Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Addressing Checklist for Monitoring MailLacks When to Set Internet Addresses Types of Misdelivered MailDomino Directory Access for Registering Internet Address Lookup Options Checking Mail Delivery Servers Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Statistics Server ID File Storage Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Disclaimers Message Tracking Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Message Disclaimers Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Standard Directory Structure The Message Disclaimer Implementation What is Message Recall?The Central Directory Structure Process Message Recall OptionsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Options for Attaching Disclaimers Configuring the Message Recall Feature Domino Directory Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Troubleshooting StagesServer Setup Profiles Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Mail Trace Tool Clearing the Server ID Password Settings Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Certification Log Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME When to Restart the Router Administrator Access to Register OU Messages Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingCertifiers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery When to Force Mail Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server Controls Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Delivery Controls Dead MailUser Registration Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Delivery Failure ProcessAdministrator Access to Register Users ControlsThe License Tracking Database Mail Transfer Controls Internet Password Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server lineInternet Password Locking Mailboxes Planning GuidelinesID File Distribution Options Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File How Mail Rules Work PlanUser Registration Text Files Mail Rule Actions Supported Platforms and SystemHow to Register Users from a Text File Activating a Server Mail Rule Requirements Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoChanges Mail Journaling Server SoftwareDomino Directory Document Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Synchronization Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Journaling and Server Configuration Administrator Client SoftwareWorkstation Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWorkstation Setup for Additional and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Basic ConfigurationsWorkstations Tag Mail Rule Conditions What is Eclipse?Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Field Names Associated with Tags Client Installation TypesInstallation Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist What is Lotus Expeditor?The Lotus Domino Administrator or Whitelist Tags Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Eclipse Update SitesServers Quotas Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Administration Process Quota Implementation Options ComponentsComponents of the Administration Process Quota Restrictions Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTiming and Execution of Administration Inbox Maintenance First ServerProcess Requests Inbox Maintenance The Server Setup ProcessNested Groups Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Domino DirectoryThe Deny List Only Group Type Control Inbox Size Replicas of the Domino DirectoryGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Comparing Domains and OrganizationsAuto-populated Groups Archiving Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Benefits of Archiving and Policies Alternatives to Organizational UnitsPolicies Archive Policy Documents Descendants of the Organization Certifier


Policy Documents Archive Policy Settings Document Organization SecurityPolicy Types Archive Criteria Settings Document Organization Certifier ID SecuritySettings Document Types Checklist for Monitoring Mail Authentication Between OrganizationsPolicy Precedence Rules Types of Misdelivered Mail Country CodesStatic and Dynamic Settings Checking Mail Delivery Server Audience TypesPolicy Management Tools Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Lotus Domino Server LogPolicy Management Development Tools Mail Statistics Administrators Group Security Options Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Message Tracking WorkstationPolicy Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Client Configuration Program Policy Assignment Methods What is Message Recall? Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toPolicy Assignment During Registration Message Recall Options Administrators and ServersDynamic Policy Assignments Configuring the Message Recall Feature Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Effect of Multiple Policies Troubleshooting Stages The Special Privilege of theLotus Domino Server Console The Mail Trace Tool LocalDomainAdmins GroupAdministration Tasks Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMessage Color-Coding on the Server When to Restart the Router Lacks Console Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create When to Force Mail Routing ServersDatabases on the Server Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Need for Selecting a Registration ServerServer Access Control Mechanisms Dead Mail Server ID File Storage Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Delivery Failure Process Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingUser Access to the Server Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhen to Restart the Server The Standard Directory StructureTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels line The Central Directory StructureAdministration Levels Planning Guidelines Replicating a Subset of Documents in theAdministration Level Details The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Domino DirectoryThe Full Access Administrator Level Plan Server Setup ProfilesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Supported Platforms and System Clearing the Server ID Password The Domino Web Administrator Requirements The Certification LogAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Administrator Access to Register OUWeb Administrator Application Domino Server Software CertifiersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Domino Server Log Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Notes.ini File Domino Administrator Client Software User Registration OptionsLogging Levels The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Administrator Access to Register UsersServer Groups and Replication Basic Configurations The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document What is Eclipse? Internet Password OptionsReplication Controls Client Installation Types Internet Password LockingReplication Types What is Lotus Expeditor? ID File Distribution Options Methods for Forcing Replication Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePull Push Replication Eclipse Update Sites User Registration Text FilesMultiple Replication Hubs Automated Installation Options for How to Register Users from a Text File Critical Application Scheduling Eclipse Components Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentReplication Schedule Criteria Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation ChangesMail Routing Components Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Domino Directory DocumentMail Routing Behavior Within and Between First Server Synchronization NNNs The Server Setup Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke The Domino Directory WorkstationMail Routing Topology Replicas of the Domino Directory Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Comparing Domains and Organizations Workstations How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopology Alternatives to Organizational Units InstallationOpportunistic Routing Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Lotus Domino Administrator Connection Document Mail Routing Options Organization Security Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleRouter Types and Connection Documents Organization Certifier ID Security ServersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Authentication Between Organizations The Administration Processfor Incoming Mail Country Codes Components of the Administration ProcessMail Storage Formats Server Audience Types Database Tools in Domino AdministratorSMTP The Lotus Domino Server Log Timing and Execution of AdministrationSMTP Implementation Scenarios Administrators Group Security Options Process Requests SMTP Best Practices Topic 1E: Configuring the First Nested GroupsInternet Mail Routing Workstation The Deny List Only Group TypeThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Client Configuration Program Group Precedence in Database AccessMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Auto-populated Groups Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Administrators and Servers Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational


SMTP Settings Access in the Domino Directory PolicyTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery The Special Privilege of the PoliciesSMTP Inbound Controls LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy DocumentsSMTP Outbound Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Policy TypesMessage Relay Prevention Group Lacks Settings Document TypesTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Domino Directory Access for Registering Policy Precedence RulesFilters Servers Static and Dynamic SettingsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Management ToolsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server ID File Storage Options Policy Management Development ToolsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Use of an Organizational Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in the Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDNS Whitelist? The Standard Directory Structure Explicit PolicyDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Central Directory Structure Policy Assignment MethodsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Directory Dynamic Policy AssignmentsDNS Blacklist? Server Setup Profiles The Effect of Multiple Policies What are Private Whitelist Filters? Clearing the Server ID Password Lotus Domino Server ConsoleEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Certification Log Administration TasksWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrator Access to Register OU Message Color-Coding on the ServerPrivate Whitelist? Certifiers Console What are Private Blacklist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 3B: Registering New Databases on the ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrators Server Access Control MechanismsPrivate Blacklist? User Registration Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Administrator Access to Register Users User Access to the ServerHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The License Tracking Database When to Restart the Server Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Internet Password Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels(E/SMTP) Options Internet Password Locking Administration LevelsE/SMTP Settings ID File Distribution Options Administration Level DetailsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Full Access Administrator LevelWhen to Set Internet Addresses User Registration Text Files Full Access Administrator Best PracticesInternet Address Lookup Options How to Register Users from a Text File The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administration Levels and the LotusAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Changes Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 9B: Implementing Message Domino Directory Document Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsDisclaimers Synchronization The Domino Server LogMessage Disclaimers Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Notes.ini FileThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Workstation Logging Levels Process Workstation Setup for Additional Server Groups and Replication Options for Attaching Disclaimers Workstations Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DocumentCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Domino Installation Replication ControlsSettings The Lotus Domino Administrator Replication TypesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessages Servers Pull Push ReplicationTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Administration Process Multiple Replication HubsControls Components of the Administration Critical Application SchedulingDelivery Controls Process Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Database Tools in Domino Administrator Mail Routing ComponentsControls Timing and Execution of Administration Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMail Transfer Controls Process Requests NNNs Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Nested Groups Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMailboxes The Deny List Only Group Type Mail Routing TopologyBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Group Precedence in Database Access The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingHow Mail Rules Work Auto-populated Groups TopologyMail Rule Actions Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeActivating a Server Mail Rule Policy TopologyTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Policies Opportunistic RoutingMail Journaling Policy Documents Connection Document Mail RoutingJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy Types OptionsJournaling and Mail Routing Settings Document Types Router Types and Connection Documents Journaling and Server Configuration Policy Precedence Rules Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Static and Dynamic Settings for Incoming MailWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management Tools Mail Storage Formats Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management Development Tools SMTPField Names Associated with Tags Use of an Organizational Policy SMTP Implementation Scenarios


Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an SMTP Best PracticesWhitelist Tags Explicit Policy Internet Mail RoutingTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Policy Assignment Methods The SMTP Listener and Router TasksQuotas Policy Assignment During Registration Methods for Enabling SMTP Quota Implementation Options Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPQuota Restrictions The Effect of Multiple Policies SettingsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Lotus Domino Server Console SMTP Settings Maintenance Administration Tasks Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryInbox Maintenance Message Color-Coding on the Server SMTP Inbound ControlsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Console SMTP Outbound ControlsControl Inbox Size Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Message Relay Prevention Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Databases on the Server Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistArchiving Server Access Control Mechanisms FiltersBenefits of Archiving and Policies Restrictions for Authorizing Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Archive Policy Documents Access The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessArchive Policy Settings Document User Access to the Server Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersArchive Criteria Settings Document When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found inChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels the DNS Whitelist?Types of Misdelivered Mail Administration Levels DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsChecking Mail Delivery Administration Level Details Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Full Access Administrator Level What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Statistics Full Access Administrator Best Practices the DNS Blacklist?Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Domino Web Administrator What are Private Whitelist Filters?Message Tracking Administration Levels and the Lotus Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Web Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat is Message Recall? Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels the Private Whitelist?Message Recall Options The Domino Server Log What are Private Blacklist Filters?Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Notes.ini File Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTroubleshooting Stages Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Mail Trace Tool Server Groups and Replication the Private Blacklist?Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Order of Whitelist and BlacklistWhen to Restart the Router Document PrecedenceTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Replication Controls How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhen to Force Mail Routing Replication Types Filters Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMail Pull Push Replication (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Delivery Failure Process Multiple Replication Hubs E/SMTP Settings

Critical Application Scheduling Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingReplication Schedule Criteria When to Set Internet Addresses

line Mail Routing Components Internet Address Lookup Options Planning Guidelines Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 8G: Testing SMTPThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Between NNNs An Implementation of SMTP Routing Plan Topic 7B: Implementing a Topic 9B: Implementing MessageSupported Platforms and System Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology DisclaimersRequirements The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Message DisclaimersTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topology The Message Disclaimer ImplementationServer Software How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke ProcessLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topology Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Opportunistic Routing Enabling Server Message DisclaimersAdministrator Client Software Connection Document Mail Routing Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Options SettingsBasic Configurations Router Types and Connection Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEWhat is Eclipse? Documents Messages Client Installation Types Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Format for Incoming Mail ControlsExpeditor Component Packaging Mail Storage Formats Delivery Controls Eclipse Update Sites SMTP Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse SMTP Implementation Scenarios ControlsComponents SMTP Best Practices Mail Transfer Controls Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Mail Routing Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks MailboxesFirst Server Methods for Enabling SMTP Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Server Setup Process Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP How Mail Rules WorkThe Domino Directory Settings Mail Rule ActionsReplicas of the Domino Directory SMTP Settings Activating a Server Mail Rule Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling


Purposes of Organizational Units Delivery Mail JournalingAlternatives to Organizational Units SMTP Inbound Controls Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsDescendants of the Organization Certifier SMTP Outbound Controls Journaling and Mail RoutingOrganization Security Message Relay Prevention Journaling and Server Configuration Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAuthentication Between Organizations Filters Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsCountry Codes What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Tag Mail Rule ConditionsServer Audience Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Field Names Associated with TagsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAdministrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Whitelist Tags Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation the DNS Whitelist? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Client Configuration Program DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics QuotasTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Quota Implementation Optionsand Servers What Happens When a Host is Found in Quota Restrictions Access in the Domino Directory the DNS Blacklist? Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Special Privilege of the What are Private Whitelist Filters? Inbox MaintenanceLocalDomainAdmins Group Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Inbox MaintenancePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group What Happens When a Host is Found in Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toLacks the Private Whitelist? Control Inbox Size Domino Directory Access for Registering What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 10F: Archiving MailServers Enabling Private Blacklist Filters ArchivingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesServer ID File Storage Options the Private Blacklist? Archive Policy DocumentsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Policy Settings DocumentAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Precedence Archive Criteria Settings Document The Standard Directory Structure How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Central Directory Structure Filters Types of Misdelivered MailReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Checking Mail Delivery Domino Directory (E/SMTP) Options Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsServer Setup Profiles E/SMTP Settings Mail Statistics Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Certification Log Addressing Message Tracking Administrator Access to Register OU When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallCertifiers Internet Address Lookup Options What is Message Recall?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Message Recall OptionsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators An Implementation of SMTP Routing Configuring the Message Recall Feature User Registration Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message Troubleshooting StagesAdministrator Access to Register Users Disclaimers The Mail Trace Tool The License Tracking Database Message Disclaimers Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterInternet Password Options The Message Disclaimer Implementation When to Restart the Router Internet Password Locking Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingID File Distribution Options Options for Attaching Disclaimers When to Force Mail Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andUser Registration Text Files Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Dead MailHow to Register Users from a Text File Settings The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEChanges Messages Domino Directory Document Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery lineSynchronization Controls Planning GuidelinesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Delivery Controls The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentWorkstation Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer PlanWorkstation Setup for Additional Controls Supported Platforms and SystemWorkstations Mail Transfer Controls Requirements Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoInstallation Mailboxes Server SoftwareThe Lotus Domino Administrator Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How Mail Rules Work Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServers Mail Rule Actions Administrator Client SoftwareThe Administration Process Activating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andComponents of the Administration Process Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Basic ConfigurationsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Mail Journaling What is Eclipse?Timing and Execution of Administration Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Client Installation TypesProcess Requests Journaling and Mail Routing What is Lotus Expeditor?Nested Groups Journaling and Server Configuration Expeditor Component PackagingThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Eclipse Update SitesGroup Precedence in Database Access and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Automated Installation Options for Eclipse


Auto-populated Groups Tag Mail Rule Conditions ComponentsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Field Names Associated with Tags Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policies Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring thePolicy Documents or Whitelist Tags First ServerPolicy Types Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Server Setup ProcessSettings Document Types Quotas The Domino DirectoryPolicy Precedence Rules Quota Implementation Options Replicas of the Domino DirectoryStatic and Dynamic Settings Quota Restrictions Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPolicy Management Tools Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Purposes of Organizational UnitsPolicy Management Development Tools Inbox Maintenance Alternatives to Organizational UnitsUse of an Organizational Policy Inbox Maintenance Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Organization SecurityPolicy Control Inbox Size Organization Certifier ID SecurityPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Authentication Between OrganizationsPolicy Assignment During Registration Archiving Country CodesDynamic Policy Assignments Benefits of Archiving and Policies Server Audience TypesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Archive Policy Documents The Lotus Domino Server LogLotus Domino Server Console Archive Policy Settings Document Administrators Group Security Options Administration Tasks Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMessage Color-Coding on the Server Checklist for Monitoring Mail WorkstationConsole Types of Misdelivered Mail The Client Configuration Program Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toDatabases on the Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Administrators and ServersServer Access Control Mechanisms Mail Statistics Access in the Domino DirectoryRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Special Privilege of theUser Access to the Server Message Tracking LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhen to Restart the Server Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels What is Message Recall? Lacks Administration Levels Message Recall Options Domino Directory Access for RegisteringAdministration Level Details Configuring the Message Recall Feature ServersThe Full Access Administrator Level Troubleshooting Stages Need for Selecting a Registration ServerFull Access Administrator Best Practices The Mail Trace Tool Server ID File Storage Options The Domino Web Administrator Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino When to Restart the Router Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWeb Administrator Application Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Standard Directory StructureTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels When to Force Mail Routing The Central Directory StructureThe Domino Server Log Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Notes.ini File Dead Mail Domino DirectoryLogging Levels The Delivery Failure Process Server Setup ProfilesServer Groups and Replication Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Certification LogReplication Controls line Administrator Access to Register OUReplication Types Planning Guidelines CertifiersMethods for Forcing Replication The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Need for Selecting a Registration Server Pull Push Replication Plan Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMultiple Replication Hubs Supported Platforms and System User Registration OptionsCritical Application Scheduling Requirements Administrator Access to Register UsersReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The License Tracking DatabaseMail Routing Components Domino Server Software Internet Password OptionsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Internet Password LockingNNNs Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus ID File Distribution Options Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMail Routing Topology The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and User Registration Text FilesThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Basic Configurations How to Register Users from a Text File How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What is Eclipse? Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopology Client Installation Types ChangesOpportunistic Routing What is Lotus Expeditor? Domino Directory DocumentConnection Document Mail Routing Options Expeditor Component Packaging Synchronization Router Types and Connection Documents Eclipse Update Sites Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Automated Installation Options for Workstationfor Incoming Mail Eclipse Components Workstation Setup for AdditionalMail Storage Formats Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Workstations SMTP Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoSMTP Implementation Scenarios First Server InstallationSMTP Best Practices The Server Setup Process The Lotus Domino Administrator Internet Mail Routing The Domino Directory Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple


The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Replicas of the Domino Directory ServersMethods for Enabling SMTP Comparing Domains and Organizations The Administration ProcessTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Purposes of Organizational Units Components of the Administration ProcessSMTP Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Descendants of the Organization Certifier Timing and Execution of AdministrationSMTP Inbound Controls Organization Security Process Requests SMTP Outbound Controls Organization Certifier ID Security Nested GroupsMessage Relay Prevention Authentication Between Organizations The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Country Codes Group Precedence in Database AccessFilters Server Audience Types Auto-populated Groups What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administrators Group Security Options PolicyEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 1E: Configuring the First PoliciesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Workstation Policy DocumentsDNS Whitelist? The Client Configuration Program Policy TypesDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Settings Document TypesEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Administrators and Servers Policy Precedence RulesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Access in the Domino Directory Static and Dynamic SettingsDNS Blacklist? The Special Privilege of the Policy Management ToolsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Management Development ToolsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Use of an Organizational Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in the Group Lacks Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPrivate Whitelist? Domino Directory Access for Registering Explicit PolicyWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Servers Policy Assignment MethodsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server ID File Storage Options Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPrivate Blacklist? Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Effect of Multiple Policies Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Lotus Domino Server ConsoleHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Standard Directory Structure Administration TasksTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Central Directory Structure Message Color-Coding on the Server(E/SMTP) Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Console E/SMTP Settings Domino Directory Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Server Setup Profiles Databases on the ServerWhen to Set Internet Addresses Clearing the Server ID Password Server Access Control MechanismsInternet Address Lookup Options The Certification Log Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Administrator Access to Register OU User Access to the ServerAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Certifiers When to Restart the Server Topic 9B: Implementing Message Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsDisclaimers Topic 3B: Registering New Administration LevelsMessage Disclaimers Administrators Administration Level DetailsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation User Registration Options The Full Access Administrator LevelProcess Administrator Access to Register Users Full Access Administrator Best PracticesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The License Tracking Database The Domino Web AdministratorEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Internet Password Options Administration Levels and the LotusCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Internet Password Locking Domino Web Administrator Application Settings ID File Distribution Options Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Domino Server LogMessages User Registration Text Files The Notes.ini FileTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery How to Register Users from a Text File Logging Levels Controls Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Server Groups and Replication Delivery Controls Changes Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Domino Directory Document DocumentControls Synchronization Replication ControlsMail Transfer Controls Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Replication TypesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Workstation Methods for Forcing ReplicationMailboxes Workstation Setup for Additional Pull Push ReplicationBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Workstations Multiple Replication HubsHow Mail Rules Work Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Critical Application SchedulingMail Rule Actions Domino Installation Replication Schedule Criteria Activating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMail Journaling Servers NNNs Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Administration Process Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeJournaling and Mail Routing Components of the Administration Mail Routing TopologyJournaling and Server Configuration Process The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topology


Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Timing and Execution of Administration How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTag Mail Rule Conditions Process Requests TopologyField Names Associated with Tags Nested Groups Opportunistic RoutingOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Deny List Only Group Type Connection Document Mail RoutingWhitelist Tags Group Precedence in Database Access OptionsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Auto-populated Groups Router Types and Connection Documents Quotas Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatQuota Implementation Options Policy for Incoming MailQuota Restrictions Policies Mail Storage Formats Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Policy Documents SMTPMaintenance Policy Types SMTP Implementation ScenariosInbox Maintenance Settings Document Types SMTP Best PracticesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Precedence Rules Internet Mail RoutingControl Inbox Size Static and Dynamic Settings The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Policy Management Tools Methods for Enabling SMTP Archiving Policy Management Development Tools Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPBenefits of Archiving and Policies Use of an Organizational Policy SettingsArchive Policy Documents Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an SMTP Settings Archive Policy Settings Document Explicit Policy Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryArchive Criteria Settings Document Policy Assignment Methods SMTP Inbound ControlsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Policy Assignment During Registration SMTP Outbound ControlsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Dynamic Policy Assignments Message Relay Prevention Checking Mail Delivery The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Lotus Domino Server Console FiltersMail Statistics Administration Tasks What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Message Color-Coding on the Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessMessage Tracking Console Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat is Message Recall? Databases on the Server the DNS Whitelist?Message Recall Options Server Access Control Mechanisms DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Restrictions for Authorizing Server Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTroubleshooting Stages Access What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Mail Trace Tool User Access to the Server the DNS Blacklist?Topic 12B: Restarting the Router When to Restart the Server What are Private Whitelist Filters?When to Restart the Router Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administration Levels What Happens When a Host is Found inWhen to Force Mail Routing Administration Level Details the Private Whitelist?Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The Full Access Administrator Level What are Private Blacklist Filters?Mail Full Access Administrator Best Practices Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Delivery Failure Process The Domino Web Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found in

Administration Levels and the Lotus the Private Blacklist?Domino Web Administrator Application Order of Whitelist and Blacklist

line Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels PrecedencePlanning Guidelines The Domino Server Log How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Notes.ini File Filters Plan Logging Levels Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPSupported Platforms and System Server Groups and Replication (E/SMTP) OptionsRequirements Topic 6B: Creating a Connection E/SMTP Settings Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Document Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingServer Software Replication Controls When to Set Internet AddressesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Replication Types Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAdministrator Client Software Pull Push Replication An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 9B: Implementing MessageBasic Configurations Critical Application Scheduling DisclaimersWhat is Eclipse? Replication Schedule Criteria Message DisclaimersClient Installation Types Mail Routing Components The Message Disclaimer ImplementationWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Mail Routing Behavior Within and ProcessExpeditor Component Packaging Between NNNs Options for Attaching DisclaimersEclipse Update Sites Topic 7B: Implementing a Enabling Server Message DisclaimersAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyComponents The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing SettingsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topology Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Messages First Server Topology Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Server Setup Process Opportunistic Routing Controls


The Domino Directory Connection Document Mail Routing Delivery Controls Replicas of the Domino Directory Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferComparing Domains and Organizations Router Types and Connection ControlsPurposes of Organizational Units Documents Mail Transfer Controls Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerDescendants of the Organization Certifier Format for Incoming Mail MailboxesOrganization Security Mail Storage Formats Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Organization Certifier ID Security SMTP How Mail Rules WorkAuthentication Between Organizations SMTP Implementation Scenarios Mail Rule ActionsCountry Codes SMTP Best Practices Activating a Server Mail Rule Server Audience Types Internet Mail Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe Lotus Domino Server Log The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Mail JournalingAdministrators Group Security Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Client Configuration Program Settings Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators SMTP Settings Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andand Servers Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAccess in the Domino Directory Delivery Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Special Privilege of the SMTP Inbound Controls Field Names Associated with TagsLocalDomainAdmins Group SMTP Outbound Controls Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Message Relay Prevention Whitelist Tags Lacks Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasDomino Directory Access for Registering Filters QuotasServers What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Quota Implementation OptionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Quota Restrictions Server ID File Storage Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting What Happens When a Host is Found in Inbox MaintenanceAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers the DNS Whitelist? Inbox MaintenanceThe Standard Directory Structure DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Central Directory Structure Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Control Inbox Size Replicating a Subset of Documents in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 10F: Archiving MailDomino Directory the DNS Blacklist? ArchivingServer Setup Profiles What are Private Whitelist Filters? Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesClearing the Server ID Password Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Archive Policy DocumentsThe Certification Log What Happens When a Host is Found in Archive Policy Settings DocumentAdministrator Access to Register OU the Private Whitelist? Archive Criteria Settings Document Certifiers What are Private Blacklist Filters? Checklist for Monitoring MailNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators What Happens When a Host is Found in Checking Mail Delivery User Registration Options the Private Blacklist? Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsAdministrator Access to Register Users Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Statistics The License Tracking Database Precedence Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingInternet Password Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Message Tracking Internet Password Locking Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallID File Distribution Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP What is Message Recall?Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File (E/SMTP) Options Message Recall OptionsUser Registration Text Files E/SMTP Settings Configuring the Message Recall Feature How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Troubleshooting StagesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Addressing The Mail Trace Tool Changes When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterDomino Directory Document Internet Address Lookup Options When to Restart the Router Synchronization Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator An Implementation of SMTP Routing When to Force Mail Routing Workstation Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andWorkstation Setup for Additional Disclaimers Dead MailWorkstations Message Disclaimers The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Message Disclaimer ImplementationInstallation ProcessThe Lotus Domino Administrator Options for Attaching Disclaimers lineTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Planning GuidelinesServers Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Administration Process Settings PlanComponents of the Administration Process Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Supported Platforms and SystemDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Messages Requirements Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoProcess Requests Controls Server Software


Nested Groups Delivery Controls Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoGroup Precedence in Database Access Controls Administrator Client SoftwareAuto-populated Groups Mail Transfer Controls The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Basic ConfigurationsPolicies Mailboxes What is Eclipse?Policy Documents Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Client Installation TypesPolicy Types How Mail Rules Work What is Lotus Expeditor?Settings Document Types Mail Rule Actions Expeditor Component PackagingPolicy Precedence Rules Activating a Server Mail Rule Eclipse Update SitesStatic and Dynamic Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Automated Installation Options for EclipsePolicy Management Tools Mail Journaling ComponentsPolicy Management Development Tools Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Use of an Organizational Policy Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Journaling and Server Configuration First ServerPolicy Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Server Setup ProcessPolicy Assignment Methods and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Domino DirectoryPolicy Assignment During Registration Tag Mail Rule Conditions Replicas of the Domino DirectoryDynamic Policy Assignments Field Names Associated with Tags Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Purposes of Organizational UnitsLotus Domino Server Console or Whitelist Tags Alternatives to Organizational UnitsAdministration Tasks Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Descendants of the Organization CertifierMessage Color-Coding on the Server Quotas Organization SecurityConsole Quota Implementation Options Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Quota Restrictions Authentication Between OrganizationsDatabases on the Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Country CodesServer Access Control Mechanisms Inbox Maintenance Server Audience TypesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Inbox Maintenance The Lotus Domino Server LogUser Access to the Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administrators Group Security Options When to Restart the Server Control Inbox Size Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 10F: Archiving Mail WorkstationAdministration Levels Archiving The Client Configuration Program Administration Level Details Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe Full Access Administrator Level Archive Policy Documents Administrators and ServersFull Access Administrator Best Practices Archive Policy Settings Document Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Domino Web Administrator Archive Criteria Settings Document The Special Privilege of theAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Checklist for Monitoring Mail LocalDomainAdmins GroupWeb Administrator Application Types of Misdelivered Mail Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Checking Mail Delivery Lacks The Domino Server Log Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Notes.ini File Mail Statistics ServersLogging Levels Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Need for Selecting a Registration ServerServer Groups and Replication Message Tracking Server ID File Storage Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingReplication Controls What is Message Recall? Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersReplication Types Message Recall Options The Standard Directory StructureMethods for Forcing Replication Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Central Directory StructurePull Push Replication Troubleshooting Stages Replicating a Subset of Documents in theMultiple Replication Hubs The Mail Trace Tool Domino DirectoryCritical Application Scheduling Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Server Setup ProfilesReplication Schedule Criteria When to Restart the Router Clearing the Server ID Password Mail Routing Components Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Certification LogMail Routing Behavior Within and Between When to Force Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register OUNNNs Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and CertifiersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Dead Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Routing Topology The Delivery Failure Process Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology User Registration OptionsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrator Access to Register UsersTopology line The License Tracking DatabaseOpportunistic Routing Planning Guidelines Internet Password OptionsConnection Document Mail Routing Options The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Internet Password LockingRouter Types and Connection Documents Plan ID File Distribution Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Supported Platforms and System Topic 3C: Registering Users from a Filefor Incoming Mail Requirements User Registration Text FilesMail Storage Formats Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus How to Register Users from a Text File SMTP Domino Server Software Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document


SMTP Implementation Scenarios Lotus Domino Server Installation Types ChangesSMTP Best Practices Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Directory DocumentInternet Mail Routing Domino Administrator Client Software Synchronization The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMethods for Enabling SMTP Basic Configurations WorkstationTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings What is Eclipse? Workstation Setup for AdditionalSMTP Settings Client Installation Types Workstations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoSMTP Inbound Controls Expeditor Component Packaging InstallationSMTP Outbound Controls Eclipse Update Sites The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Relay Prevention Automated Installation Options for Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Eclipse Components ServersFilters Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Administration ProcessWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Components of the Administration ProcessThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process First Server Database Tools in Domino AdministratorEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Server Setup Process Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Domino Directory Process Requests DNS Whitelist? Replicas of the Domino Directory Nested GroupsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Comparing Domains and Organizations The Deny List Only Group TypeEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Purposes of Organizational Units Group Precedence in Database AccessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Alternatives to Organizational Units Auto-populated Groups DNS Blacklist? Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Organization Security PolicyEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Organization Certifier ID Security PoliciesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Authentication Between Organizations Policy DocumentsPrivate Whitelist? Country Codes Policy TypesWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Server Audience Types Settings Document TypesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters The Lotus Domino Server Log Policy Precedence RulesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrators Group Security Options Static and Dynamic SettingsPrivate Blacklist? Topic 1E: Configuring the First Policy Management ToolsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Workstation Policy Management Development ToolsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Client Configuration Program Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an(E/SMTP) Options Administrators and Servers Explicit PolicyE/SMTP Settings Access in the Domino Directory Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing The Special Privilege of the Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhen to Set Internet Addresses LocalDomainAdmins Group Dynamic Policy AssignmentsInternet Address Lookup Options Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Group Lacks Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Domino Directory Access for Registering Administration TasksTopic 9B: Implementing Message Servers Message Color-Coding on the ServerDisclaimers Need for Selecting a Registration Server Console Message Disclaimers Server ID File Storage Options Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Databases on the ServerProcess Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Server Access Control MechanismsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Standard Directory Structure Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessEnabling Server Message Disclaimers The Central Directory Structure User Access to the ServerCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Replicating a Subset of Documents in the When to Restart the Server Settings Domino Directory Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Server Setup Profiles Administration LevelsMessages Clearing the Server ID Password Administration Level DetailsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Certification Log The Full Access Administrator LevelControls Administrator Access to Register OU Full Access Administrator Best PracticesDelivery Controls Certifiers The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administration Levels and the LotusControls Topic 3B: Registering New Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Transfer Controls Administrators Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server User Registration Options The Domino Server LogMailboxes Administrator Access to Register Users The Notes.ini FileBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The License Tracking Database Logging Levels How Mail Rules Work Internet Password Options Server Groups and Replication Mail Rule Actions Internet Password Locking Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionActivating a Server Mail Rule ID File Distribution Options DocumentTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Replication ControlsMail Journaling User Registration Text Files Replication TypesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions How to Register Users from a Text File Methods for Forcing Replication


Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Pull Push ReplicationJournaling and Server Configuration Changes Multiple Replication HubsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Domino Directory Document Critical Application SchedulingWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Synchronization Replication Schedule Criteria Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Mail Routing ComponentsField Names Associated with Tags Workstation Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Workstation Setup for Additional NNNs Whitelist Tags Workstations Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Mail Routing TopologyQuotas Domino Installation The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingQuota Implementation Options The Lotus Domino Administrator TopologyQuota Restrictions Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Servers TopologyMaintenance The Administration Process Opportunistic RoutingInbox Maintenance Components of the Administration Connection Document Mail RoutingUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Process OptionsControl Inbox Size Database Tools in Domino Administrator Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatArchiving Process Requests for Incoming MailBenefits of Archiving and Policies Nested Groups Mail Storage Formats Archive Policy Documents The Deny List Only Group Type SMTPArchive Policy Settings Document Group Precedence in Database Access SMTP Implementation ScenariosArchive Criteria Settings Document Auto-populated Groups SMTP Best PracticesChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Internet Mail RoutingTypes of Misdelivered Mail Policy The SMTP Listener and Router TasksChecking Mail Delivery Policies Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Policy Documents Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPMail Statistics Policy Types SettingsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Settings Document Types SMTP Settings Message Tracking Policy Precedence Rules Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Static and Dynamic Settings SMTP Inbound ControlsWhat is Message Recall? Policy Management Tools SMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Recall Options Policy Management Development Tools Message Relay Prevention Configuring the Message Recall Feature Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTroubleshooting Stages Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an FiltersThe Mail Trace Tool Explicit Policy What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Policy Assignment Methods The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWhen to Restart the Router Policy Assignment During Registration Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Dynamic Policy Assignments What Happens When a Host is Found inWhen to Force Mail Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies the DNS Whitelist?Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Lotus Domino Server Console DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsMail Administration Tasks Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Delivery Failure Process Message Color-Coding on the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in

Console the DNS Blacklist?Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create What are Private Whitelist Filters?

line Databases on the Server Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersPlanning Guidelines Server Access Control Mechanisms What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Restrictions for Authorizing Server the Private Whitelist?Plan Access What are Private Blacklist Filters?Supported Platforms and System User Access to the Server Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersRequirements When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels the Private Blacklist?Server Software Administration Levels Order of Whitelist and BlacklistLotus Domino Server Installation Types Administration Level Details PrecedenceTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Full Access Administrator Level How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistAdministrator Client Software Full Access Administrator Best Practices Filters The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Domino Web Administrator Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPBasic Configurations Administration Levels and the Lotus (E/SMTP) OptionsWhat is Eclipse? Domino Web Administrator Application E/SMTP Settings Client Installation Types Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The Domino Server Log When to Set Internet AddressesExpeditor Component Packaging The Notes.ini File Internet Address Lookup Options Eclipse Update Sites Logging Levels Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Server Groups and Replication An Implementation of SMTP Routing Components Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 9B: Implementing MessageMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Document Disclaimers


Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Replication Controls Message DisclaimersFirst Server Replication Types The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Server Setup Process Methods for Forcing Replication ProcessThe Domino Directory Pull Push Replication Options for Attaching DisclaimersReplicas of the Domino Directory Multiple Replication Hubs Enabling Server Message DisclaimersComparing Domains and Organizations Critical Application Scheduling Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPurposes of Organizational Units Replication Schedule Criteria SettingsAlternatives to Organizational Units Mail Routing Components Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEDescendants of the Organization Certifier Mail Routing Behavior Within and Messages Organization Security Between NNNs Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 7B: Implementing a ControlsAuthentication Between Organizations Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Delivery Controls Country Codes The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferServer Audience Types Topology ControlsThe Lotus Domino Server Log How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Mail Transfer Controls Administrators Group Security Options Topology Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Opportunistic Routing MailboxesThe Client Configuration Program Connection Document Mail Routing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Options How Mail Rules Workand Servers Router Types and Connection Mail Rule ActionsAccess in the Domino Directory Documents Activating a Server Mail Rule The Special Privilege of the Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingLocalDomainAdmins Group Format for Incoming Mail Mail JournalingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Storage Formats Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsLacks SMTP Journaling and Mail RoutingDomino Directory Access for Registering SMTP Implementation Scenarios Journaling and Server Configuration Servers SMTP Best Practices Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Mail Routing Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsServer ID File Storage Options The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Methods for Enabling SMTP Field Names Associated with TagsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Standard Directory Structure Settings Whitelist Tags The Central Directory Structure SMTP Settings Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail QuotasDomino Directory Delivery Quota Implementation OptionsServer Setup Profiles SMTP Inbound Controls Quota Restrictions Clearing the Server ID Password SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Certification Log Message Relay Prevention Inbox MaintenanceAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Inbox MaintenanceCertifiers Filters Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toNeed for Selecting a Registration Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Control Inbox Size Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 10F: Archiving MailUser Registration Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters ArchivingAdministrator Access to Register Users What Happens When a Host is Found in Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe License Tracking Database the DNS Whitelist? Archive Policy DocumentsInternet Password Options DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Archive Policy Settings DocumentInternet Password Locking Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Archive Criteria Settings Document ID File Distribution Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File the DNS Blacklist? Types of Misdelivered MailUser Registration Text Files What are Private Whitelist Filters? Checking Mail Delivery How to Register Users from a Text File Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Statistics Changes the Private Whitelist? Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingDomino Directory Document What are Private Blacklist Filters? Message Tracking Synchronization Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found in What is Message Recall?Workstation the Private Blacklist? Message Recall OptionsWorkstation Setup for Additional Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Configuring the Message Recall Feature Workstations Precedence Troubleshooting StagesTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Mail Trace Tool Installation Filters Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP When to Restart the Router Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple (E/SMTP) Options Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingServers E/SMTP Settings When to Force Mail Routing The Administration Process Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andComponents of the Administration Process Addressing Dead Mail


Database Tools in Domino Administrator When to Set Internet Addresses The Delivery Failure ProcessTiming and Execution of Administration Internet Address Lookup Options Process Requests Topic 8G: Testing SMTPNested Groups An Implementation of SMTP Routing lineThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9B: Implementing Message Planning GuidelinesGroup Precedence in Database Access Disclaimers The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentAuto-populated Groups Message Disclaimers PlanTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Message Disclaimer Implementation Supported Platforms and SystemPolicies Process Requirements Policy Documents Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPolicy Types Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Server SoftwareSettings Document Types Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Precedence Rules Settings Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoStatic and Dynamic Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrator Client SoftwarePolicy Management Tools Messages The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andPolicy Management Development Tools Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Basic ConfigurationsUse of an Organizational Policy Controls What is Eclipse?Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Delivery Controls Client Installation TypesPolicy Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What is Lotus Expeditor?Policy Assignment Methods Controls Expeditor Component PackagingPolicy Assignment During Registration Mail Transfer Controls Eclipse Update SitesDynamic Policy Assignments Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Effect of Multiple Policies Mailboxes ComponentsLotus Domino Server Console Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administration Tasks How Mail Rules Work Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMessage Color-Coding on the Server Mail Rule Actions First ServerConsole Activating a Server Mail Rule The Server Setup ProcessTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Domino DirectoryDatabases on the Server Mail Journaling Replicas of the Domino DirectoryServer Access Control Mechanisms Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Comparing Domains and OrganizationsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Journaling and Mail Routing Purposes of Organizational UnitsUser Access to the Server Journaling and Server Configuration Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWhen to Restart the Server Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Organization SecurityAdministration Levels Tag Mail Rule Conditions Organization Certifier ID SecurityAdministration Level Details Field Names Associated with Tags Authentication Between OrganizationsThe Full Access Administrator Level Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Country CodesFull Access Administrator Best Practices or Whitelist Tags Server Audience TypesThe Domino Web Administrator Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Lotus Domino Server LogAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Quotas Administrators Group Security Options Web Administrator Application Quota Implementation Options Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Quota Restrictions WorkstationThe Domino Server Log Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with The Client Configuration Program The Notes.ini File Inbox Maintenance Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toLogging Levels Inbox Maintenance Administrators and ServersServer Groups and Replication Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Control Inbox Size The Special Privilege of theReplication Controls Topic 10F: Archiving Mail LocalDomainAdmins GroupReplication Types Archiving Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMethods for Forcing Replication Benefits of Archiving and Policies Lacks Pull Push Replication Archive Policy Documents Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMultiple Replication Hubs Archive Policy Settings Document ServersCritical Application Scheduling Archive Criteria Settings Document Need for Selecting a Registration ServerReplication Schedule Criteria Checklist for Monitoring Mail Server ID File Storage Options Mail Routing Components Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Checking Mail Delivery Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersNNNs Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Standard Directory StructureTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Mail Statistics The Central Directory StructureMail Routing Topology Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Message Tracking Domino DirectoryHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Server Setup ProfilesTopology What is Message Recall? Clearing the Server ID Password Opportunistic Routing Message Recall Options The Certification LogConnection Document Mail Routing Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature Administrator Access to Register OURouter Types and Connection Documents Troubleshooting Stages CertifiersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Mail Trace Tool Need for Selecting a Registration Server


for Incoming Mail Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMail Storage Formats When to Restart the Router User Registration OptionsSMTP Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register UsersSMTP Implementation Scenarios When to Force Mail Routing The License Tracking DatabaseSMTP Best Practices Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Internet Password OptionsInternet Mail Routing Dead Mail Internet Password LockingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Delivery Failure Process ID File Distribution Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings User Registration Text FilesSMTP Settings line How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Planning Guidelines Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentSMTP Inbound Controls The Worldwide Corporation Deployment ChangesSMTP Outbound Controls Plan Domino Directory DocumentMessage Relay Prevention Supported Platforms and System Synchronization Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Requirements Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorFilters Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus WorkstationWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Domino Server Software Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Workstations Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Administrator Client Software InstallationDNS Whitelist? The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Lotus Domino Administrator DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Basic Configurations Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters What is Eclipse? ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Client Installation Types The Administration ProcessDNS Blacklist? What is Lotus Expeditor? Components of the Administration ProcessWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Expeditor Component Packaging Database Tools in Domino AdministratorEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Eclipse Update Sites Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Automated Installation Options for Process Requests Private Whitelist? Eclipse Components Nested GroupsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Deny List Only Group TypeEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Group Precedence in Database AccessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the First Server Auto-populated Groups Private Blacklist? The Server Setup Process Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence The Domino Directory PolicyHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Replicas of the Domino Directory PoliciesTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Comparing Domains and Organizations Policy Documents(E/SMTP) Options Purposes of Organizational Units Policy TypesE/SMTP Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Settings Document TypesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Descendants of the Organization Certifier Policy Precedence RulesWhen to Set Internet Addresses Organization Security Static and Dynamic SettingsInternet Address Lookup Options Organization Certifier ID Security Policy Management ToolsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Authentication Between Organizations Policy Management Development ToolsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Country Codes Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 9B: Implementing Message Server Audience Types Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDisclaimers The Lotus Domino Server Log Explicit PolicyMessage Disclaimers Administrators Group Security Options Policy Assignment MethodsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 1E: Configuring the First Policy Assignment During RegistrationProcess Workstation Dynamic Policy AssignmentsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Client Configuration Program The Effect of Multiple Policies Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Lotus Domino Server ConsoleCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Administrators and Servers Administration TasksSettings Access in the Domino Directory Message Color-Coding on the ServerUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Special Privilege of the Console Messages LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Databases on the ServerControls Group Lacks Server Access Control MechanismsDelivery Controls Domino Directory Access for Registering Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Servers User Access to the ServerControls Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Restart the Server Mail Transfer Controls Server ID File Storage Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Administration LevelsMailboxes Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Administration Level DetailsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Standard Directory Structure The Full Access Administrator LevelHow Mail Rules Work The Central Directory Structure Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMail Rule Actions Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Domino Web AdministratorActivating a Server Mail Rule Domino Directory Administration Levels and the Lotus


Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Server Setup Profiles Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Journaling Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Certification Log The Domino Server LogJournaling and Mail Routing Administrator Access to Register OU The Notes.ini FileJournaling and Server Configuration Certifiers Logging Levels Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Need for Selecting a Registration Server Server Groups and Replication Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTag Mail Rule Conditions Administrators DocumentField Names Associated with Tags User Registration Options Replication ControlsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Administrator Access to Register Users Replication TypesWhitelist Tags The License Tracking Database Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Internet Password Options Pull Push ReplicationQuotas Internet Password Locking Multiple Replication HubsQuota Implementation Options ID File Distribution Options Critical Application SchedulingQuota Restrictions Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox User Registration Text Files Mail Routing ComponentsMaintenance How to Register Users from a Text File Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenInbox Maintenance Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document NNNs Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Changes Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeControl Inbox Size Domino Directory Document Mail Routing TopologyTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Synchronization The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingArchiving Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator TopologyBenefits of Archiving and Policies Workstation How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeArchive Policy Documents Workstation Setup for Additional TopologyArchive Policy Settings Document Workstations Opportunistic RoutingArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Connection Document Mail RoutingChecklist for Monitoring Mail Domino Installation OptionsTypes of Misdelivered Mail The Lotus Domino Administrator Router Types and Connection Documents Checking Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Servers for Incoming MailMail Statistics The Administration Process Mail Storage Formats Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Components of the Administration SMTPMessage Tracking Process SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Database Tools in Domino Administrator SMTP Best PracticesWhat is Message Recall? Timing and Execution of Administration Internet Mail RoutingMessage Recall Options Process Requests The SMTP Listener and Router TasksConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Nested Groups Methods for Enabling SMTP Troubleshooting Stages The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Mail Trace Tool Group Precedence in Database Access SettingsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Auto-populated Groups SMTP Settings When to Restart the Router Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Policy SMTP Inbound ControlsWhen to Force Mail Routing Policies SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Policy Documents Message Relay Prevention Mail Policy Types Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistThe Delivery Failure Process Settings Document Types Filters

Policy Precedence Rules What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Static and Dynamic Settings The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process

line Policy Management Tools Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersPlanning Guidelines Policy Management Development Tools What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Use of an Organizational Policy the DNS Whitelist?Plan Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsSupported Platforms and System Explicit Policy Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersRequirements Policy Assignment Methods What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Policy Assignment During Registration the DNS Blacklist?Server Software Dynamic Policy Assignments What are Private Whitelist Filters?Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Effect of Multiple Policies Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Lotus Domino Server Console What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Client Software Administration Tasks the Private Whitelist?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Message Color-Coding on the Server What are Private Blacklist Filters?Basic Configurations Console Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat is Eclipse? Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create What Happens When a Host is Found inClient Installation Types Databases on the Server the Private Blacklist?What is Lotus Expeditor? Server Access Control Mechanisms Order of Whitelist and BlacklistExpeditor Component Packaging Restrictions for Authorizing Server PrecedenceEclipse Update Sites Access How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist


Automated Installation Options for Eclipse User Access to the Server Filters Components When to Restart the Server Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administration Levels E/SMTP Settings First Server Administration Level Details Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingThe Server Setup Process The Full Access Administrator Level When to Set Internet AddressesThe Domino Directory Full Access Administrator Best Practices Internet Address Lookup Options Replicas of the Domino Directory The Domino Web Administrator Topic 8G: Testing SMTPComparing Domains and Organizations Administration Levels and the Lotus An Implementation of SMTP Routing Purposes of Organizational Units Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels DisclaimersDescendants of the Organization Certifier The Domino Server Log Message DisclaimersOrganization Security The Notes.ini File The Message Disclaimer ImplementationOrganization Certifier ID Security Logging Levels ProcessAuthentication Between Organizations Server Groups and Replication Options for Attaching DisclaimersCountry Codes Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Enabling Server Message DisclaimersServer Audience Types Document Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe Lotus Domino Server Log Replication Controls SettingsAdministrators Group Security Options Replication Types Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Methods for Forcing Replication Messages The Client Configuration Program Pull Push Replication Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Multiple Replication Hubs Controlsand Servers Critical Application Scheduling Delivery Controls Access in the Domino Directory Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Special Privilege of the Mail Routing Components ControlsLocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Routing Behavior Within and Mail Transfer Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Between NNNs Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerLacks Topic 7B: Implementing a MailboxesDomino Directory Access for Registering Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Servers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing How Mail Rules WorkNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topology Mail Rule ActionsServer ID File Storage Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topology Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Opportunistic Routing Mail JournalingThe Standard Directory Structure Connection Document Mail Routing Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Central Directory Structure Options Journaling and Mail RoutingReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Router Types and Connection Journaling and Server Configuration Domino Directory Documents Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andServer Setup Profiles Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsClearing the Server ID Password Format for Incoming Mail Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Certification Log Mail Storage Formats Field Names Associated with TagsAdministrator Access to Register OU SMTP Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orCertifiers SMTP Implementation Scenarios Whitelist Tags Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Best Practices Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Internet Mail Routing QuotasUser Registration Options The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Quota Implementation OptionsAdministrator Access to Register Users Methods for Enabling SMTP Quota Restrictions The License Tracking Database Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInternet Password Options Settings Inbox MaintenanceInternet Password Locking SMTP Settings Inbox MaintenanceID File Distribution Options Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Delivery Control Inbox Size User Registration Text Files SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 10F: Archiving MailHow to Register Users from a Text File SMTP Outbound Controls ArchivingTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Message Relay Prevention Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesChanges Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Policy DocumentsDomino Directory Document Filters Archive Policy Settings DocumentSynchronization What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Checklist for Monitoring MailWorkstation Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Types of Misdelivered MailWorkstation Setup for Additional What Happens When a Host is Found in Checking Mail Delivery Workstations the DNS Whitelist? Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Statistics Installation Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Lotus Domino Administrator What Happens When a Host is Found in Message Tracking Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple the DNS Blacklist? Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall


Servers What are Private Whitelist Filters? What is Message Recall?The Administration Process Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Message Recall OptionsComponents of the Administration Process What Happens When a Host is Found in Configuring the Message Recall Feature Database Tools in Domino Administrator the Private Whitelist? Troubleshooting StagesTiming and Execution of Administration What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Mail Trace Tool Process Requests Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterNested Groups What Happens When a Host is Found in When to Restart the Router The Deny List Only Group Type the Private Blacklist? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingGroup Precedence in Database Access Order of Whitelist and Blacklist When to Force Mail Routing Auto-populated Groups Precedence Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Dead MailPolicies Filters The Delivery Failure ProcessPolicy Documents Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPPolicy Types (E/SMTP) OptionsSettings Document Types E/SMTP Settings linePolicy Precedence Rules Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Planning GuidelinesStatic and Dynamic Settings Addressing The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPolicy Management Tools When to Set Internet Addresses PlanPolicy Management Development Tools Internet Address Lookup Options Supported Platforms and SystemUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Requirements Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPolicy Topic 9B: Implementing Message Server SoftwarePolicy Assignment Methods Disclaimers Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Assignment During Registration Message Disclaimers Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDynamic Policy Assignments The Message Disclaimer Implementation Administrator Client SoftwareThe Effect of Multiple Policies Process The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andLotus Domino Server Console Options for Attaching Disclaimers Basic ConfigurationsAdministration Tasks Enabling Server Message Disclaimers What is Eclipse?Message Color-Coding on the Server Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Client Installation TypesConsole Settings What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Expeditor Component PackagingDatabases on the Server Messages Eclipse Update SitesServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Automated Installation Options for EclipseRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Controls ComponentsUser Access to the Server Delivery Controls Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation When to Restart the Server Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Controls First ServerAdministration Levels Mail Transfer Controls The Server Setup ProcessAdministration Level Details Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Domino DirectoryThe Full Access Administrator Level Mailboxes Replicas of the Domino DirectoryFull Access Administrator Best Practices Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Domino Web Administrator How Mail Rules Work Purposes of Organizational UnitsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Mail Rule Actions Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWeb Administrator Application Activating a Server Mail Rule Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Organization SecurityThe Domino Server Log Mail Journaling Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Notes.ini File Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Authentication Between OrganizationsLogging Levels Journaling and Mail Routing Country CodesServer Groups and Replication Journaling and Server Configuration Server Audience TypesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Lotus Domino Server LogReplication Controls and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Administrators Group Security Options Replication Types Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMethods for Forcing Replication Field Names Associated with Tags WorkstationPull Push Replication Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist The Client Configuration Program Multiple Replication Hubs or Whitelist Tags Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toCritical Application Scheduling Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administrators and ServersReplication Schedule Criteria Quotas Access in the Domino DirectoryMail Routing Components Quota Implementation Options The Special Privilege of theMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Quota Restrictions LocalDomainAdmins GroupNNNs Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Inbox Maintenance Lacks Mail Routing Topology Inbox Maintenance Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to ServersHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Control Inbox Size Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopology Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Server ID File Storage Options Opportunistic Routing Archiving Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting


Connection Document Mail Routing Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersRouter Types and Connection Documents Archive Policy Documents The Standard Directory StructureTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Archive Policy Settings Document The Central Directory Structurefor Incoming Mail Archive Criteria Settings Document Replicating a Subset of Documents in theMail Storage Formats Checklist for Monitoring Mail Domino DirectorySMTP Types of Misdelivered Mail Server Setup ProfilesSMTP Implementation Scenarios Checking Mail Delivery Clearing the Server ID Password SMTP Best Practices Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Certification LogInternet Mail Routing Mail Statistics Administrator Access to Register OUThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking CertifiersMethods for Enabling SMTP Message Tracking Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsSMTP Settings What is Message Recall? User Registration OptionsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Message Recall Options Administrator Access to Register UsersSMTP Inbound Controls Configuring the Message Recall Feature The License Tracking DatabaseSMTP Outbound Controls Troubleshooting Stages Internet Password OptionsMessage Relay Prevention The Mail Trace Tool Internet Password LockingTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 12B: Restarting the Router ID File Distribution Options Filters When to Restart the Router Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing User Registration Text FilesThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process When to Force Mail Routing How to Register Users from a Text File Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Dead Mail ChangesDNS Whitelist? The Delivery Failure Process Domino Directory DocumentDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Synchronization Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the line WorkstationDNS Blacklist? Planning Guidelines Workstation Setup for AdditionalWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Workstations Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Plan Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Supported Platforms and System InstallationPrivate Whitelist? Requirements The Lotus Domino Administrator What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Domino Server Software ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Administration ProcessPrivate Blacklist? Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Components of the Administration ProcessOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Domino Administrator Client Software Database Tools in Domino AdministratorHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Basic Configurations Process Requests (E/SMTP) Options What is Eclipse? Nested GroupsE/SMTP Settings Client Installation Types The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing What is Lotus Expeditor? Group Precedence in Database AccessWhen to Set Internet Addresses Expeditor Component Packaging Auto-populated Groups Internet Address Lookup Options Eclipse Update Sites Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Automated Installation Options for PolicyAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Eclipse Components PoliciesTopic 9B: Implementing Message Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policy DocumentsDisclaimers Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Policy TypesMessage Disclaimers First Server Settings Document TypesThe Message Disclaimer Implementation The Server Setup Process Policy Precedence RulesProcess The Domino Directory Static and Dynamic SettingsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Replicas of the Domino Directory Policy Management ToolsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Comparing Domains and Organizations Policy Management Development ToolsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Purposes of Organizational Units Use of an Organizational Policy Settings Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Descendants of the Organization Certifier Explicit PolicyMessages Organization Security Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Organization Certifier ID Security Policy Assignment During RegistrationControls Authentication Between Organizations Dynamic Policy AssignmentsDelivery Controls Country Codes The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Server Audience Types Lotus Domino Server ConsoleControls The Lotus Domino Server Log Administration TasksMail Transfer Controls Administrators Group Security Options Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First Console Mailboxes Workstation Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Client Configuration Program Databases on the Server


How Mail Rules Work Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Server Access Control MechanismsMail Rule Actions Administrators and Servers Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessActivating a Server Mail Rule Access in the Domino Directory User Access to the ServerTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Special Privilege of the When to Restart the Server Mail Journaling LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Administration LevelsJournaling and Mail Routing Group Lacks Administration Level DetailsJournaling and Server Configuration Domino Directory Access for Registering The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Servers Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Domino Web AdministratorTag Mail Rule Conditions Server ID File Storage Options Administration Levels and the LotusField Names Associated with Tags Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino Web Administrator Application Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsWhitelist Tags The Standard Directory Structure The Domino Server LogTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Central Directory Structure The Notes.ini FileQuotas Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Logging Levels Quota Implementation Options Domino Directory Server Groups and Replication Quota Restrictions Server Setup Profiles Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Clearing the Server ID Password DocumentMaintenance The Certification Log Replication ControlsInbox Maintenance Administrator Access to Register OU Replication TypesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Certifiers Methods for Forcing ReplicationControl Inbox Size Need for Selecting a Registration Server Pull Push ReplicationTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 3B: Registering New Multiple Replication HubsArchiving Administrators Critical Application SchedulingBenefits of Archiving and Policies User Registration Options Replication Schedule Criteria Archive Policy Documents Administrator Access to Register Users Mail Routing ComponentsArchive Policy Settings Document The License Tracking Database Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenArchive Criteria Settings Document Internet Password Options NNNs Checklist for Monitoring Mail Internet Password Locking Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTypes of Misdelivered Mail ID File Distribution Options Mail Routing TopologyChecking Mail Delivery Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics User Registration Text Files TopologyMail Statistics How to Register Users from a Text File How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document TopologyMessage Tracking Changes Opportunistic RoutingTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Directory Document Connection Document Mail RoutingWhat is Message Recall? Synchronization OptionsMessage Recall Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Router Types and Connection Documents Configuring the Message Recall Feature Workstation Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTroubleshooting Stages Workstation Setup for Additional for Incoming MailThe Mail Trace Tool Workstations Mail Storage Formats Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus SMTPWhen to Restart the Router Domino Installation SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Lotus Domino Administrator SMTP Best PracticesWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Internet Mail RoutingTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Servers The SMTP Listener and Router TasksMail The Administration Process Methods for Enabling SMTP The Delivery Failure Process Components of the Administration Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP

Process SettingsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator SMTP Settings

line Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryPlanning Guidelines Process Requests SMTP Inbound ControlsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Nested Groups SMTP Outbound ControlsPlan The Deny List Only Group Type Message Relay Prevention Supported Platforms and System Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistRequirements Auto-populated Groups FiltersTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Server Software Policy The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessLotus Domino Server Installation Types Policies Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Policy Documents What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Client Software Policy Types the DNS Whitelist?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Settings Document Types DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsBasic Configurations Policy Precedence Rules Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat is Eclipse? Static and Dynamic Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inClient Installation Types Policy Management Tools the DNS Blacklist?


What is Lotus Expeditor? Policy Management Development Tools What are Private Whitelist Filters?Expeditor Component Packaging Use of an Organizational Policy Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersEclipse Update Sites Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an What Happens When a Host is Found inAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Explicit Policy the Private Whitelist?Components Policy Assignment Methods What are Private Blacklist Filters?Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policy Assignment During Registration Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Dynamic Policy Assignments What Happens When a Host is Found inFirst Server The Effect of Multiple Policies the Private Blacklist?The Server Setup Process Lotus Domino Server Console Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Domino Directory Administration Tasks PrecedenceReplicas of the Domino Directory Message Color-Coding on the Server How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistComparing Domains and Organizations Console Filters Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAlternatives to Organizational Units Databases on the Server (E/SMTP) OptionsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Server Access Control Mechanisms E/SMTP Settings Organization Security Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingOrganization Certifier ID Security Access When to Set Internet AddressesAuthentication Between Organizations User Access to the Server Internet Address Lookup Options Country Codes When to Restart the Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTPServer Audience Types Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Lotus Domino Server Log Administration Levels Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAdministrators Group Security Options Administration Level Details DisclaimersTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Full Access Administrator Level Message DisclaimersThe Client Configuration Program Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Domino Web Administrator Processand Servers Administration Levels and the Lotus Options for Attaching DisclaimersAccess in the Domino Directory Domino Web Administrator Application Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Special Privilege of the Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyLocalDomainAdmins Group The Domino Server Log SettingsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Notes.ini File Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMELacks Logging Levels Messages Domino Directory Access for Registering Server Groups and Replication Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServers Topic 6B: Creating a Connection ControlsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Document Delivery Controls Server ID File Storage Options Replication Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Replication Types ControlsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Methods for Forcing Replication Mail Transfer Controls The Standard Directory Structure Pull Push Replication Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Central Directory Structure Multiple Replication Hubs MailboxesReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Critical Application Scheduling Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Domino Directory Replication Schedule Criteria How Mail Rules WorkServer Setup Profiles Mail Routing Components Mail Rule ActionsClearing the Server ID Password Mail Routing Behavior Within and Activating a Server Mail Rule The Certification Log Between NNNs Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 7B: Implementing a Mail JournalingCertifiers Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topology Journaling and Server Configuration User Registration Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAdministrator Access to Register Users Topology Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe License Tracking Database Opportunistic Routing Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInternet Password Options Connection Document Mail Routing Field Names Associated with TagsInternet Password Locking Options Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orID File Distribution Options Router Types and Connection Whitelist Tags Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Documents Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasUser Registration Text Files Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage QuotasHow to Register Users from a Text File Format for Incoming Mail Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Mail Storage Formats Quota Restrictions Changes SMTP Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withDomino Directory Document SMTP Implementation Scenarios Inbox MaintenanceSynchronization SMTP Best Practices Inbox MaintenanceTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Internet Mail Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toWorkstation The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Control Inbox Size Workstation Setup for Additional Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 10F: Archiving MailWorkstations Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP ArchivingTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Settings Benefits of Archiving and Policies


Installation SMTP Settings Archive Policy DocumentsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Delivery Archive Criteria Settings Document Servers SMTP Inbound Controls Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Administration Process SMTP Outbound Controls Types of Misdelivered MailComponents of the Administration Process Message Relay Prevention Checking Mail Delivery Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTiming and Execution of Administration Filters Mail Statistics Process Requests What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingNested Groups The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Message Tracking The Deny List Only Group Type Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallGroup Precedence in Database Access What Happens When a Host is Found in What is Message Recall?Auto-populated Groups the DNS Whitelist? Message Recall OptionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policies Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Troubleshooting StagesPolicy Documents What Happens When a Host is Found in The Mail Trace Tool Policy Types the DNS Blacklist? Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterSettings Document Types What are Private Whitelist Filters? When to Restart the Router Policy Precedence Rules Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingStatic and Dynamic Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in When to Force Mail Routing Policy Management Tools the Private Whitelist? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andPolicy Management Development Tools What are Private Blacklist Filters? Dead MailUse of an Organizational Policy Enabling Private Blacklist Filters The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy the Private Blacklist? Lesson 9: Establishing Mail Controls Policy Assignment Methods Order of Whitelist and Blacklist linePolicy Assignment During Registration Precedence Topic 9A: Configuring Router RestrictionsDynamic Policy Assignments How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Restrictions and Controls The Effect of Multiple Policies Filters Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAdministration Tasks (E/SMTP) Options lineMessage Color-Coding on the Server E/SMTP Settings Planning GuidelinesConsole Topic 8F: Configuring Internet The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Addressing PlanDatabases on the Server When to Set Internet Addresses Supported Platforms and SystemServer Access Control Mechanisms Internet Address Lookup Options Requirements Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoUser Access to the Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing Server SoftwareWhen to Restart the Server Topic 9B: Implementing Message Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Disclaimers Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAdministration Levels Message Disclaimers Administrator Client SoftwareAdministration Level Details The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Full Access Administrator Level Process Basic ConfigurationsFull Access Administrator Best Practices Options for Attaching Disclaimers What is Eclipse?The Domino Web Administrator Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Client Installation TypesAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Creating Message Disclaimer Policy What is Lotus Expeditor?Web Administrator Application Settings Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Eclipse Update SitesThe Domino Server Log Messages Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Notes.ini File Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery ComponentsLogging Levels Controls Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Server Groups and Replication Delivery Controls Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer First ServerReplication Controls Controls The Server Setup ProcessReplication Types Mail Transfer Controls The Domino DirectoryMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Replicas of the Domino DirectoryPull Push Replication Mailboxes Comparing Domains and OrganizationsMultiple Replication Hubs Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Purposes of Organizational UnitsCritical Application Scheduling How Mail Rules Work Alternatives to Organizational UnitsReplication Schedule Criteria Mail Rule Actions Descendants of the Organization CertifierMail Routing Components Activating a Server Mail Rule Organization SecurityMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Organization Certifier ID SecurityNNNs Mail Journaling Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Country CodesMail Routing Topology Journaling and Mail Routing Server Audience TypesThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Journaling and Server Configuration The Lotus Domino Server Log


How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Administrators Group Security Options Topology and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstOpportunistic Routing Tag Mail Rule Conditions WorkstationConnection Document Mail Routing Options Field Names Associated with Tags The Client Configuration Program Router Types and Connection Documents Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format or Whitelist Tags Administrators and Serversfor Incoming Mail Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Access in the Domino DirectoryMail Storage Formats Quotas The Special Privilege of theSMTP Quota Implementation Options LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Implementation Scenarios Quota Restrictions Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Best Practices Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Lacks Internet Mail Routing Inbox Maintenance Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Inbox Maintenance ServersMethods for Enabling SMTP Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Control Inbox Size Server ID File Storage Options SMTP Settings Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Archiving Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersSMTP Inbound Controls Benefits of Archiving and Policies The Standard Directory StructureSMTP Outbound Controls Archive Policy Documents The Central Directory StructureMessage Relay Prevention Archive Policy Settings Document Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Criteria Settings Document Domino DirectoryFilters Checklist for Monitoring Mail Server Setup ProfilesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Types of Misdelivered Mail Clearing the Server ID Password The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Checking Mail Delivery The Certification LogEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Administrator Access to Register OUWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Statistics CertifiersDNS Whitelist? Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Need for Selecting a Registration Server DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Message Tracking Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall User Registration OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the What is Message Recall? Administrator Access to Register UsersDNS Blacklist? Message Recall Options The License Tracking DatabaseWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Configuring the Message Recall Feature Internet Password OptionsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Troubleshooting Stages Internet Password LockingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Mail Trace Tool ID File Distribution Options Private Whitelist? Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? When to Restart the Router User Registration Text FilesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing How to Register Users from a Text File What Happens When a Host is Found in the When to Force Mail Routing Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentPrivate Blacklist? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and ChangesOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Dead Mail Domino Directory DocumentHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Delivery Failure Process Synchronization Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator(E/SMTP) Options Lesson 5: Setting Up Server Administration WorkstationE/SMTP Settings line Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 5A: Customizing the IBM Lotus Workstations When to Set Internet Addresses Domino Administrator Work Environment Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoInternet Address Lookup Options Administration Preferences InstallationTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The Lotus Domino Administrator An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 9B: Implementing Message line ServersDisclaimers Planning Guidelines The Administration ProcessMessage Disclaimers The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Components of the Administration ProcessThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Plan Database Tools in Domino AdministratorProcess Supported Platforms and System Timing and Execution of AdministrationOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Requirements Process Requests Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Nested GroupsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Domino Server Software The Deny List Only Group TypeSettings Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Group Precedence in Database AccessUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Auto-populated Groups Messages Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and PolicyControls Basic Configurations PoliciesDelivery Controls What is Eclipse? Policy DocumentsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Client Installation Types Policy TypesControls What is Lotus Expeditor? Settings Document TypesMail Transfer Controls Expeditor Component Packaging Policy Precedence Rules


Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Eclipse Update Sites Static and Dynamic SettingsMailboxes Automated Installation Options for Policy Management ToolsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Eclipse Components Policy Management Development ToolsHow Mail Rules Work Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Rule Actions Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anActivating a Server Mail Rule First Server Explicit PolicyTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Server Setup Process Policy Assignment MethodsMail Journaling The Domino Directory Policy Assignment During RegistrationJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Replicas of the Domino Directory Dynamic Policy AssignmentsJournaling and Mail Routing Comparing Domains and Organizations The Effect of Multiple Policies Journaling and Server Configuration Purposes of Organizational Units Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Alternatives to Organizational Units Administration TasksWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Descendants of the Organization Certifier Message Color-Coding on the ServerTag Mail Rule Conditions Organization Security Console Field Names Associated with Tags Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Authentication Between Organizations Databases on the ServerWhitelist Tags Country Codes Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Server Audience Types Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessQuotas The Lotus Domino Server Log User Access to the ServerQuota Implementation Options Administrators Group Security Options When to Restart the Server Quota Restrictions Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Workstation Administration LevelsMaintenance The Client Configuration Program Administration Level DetailsInbox Maintenance Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to The Full Access Administrator LevelUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administrators and Servers Full Access Administrator Best PracticesControl Inbox Size Access in the Domino Directory The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 10F: Archiving Mail The Special Privilege of the Administration Levels and the LotusArchiving LocalDomainAdmins Group Domino Web Administrator Application Benefits of Archiving and Policies Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsArchive Policy Documents Group Lacks The Domino Server LogArchive Policy Settings Document Domino Directory Access for Registering The Notes.ini FileArchive Criteria Settings Document Servers Logging Levels Checklist for Monitoring Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server Server Groups and Replication Types of Misdelivered Mail Server ID File Storage Options Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionChecking Mail Delivery Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting DocumentTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Replication ControlsMail Statistics The Standard Directory Structure Replication TypesTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Central Directory Structure Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessage Tracking Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Pull Push ReplicationTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Directory Multiple Replication HubsWhat is Message Recall? Server Setup Profiles Critical Application SchedulingMessage Recall Options Clearing the Server ID Password Replication Schedule Criteria Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Certification Log Mail Routing ComponentsTroubleshooting Stages Administrator Access to Register OU Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe Mail Trace Tool Certifiers NNNs Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeWhen to Restart the Router Topic 3B: Registering New Mail Routing TopologyTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administrators The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing User Registration Options TopologyTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Administrator Access to Register Users How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMail The License Tracking Database TopologyThe Delivery Failure Process Internet Password Options Opportunistic Routing

Internet Password Locking Connection Document Mail RoutingID File Distribution Options Options

line Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Router Types and Connection Documents Planning Guidelines User Registration Text Files Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment How to Register Users from a Text File for Incoming MailPlan Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Mail Storage Formats Supported Platforms and System Changes SMTPRequirements Domino Directory Document SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Synchronization SMTP Best PracticesServer Software Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Internet Mail RoutingLotus Domino Server Installation Types Workstation The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Workstation Setup for Additional Methods for Enabling SMTP Administrator Client Software Workstations Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Settings


Basic Configurations Domino Installation SMTP Settings What is Eclipse? The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryClient Installation Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple SMTP Inbound ControlsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Servers SMTP Outbound ControlsExpeditor Component Packaging The Administration Process Message Relay Prevention Eclipse Update Sites Components of the Administration Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Process FiltersComponents Database Tools in Domino Administrator What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Timing and Execution of Administration The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Process Requests Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersFirst Server Nested Groups What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Server Setup Process The Deny List Only Group Type the DNS Whitelist?The Domino Directory Group Precedence in Database Access DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsReplicas of the Domino Directory Auto-populated Groups Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational What Happens When a Host is Found inPurposes of Organizational Units Policy the DNS Blacklist?Alternatives to Organizational Units Policies What are Private Whitelist Filters?Descendants of the Organization Certifier Policy Documents Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersOrganization Security Policy Types What Happens When a Host is Found inOrganization Certifier ID Security Settings Document Types the Private Whitelist?Authentication Between Organizations Policy Precedence Rules What are Private Blacklist Filters?Country Codes Static and Dynamic Settings Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersServer Audience Types Policy Management Tools What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Lotus Domino Server Log Policy Management Development Tools the Private Blacklist?Administrators Group Security Options Use of an Organizational Policy Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an PrecedenceThe Client Configuration Program Explicit Policy How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Policy Assignment Methods Filters and Servers Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPAccess in the Domino Directory Dynamic Policy Assignments (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Special Privilege of the The Effect of Multiple Policies E/SMTP Settings LocalDomainAdmins Group Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Administration Tasks When to Set Internet AddressesLacks Message Color-Coding on the Server Internet Address Lookup Options Domino Directory Access for Registering Console Topic 8G: Testing SMTPServers Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create An Implementation of SMTP Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server Databases on the Server Topic 9B: Implementing MessageServer ID File Storage Options Server Access Control Mechanisms DisclaimersTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Restrictions for Authorizing Server Message DisclaimersAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Access The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Standard Directory Structure User Access to the Server ProcessThe Central Directory Structure When to Restart the Server Options for Attaching DisclaimersReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Enabling Server Message DisclaimersDomino Directory Administration Levels Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyServer Setup Profiles Administration Level Details SettingsClearing the Server ID Password The Full Access Administrator Level Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Certification Log Full Access Administrator Best Practices Messages Administrator Access to Register OU The Domino Web Administrator Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryCertifiers Administration Levels and the Lotus ControlsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Web Administrator Application Delivery Controls Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferUser Registration Options The Domino Server Log ControlsAdministrator Access to Register Users The Notes.ini File Mail Transfer Controls The License Tracking Database Logging Levels Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerInternet Password Options Server Groups and Replication MailboxesInternet Password Locking Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes ID File Distribution Options Document How Mail Rules WorkTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Replication Controls Mail Rule ActionsUser Registration Text Files Replication Types Activating a Server Mail Rule How to Register Users from a Text File Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Pull Push Replication Mail JournalingChanges Multiple Replication Hubs Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsDomino Directory Document Critical Application Scheduling Journaling and Mail RoutingSynchronization Replication Schedule Criteria Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Mail Routing Components Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWorkstation Mail Routing Behavior Within and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions


Workstation Setup for Additional Between NNNs Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWorkstations Topic 7B: Implementing a Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orInstallation The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Whitelist Tags The Lotus Domino Administrator Topology Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke QuotasServers Topology Quota Implementation OptionsThe Administration Process Opportunistic Routing Quota Restrictions Components of the Administration Process Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Options Inbox MaintenanceTiming and Execution of Administration Router Types and Connection Inbox MaintenanceProcess Requests Documents Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toNested Groups Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Control Inbox Size The Deny List Only Group Type Format for Incoming Mail Topic 10F: Archiving MailGroup Precedence in Database Access Mail Storage Formats ArchivingAuto-populated Groups SMTP Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy SMTP Implementation Scenarios Archive Policy DocumentsPolicies SMTP Best Practices Archive Policy Settings DocumentPolicy Documents Internet Mail Routing Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy Types The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Checklist for Monitoring MailSettings Document Types Methods for Enabling SMTP Types of Misdelivered MailPolicy Precedence Rules Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Checking Mail Delivery Static and Dynamic Settings Settings Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsPolicy Management Tools SMTP Settings Mail Statistics Policy Management Development Tools Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingUse of an Organizational Policy Delivery Message Tracking Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPolicy SMTP Outbound Controls What is Message Recall?Policy Assignment Methods Message Relay Prevention Message Recall OptionsPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Configuring the Message Recall Feature Dynamic Policy Assignments Filters Troubleshooting StagesThe Effect of Multiple Policies What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Mail Trace Tool Lotus Domino Server Console The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAdministration Tasks Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters When to Restart the Router Message Color-Coding on the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingConsole the DNS Whitelist? When to Force Mail Routing Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDatabases on the Server Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Dead MailServer Access Control Mechanisms What Happens When a Host is Found in The Delivery Failure ProcessRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access the DNS Blacklist?User Access to the Server What are Private Whitelist Filters?When to Restart the Server Enabling Private Whitelist Filters lineTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in Planning GuidelinesAdministration Levels the Private Whitelist? The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentAdministration Level Details What are Private Blacklist Filters? PlanThe Full Access Administrator Level Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Supported Platforms and SystemFull Access Administrator Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found in Requirements The Domino Web Administrator the Private Blacklist? Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Server SoftwareWeb Administrator Application Precedence Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Domino Server Log Filters Administrator Client SoftwareThe Notes.ini File Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andLogging Levels (E/SMTP) Options Basic ConfigurationsServer Groups and Replication E/SMTP Settings What is Eclipse?Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Client Installation TypesReplication Controls Addressing What is Lotus Expeditor?Replication Types When to Set Internet Addresses Expeditor Component PackagingMethods for Forcing Replication Internet Address Lookup Options Eclipse Update SitesPull Push Replication Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Automated Installation Options for EclipseMultiple Replication Hubs An Implementation of SMTP Routing ComponentsCritical Application Scheduling Topic 9B: Implementing Message Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Replication Schedule Criteria Disclaimers Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMail Routing Components Message Disclaimers First ServerMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Server Setup ProcessNNNs Process The Domino Directory


Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Options for Attaching Disclaimers Replicas of the Domino DirectoryMail Routing Topology Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Purposes of Organizational UnitsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Settings Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopology Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Descendants of the Organization CertifierOpportunistic Routing Messages Organization SecurityConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Organization Certifier ID SecurityRouter Types and Connection Documents Controls Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Delivery Controls Country Codesfor Incoming Mail Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Server Audience TypesMail Storage Formats Controls The Lotus Domino Server LogSMTP Mail Transfer Controls Administrators Group Security Options SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstSMTP Best Practices Mailboxes WorkstationInternet Mail Routing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Client Configuration Program The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks How Mail Rules Work Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toMethods for Enabling SMTP Mail Rule Actions Administrators and ServersTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Activating a Server Mail Rule Access in the Domino DirectorySMTP Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Special Privilege of theTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Mail Journaling LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Inbound Controls Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Outbound Controls Journaling and Mail Routing Lacks Message Relay Prevention Journaling and Server Configuration Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag ServersFilters and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Need for Selecting a Registration ServerWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Tag Mail Rule Conditions Server ID File Storage Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the or Whitelist Tags The Standard Directory StructureDNS Whitelist? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Central Directory StructureDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Quotas Replicating a Subset of Documents in theEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Quota Implementation Options Domino DirectoryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Quota Restrictions Server Setup ProfilesDNS Blacklist? Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Clearing the Server ID Password What are Private Whitelist Filters? Inbox Maintenance The Certification LogEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Inbox Maintenance Administrator Access to Register OUWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to CertifiersPrivate Whitelist? Control Inbox Size Need for Selecting a Registration Server What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Archiving User Registration OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Benefits of Archiving and Policies Administrator Access to Register UsersPrivate Blacklist? Archive Policy Documents The License Tracking DatabaseOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Archive Policy Settings Document Internet Password OptionsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Archive Criteria Settings Document Internet Password LockingTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Checklist for Monitoring Mail ID File Distribution Options (E/SMTP) Options Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileE/SMTP Settings Checking Mail Delivery User Registration Text FilesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics How to Register Users from a Text File When to Set Internet Addresses Mail Statistics Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking ChangesTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Message Tracking Domino Directory DocumentAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Synchronization Topic 9B: Implementing Message What is Message Recall? Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorDisclaimers Message Recall Options WorkstationMessage Disclaimers Configuring the Message Recall Feature Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Troubleshooting Stages Workstations Process The Mail Trace Tool Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 12B: Restarting the Router InstallationEnabling Server Message Disclaimers When to Restart the Router The Lotus Domino Administrator Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleSettings When to Force Mail Routing ServersUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and The Administration ProcessMessages Dead Mail Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Delivery Failure Process Database Tools in Domino AdministratorControls Timing and Execution of AdministrationDelivery Controls Process Requests


Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer line Nested GroupsControls Planning Guidelines The Deny List Only Group TypeMail Transfer Controls The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Plan Auto-populated Groups Mailboxes Supported Platforms and System Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Requirements PolicyHow Mail Rules Work Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus PoliciesMail Rule Actions Domino Server Software Policy DocumentsActivating a Server Mail Rule Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy TypesTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Settings Document TypesMail Journaling Domino Administrator Client Software Policy Precedence RulesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Static and Dynamic SettingsJournaling and Mail Routing Basic Configurations Policy Management ToolsJournaling and Server Configuration What is Eclipse? Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Client Installation Types Use of an Organizational Policy Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTag Mail Rule Conditions Expeditor Component Packaging Explicit PolicyField Names Associated with Tags Eclipse Update Sites Policy Assignment MethodsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Automated Installation Options for Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhitelist Tags Eclipse Components Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Effect of Multiple Policies Quotas Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Lotus Domino Server ConsoleQuota Implementation Options First Server Administration TasksQuota Restrictions The Server Setup Process Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Domino Directory Console Maintenance Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateInbox Maintenance Comparing Domains and Organizations Databases on the ServerUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Purposes of Organizational Units Server Access Control MechanismsControl Inbox Size Alternatives to Organizational Units Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Descendants of the Organization Certifier User Access to the ServerArchiving Organization Security When to Restart the Server Benefits of Archiving and Policies Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsArchive Policy Documents Authentication Between Organizations Administration LevelsArchive Policy Settings Document Country Codes Administration Level DetailsArchive Criteria Settings Document Server Audience Types The Full Access Administrator LevelChecklist for Monitoring Mail The Lotus Domino Server Log Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTypes of Misdelivered Mail Administrators Group Security Options The Domino Web AdministratorChecking Mail Delivery Topic 1E: Configuring the First Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Workstation Domino Web Administrator Application Mail Statistics The Client Configuration Program Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to The Domino Server LogMessage Tracking Administrators and Servers The Notes.ini FileTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Access in the Domino Directory Logging Levels What is Message Recall? The Special Privilege of the Server Groups and Replication Message Recall Options LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins DocumentTroubleshooting Stages Group Lacks Replication ControlsThe Mail Trace Tool Domino Directory Access for Registering Replication TypesTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Servers Methods for Forcing ReplicationWhen to Restart the Router Need for Selecting a Registration Server Pull Push ReplicationTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Server ID File Storage Options Multiple Replication HubsWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Critical Application SchedulingTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Replication Schedule Criteria Mail The Standard Directory Structure Mail Routing ComponentsThe Delivery Failure Process The Central Directory Structure Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between

Replicating a Subset of Documents in the NNNs Domino Directory Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke

line Server Setup Profiles Mail Routing TopologyPlanning Guidelines Clearing the Server ID Password The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Certification Log TopologyPlan Administrator Access to Register OU How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeSupported Platforms and System Certifiers TopologyRequirements Need for Selecting a Registration Server Opportunistic RoutingTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 3B: Registering New Connection Document Mail RoutingServer Software Administrators OptionsLotus Domino Server Installation Types User Registration Options Router Types and Connection Documents


Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatAdministrator Client Software The License Tracking Database for Incoming MailThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Internet Password Options Mail Storage Formats Basic Configurations Internet Password Locking SMTPWhat is Eclipse? ID File Distribution Options SMTP Implementation ScenariosClient Installation Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File SMTP Best PracticesWhat is Lotus Expeditor? User Registration Text Files Internet Mail RoutingExpeditor Component Packaging How to Register Users from a Text File The SMTP Listener and Router TasksEclipse Update Sites Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Methods for Enabling SMTP Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Changes Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPComponents Domino Directory Document SettingsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Synchronization SMTP Settings Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryFirst Server Workstation SMTP Inbound ControlsThe Server Setup Process Workstation Setup for Additional SMTP Outbound ControlsThe Domino Directory Workstations Message Relay Prevention Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistComparing Domains and Organizations Domino Installation FiltersPurposes of Organizational Units The Lotus Domino Administrator What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessDescendants of the Organization Certifier Servers Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersOrganization Security The Administration Process What Happens When a Host is Found inOrganization Certifier ID Security Components of the Administration the DNS Whitelist?Authentication Between Organizations Process DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsCountry Codes Database Tools in Domino Administrator Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersServer Audience Types Timing and Execution of Administration What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Lotus Domino Server Log Process Requests the DNS Blacklist?Administrators Group Security Options Nested Groups What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Deny List Only Group Type Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersThe Client Configuration Program Group Precedence in Database Access What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Auto-populated Groups the Private Whitelist?and Servers Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational What are Private Blacklist Filters?Access in the Domino Directory Policy Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Special Privilege of the Policies What Happens When a Host is Found inLocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Documents the Private Blacklist?Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Types Order of Whitelist and BlacklistLacks Settings Document Types PrecedenceDomino Directory Access for Registering Policy Precedence Rules How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistServers Static and Dynamic Settings Filters Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Management Tools Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPServer ID File Storage Options Policy Management Development Tools (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Use of an Organizational Policy E/SMTP Settings Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingThe Standard Directory Structure Explicit Policy When to Set Internet AddressesThe Central Directory Structure Policy Assignment Methods Internet Address Lookup Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDomino Directory Dynamic Policy Assignments An Implementation of SMTP Routing Server Setup Profiles The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 9B: Implementing MessageClearing the Server ID Password Lotus Domino Server Console DisclaimersThe Certification Log Administration Tasks Message DisclaimersAdministrator Access to Register OU Message Color-Coding on the Server The Message Disclaimer ImplementationCertifiers Console ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Databases on the Server Enabling Server Message DisclaimersUser Registration Options Server Access Control Mechanisms Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyAdministrator Access to Register Users Restrictions for Authorizing Server SettingsThe License Tracking Database Access Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEInternet Password Options User Access to the Server Messages Internet Password Locking When to Restart the Server Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryID File Distribution Options Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels ControlsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Administration Levels Delivery Controls User Registration Text Files Administration Level Details Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferHow to Register Users from a Text File The Full Access Administrator Level ControlsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Full Access Administrator Best Practices Mail Transfer Controls Changes The Domino Web Administrator Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerDomino Directory Document Administration Levels and the Lotus Mailboxes


Synchronization Domino Web Administrator Application Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels How Mail Rules WorkWorkstation The Domino Server Log Mail Rule ActionsWorkstation Setup for Additional The Notes.ini File Activating a Server Mail Rule Workstations Logging Levels Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Server Groups and Replication Mail JournalingInstallation Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Document Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Replication Controls Journaling and Server Configuration Servers Replication Types Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Administration Process Methods for Forcing Replication Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsComponents of the Administration Process Pull Push Replication Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Multiple Replication Hubs Field Names Associated with TagsTiming and Execution of Administration Critical Application Scheduling Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orProcess Requests Replication Schedule Criteria Whitelist Tags Nested Groups Mail Routing Components Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Deny List Only Group Type Mail Routing Behavior Within and QuotasGroup Precedence in Database Access Between NNNs Quota Implementation OptionsAuto-populated Groups Topic 7B: Implementing a Quota Restrictions Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withPolicies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Inbox MaintenancePolicy Documents Topology Inbox MaintenancePolicy Types How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toSettings Document Types Topology Control Inbox Size Policy Precedence Rules Opportunistic Routing Topic 10F: Archiving MailStatic and Dynamic Settings Connection Document Mail Routing ArchivingPolicy Management Tools Options Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesPolicy Management Development Tools Router Types and Connection Archive Policy DocumentsUse of an Organizational Policy Documents Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy Format for Incoming Mail Checklist for Monitoring MailPolicy Assignment Methods Mail Storage Formats Types of Misdelivered MailPolicy Assignment During Registration SMTP Checking Mail Delivery Dynamic Policy Assignments SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Effect of Multiple Policies SMTP Best Practices Mail Statistics Lotus Domino Server Console Internet Mail Routing Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAdministration Tasks The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Message Tracking Message Color-Coding on the Server Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallConsole Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What is Message Recall?Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Settings Message Recall OptionsDatabases on the Server SMTP Settings Configuring the Message Recall Feature Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Troubleshooting StagesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Delivery The Mail Trace Tool User Access to the Server SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Restart the Server SMTP Outbound Controls When to Restart the Router Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Message Relay Prevention Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAdministration Levels Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist When to Force Mail Routing Administration Level Details Filters Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Full Access Administrator Level What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Dead MailFull Access Administrator Best Practices The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Delivery Failure ProcessThe Domino Web Administrator Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino What Happens When a Host is Found inWeb Administrator Application the DNS Whitelist? lineTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Planning GuidelinesThe Domino Server Log Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Notes.ini File What Happens When a Host is Found in PlanLogging Levels the DNS Blacklist? Supported Platforms and SystemServer Groups and Replication What are Private Whitelist Filters? Requirements Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoReplication Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in Server SoftwareReplication Types the Private Whitelist? Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Methods for Forcing Replication What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoPull Push Replication Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Administrator Client SoftwareMultiple Replication Hubs What Happens When a Host is Found in The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andCritical Application Scheduling the Private Blacklist? Basic ConfigurationsReplication Schedule Criteria Order of Whitelist and Blacklist What is Eclipse?


Mail Routing Components Precedence Client Installation TypesMail Routing Behavior Within and Between How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist What is Lotus Expeditor?NNNs Filters Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Eclipse Update SitesMail Routing Topology (E/SMTP) Options Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology E/SMTP Settings ComponentsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topology Addressing Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theOpportunistic Routing When to Set Internet Addresses First ServerConnection Document Mail Routing Options Internet Address Lookup Options The Server Setup ProcessRouter Types and Connection Documents Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Domino DirectoryTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format An Implementation of SMTP Routing Replicas of the Domino Directoryfor Incoming Mail Topic 9B: Implementing Message Comparing Domains and OrganizationsMail Storage Formats Disclaimers Purposes of Organizational UnitsSMTP Message Disclaimers Alternatives to Organizational UnitsSMTP Implementation Scenarios The Message Disclaimer Implementation Descendants of the Organization CertifierSMTP Best Practices Process Organization SecurityInternet Mail Routing Options for Attaching Disclaimers Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Authentication Between OrganizationsMethods for Enabling SMTP Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Country CodesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Settings Server Audience TypesSMTP Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Messages Administrators Group Security Options SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstSMTP Outbound Controls Controls WorkstationMessage Relay Prevention Delivery Controls The Client Configuration Program Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toFilters Controls Administrators and ServersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Mail Transfer Controls Access in the Domino DirectoryThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Special Privilege of theEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Mailboxes LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupDNS Whitelist? How Mail Rules Work Lacks DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Rule Actions Domino Directory Access for RegisteringEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Activating a Server Mail Rule ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Need for Selecting a Registration ServerDNS Blacklist? Mail Journaling Server ID File Storage Options What are Private Whitelist Filters? Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Journaling and Mail Routing Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Journaling and Server Configuration The Standard Directory StructurePrivate Whitelist? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Central Directory StructureWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Replicating a Subset of Documents in theEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Tag Mail Rule Conditions Domino DirectoryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Field Names Associated with Tags Server Setup ProfilesPrivate Blacklist? Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Clearing the Server ID Password Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence or Whitelist Tags The Certification LogHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administrator Access to Register OUTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Quotas Certifiers(E/SMTP) Options Quota Implementation Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server E/SMTP Settings Quota Restrictions Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with User Registration OptionsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Inbox Maintenance Administrator Access to Register UsersInternet Address Lookup Options Inbox Maintenance The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Internet Password OptionsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Control Inbox Size Internet Password LockingTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 10F: Archiving Mail ID File Distribution Options Disclaimers Archiving Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMessage Disclaimers Benefits of Archiving and Policies User Registration Text FilesThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Archive Policy Documents How to Register Users from a Text File Process Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Archive Criteria Settings Document ChangesEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Checklist for Monitoring Mail Domino Directory DocumentCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Types of Misdelivered Mail Synchronization Settings Checking Mail Delivery Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics WorkstationMessages Mail Statistics Workstation Setup for Additional


Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Workstations Controls Message Tracking Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoDelivery Controls Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall InstallationTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What is Message Recall? The Lotus Domino Administrator Controls Message Recall Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleMail Transfer Controls Configuring the Message Recall Feature ServersTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Troubleshooting Stages The Administration ProcessMailboxes The Mail Trace Tool Components of the Administration ProcessBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Database Tools in Domino AdministratorHow Mail Rules Work When to Restart the Router Timing and Execution of AdministrationMail Rule Actions Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Process Requests Activating a Server Mail Rule When to Force Mail Routing Nested GroupsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and The Deny List Only Group TypeMail Journaling Dead Mail Group Precedence in Database AccessJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Delivery Failure Process Auto-populated Groups Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalJournaling and Server Configuration PolicyTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and line PoliciesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Planning Guidelines Policy DocumentsTag Mail Rule Conditions The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Policy TypesField Names Associated with Tags Plan Settings Document TypesOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Supported Platforms and System Policy Precedence RulesWhitelist Tags Requirements Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Policy Management ToolsQuotas Domino Server Software Policy Management Development ToolsQuota Implementation Options Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Use of an Organizational Policy Quota Restrictions Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Domino Administrator Client Software Explicit PolicyMaintenance The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Policy Assignment MethodsInbox Maintenance Basic Configurations Policy Assignment During RegistrationUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to What is Eclipse? Dynamic Policy AssignmentsControl Inbox Size Client Installation Types The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 10F: Archiving Mail What is Lotus Expeditor? Lotus Domino Server ConsoleArchiving Expeditor Component Packaging Administration TasksBenefits of Archiving and Policies Eclipse Update Sites Message Color-Coding on the ServerArchive Policy Documents Automated Installation Options for Console Archive Policy Settings Document Eclipse Components Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateArchive Criteria Settings Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Databases on the ServerChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Server Access Control MechanismsTypes of Misdelivered Mail First Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessChecking Mail Delivery The Server Setup Process User Access to the ServerTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Domino Directory When to Restart the Server Mail Statistics Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Comparing Domains and Organizations Administration LevelsMessage Tracking Purposes of Organizational Units Administration Level DetailsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Alternatives to Organizational Units The Full Access Administrator LevelWhat is Message Recall? Descendants of the Organization Certifier Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMessage Recall Options Organization Security The Domino Web AdministratorConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Organization Certifier ID Security Administration Levels and the LotusTroubleshooting Stages Authentication Between Organizations Domino Web Administrator Application The Mail Trace Tool Country Codes Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Server Audience Types The Domino Server LogWhen to Restart the Router The Lotus Domino Server Log The Notes.ini FileTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options Logging Levels When to Force Mail Routing Topic 1E: Configuring the First Server Groups and Replication Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Workstation Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMail The Client Configuration Program DocumentThe Delivery Failure Process Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Replication Controls

Administrators and Servers Replication TypesAccess in the Domino Directory Methods for Forcing Replication

line The Special Privilege of the Pull Push ReplicationPlanning Guidelines LocalDomainAdmins Group Multiple Replication HubsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Critical Application SchedulingPlan Group Lacks Replication Schedule Criteria Supported Platforms and System Domino Directory Access for Registering Mail Routing ComponentsRequirements Servers Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between


Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Need for Selecting a Registration Server NNNs Server Software Server ID File Storage Options Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Mail Routing TopologyTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingAdministrator Client Software The Standard Directory Structure TopologyThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Central Directory Structure How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeBasic Configurations Replicating a Subset of Documents in the TopologyWhat is Eclipse? Domino Directory Opportunistic RoutingClient Installation Types Server Setup Profiles Connection Document Mail RoutingWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Clearing the Server ID Password OptionsExpeditor Component Packaging The Certification Log Router Types and Connection Documents Eclipse Update Sites Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Certifiers for Incoming MailComponents Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Storage Formats Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 3B: Registering New SMTPTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administrators SMTP Implementation ScenariosFirst Server User Registration Options SMTP Best PracticesThe Server Setup Process Administrator Access to Register Users Internet Mail RoutingThe Domino Directory The License Tracking Database The SMTP Listener and Router TasksReplicas of the Domino Directory Internet Password Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Comparing Domains and Organizations Internet Password Locking Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPPurposes of Organizational Units ID File Distribution Options SettingsAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File SMTP Settings Descendants of the Organization Certifier User Registration Text Files Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryOrganization Security How to Register Users from a Text File SMTP Inbound ControlsOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document SMTP Outbound ControlsAuthentication Between Organizations Changes Message Relay Prevention Country Codes Domino Directory Document Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistServer Audience Types Synchronization FiltersThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Administrators Group Security Options Workstation The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Workstation Setup for Additional Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersThe Client Configuration Program Workstations What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus the DNS Whitelist?and Servers Domino Installation DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsAccess in the Domino Directory The Lotus Domino Administrator Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Special Privilege of the Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple What Happens When a Host is Found inLocalDomainAdmins Group Servers the DNS Blacklist?Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Administration Process What are Private Whitelist Filters?Lacks Components of the Administration Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersDomino Directory Access for Registering Process What Happens When a Host is Found inServers Database Tools in Domino Administrator the Private Whitelist?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Timing and Execution of Administration What are Private Blacklist Filters?Server ID File Storage Options Process Requests Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Nested Groups What Happens When a Host is Found inAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Deny List Only Group Type the Private Blacklist?The Standard Directory Structure Group Precedence in Database Access Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Central Directory Structure Auto-populated Groups PrecedenceReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDomino Directory Policy Filters Server Setup Profiles Policies Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPClearing the Server ID Password Policy Documents (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Certification Log Policy Types E/SMTP Settings Administrator Access to Register OU Settings Document Types Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingCertifiers Policy Precedence Rules When to Set Internet AddressesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Static and Dynamic Settings Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators Policy Management Tools Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUser Registration Options Policy Management Development Tools An Implementation of SMTP Routing Administrator Access to Register Users Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 9B: Implementing MessageThe License Tracking Database Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an DisclaimersInternet Password Options Explicit Policy Message DisclaimersInternet Password Locking Policy Assignment Methods The Message Disclaimer ImplementationID File Distribution Options Policy Assignment During Registration ProcessTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Dynamic Policy Assignments Options for Attaching DisclaimersUser Registration Text Files The Effect of Multiple Policies Enabling Server Message DisclaimersHow to Register Users from a Text File Lotus Domino Server Console Creating Message Disclaimer Policy


Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administration Tasks SettingsChanges Message Color-Coding on the Server Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEDomino Directory Document Console Messages Synchronization Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Databases on the Server ControlsWorkstation Server Access Control Mechanisms Delivery Controls Workstation Setup for Additional Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWorkstations Access ControlsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino User Access to the Server Mail Transfer Controls Installation When to Restart the Server Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels MailboxesTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Administration Levels Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Servers Administration Level Details How Mail Rules WorkThe Administration Process The Full Access Administrator Level Mail Rule ActionsComponents of the Administration Process Full Access Administrator Best Practices Activating a Server Mail Rule Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Domino Web Administrator Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTiming and Execution of Administration Administration Levels and the Lotus Mail JournalingProcess Requests Domino Web Administrator Application Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsNested Groups Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Deny List Only Group Type The Domino Server Log Journaling and Server Configuration Group Precedence in Database Access The Notes.ini File Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAuto-populated Groups Logging Levels Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Server Groups and Replication Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPolicies Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Field Names Associated with TagsPolicy Documents Document Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orPolicy Types Replication Controls Whitelist Tags Settings Document Types Replication Types Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasPolicy Precedence Rules Methods for Forcing Replication QuotasStatic and Dynamic Settings Pull Push Replication Quota Implementation OptionsPolicy Management Tools Multiple Replication Hubs Quota Restrictions Policy Management Development Tools Critical Application Scheduling Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withUse of an Organizational Policy Replication Schedule Criteria Inbox MaintenanceTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Mail Routing Components Inbox MaintenancePolicy Mail Routing Behavior Within and Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toPolicy Assignment Methods Between NNNs Control Inbox Size Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 7B: Implementing a Topic 10F: Archiving MailDynamic Policy Assignments Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology ArchivingThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesLotus Domino Server Console Topology Archive Policy DocumentsAdministration Tasks How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Archive Policy Settings DocumentMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topology Archive Criteria Settings Document Console Opportunistic Routing Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Connection Document Mail Routing Types of Misdelivered MailDatabases on the Server Options Checking Mail Delivery Server Access Control Mechanisms Router Types and Connection Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Documents Mail Statistics User Access to the Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhen to Restart the Server Format for Incoming Mail Message Tracking Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Mail Storage Formats Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallAdministration Levels SMTP What is Message Recall?Administration Level Details SMTP Implementation Scenarios Message Recall OptionsThe Full Access Administrator Level SMTP Best Practices Configuring the Message Recall Feature Full Access Administrator Best Practices Internet Mail Routing Troubleshooting StagesThe Domino Web Administrator The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Mail Trace Tool Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWeb Administrator Application Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP When to Restart the Router Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Settings Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Domino Server Log SMTP Settings When to Force Mail Routing The Notes.ini File Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andLogging Levels Delivery Dead MailServer Groups and Replication SMTP Inbound Controls The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document SMTP Outbound ControlsReplication Controls Message Relay Prevention Replication Types Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist lineMethods for Forcing Replication Filters Planning GuidelinesPull Push Replication What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Worldwide Corporation Deployment


Multiple Replication Hubs The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process PlanCritical Application Scheduling Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Supported Platforms and SystemReplication Schedule Criteria What Happens When a Host is Found in Requirements Mail Routing Components the DNS Whitelist? Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMail Routing Behavior Within and Between DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Server SoftwareNNNs Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMail Routing Topology the DNS Blacklist? Administrator Client SoftwareThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Basic ConfigurationsTopology What Happens When a Host is Found in What is Eclipse?Opportunistic Routing the Private Whitelist? Client Installation TypesConnection Document Mail Routing Options What are Private Blacklist Filters? What is Lotus Expeditor?Router Types and Connection Documents Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format What Happens When a Host is Found in Eclipse Update Sitesfor Incoming Mail the Private Blacklist? Automated Installation Options for EclipseMail Storage Formats Order of Whitelist and Blacklist ComponentsSMTP Precedence Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation SMTP Implementation Scenarios How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSMTP Best Practices Filters First ServerInternet Mail Routing Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Server Setup ProcessThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks (E/SMTP) Options The Domino DirectoryMethods for Enabling SMTP E/SMTP Settings Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Comparing Domains and OrganizationsSMTP Settings Addressing Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery When to Set Internet Addresses Alternatives to Organizational UnitsSMTP Inbound Controls Internet Address Lookup Options Descendants of the Organization CertifierSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Organization SecurityMessage Relay Prevention An Implementation of SMTP Routing Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9B: Implementing Message Authentication Between OrganizationsFilters Disclaimers Country CodesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Message Disclaimers Server Audience TypesThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Lotus Domino Server LogEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Process Administrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstDNS Whitelist? Enabling Server Message Disclaimers WorkstationDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Client Configuration Program Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrators and ServersDNS Blacklist? Messages Access in the Domino DirectoryWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Special Privilege of theEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Controls LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Delivery Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupPrivate Whitelist? Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Lacks What are Private Blacklist Filters? Controls Domino Directory Access for RegisteringEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Mail Transfer Controls ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Need for Selecting a Registration ServerPrivate Blacklist? Mailboxes Server ID File Storage Options Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters How Mail Rules Work Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Rule Actions The Standard Directory Structure(E/SMTP) Options Activating a Server Mail Rule The Central Directory StructureE/SMTP Settings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Mail Journaling Domino DirectoryWhen to Set Internet Addresses Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Server Setup ProfilesInternet Address Lookup Options Journaling and Mail Routing Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Journaling and Server Configuration The Certification LogAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Administrator Access to Register OUTopic 9B: Implementing Message and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions CertifiersDisclaimers Tag Mail Rule Conditions Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message Disclaimers Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist User Registration OptionsProcess or Whitelist Tags Administrator Access to Register UsersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The License Tracking DatabaseEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Quotas Internet Password OptionsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Quota Implementation Options Internet Password Locking


Settings Quota Restrictions ID File Distribution Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMessages Inbox Maintenance User Registration Text FilesTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Inbox Maintenance How to Register Users from a Text File Controls Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentDelivery Controls Control Inbox Size ChangesTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Domino Directory DocumentControls Archiving Synchronization Mail Transfer Controls Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Archive Policy Documents WorkstationMailboxes Archive Policy Settings Document Workstation Setup for AdditionalBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Archive Criteria Settings Document Workstations How Mail Rules Work Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMail Rule Actions Types of Misdelivered Mail InstallationActivating a Server Mail Rule Checking Mail Delivery The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleMail Journaling Mail Statistics ServersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Administration ProcessJournaling and Mail Routing Message Tracking Components of the Administration ProcessJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and What is Message Recall? Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Message Recall Options Process Requests Tag Mail Rule Conditions Configuring the Message Recall Feature Nested GroupsField Names Associated with Tags Troubleshooting Stages The Deny List Only Group TypeOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Mail Trace Tool Group Precedence in Database AccessWhitelist Tags Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Auto-populated Groups Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas When to Restart the Router Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalQuotas Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing PolicyQuota Implementation Options When to Force Mail Routing PoliciesQuota Restrictions Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Policy DocumentsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Dead Mail Policy TypesMaintenance The Delivery Failure Process Settings Document TypesInbox Maintenance Policy Precedence RulesUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Static and Dynamic SettingsControl Inbox Size line Policy Management ToolsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Planning Guidelines Policy Management Development ToolsArchiving The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Use of an Organizational Policy Benefits of Archiving and Policies Plan Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anArchive Policy Documents Supported Platforms and System Explicit PolicyArchive Policy Settings Document Requirements Policy Assignment MethodsArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Policy Assignment During RegistrationChecklist for Monitoring Mail Domino Server Software Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Effect of Multiple Policies Checking Mail Delivery Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Domino Administrator Client Software Administration TasksMail Statistics The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Basic Configurations Console Message Tracking What is Eclipse? Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Client Installation Types Databases on the ServerWhat is Message Recall? What is Lotus Expeditor? Server Access Control MechanismsMessage Recall Options Expeditor Component Packaging Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Eclipse Update Sites User Access to the ServerTroubleshooting Stages Automated Installation Options for When to Restart the Server The Mail Trace Tool Eclipse Components Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administration LevelsWhen to Restart the Router Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administration Level DetailsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing First Server The Full Access Administrator LevelWhen to Force Mail Routing The Server Setup Process Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The Domino Directory The Domino Web AdministratorMail Replicas of the Domino Directory Administration Levels and the LotusThe Delivery Failure Process Comparing Domains and Organizations Domino Web Administrator Application

Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsAlternatives to Organizational Units The Domino Server Log

line Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Notes.ini FilePlanning Guidelines Organization Security Logging Levels The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Organization Certifier ID Security Server Groups and Replication


Plan Authentication Between Organizations Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionSupported Platforms and System Country Codes DocumentRequirements Server Audience Types Replication ControlsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Lotus Domino Server Log Replication TypesServer Software Administrators Group Security Options Methods for Forcing ReplicationLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1E: Configuring the First Pull Push ReplicationTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Workstation Multiple Replication HubsAdministrator Client Software The Client Configuration Program Critical Application SchedulingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Replication Schedule Criteria Basic Configurations Administrators and Servers Mail Routing ComponentsWhat is Eclipse? Access in the Domino Directory Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenClient Installation Types The Special Privilege of the NNNs What is Lotus Expeditor? LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeExpeditor Component Packaging Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Mail Routing TopologyEclipse Update Sites Group Lacks The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Domino Directory Access for Registering TopologyComponents Servers How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration Server TopologyTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Server ID File Storage Options Opportunistic RoutingFirst Server Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Connection Document Mail RoutingThe Server Setup Process Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers OptionsThe Domino Directory The Standard Directory Structure Router Types and Connection Documents Replicas of the Domino Directory The Central Directory Structure Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatComparing Domains and Organizations Replicating a Subset of Documents in the for Incoming MailPurposes of Organizational Units Domino Directory Mail Storage Formats Alternatives to Organizational Units Server Setup Profiles SMTPDescendants of the Organization Certifier Clearing the Server ID Password SMTP Implementation ScenariosOrganization Security The Certification Log SMTP Best PracticesOrganization Certifier ID Security Administrator Access to Register OU Internet Mail RoutingAuthentication Between Organizations Certifiers The SMTP Listener and Router TasksCountry Codes Need for Selecting a Registration Server Methods for Enabling SMTP Server Audience Types Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Lotus Domino Server Log Administrators SettingsAdministrators Group Security Options User Registration Options SMTP Settings Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryThe Client Configuration Program The License Tracking Database SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Internet Password Options SMTP Outbound Controlsand Servers Internet Password Locking Message Relay Prevention Access in the Domino Directory ID File Distribution Options Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistThe Special Privilege of the Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File FiltersLocalDomainAdmins Group User Registration Text Files What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group How to Register Users from a Text File The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessLacks Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersDomino Directory Access for Registering Changes What Happens When a Host is Found inServers Domino Directory Document the DNS Whitelist?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Synchronization DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsServer ID File Storage Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found inAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Workstation Setup for Additional the DNS Blacklist?The Standard Directory Structure Workstations What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Central Directory Structure Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Domino Installation What Happens When a Host is Found inDomino Directory The Lotus Domino Administrator the Private Whitelist?Server Setup Profiles Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple What are Private Blacklist Filters?Clearing the Server ID Password Servers Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Certification Log The Administration Process What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Access to Register OU Components of the Administration the Private Blacklist?Certifiers Process Order of Whitelist and BlacklistNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Database Tools in Domino Administrator PrecedenceTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Timing and Execution of Administration How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistUser Registration Options Process Requests Filters Administrator Access to Register Users Nested Groups Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe License Tracking Database The Deny List Only Group Type (E/SMTP) OptionsInternet Password Options Group Precedence in Database Access E/SMTP Settings Internet Password Locking Auto-populated Groups Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingID File Distribution Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational When to Set Internet Addresses


Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Policy Internet Address Lookup Options User Registration Text Files Policies Topic 8G: Testing SMTPHow to Register Users from a Text File Policy Documents An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy Types Topic 9B: Implementing MessageChanges Settings Document Types DisclaimersDomino Directory Document Policy Precedence Rules Message DisclaimersSynchronization Static and Dynamic Settings The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Policy Management Tools ProcessWorkstation Policy Management Development Tools Options for Attaching DisclaimersWorkstation Setup for Additional Use of an Organizational Policy Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWorkstations Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Explicit Policy SettingsInstallation Policy Assignment Methods Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Lotus Domino Administrator Policy Assignment During Registration Messages Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServers The Effect of Multiple Policies ControlsThe Administration Process Lotus Domino Server Console Delivery Controls Components of the Administration Process Administration Tasks Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Message Color-Coding on the Server ControlsTiming and Execution of Administration Console Mail Transfer Controls Process Requests Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerNested Groups Databases on the Server MailboxesThe Deny List Only Group Type Server Access Control Mechanisms Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Group Precedence in Database Access Restrictions for Authorizing Server How Mail Rules WorkAuto-populated Groups Access Mail Rule ActionsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy User Access to the Server Activating a Server Mail Rule Policies When to Restart the Server Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingPolicy Documents Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Mail JournalingPolicy Types Administration Levels Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsSettings Document Types Administration Level Details Journaling and Mail RoutingPolicy Precedence Rules The Full Access Administrator Level Journaling and Server Configuration Static and Dynamic Settings Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andPolicy Management Tools The Domino Web Administrator Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPolicy Management Development Tools Administration Levels and the Lotus Tag Mail Rule ConditionsUse of an Organizational Policy Domino Web Administrator Application Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orPolicy The Domino Server Log Whitelist Tags Policy Assignment Methods The Notes.ini File Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasPolicy Assignment During Registration Logging Levels QuotasDynamic Policy Assignments Server Groups and Replication Quota Implementation OptionsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Quota Restrictions Lotus Domino Server Console Document Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withAdministration Tasks Replication Controls Inbox MaintenanceMessage Color-Coding on the Server Replication Types Inbox MaintenanceConsole Methods for Forcing Replication Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Pull Push Replication Control Inbox Size Databases on the Server Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 10F: Archiving MailServer Access Control Mechanisms Critical Application Scheduling ArchivingRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Replication Schedule Criteria Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesUser Access to the Server Mail Routing Components Archive Policy DocumentsWhen to Restart the Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Between NNNs Archive Criteria Settings Document Administration Levels Topic 7B: Implementing a Checklist for Monitoring MailAdministration Level Details Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Types of Misdelivered MailThe Full Access Administrator Level The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Checking Mail Delivery Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topology Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Domino Web Administrator How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Mail Statistics Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topology Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWeb Administrator Application Opportunistic Routing Message Tracking Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Domino Server Log Options What is Message Recall?The Notes.ini File Router Types and Connection Message Recall OptionsLogging Levels Documents Configuring the Message Recall Feature Server Groups and Replication Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Troubleshooting StagesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Format for Incoming Mail The Mail Trace Tool Replication Controls Mail Storage Formats Topic 12B: Restarting the Router


Replication Types SMTP When to Restart the Router Methods for Forcing Replication SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingPull Push Replication SMTP Best Practices When to Force Mail Routing Multiple Replication Hubs Internet Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andCritical Application Scheduling The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Dead MailReplication Schedule Criteria Methods for Enabling SMTP The Delivery Failure ProcessMail Routing Components Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPMail Routing Behavior Within and Between SettingsNNNs SMTP Settings lineTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Planning GuidelinesMail Routing Topology Delivery The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology SMTP Inbound Controls PlanHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke SMTP Outbound Controls Supported Platforms and SystemTopology Message Relay Prevention Requirements Opportunistic Routing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoConnection Document Mail Routing Options Filters Server SoftwareRouter Types and Connection Documents What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Dominofor Incoming Mail Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Administrator Client SoftwareMail Storage Formats What Happens When a Host is Found in The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andSMTP the DNS Whitelist? Basic ConfigurationsSMTP Implementation Scenarios DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What is Eclipse?SMTP Best Practices Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Client Installation TypesInternet Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in What is Lotus Expeditor?The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks the DNS Blacklist? Expeditor Component PackagingMethods for Enabling SMTP What are Private Whitelist Filters? Eclipse Update SitesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Automated Installation Options for EclipseSMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in ComponentsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery the Private Whitelist? Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation SMTP Inbound Controls What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSMTP Outbound Controls Enabling Private Blacklist Filters First ServerMessage Relay Prevention What Happens When a Host is Found in The Server Setup ProcessTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist the Private Blacklist? The Domino DirectoryFilters Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Replicas of the Domino DirectoryWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Precedence Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Purposes of Organizational UnitsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Filters Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Descendants of the Organization CertifierDNS Whitelist? (E/SMTP) Options Organization SecurityDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics E/SMTP Settings Organization Certifier ID SecurityEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Authentication Between OrganizationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Addressing Country CodesDNS Blacklist? When to Set Internet Addresses Server Audience TypesWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Internet Address Lookup Options The Lotus Domino Server LogEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Administrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstPrivate Whitelist? Topic 9B: Implementing Message WorkstationWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Disclaimers The Client Configuration Program Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Message Disclaimers Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Message Disclaimer Implementation Administrators and ServersPrivate Blacklist? Process Access in the Domino DirectoryOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Options for Attaching Disclaimers The Special Privilege of theHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Enabling Server Message Disclaimers LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group(E/SMTP) Options Settings Lacks E/SMTP Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Messages ServersWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Need for Selecting a Registration ServerInternet Address Lookup Options Controls Server ID File Storage Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Delivery Controls Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 9B: Implementing Message Controls The Standard Directory StructureDisclaimers Mail Transfer Controls The Central Directory StructureMessage Disclaimers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Mailboxes Domino DirectoryProcess Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Setup Profiles


Options for Attaching Disclaimers How Mail Rules Work Clearing the Server ID Password Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail Rule Actions The Certification LogCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Activating a Server Mail Rule Administrator Access to Register OUSettings Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling CertifiersUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Mail Journaling Need for Selecting a Registration Server Messages Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Journaling and Mail Routing User Registration OptionsControls Journaling and Server Configuration Administrator Access to Register UsersDelivery Controls Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Internet Password OptionsControls Tag Mail Rule Conditions Internet Password LockingMail Transfer Controls Field Names Associated with Tags ID File Distribution Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMailboxes or Whitelist Tags User Registration Text FilesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas How to Register Users from a Text File How Mail Rules Work Quotas Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentMail Rule Actions Quota Implementation Options ChangesActivating a Server Mail Rule Quota Restrictions Domino Directory DocumentTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Synchronization Mail Journaling Inbox Maintenance Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Inbox Maintenance WorkstationJournaling and Mail Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Workstation Setup for AdditionalJournaling and Server Configuration Control Inbox Size Workstations Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Archiving InstallationTag Mail Rule Conditions Benefits of Archiving and Policies The Lotus Domino Administrator Field Names Associated with Tags Archive Policy Documents Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Archive Policy Settings Document ServersWhitelist Tags Archive Criteria Settings Document The Administration ProcessTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Checklist for Monitoring Mail Components of the Administration ProcessQuotas Types of Misdelivered Mail Database Tools in Domino AdministratorQuota Implementation Options Checking Mail Delivery Timing and Execution of AdministrationQuota Restrictions Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Process Requests Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Mail Statistics Nested GroupsMaintenance Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Deny List Only Group TypeInbox Maintenance Message Tracking Group Precedence in Database AccessUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Auto-populated Groups Control Inbox Size What is Message Recall? Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Message Recall Options PolicyArchiving Configuring the Message Recall Feature PoliciesBenefits of Archiving and Policies Troubleshooting Stages Policy DocumentsArchive Policy Documents The Mail Trace Tool Policy TypesArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Settings Document TypesArchive Criteria Settings Document When to Restart the Router Policy Precedence RulesChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Static and Dynamic SettingsTypes of Misdelivered Mail When to Force Mail Routing Policy Management ToolsChecking Mail Delivery Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Dead Mail Use of an Organizational Policy Mail Statistics The Delivery Failure Process Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Explicit PolicyMessage Tracking Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall line Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat is Message Recall? Planning Guidelines Dynamic Policy AssignmentsMessage Recall Options The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Effect of Multiple Policies Configuring the Message Recall Feature Plan Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTroubleshooting Stages Supported Platforms and System Administration TasksThe Mail Trace Tool Requirements Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Console When to Restart the Router Domino Server Software Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Databases on the ServerWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Domino Administrator Client Software Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMail The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and User Access to the ServerThe Delivery Failure Process Basic Configurations When to Restart the Server

What is Eclipse? Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsClient Installation Types Administration Levels


line What is Lotus Expeditor? Administration Level DetailsPlanning Guidelines Expeditor Component Packaging The Full Access Administrator LevelThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Eclipse Update Sites Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPlan Automated Installation Options for The Domino Web AdministratorSupported Platforms and System Eclipse Components Administration Levels and the LotusRequirements Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsServer Software First Server The Domino Server LogLotus Domino Server Installation Types The Server Setup Process The Notes.ini FileTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Domino Directory Logging Levels Administrator Client Software Replicas of the Domino Directory Server Groups and Replication The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionBasic Configurations Purposes of Organizational Units DocumentWhat is Eclipse? Alternatives to Organizational Units Replication ControlsClient Installation Types Descendants of the Organization Certifier Replication TypesWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Organization Security Methods for Forcing ReplicationExpeditor Component Packaging Organization Certifier ID Security Pull Push ReplicationEclipse Update Sites Authentication Between Organizations Multiple Replication HubsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Country Codes Critical Application SchedulingComponents Server Audience Types Replication Schedule Criteria Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Lotus Domino Server Log Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Administrators Group Security Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenFirst Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First NNNs The Server Setup Process Workstation Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Domino Directory The Client Configuration Program Mail Routing TopologyReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingComparing Domains and Organizations Administrators and Servers TopologyPurposes of Organizational Units Access in the Domino Directory How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeAlternatives to Organizational Units The Special Privilege of the TopologyDescendants of the Organization Certifier LocalDomainAdmins Group Opportunistic RoutingOrganization Security Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Connection Document Mail RoutingOrganization Certifier ID Security Group Lacks OptionsAuthentication Between Organizations Domino Directory Access for Registering Router Types and Connection Documents Country Codes Servers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatServer Audience Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server for Incoming MailThe Lotus Domino Server Log Server ID File Storage Options Mail Storage Formats Administrators Group Security Options Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting SMTPTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers SMTP Implementation ScenariosThe Client Configuration Program The Standard Directory Structure SMTP Best PracticesTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators The Central Directory Structure Internet Mail Routingand Servers Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The SMTP Listener and Router TasksAccess in the Domino Directory Domino Directory Methods for Enabling SMTP The Special Privilege of the Server Setup Profiles Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPLocalDomainAdmins Group Clearing the Server ID Password SettingsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Certification Log SMTP Settings Lacks Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryDomino Directory Access for Registering Certifiers SMTP Inbound ControlsServers Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Outbound ControlsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3B: Registering New Message Relay Prevention Server ID File Storage Options Administrators Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting User Registration Options FiltersAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Administrator Access to Register Users What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The Standard Directory Structure The License Tracking Database The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessThe Central Directory Structure Internet Password Options Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Internet Password Locking What Happens When a Host is Found inDomino Directory ID File Distribution Options the DNS Whitelist?Server Setup Profiles Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsClearing the Server ID Password User Registration Text Files Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Certification Log How to Register Users from a Text File What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document the DNS Blacklist?Certifiers Changes What are Private Whitelist Filters?Need for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Directory Document Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Synchronization What Happens When a Host is Found inUser Registration Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator the Private Whitelist?Administrator Access to Register Users Workstation What are Private Blacklist Filters?The License Tracking Database Workstation Setup for Additional Enabling Private Blacklist Filters


Internet Password Options Workstations What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Password Locking Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus the Private Blacklist?ID File Distribution Options Domino Installation Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Lotus Domino Administrator PrecedenceUser Registration Text Files Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistHow to Register Users from a Text File Servers Filters Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Administration Process Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPChanges Components of the Administration (E/SMTP) OptionsDomino Directory Document Process E/SMTP Settings Synchronization Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Timing and Execution of Administration When to Set Internet AddressesWorkstation Process Requests Internet Address Lookup Options Workstation Setup for Additional Nested Groups Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWorkstations The Deny List Only Group Type An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 9B: Implementing MessageInstallation Auto-populated Groups DisclaimersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Message DisclaimersTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Policy The Message Disclaimer ImplementationServers Policies ProcessThe Administration Process Policy Documents Options for Attaching DisclaimersComponents of the Administration Process Policy Types Enabling Server Message DisclaimersDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Settings Document Types Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTiming and Execution of Administration Policy Precedence Rules SettingsProcess Requests Static and Dynamic Settings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMENested Groups Policy Management Tools Messages The Deny List Only Group Type Policy Management Development Tools Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryGroup Precedence in Database Access Use of an Organizational Policy ControlsAuto-populated Groups Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Delivery Controls Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Explicit Policy Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferPolicies Policy Assignment Methods ControlsPolicy Documents Policy Assignment During Registration Mail Transfer Controls Policy Types Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerSettings Document Types The Effect of Multiple Policies MailboxesPolicy Precedence Rules Lotus Domino Server Console Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Static and Dynamic Settings Administration Tasks How Mail Rules WorkPolicy Management Tools Message Color-Coding on the Server Mail Rule ActionsPolicy Management Development Tools Console Activating a Server Mail Rule Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Databases on the Server Mail JournalingPolicy Server Access Control Mechanisms Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsPolicy Assignment Methods Restrictions for Authorizing Server Journaling and Mail RoutingPolicy Assignment During Registration Access Journaling and Server Configuration Dynamic Policy Assignments User Access to the Server Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Effect of Multiple Policies When to Restart the Server Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsLotus Domino Server Console Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Tag Mail Rule ConditionsAdministration Tasks Administration Levels Field Names Associated with TagsMessage Color-Coding on the Server Administration Level Details Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orConsole The Full Access Administrator Level Whitelist Tags Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasDatabases on the Server The Domino Web Administrator QuotasServer Access Control Mechanisms Administration Levels and the Lotus Quota Implementation OptionsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Domino Web Administrator Application Quota Restrictions User Access to the Server Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhen to Restart the Server The Domino Server Log Inbox MaintenanceTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Notes.ini File Inbox MaintenanceAdministration Levels Logging Levels Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toAdministration Level Details Server Groups and Replication Control Inbox Size The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 10F: Archiving MailFull Access Administrator Best Practices Document ArchivingThe Domino Web Administrator Replication Controls Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Replication Types Archive Policy DocumentsWeb Administrator Application Methods for Forcing Replication Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Pull Push Replication Archive Criteria Settings Document The Domino Server Log Multiple Replication Hubs Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Notes.ini File Critical Application Scheduling Types of Misdelivered MailLogging Levels Replication Schedule Criteria Checking Mail Delivery


Server Groups and Replication Mail Routing Components Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Mail Routing Behavior Within and Mail Statistics Replication Controls Between NNNs Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingReplication Types Topic 7B: Implementing a Message Tracking Methods for Forcing Replication Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPull Push Replication The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What is Message Recall?Multiple Replication Hubs Topology Message Recall OptionsCritical Application Scheduling How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Configuring the Message Recall Feature Replication Schedule Criteria Topology Troubleshooting StagesMail Routing Components Opportunistic Routing The Mail Trace Tool Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterNNNs Options When to Restart the Router Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Router Types and Connection Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMail Routing Topology Documents When to Force Mail Routing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Format for Incoming Mail Dead MailTopology Mail Storage Formats The Delivery Failure ProcessOpportunistic Routing SMTPConnection Document Mail Routing Options SMTP Implementation ScenariosRouter Types and Connection Documents SMTP Best Practices lineTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Internet Mail Routing Planning Guidelinesfor Incoming Mail The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentMail Storage Formats Methods for Enabling SMTP PlanSMTP Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Supported Platforms and SystemSMTP Implementation Scenarios Settings Requirements SMTP Best Practices SMTP Settings Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoInternet Mail Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Server SoftwareThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Delivery Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings SMTP Outbound Controls Administrator Client SoftwareSMTP Settings Message Relay Prevention The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Basic ConfigurationsSMTP Inbound Controls Filters What is Eclipse?SMTP Outbound Controls What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Client Installation TypesMessage Relay Prevention The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Expeditor Component PackagingFilters What Happens When a Host is Found in Eclipse Update SitesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? the DNS Whitelist? Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics ComponentsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theDNS Whitelist? the DNS Blacklist? First ServerDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Server Setup ProcessEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Domino DirectoryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Replicas of the Domino DirectoryDNS Blacklist? the Private Whitelist? Comparing Domains and OrganizationsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? What are Private Blacklist Filters? Purposes of Organizational UnitsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Alternatives to Organizational UnitsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the What Happens When a Host is Found in Descendants of the Organization CertifierPrivate Whitelist? the Private Blacklist? Organization SecurityWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Organization Certifier ID SecurityEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Precedence Authentication Between OrganizationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Country CodesPrivate Blacklist? Filters Server Audience TypesOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Lotus Domino Server LogHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters (E/SMTP) Options Administrators Group Security Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP E/SMTP Settings Topic 1E: Configuring the First(E/SMTP) Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet WorkstationE/SMTP Settings Addressing The Client Configuration Program Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhen to Set Internet Addresses Internet Address Lookup Options Administrators and ServersInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 8G: Testing SMTP An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Special Privilege of theAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9B: Implementing Message LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 9B: Implementing Message Disclaimers Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupDisclaimers Message Disclaimers Lacks


Message Disclaimers The Message Disclaimer Implementation Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Process ServersProcess Options for Attaching Disclaimers Need for Selecting a Registration ServerOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Server ID File Storage Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Settings Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersSettings Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Standard Directory StructureUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Messages The Central Directory StructureMessages Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Controls Domino DirectoryControls Delivery Controls Server Setup ProfilesDelivery Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Controls The Certification LogControls Mail Transfer Controls Administrator Access to Register OUMail Transfer Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server CertifiersTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mailboxes Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mailboxes Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Rules Work User Registration OptionsHow Mail Rules Work Mail Rule Actions Administrator Access to Register UsersMail Rule Actions Activating a Server Mail Rule The License Tracking DatabaseActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Internet Password OptionsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Journaling Internet Password LockingMail Journaling Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions ID File Distribution Options Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileJournaling and Mail Routing Journaling and Server Configuration User Registration Text FilesJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Tag Mail Rule Conditions ChangesTag Mail Rule Conditions Field Names Associated with Tags Domino Directory DocumentField Names Associated with Tags Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Synchronization Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or or Whitelist Tags Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWhitelist Tags Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas WorkstationTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Quotas Workstation Setup for AdditionalQuotas Quota Implementation Options Workstations Quota Implementation Options Quota Restrictions Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoQuota Restrictions Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with InstallationTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Inbox Maintenance The Lotus Domino Administrator Maintenance Inbox Maintenance Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleInbox Maintenance Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to ServersUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Control Inbox Size The Administration ProcessControl Inbox Size Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Archiving Database Tools in Domino AdministratorArchiving Benefits of Archiving and Policies Timing and Execution of AdministrationBenefits of Archiving and Policies Archive Policy Documents Process Requests Archive Policy Documents Archive Policy Settings Document Nested GroupsArchive Policy Settings Document Archive Criteria Settings Document The Deny List Only Group TypeArchive Criteria Settings Document Checklist for Monitoring Mail Group Precedence in Database AccessChecklist for Monitoring Mail Types of Misdelivered Mail Auto-populated Groups Types of Misdelivered Mail Checking Mail Delivery Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalChecking Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics PolicyTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Mail Statistics PoliciesMail Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Policy DocumentsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Message Tracking Policy TypesMessage Tracking Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Settings Document TypesTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What is Message Recall? Policy Precedence RulesWhat is Message Recall? Message Recall Options Static and Dynamic SettingsMessage Recall Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Management ToolsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Troubleshooting Stages Policy Management Development ToolsTroubleshooting Stages The Mail Trace Tool Use of an Organizational Policy The Mail Trace Tool Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 12B: Restarting the Router When to Restart the Router Explicit PolicyWhen to Restart the Router Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing When to Force Mail Routing Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Dead Mail The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail The Delivery Failure Process Lotus Domino Server Console


The Delivery Failure Process Administration TasksMessage Color-Coding on the Server

line Console line Planning Guidelines Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create

Planning Guidelines The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Databases on the ServerThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Plan Server Access Control MechanismsPlan Supported Platforms and System Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessSupported Platforms and System Requirements User Access to the ServerRequirements Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus When to Restart the Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Server Software Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsServer Software Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Administration LevelsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Administration Level DetailsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Administrator Client Software The Full Access Administrator LevelAdministrator Client Software The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Basic Configurations The Domino Web AdministratorBasic Configurations What is Eclipse? Administration Levels and the LotusWhat is Eclipse? Client Installation Types Domino Web Administrator Application Client Installation Types What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Expeditor Component Packaging The Domino Server LogExpeditor Component Packaging Eclipse Update Sites The Notes.ini FileEclipse Update Sites Automated Installation Options for Logging Levels Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Eclipse Components Server Groups and Replication Components Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the DocumentTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the First Server Replication ControlsFirst Server The Server Setup Process Replication TypesThe Server Setup Process The Domino Directory Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe Domino Directory Replicas of the Domino Directory Pull Push ReplicationReplicas of the Domino Directory Comparing Domains and Organizations Multiple Replication HubsComparing Domains and Organizations Purposes of Organizational Units Critical Application SchedulingPurposes of Organizational Units Alternatives to Organizational Units Replication Schedule Criteria Alternatives to Organizational Units Descendants of the Organization Certifier Mail Routing ComponentsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Organization Security Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenOrganization Security Organization Certifier ID Security NNNs Organization Certifier ID Security Authentication Between Organizations Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeAuthentication Between Organizations Country Codes Mail Routing TopologyCountry Codes Server Audience Types The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingServer Audience Types The Lotus Domino Server Log TopologyThe Lotus Domino Server Log Administrators Group Security Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 1E: Configuring the First TopologyTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Workstation Opportunistic RoutingThe Client Configuration Program The Client Configuration Program Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Optionsand Servers Administrators and Servers Router Types and Connection Documents Access in the Domino Directory Access in the Domino Directory Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatThe Special Privilege of the The Special Privilege of the for Incoming MailLocalDomainAdmins Group LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Storage Formats Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins SMTPLacks Group Lacks SMTP Implementation ScenariosDomino Directory Access for Registering Domino Directory Access for Registering SMTP Best PracticesServers Servers Internet Mail RoutingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server The SMTP Listener and Router TasksServer ID File Storage Options Server ID File Storage Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers SettingsThe Standard Directory Structure The Standard Directory Structure SMTP Settings The Central Directory Structure The Central Directory Structure Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Replicating a Subset of Documents in the SMTP Inbound ControlsDomino Directory Domino Directory SMTP Outbound ControlsServer Setup Profiles Server Setup Profiles Message Relay Prevention Clearing the Server ID Password Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistThe Certification Log The Certification Log FiltersAdministrator Access to Register OU Administrator Access to Register OU What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Certifiers Certifiers The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 3B: Registering New What Happens When a Host is Found in


User Registration Options Administrators the DNS Whitelist?Administrator Access to Register Users User Registration Options DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe License Tracking Database Administrator Access to Register Users Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersInternet Password Options The License Tracking Database What Happens When a Host is Found inInternet Password Locking Internet Password Options the DNS Blacklist?ID File Distribution Options Internet Password Locking What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File ID File Distribution Options Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersUser Registration Text Files Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File What Happens When a Host is Found inHow to Register Users from a Text File User Registration Text Files the Private Whitelist?Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document How to Register Users from a Text File What are Private Blacklist Filters?Changes Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersDomino Directory Document Changes What Happens When a Host is Found inSynchronization Domino Directory Document the Private Blacklist?Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Synchronization Order of Whitelist and BlacklistWorkstation Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator PrecedenceWorkstation Setup for Additional Workstation How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWorkstations Workstation Setup for Additional Filters Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Workstations Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPInstallation Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Domino Installation E/SMTP Settings Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingServers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple When to Set Internet AddressesThe Administration Process Servers Internet Address Lookup Options Components of the Administration Process The Administration Process Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Components of the Administration An Implementation of SMTP Routing Timing and Execution of Administration Process Topic 9B: Implementing MessageProcess Requests Database Tools in Domino Administrator DisclaimersNested Groups Timing and Execution of Administration Message DisclaimersThe Deny List Only Group Type Process Requests The Message Disclaimer ImplementationGroup Precedence in Database Access Nested Groups ProcessAuto-populated Groups The Deny List Only Group Type Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Group Precedence in Database Access Enabling Server Message DisclaimersPolicies Auto-populated Groups Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyPolicy Documents Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational SettingsPolicy Types Policy Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMESettings Document Types Policies Messages Policy Precedence Rules Policy Documents Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryStatic and Dynamic Settings Policy Types ControlsPolicy Management Tools Settings Document Types Delivery Controls Policy Management Development Tools Policy Precedence Rules Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferUse of an Organizational Policy Static and Dynamic Settings ControlsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Policy Management Tools Mail Transfer Controls Policy Policy Management Development Tools Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerPolicy Assignment Methods Use of an Organizational Policy MailboxesPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Dynamic Policy Assignments Explicit Policy How Mail Rules WorkThe Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Assignment Methods Mail Rule ActionsLotus Domino Server Console Policy Assignment During Registration Activating a Server Mail Rule Administration Tasks Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMessage Color-Coding on the Server The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail JournalingConsole Lotus Domino Server Console Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administration Tasks Journaling and Mail RoutingDatabases on the Server Message Color-Coding on the Server Journaling and Server Configuration Server Access Control Mechanisms Console Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsUser Access to the Server Databases on the Server Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhen to Restart the Server Server Access Control Mechanisms Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Restrictions for Authorizing Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAdministration Levels Access Whitelist Tags Administration Level Details User Access to the Server Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Full Access Administrator Level When to Restart the Server QuotasFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Quota Implementation OptionsThe Domino Web Administrator Administration Levels Quota Restrictions Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Administration Level Details Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWeb Administrator Application The Full Access Administrator Level Inbox MaintenanceTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Full Access Administrator Best Practices Inbox Maintenance


The Domino Server Log The Domino Web Administrator Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Notes.ini File Administration Levels and the Lotus Control Inbox Size Logging Levels Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 10F: Archiving MailServer Groups and Replication Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels ArchivingTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Domino Server Log Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesReplication Controls The Notes.ini File Archive Policy DocumentsReplication Types Logging Levels Archive Policy Settings DocumentMethods for Forcing Replication Server Groups and Replication Archive Criteria Settings Document Pull Push Replication Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Checklist for Monitoring MailMultiple Replication Hubs Document Types of Misdelivered MailCritical Application Scheduling Replication Controls Checking Mail Delivery Replication Schedule Criteria Replication Types Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Routing Components Methods for Forcing Replication Mail Statistics Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Pull Push Replication Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingNNNs Multiple Replication Hubs Message Tracking Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Critical Application Scheduling Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMail Routing Topology Replication Schedule Criteria What is Message Recall?The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Mail Routing Components Message Recall OptionsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Mail Routing Behavior Within and Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topology Between NNNs Troubleshooting StagesOpportunistic Routing Topic 7B: Implementing a The Mail Trace Tool Connection Document Mail Routing Options Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterRouter Types and Connection Documents The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing When to Restart the Router Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topology Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routingfor Incoming Mail How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke When to Force Mail Routing Mail Storage Formats Topology Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andSMTP Opportunistic Routing Dead MailSMTP Implementation Scenarios Connection Document Mail Routing The Delivery Failure ProcessSMTP Best Practices OptionsInternet Mail Routing Router Types and ConnectionThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Documents lineMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Planning GuidelinesTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Format for Incoming Mail The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentSMTP Settings Mail Storage Formats PlanTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery SMTP Supported Platforms and SystemSMTP Inbound Controls SMTP Implementation Scenarios Requirements SMTP Outbound Controls SMTP Best Practices Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMessage Relay Prevention Internet Mail Routing Server SoftwareTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Filters Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Administrator Client SoftwareThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Settings The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters SMTP Settings Basic ConfigurationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail What is Eclipse?DNS Whitelist? Delivery Client Installation TypesDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Inbound Controls What is Lotus Expeditor?Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters SMTP Outbound Controls Expeditor Component PackagingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Message Relay Prevention Eclipse Update SitesDNS Blacklist? Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Automated Installation Options for EclipseWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Filters ComponentsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in the The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring thePrivate Whitelist? Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters First ServerWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? What Happens When a Host is Found in The Server Setup ProcessEnabling Private Blacklist Filters the DNS Whitelist? The Domino DirectoryWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Replicas of the Domino DirectoryPrivate Blacklist? Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Comparing Domains and OrganizationsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence What Happens When a Host is Found in Purposes of Organizational UnitsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters the DNS Blacklist? Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP What are Private Whitelist Filters? Descendants of the Organization Certifier(E/SMTP) Options Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Organization SecurityE/SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing the Private Whitelist? Authentication Between OrganizationsWhen to Set Internet Addresses What are Private Blacklist Filters? Country CodesInternet Address Lookup Options Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Server Audience TypesTopic 8G: Testing SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in The Lotus Domino Server Log


An Implementation of SMTP Routing the Private Blacklist? Administrators Group Security Options Topic 9B: Implementing Message Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstDisclaimers Precedence WorkstationMessage Disclaimers How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Client Configuration Program The Message Disclaimer Implementation Filters Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toProcess Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Administrators and ServersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers (E/SMTP) Options Access in the Domino DirectoryEnabling Server Message Disclaimers E/SMTP Settings The Special Privilege of theCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 8F: Configuring Internet LocalDomainAdmins GroupSettings Addressing Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME When to Set Internet Addresses Lacks Messages Internet Address Lookup Options Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 8G: Testing SMTP ServersControls An Implementation of SMTP Routing Need for Selecting a Registration ServerDelivery Controls Topic 9B: Implementing Message Server ID File Storage Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Disclaimers Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingControls Message Disclaimers Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersMail Transfer Controls The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Standard Directory StructureTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Process The Central Directory StructureMailboxes Options for Attaching Disclaimers Replicating a Subset of Documents in theBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Domino DirectoryHow Mail Rules Work Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Server Setup ProfilesMail Rule Actions Settings Clearing the Server ID Password Activating a Server Mail Rule Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Certification LogTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Messages Administrator Access to Register OUMail Journaling Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery CertifiersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Controls Need for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Mail Routing Delivery Controls Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer User Registration OptionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Controls Administrator Access to Register UsersWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Transfer Controls The License Tracking DatabaseTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Internet Password OptionsField Names Associated with Tags Mailboxes Internet Password LockingOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes ID File Distribution Options Whitelist Tags How Mail Rules Work Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Mail Rule Actions User Registration Text FilesQuotas Activating a Server Mail Rule How to Register Users from a Text File Quota Implementation Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentQuota Restrictions Mail Journaling ChangesTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Domino Directory DocumentMaintenance Journaling and Mail Routing Synchronization Inbox Maintenance Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag WorkstationControl Inbox Size and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Tag Mail Rule Conditions Workstations Archiving Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoBenefits of Archiving and Policies Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist InstallationArchive Policy Documents or Whitelist Tags The Lotus Domino Administrator Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleArchive Criteria Settings Document Quotas ServersChecklist for Monitoring Mail Quota Implementation Options The Administration ProcessTypes of Misdelivered Mail Quota Restrictions Components of the Administration ProcessChecking Mail Delivery Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Inbox Maintenance Timing and Execution of AdministrationMail Statistics Inbox Maintenance Process Requests Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Nested GroupsMessage Tracking Control Inbox Size The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Group Precedence in Database AccessWhat is Message Recall? Archiving Auto-populated Groups Message Recall Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Archive Policy Documents PolicyTroubleshooting Stages Archive Policy Settings Document PoliciesThe Mail Trace Tool Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy DocumentsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Checklist for Monitoring Mail Policy TypesWhen to Restart the Router Types of Misdelivered Mail Settings Document TypesTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Checking Mail Delivery Policy Precedence Rules


When to Force Mail Routing Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Mail Statistics Policy Management ToolsMail Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Policy Management Development ToolsThe Delivery Failure Process Message Tracking Use of an Organizational Policy

Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anWhat is Message Recall? Explicit Policy

line Message Recall Options Policy Assignment MethodsPlanning Guidelines Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Assignment During RegistrationThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Troubleshooting Stages Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPlan The Mail Trace Tool The Effect of Multiple Policies Supported Platforms and System Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Lotus Domino Server ConsoleRequirements When to Restart the Router Administration TasksTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Message Color-Coding on the ServerServer Software When to Force Mail Routing Console Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Dead Mail Databases on the ServerAdministrator Client Software The Delivery Failure Process Server Access Control MechanismsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessBasic Configurations User Access to the ServerWhat is Eclipse? line When to Restart the Server Client Installation Types Planning Guidelines Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Administration LevelsExpeditor Component Packaging Plan Administration Level DetailsEclipse Update Sites Supported Platforms and System The Full Access Administrator LevelAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Requirements Full Access Administrator Best PracticesComponents Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Domino Web AdministratorMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Server Software Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Domino Web Administrator Application First Server Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Server Setup Process Domino Administrator Client Software The Domino Server LogThe Domino Directory The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Notes.ini FileReplicas of the Domino Directory Basic Configurations Logging Levels Comparing Domains and Organizations What is Eclipse? Server Groups and Replication Purposes of Organizational Units Client Installation Types Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionAlternatives to Organizational Units What is Lotus Expeditor? DocumentDescendants of the Organization Certifier Expeditor Component Packaging Replication ControlsOrganization Security Eclipse Update Sites Replication TypesOrganization Certifier ID Security Automated Installation Options for Methods for Forcing ReplicationAuthentication Between Organizations Eclipse Components Pull Push ReplicationCountry Codes Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Multiple Replication HubsServer Audience Types Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Critical Application SchedulingThe Lotus Domino Server Log First Server Replication Schedule Criteria Administrators Group Security Options The Server Setup Process Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Domino Directory Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe Client Configuration Program Replicas of the Domino Directory NNNs Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spokeand Servers Purposes of Organizational Units Mail Routing TopologyAccess in the Domino Directory Alternatives to Organizational Units The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingThe Special Privilege of the Descendants of the Organization Certifier TopologyLocalDomainAdmins Group Organization Security How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Organization Certifier ID Security TopologyLacks Authentication Between Organizations Opportunistic RoutingDomino Directory Access for Registering Country Codes Connection Document Mail RoutingServers Server Audience Types OptionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Lotus Domino Server Log Router Types and Connection Documents Server ID File Storage Options Administrators Group Security Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 1E: Configuring the First for Incoming MailAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Workstation Mail Storage Formats The Standard Directory Structure The Client Configuration Program SMTPThe Central Directory Structure Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to SMTP Implementation ScenariosReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Administrators and Servers SMTP Best PracticesDomino Directory Access in the Domino Directory Internet Mail RoutingServer Setup Profiles The Special Privilege of the The SMTP Listener and Router TasksClearing the Server ID Password LocalDomainAdmins Group Methods for Enabling SMTP The Certification Log Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPAdministrator Access to Register OU Group Lacks Settings


Certifiers Domino Directory Access for Registering SMTP Settings Need for Selecting a Registration Server Servers Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Inbound ControlsUser Registration Options Server ID File Storage Options SMTP Outbound ControlsAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Message Relay Prevention The License Tracking Database Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistInternet Password Options The Standard Directory Structure FiltersInternet Password Locking The Central Directory Structure What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?ID File Distribution Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Domino Directory Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersUser Registration Text Files Server Setup Profiles What Happens When a Host is Found inHow to Register Users from a Text File Clearing the Server ID Password the DNS Whitelist?Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Certification Log DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsChanges Administrator Access to Register OU Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersDomino Directory Document Certifiers What Happens When a Host is Found inSynchronization Need for Selecting a Registration Server the DNS Blacklist?Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3B: Registering New What are Private Whitelist Filters?Workstation Administrators Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWorkstation Setup for Additional User Registration Options What Happens When a Host is Found inWorkstations Administrator Access to Register Users the Private Whitelist?Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The License Tracking Database What are Private Blacklist Filters?Installation Internet Password Options Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Internet Password Locking What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple ID File Distribution Options the Private Blacklist?Servers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Administration Process User Registration Text Files PrecedenceComponents of the Administration Process How to Register Users from a Text File How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Filters Timing and Execution of Administration Changes Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPProcess Requests Domino Directory Document (E/SMTP) OptionsNested Groups Synchronization E/SMTP Settings The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingGroup Precedence in Database Access Workstation When to Set Internet AddressesAuto-populated Groups Workstation Setup for Additional Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Workstations Topic 8G: Testing SMTPPolicies Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus An Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Documents Domino Installation Topic 9B: Implementing MessagePolicy Types The Lotus Domino Administrator DisclaimersSettings Document Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Message DisclaimersPolicy Precedence Rules Servers The Message Disclaimer ImplementationStatic and Dynamic Settings The Administration Process ProcessPolicy Management Tools Components of the Administration Options for Attaching DisclaimersPolicy Management Development Tools Process Enabling Server Message DisclaimersUse of an Organizational Policy Database Tools in Domino Administrator Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Timing and Execution of Administration SettingsPolicy Process Requests Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEPolicy Assignment Methods Nested Groups Messages Policy Assignment During Registration The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryDynamic Policy Assignments Group Precedence in Database Access ControlsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Auto-populated Groups Delivery Controls Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferAdministration Tasks Policy ControlsMessage Color-Coding on the Server Policies Mail Transfer Controls Console Policy Documents Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Policy Types MailboxesDatabases on the Server Settings Document Types Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Server Access Control Mechanisms Policy Precedence Rules How Mail Rules WorkRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Static and Dynamic Settings Mail Rule ActionsUser Access to the Server Policy Management Tools Activating a Server Mail Rule When to Restart the Server Policy Management Development Tools Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Use of an Organizational Policy Mail JournalingAdministration Levels Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsAdministration Level Details Explicit Policy Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Full Access Administrator Level Policy Assignment Methods Journaling and Server Configuration Full Access Administrator Best Practices Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Domino Web Administrator Dynamic Policy Assignments Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions


Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino The Effect of Multiple Policies Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWeb Administrator Application Lotus Domino Server Console Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administration Tasks Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Domino Server Log Message Color-Coding on the Server Whitelist Tags The Notes.ini File Console Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasLogging Levels Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create QuotasServer Groups and Replication Databases on the Server Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Server Access Control Mechanisms Quota Restrictions Replication Controls Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withReplication Types Access Inbox MaintenanceMethods for Forcing Replication User Access to the Server Inbox MaintenancePull Push Replication When to Restart the Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Control Inbox Size Critical Application Scheduling Administration Levels Topic 10F: Archiving MailReplication Schedule Criteria Administration Level Details ArchivingMail Routing Components The Full Access Administrator Level Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Full Access Administrator Best Practices Archive Policy DocumentsNNNs The Domino Web Administrator Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Administration Levels and the Lotus Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Routing Topology Domino Web Administrator Application Checklist for Monitoring MailThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Types of Misdelivered MailHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Domino Server Log Checking Mail Delivery Topology The Notes.ini File Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsOpportunistic Routing Logging Levels Mail Statistics Connection Document Mail Routing Options Server Groups and Replication Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingRouter Types and Connection Documents Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Message Tracking Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Document Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recallfor Incoming Mail Replication Controls What is Message Recall?Mail Storage Formats Replication Types Message Recall OptionsSMTP Methods for Forcing Replication Configuring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Implementation Scenarios Pull Push Replication Troubleshooting StagesSMTP Best Practices Multiple Replication Hubs The Mail Trace Tool Internet Mail Routing Critical Application Scheduling Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Replication Schedule Criteria When to Restart the Router Methods for Enabling SMTP Mail Routing Components Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Mail Routing Behavior Within and When to Force Mail Routing SMTP Settings Between NNNs Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 7B: Implementing a Dead MailSMTP Inbound Controls Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Delivery Failure ProcessSMTP Outbound Controls The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMessage Relay Prevention TopologyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke lineFilters Topology Planning GuidelinesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Opportunistic Routing The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Connection Document Mail Routing PlanEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Options Supported Platforms and SystemWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Router Types and Connection Requirements DNS Whitelist? Documents Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Server SoftwareEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Format for Incoming Mail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Storage Formats Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDNS Blacklist? SMTP Administrator Client SoftwareWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andEnabling Private Whitelist Filters SMTP Best Practices Basic ConfigurationsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Internet Mail Routing What is Eclipse?Private Whitelist? The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Client Installation TypesWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Methods for Enabling SMTP What is Lotus Expeditor?Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Expeditor Component PackagingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Settings Eclipse Update SitesPrivate Blacklist? SMTP Settings Automated Installation Options for EclipseOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail ComponentsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Delivery Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the(E/SMTP) Options SMTP Outbound Controls First ServerE/SMTP Settings Message Relay Prevention The Server Setup ProcessTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Domino Directory


When to Set Internet Addresses Filters Replicas of the Domino DirectoryInternet Address Lookup Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Purposes of Organizational UnitsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 9B: Implementing Message What Happens When a Host is Found in Descendants of the Organization CertifierDisclaimers the DNS Whitelist? Organization SecurityMessage Disclaimers DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Authentication Between OrganizationsProcess What Happens When a Host is Found in Country CodesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers the DNS Blacklist? Server Audience TypesEnabling Server Message Disclaimers What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Domino Server LogCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Administrators Group Security Options Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME the Private Whitelist? WorkstationMessages What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Client Configuration Program Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toControls What Happens When a Host is Found in Administrators and ServersDelivery Controls the Private Blacklist? Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Order of Whitelist and Blacklist The Special Privilege of theControls Precedence LocalDomainAdmins GroupMail Transfer Controls How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Filters Lacks Mailboxes Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Domino Directory Access for RegisteringBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes (E/SMTP) Options ServersHow Mail Rules Work E/SMTP Settings Need for Selecting a Registration ServerMail Rule Actions Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Server ID File Storage Options Activating a Server Mail Rule Addressing Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling When to Set Internet Addresses Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersMail Journaling Internet Address Lookup Options The Standard Directory StructureJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Central Directory StructureJournaling and Mail Routing An Implementation of SMTP Routing Replicating a Subset of Documents in theJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 9B: Implementing Message Domino DirectoryTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Disclaimers Server Setup ProfilesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Message Disclaimers Clearing the Server ID Password Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Certification LogField Names Associated with Tags Process Administrator Access to Register OUOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Options for Attaching Disclaimers CertifiersWhitelist Tags Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsQuotas Settings User Registration OptionsQuota Implementation Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrator Access to Register UsersQuota Restrictions Messages The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Internet Password OptionsMaintenance Controls Internet Password LockingInbox Maintenance Delivery Controls ID File Distribution Options Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileControl Inbox Size Controls User Registration Text FilesTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Mail Transfer Controls How to Register Users from a Text File Archiving Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentBenefits of Archiving and Policies Mailboxes ChangesArchive Policy Documents Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Domino Directory DocumentArchive Policy Settings Document How Mail Rules Work Synchronization Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Rule Actions Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorChecklist for Monitoring Mail Activating a Server Mail Rule WorkstationTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Workstation Setup for AdditionalChecking Mail Delivery Mail Journaling Workstations Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMail Statistics Journaling and Mail Routing InstallationTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Journaling and Server Configuration The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Tracking Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions ServersWhat is Message Recall? Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Administration ProcessMessage Recall Options Field Names Associated with Tags Components of the Administration ProcessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTroubleshooting Stages or Whitelist Tags Timing and Execution of AdministrationThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Process Requests


Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Quotas Nested GroupsWhen to Restart the Router Quota Implementation Options The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Quota Restrictions Group Precedence in Database AccessWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Auto-populated Groups Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Inbox Maintenance Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMail Inbox Maintenance PolicyThe Delivery Failure Process Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policies

Control Inbox Size Policy DocumentsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Policy Types

line Archiving Settings Document TypesPlanning Guidelines Benefits of Archiving and Policies Policy Precedence RulesThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Archive Policy Documents Static and Dynamic SettingsPlan Archive Policy Settings Document Policy Management ToolsSupported Platforms and System Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy Management Development ToolsRequirements Checklist for Monitoring Mail Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anServer Software Checking Mail Delivery Explicit PolicyLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Mail Statistics Policy Assignment During RegistrationAdministrator Client Software Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Message Tracking The Effect of Multiple Policies Basic Configurations Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Lotus Domino Server ConsoleWhat is Eclipse? What is Message Recall? Administration TasksClient Installation Types Message Recall Options Message Color-Coding on the ServerWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Configuring the Message Recall Feature Console Expeditor Component Packaging Troubleshooting Stages Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateEclipse Update Sites The Mail Trace Tool Databases on the ServerAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Server Access Control MechanismsComponents When to Restart the Router Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing User Access to the ServerTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the When to Force Mail Routing When to Restart the Server First Server Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Server Setup Process Dead Mail Administration LevelsThe Domino Directory The Delivery Failure Process Administration Level DetailsReplicas of the Domino Directory The Full Access Administrator LevelComparing Domains and Organizations Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPurposes of Organizational Units line The Domino Web AdministratorAlternatives to Organizational Units Planning Guidelines Administration Levels and the LotusDescendants of the Organization Certifier The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Domino Web Administrator Application Organization Security Plan Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsOrganization Certifier ID Security Supported Platforms and System The Domino Server LogAuthentication Between Organizations Requirements The Notes.ini FileCountry Codes Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Logging Levels Server Audience Types Domino Server Software Server Groups and Replication The Lotus Domino Server Log Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DocumentTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Domino Administrator Client Software Replication ControlsThe Client Configuration Program The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Replication TypesTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Basic Configurations Methods for Forcing Replicationand Servers What is Eclipse? Pull Push ReplicationAccess in the Domino Directory Client Installation Types Multiple Replication HubsThe Special Privilege of the What is Lotus Expeditor? Critical Application SchedulingLocalDomainAdmins Group Expeditor Component Packaging Replication Schedule Criteria Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Eclipse Update Sites Mail Routing ComponentsLacks Automated Installation Options for Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenDomino Directory Access for Registering Eclipse Components NNNs Servers Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Mail Routing TopologyServer ID File Storage Options First Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Server Setup Process TopologyAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Domino Directory How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Standard Directory Structure Replicas of the Domino Directory TopologyThe Central Directory Structure Comparing Domains and Organizations Opportunistic RoutingReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Purposes of Organizational Units Connection Document Mail RoutingDomino Directory Alternatives to Organizational Units OptionsServer Setup Profiles Descendants of the Organization Certifier Router Types and Connection Documents


Clearing the Server ID Password Organization Security Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatThe Certification Log Organization Certifier ID Security for Incoming MailAdministrator Access to Register OU Authentication Between Organizations Mail Storage Formats Certifiers Country Codes SMTPNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Server Audience Types SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Lotus Domino Server Log SMTP Best PracticesUser Registration Options Administrators Group Security Options Internet Mail RoutingAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 1E: Configuring the First The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe License Tracking Database Workstation Methods for Enabling SMTP Internet Password Options The Client Configuration Program Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPInternet Password Locking Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to SettingsID File Distribution Options Administrators and Servers SMTP Settings Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Access in the Domino Directory Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryUser Registration Text Files The Special Privilege of the SMTP Inbound ControlsHow to Register Users from a Text File LocalDomainAdmins Group SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Message Relay Prevention Changes Group Lacks Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistDomino Directory Document Domino Directory Access for Registering FiltersSynchronization Servers What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Need for Selecting a Registration Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWorkstation Server ID File Storage Options Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting What Happens When a Host is Found inWorkstations Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers the DNS Whitelist?Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Standard Directory Structure DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsInstallation The Central Directory Structure Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Replicating a Subset of Documents in the What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Domino Directory the DNS Blacklist?Servers Server Setup Profiles What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Administration Process Clearing the Server ID Password Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersComponents of the Administration Process The Certification Log What Happens When a Host is Found inDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Administrator Access to Register OU the Private Whitelist?Timing and Execution of Administration Certifiers What are Private Blacklist Filters?Process Requests Need for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersNested Groups Topic 3B: Registering New What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Deny List Only Group Type Administrators the Private Blacklist?Group Precedence in Database Access User Registration Options Order of Whitelist and BlacklistAuto-populated Groups Administrator Access to Register Users PrecedenceTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The License Tracking Database How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistPolicies Internet Password Options Filters Policy Documents Internet Password Locking Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPPolicy Types ID File Distribution Options (E/SMTP) OptionsSettings Document Types Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File E/SMTP Settings Policy Precedence Rules User Registration Text Files Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingStatic and Dynamic Settings How to Register Users from a Text File When to Set Internet AddressesPolicy Management Tools Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Internet Address Lookup Options Policy Management Development Tools Changes Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUse of an Organizational Policy Domino Directory Document An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Synchronization Topic 9B: Implementing MessagePolicy Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator DisclaimersPolicy Assignment Methods Workstation Message DisclaimersPolicy Assignment During Registration Workstation Setup for Additional The Message Disclaimer ImplementationDynamic Policy Assignments Workstations ProcessThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Options for Attaching DisclaimersLotus Domino Server Console Domino Installation Enabling Server Message DisclaimersAdministration Tasks The Lotus Domino Administrator Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple SettingsConsole Servers Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Administration Process Messages Databases on the Server Components of the Administration Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryServer Access Control Mechanisms Process ControlsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Database Tools in Domino Administrator Delivery Controls User Access to the Server Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhen to Restart the Server Process Requests ControlsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Nested Groups Mail Transfer Controls Administration Levels The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerAdministration Level Details Group Precedence in Database Access Mailboxes


The Full Access Administrator Level Auto-populated Groups Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational How Mail Rules WorkThe Domino Web Administrator Policy Mail Rule ActionsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Policies Activating a Server Mail Rule Web Administrator Application Policy Documents Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Policy Types Mail JournalingThe Domino Server Log Settings Document Types Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsThe Notes.ini File Policy Precedence Rules Journaling and Mail RoutingLogging Levels Static and Dynamic Settings Journaling and Server Configuration Server Groups and Replication Policy Management Tools Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Policy Management Development Tools Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsReplication Controls Use of an Organizational Policy Tag Mail Rule ConditionsReplication Types Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Field Names Associated with TagsMethods for Forcing Replication Explicit Policy Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orPull Push Replication Policy Assignment Methods Whitelist Tags Multiple Replication Hubs Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasCritical Application Scheduling Dynamic Policy Assignments QuotasReplication Schedule Criteria The Effect of Multiple Policies Quota Implementation OptionsMail Routing Components Lotus Domino Server Console Quota Restrictions Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Administration Tasks Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withNNNs Message Color-Coding on the Server Inbox MaintenanceTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Console Inbox MaintenanceMail Routing Topology Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Databases on the Server Control Inbox Size How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopology Restrictions for Authorizing Server ArchivingOpportunistic Routing Access Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesConnection Document Mail Routing Options User Access to the Server Archive Policy DocumentsRouter Types and Connection Documents When to Restart the Server Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Archive Criteria Settings Document for Incoming Mail Administration Levels Checklist for Monitoring MailMail Storage Formats Administration Level Details Types of Misdelivered MailSMTP The Full Access Administrator Level Checking Mail Delivery SMTP Implementation Scenarios Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsSMTP Best Practices The Domino Web Administrator Mail Statistics Internet Mail Routing Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Domino Web Administrator Application Message Tracking Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The Domino Server Log What is Message Recall?SMTP Settings The Notes.ini File Message Recall OptionsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Logging Levels Configuring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Inbound Controls Server Groups and Replication Troubleshooting StagesSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 6B: Creating a Connection The Mail Trace Tool Message Relay Prevention Document Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Replication Controls When to Restart the Router Filters Replication Types Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Methods for Forcing Replication When to Force Mail Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Pull Push Replication Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Multiple Replication Hubs Dead MailWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Critical Application Scheduling The Delivery Failure ProcessDNS Whitelist? Replication Schedule Criteria DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mail Routing Components Lesson 10: Implementing Mail Rules andEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Mail Routing Behavior Within and Storage Limits What Happens When a Host is Found in the Between NNNs lineDNS Blacklist? Topic 7B: Implementing a Topic 10A: Creating and Activating aWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Server Mail RuleEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Mail RulesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the TopologyPrivate Whitelist? How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topology lineEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Opportunistic Routing Planning GuidelinesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Connection Document Mail Routing The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPrivate Blacklist? Options PlanOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Router Types and Connection Supported Platforms and SystemHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Documents Requirements Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino


(E/SMTP) Options Format for Incoming Mail Server SoftwareE/SMTP Settings Mail Storage Formats Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing SMTP Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhen to Set Internet Addresses SMTP Implementation Scenarios Administrator Client SoftwareInternet Address Lookup Options SMTP Best Practices The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Internet Mail Routing Basic ConfigurationsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks What is Eclipse?Topic 9B: Implementing Message Methods for Enabling SMTP Client Installation TypesDisclaimers Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What is Lotus Expeditor?Message Disclaimers Settings Expeditor Component PackagingThe Message Disclaimer Implementation SMTP Settings Eclipse Update SitesProcess Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Automated Installation Options for EclipseOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Delivery ComponentsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers SMTP Inbound Controls Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Creating Message Disclaimer Policy SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSettings Message Relay Prevention First ServerUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Server Setup ProcessMessages Filters The Domino DirectoryTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Replicas of the Domino DirectoryControls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Comparing Domains and OrganizationsDelivery Controls Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer What Happens When a Host is Found in Alternatives to Organizational UnitsControls the DNS Whitelist? Descendants of the Organization CertifierMail Transfer Controls DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Organization SecurityTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Organization Certifier ID SecurityMailboxes What Happens When a Host is Found in Authentication Between OrganizationsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes the DNS Blacklist? Country CodesHow Mail Rules Work What are Private Whitelist Filters? Server Audience TypesMail Rule Actions Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Lotus Domino Server LogActivating a Server Mail Rule What Happens When a Host is Found in Administrators Group Security Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling the Private Whitelist? Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMail Journaling What are Private Blacklist Filters? WorkstationJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Enabling Private Blacklist Filters The Client Configuration Program Journaling and Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toJournaling and Server Configuration the Private Blacklist? Administrators and ServersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Access in the Domino DirectoryWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Precedence The Special Privilege of theTag Mail Rule Conditions How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist LocalDomainAdmins GroupField Names Associated with Tags Filters Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Lacks Whitelist Tags (E/SMTP) Options Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas E/SMTP Settings ServersQuotas Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Need for Selecting a Registration ServerQuota Implementation Options Addressing Server ID File Storage Options Quota Restrictions When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Internet Address Lookup Options Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersMaintenance Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Standard Directory StructureInbox Maintenance An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Central Directory StructureUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 9B: Implementing Message Replicating a Subset of Documents in theControl Inbox Size Disclaimers Domino DirectoryTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Message Disclaimers Server Setup ProfilesArchiving The Message Disclaimer Implementation Clearing the Server ID Password Benefits of Archiving and Policies Process The Certification LogArchive Policy Documents Options for Attaching Disclaimers Administrator Access to Register OUArchive Policy Settings Document Enabling Server Message Disclaimers CertifiersArchive Criteria Settings Document Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Need for Selecting a Registration Server Checklist for Monitoring Mail Settings Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME User Registration OptionsChecking Mail Delivery Messages Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The License Tracking DatabaseMail Statistics Controls Internet Password OptionsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Delivery Controls Internet Password LockingMessage Tracking Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer ID File Distribution Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Controls Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWhat is Message Recall? Mail Transfer Controls User Registration Text FilesMessage Recall Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server How to Register Users from a Text File


Configuring the Message Recall Feature Mailboxes Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTroubleshooting Stages Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes ChangesThe Mail Trace Tool How Mail Rules Work Domino Directory DocumentTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Mail Rule Actions Synchronization When to Restart the Router Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling WorkstationWhen to Force Mail Routing Mail Journaling Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Workstations Mail Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoThe Delivery Failure Process Journaling and Server Configuration Installation

Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Lotus Domino Administrator and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple

line Tag Mail Rule Conditions ServersPlanning Guidelines Field Names Associated with Tags The Administration ProcessThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Components of the Administration ProcessPlan or Whitelist Tags Database Tools in Domino AdministratorSupported Platforms and System Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Timing and Execution of AdministrationRequirements Quotas Process Requests Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Quota Implementation Options Nested GroupsServer Software Quota Restrictions The Deny List Only Group TypeLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Inbox Maintenance Auto-populated Groups Administrator Client Software Inbox Maintenance Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to PolicyBasic Configurations Control Inbox Size PoliciesWhat is Eclipse? Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Policy DocumentsClient Installation Types Archiving Policy TypesWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Benefits of Archiving and Policies Settings Document TypesExpeditor Component Packaging Archive Policy Documents Policy Precedence RulesEclipse Update Sites Archive Policy Settings Document Static and Dynamic SettingsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy Management ToolsComponents Checklist for Monitoring Mail Policy Management Development ToolsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Types of Misdelivered Mail Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Checking Mail Delivery Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anFirst Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Explicit PolicyThe Server Setup Process Mail Statistics Policy Assignment MethodsThe Domino Directory Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Policy Assignment During RegistrationReplicas of the Domino Directory Message Tracking Dynamic Policy AssignmentsComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Effect of Multiple Policies Purposes of Organizational Units What is Message Recall? Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAlternatives to Organizational Units Message Recall Options Administration TasksDescendants of the Organization Certifier Configuring the Message Recall Feature Message Color-Coding on the ServerOrganization Security Troubleshooting Stages Console Organization Certifier ID Security The Mail Trace Tool Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAuthentication Between Organizations Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Databases on the ServerCountry Codes When to Restart the Router Server Access Control MechanismsServer Audience Types Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessThe Lotus Domino Server Log When to Force Mail Routing User Access to the ServerAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and When to Restart the Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Dead Mail Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Client Configuration Program The Delivery Failure Process Administration LevelsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Administration Level Detailsand Servers The Full Access Administrator LevelAccess in the Domino Directory line Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Special Privilege of the Planning Guidelines The Domino Web AdministratorLocalDomainAdmins Group The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Administration Levels and the LotusPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Plan Domino Web Administrator Application Lacks Supported Platforms and System Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsDomino Directory Access for Registering Requirements The Domino Server LogServers Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Notes.ini FileNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Server Software Logging Levels Server ID File Storage Options Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Server Groups and Replication Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Domino Administrator Client Software DocumentThe Standard Directory Structure The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Replication ControlsThe Central Directory Structure Basic Configurations Replication Types


Replicating a Subset of Documents in the What is Eclipse? Methods for Forcing ReplicationDomino Directory Client Installation Types Pull Push ReplicationServer Setup Profiles What is Lotus Expeditor? Multiple Replication HubsClearing the Server ID Password Expeditor Component Packaging Critical Application SchedulingThe Certification Log Eclipse Update Sites Replication Schedule Criteria Administrator Access to Register OU Automated Installation Options for Mail Routing ComponentsCertifiers Eclipse Components Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation NNNs Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeUser Registration Options First Server Mail Routing TopologyAdministrator Access to Register Users The Server Setup Process The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingThe License Tracking Database The Domino Directory TopologyInternet Password Options Replicas of the Domino Directory How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeInternet Password Locking Comparing Domains and Organizations TopologyID File Distribution Options Purposes of Organizational Units Opportunistic RoutingTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Alternatives to Organizational Units Connection Document Mail RoutingUser Registration Text Files Descendants of the Organization Certifier OptionsHow to Register Users from a Text File Organization Security Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatChanges Authentication Between Organizations for Incoming MailDomino Directory Document Country Codes Mail Storage Formats Synchronization Server Audience Types SMTPTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Lotus Domino Server Log SMTP Implementation ScenariosWorkstation Administrators Group Security Options SMTP Best PracticesWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 1E: Configuring the First Internet Mail RoutingWorkstations Workstation The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Client Configuration Program Methods for Enabling SMTP Installation Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Lotus Domino Administrator Administrators and Servers SettingsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Access in the Domino Directory SMTP Settings Servers The Special Privilege of the Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryThe Administration Process LocalDomainAdmins Group SMTP Inbound ControlsComponents of the Administration Process Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins SMTP Outbound ControlsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Group Lacks Message Relay Prevention Timing and Execution of Administration Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistProcess Requests Servers FiltersNested Groups Need for Selecting a Registration Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The Deny List Only Group Type Server ID File Storage Options The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersAuto-populated Groups Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Standard Directory Structure the DNS Whitelist?Policies The Central Directory Structure DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsPolicy Documents Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersPolicy Types Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found inSettings Document Types Server Setup Profiles the DNS Blacklist?Policy Precedence Rules Clearing the Server ID Password What are Private Whitelist Filters?Static and Dynamic Settings The Certification Log Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersPolicy Management Tools Administrator Access to Register OU What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy Management Development Tools Certifiers the Private Whitelist?Use of an Organizational Policy Need for Selecting a Registration Server What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 3B: Registering New Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersPolicy Administrators What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy Assignment Methods User Registration Options the Private Blacklist?Policy Assignment During Registration Administrator Access to Register Users Order of Whitelist and BlacklistDynamic Policy Assignments The License Tracking Database PrecedenceThe Effect of Multiple Policies Internet Password Options How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistLotus Domino Server Console Internet Password Locking Filters Administration Tasks ID File Distribution Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File (E/SMTP) OptionsConsole User Registration Text Files E/SMTP Settings Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingDatabases on the Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document When to Set Internet AddressesServer Access Control Mechanisms Changes Internet Address Lookup Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Domino Directory Document Topic 8G: Testing SMTPUser Access to the Server Synchronization An Implementation of SMTP Routing When to Restart the Server Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 9B: Implementing Message


Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Workstation DisclaimersAdministration Levels Workstation Setup for Additional Message DisclaimersAdministration Level Details Workstations The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Full Access Administrator Level Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus ProcessFull Access Administrator Best Practices Domino Installation Options for Attaching DisclaimersThe Domino Web Administrator The Lotus Domino Administrator Enabling Server Message DisclaimersAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyWeb Administrator Application Servers SettingsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Administration Process Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEThe Domino Server Log Components of the Administration Messages The Notes.ini File Process Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryLogging Levels Database Tools in Domino Administrator ControlsServer Groups and Replication Timing and Execution of Administration Delivery Controls Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Process Requests Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferReplication Controls Nested Groups ControlsReplication Types The Deny List Only Group Type Mail Transfer Controls Methods for Forcing Replication Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerPull Push Replication Auto-populated Groups MailboxesMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Critical Application Scheduling Policy How Mail Rules WorkReplication Schedule Criteria Policies Mail Rule ActionsMail Routing Components Policy Documents Activating a Server Mail Rule Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Policy Types Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingNNNs Settings Document Types Mail JournalingTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Policy Precedence Rules Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMail Routing Topology Static and Dynamic Settings Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Policy Management Tools Journaling and Server Configuration How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Policy Management Development Tools Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopology Use of an Organizational Policy Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsOpportunistic Routing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Tag Mail Rule ConditionsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Explicit Policy Field Names Associated with TagsRouter Types and Connection Documents Policy Assignment Methods Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Policy Assignment During Registration Whitelist Tags for Incoming Mail Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasMail Storage Formats The Effect of Multiple Policies QuotasSMTP Lotus Domino Server Console Quota Implementation OptionsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Administration Tasks Quota Restrictions SMTP Best Practices Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInternet Mail Routing Console Inbox MaintenanceThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Inbox MaintenanceMethods for Enabling SMTP Databases on the Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Server Access Control Mechanisms Control Inbox Size SMTP Settings Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Access ArchivingSMTP Inbound Controls User Access to the Server Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesSMTP Outbound Controls When to Restart the Server Archive Policy DocumentsMessage Relay Prevention Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administration Levels Archive Criteria Settings Document Filters Administration Level Details Checklist for Monitoring MailWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Full Access Administrator Level Types of Misdelivered MailThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Full Access Administrator Best Practices Checking Mail Delivery Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Domino Web Administrator Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administration Levels and the Lotus Mail Statistics DNS Whitelist? Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Message Tracking Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Domino Server Log Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Notes.ini File What is Message Recall?DNS Blacklist? Logging Levels Message Recall OptionsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Server Groups and Replication Configuring the Message Recall Feature Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Troubleshooting StagesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Document The Mail Trace Tool Private Whitelist? Replication Controls Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Replication Types When to Restart the Router Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Pull Push Replication When to Force Mail Routing Private Blacklist? Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and


Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Critical Application Scheduling Dead MailHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Replication Schedule Criteria The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Routing Components(E/SMTP) Options Mail Routing Behavior Within andE/SMTP Settings Between NNNs lineTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 7B: Implementing a Planning GuidelinesWhen to Set Internet Addresses Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentInternet Address Lookup Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing PlanTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topology Supported Platforms and SystemAn Implementation of SMTP Routing How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Requirements Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topology Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDisclaimers Opportunistic Routing Server SoftwareMessage Disclaimers Connection Document Mail Routing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Message Disclaimer Implementation Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoProcess Router Types and Connection Administrator Client SoftwareOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Documents The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Basic ConfigurationsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Format for Incoming Mail What is Eclipse?Settings Mail Storage Formats Client Installation TypesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME SMTP What is Lotus Expeditor?Messages SMTP Implementation Scenarios Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery SMTP Best Practices Eclipse Update SitesControls Internet Mail Routing Automated Installation Options for EclipseDelivery Controls The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks ComponentsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Methods for Enabling SMTP Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Controls Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMail Transfer Controls Settings First ServerTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server SMTP Settings The Server Setup ProcessMailboxes Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail The Domino DirectoryBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Delivery Replicas of the Domino DirectoryHow Mail Rules Work SMTP Inbound Controls Comparing Domains and OrganizationsMail Rule Actions SMTP Outbound Controls Purposes of Organizational UnitsActivating a Server Mail Rule Message Relay Prevention Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Descendants of the Organization CertifierMail Journaling Filters Organization SecurityJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Organization Certifier ID SecurityJournaling and Mail Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Authentication Between OrganizationsJournaling and Server Configuration Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Country CodesTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and What Happens When a Host is Found in Server Audience TypesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions the DNS Whitelist? The Lotus Domino Server LogTag Mail Rule Conditions DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Administrators Group Security Options Field Names Associated with Tags Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or What Happens When a Host is Found in WorkstationWhitelist Tags the DNS Blacklist? The Client Configuration Program Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toQuotas Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Administrators and ServersQuota Implementation Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Access in the Domino DirectoryQuota Restrictions the Private Whitelist? The Special Privilege of theTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox What are Private Blacklist Filters? LocalDomainAdmins GroupMaintenance Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupInbox Maintenance What Happens When a Host is Found in Lacks Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to the Private Blacklist? Domino Directory Access for RegisteringControl Inbox Size Order of Whitelist and Blacklist ServersTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Precedence Need for Selecting a Registration ServerArchiving How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Server ID File Storage Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Filters Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingArchive Policy Documents Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersArchive Policy Settings Document (E/SMTP) Options The Standard Directory StructureArchive Criteria Settings Document E/SMTP Settings The Central Directory StructureChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTypes of Misdelivered Mail Addressing Domino DirectoryChecking Mail Delivery When to Set Internet Addresses Server Setup ProfilesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Internet Address Lookup Options Clearing the Server ID Password Mail Statistics Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Certification LogTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking An Implementation of SMTP Routing Administrator Access to Register OUMessage Tracking Topic 9B: Implementing Message Certifiers


Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Disclaimers Need for Selecting a Registration Server What is Message Recall? Message Disclaimers Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMessage Recall Options The Message Disclaimer Implementation User Registration OptionsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Process Administrator Access to Register UsersTroubleshooting Stages Options for Attaching Disclaimers The License Tracking DatabaseThe Mail Trace Tool Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Internet Password OptionsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Internet Password LockingWhen to Restart the Router Settings ID File Distribution Options Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWhen to Force Mail Routing Messages User Registration Text FilesTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery How to Register Users from a Text File Mail Controls Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentThe Delivery Failure Process Delivery Controls Changes

Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Domino Directory DocumentControls Synchronization

line Mail Transfer Controls Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorPlanning Guidelines Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server WorkstationThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mailboxes Workstation Setup for AdditionalPlan Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Workstations Supported Platforms and System How Mail Rules Work Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoRequirements Mail Rule Actions InstallationTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Activating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Domino Administrator Server Software Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleLotus Domino Server Installation Types Mail Journaling ServersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Administration ProcessAdministrator Client Software Journaling and Mail Routing Components of the Administration ProcessThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Journaling and Server Configuration Database Tools in Domino AdministratorBasic Configurations Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Timing and Execution of AdministrationWhat is Eclipse? and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Process Requests Client Installation Types Tag Mail Rule Conditions Nested GroupsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Field Names Associated with Tags The Deny List Only Group TypeExpeditor Component Packaging Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Group Precedence in Database AccessEclipse Update Sites or Whitelist Tags Auto-populated Groups Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalComponents Quotas PolicyMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Quota Implementation Options PoliciesTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Quota Restrictions Policy DocumentsFirst Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Policy TypesThe Server Setup Process Inbox Maintenance Settings Document TypesThe Domino Directory Inbox Maintenance Policy Precedence RulesReplicas of the Domino Directory Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Static and Dynamic SettingsComparing Domains and Organizations Control Inbox Size Policy Management ToolsPurposes of Organizational Units Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Policy Management Development ToolsAlternatives to Organizational Units Archiving Use of an Organizational Policy Descendants of the Organization Certifier Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anOrganization Security Archive Policy Documents Explicit PolicyOrganization Certifier ID Security Archive Policy Settings Document Policy Assignment MethodsAuthentication Between Organizations Archive Criteria Settings Document Policy Assignment During RegistrationCountry Codes Checklist for Monitoring Mail Dynamic Policy AssignmentsServer Audience Types Types of Misdelivered Mail The Effect of Multiple Policies The Lotus Domino Server Log Checking Mail Delivery Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Administration TasksTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Mail Statistics Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Client Configuration Program Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Console Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Message Tracking Topic 5B: Setting Access to Createand Servers Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Databases on the ServerAccess in the Domino Directory What is Message Recall? Server Access Control MechanismsThe Special Privilege of the Message Recall Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessLocalDomainAdmins Group Configuring the Message Recall Feature User Access to the ServerPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Troubleshooting Stages When to Restart the Server Lacks The Mail Trace Tool Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsDomino Directory Access for Registering Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Administration LevelsServers When to Restart the Router Administration Level DetailsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Full Access Administrator LevelServer ID File Storage Options When to Force Mail Routing Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and The Domino Web Administrator


Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Dead Mail Administration Levels and the LotusThe Standard Directory Structure The Delivery Failure Process Domino Web Administrator Application The Central Directory Structure Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Domino Server LogDomino Directory line The Notes.ini FileServer Setup Profiles Planning Guidelines Logging Levels Clearing the Server ID Password The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Server Groups and Replication The Certification Log Plan Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionAdministrator Access to Register OU Supported Platforms and System DocumentCertifiers Requirements Replication ControlsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Replication TypesTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Domino Server Software Methods for Forcing ReplicationUser Registration Options Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Pull Push ReplicationAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Multiple Replication HubsThe License Tracking Database Domino Administrator Client Software Critical Application SchedulingInternet Password Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Replication Schedule Criteria Internet Password Locking Basic Configurations Mail Routing ComponentsID File Distribution Options What is Eclipse? Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Client Installation Types NNNs User Registration Text Files What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeHow to Register Users from a Text File Expeditor Component Packaging Mail Routing TopologyTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Eclipse Update Sites The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingChanges Automated Installation Options for TopologyDomino Directory Document Eclipse Components How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeSynchronization Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation TopologyTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Opportunistic RoutingWorkstation First Server Connection Document Mail RoutingWorkstation Setup for Additional The Server Setup Process OptionsWorkstations The Domino Directory Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatInstallation Comparing Domains and Organizations for Incoming MailThe Lotus Domino Administrator Purposes of Organizational Units Mail Storage Formats Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Alternatives to Organizational Units SMTPServers Descendants of the Organization Certifier SMTP Implementation ScenariosThe Administration Process Organization Security SMTP Best PracticesComponents of the Administration Process Organization Certifier ID Security Internet Mail RoutingDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Authentication Between Organizations The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTiming and Execution of Administration Country Codes Methods for Enabling SMTP Process Requests Server Audience Types Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPNested Groups The Lotus Domino Server Log SettingsThe Deny List Only Group Type Administrators Group Security Options SMTP Settings Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryAuto-populated Groups Workstation SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Client Configuration Program SMTP Outbound ControlsPolicies Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Message Relay Prevention Policy Documents Administrators and Servers Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistPolicy Types Access in the Domino Directory FiltersSettings Document Types The Special Privilege of the What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Policy Precedence Rules LocalDomainAdmins Group The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessStatic and Dynamic Settings Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersPolicy Management Tools Group Lacks What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy Management Development Tools Domino Directory Access for Registering the DNS Whitelist?Use of an Organizational Policy Servers DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Need for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersPolicy Server ID File Storage Options What Happens When a Host is Found inPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting the DNS Blacklist?Policy Assignment During Registration Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers What are Private Whitelist Filters?Dynamic Policy Assignments The Standard Directory Structure Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Central Directory Structure What Happens When a Host is Found inLotus Domino Server Console Replicating a Subset of Documents in the the Private Whitelist?Administration Tasks Domino Directory What are Private Blacklist Filters?Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Setup Profiles Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersConsole Clearing the Server ID Password What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Certification Log the Private Blacklist?Databases on the Server Administrator Access to Register OU Order of Whitelist and BlacklistServer Access Control Mechanisms Certifiers Precedence


Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Need for Selecting a Registration Server How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistUser Access to the Server Topic 3B: Registering New Filters When to Restart the Server Administrators Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels User Registration Options (E/SMTP) OptionsAdministration Levels Administrator Access to Register Users E/SMTP Settings Administration Level Details The License Tracking Database Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingThe Full Access Administrator Level Internet Password Options When to Set Internet AddressesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Internet Password Locking Internet Address Lookup Options The Domino Web Administrator ID File Distribution Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File An Implementation of SMTP Routing Web Administrator Application User Registration Text Files Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels How to Register Users from a Text File DisclaimersThe Domino Server Log Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Message DisclaimersThe Notes.ini File Changes The Message Disclaimer ImplementationLogging Levels Domino Directory Document ProcessServer Groups and Replication Synchronization Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Enabling Server Message DisclaimersReplication Controls Workstation Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyReplication Types Workstation Setup for Additional SettingsMethods for Forcing Replication Workstations Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEPull Push Replication Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Messages Multiple Replication Hubs Domino Installation Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryCritical Application Scheduling The Lotus Domino Administrator ControlsReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Delivery Controls Mail Routing Components Servers Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Administration Process ControlsNNNs Components of the Administration Mail Transfer Controls Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Process Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMail Routing Topology Database Tools in Domino Administrator MailboxesThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Timing and Execution of Administration Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Process Requests How Mail Rules WorkTopology Nested Groups Mail Rule ActionsOpportunistic Routing The Deny List Only Group Type Activating a Server Mail Rule Connection Document Mail Routing Options Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingRouter Types and Connection Documents Auto-populated Groups Mail JournalingTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Journaling and Mail Rules Interactionsfor Incoming Mail Policy Journaling and Mail RoutingMail Storage Formats Policies Journaling and Server Configuration SMTP Policy Documents Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andSMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Types Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsSMTP Best Practices Settings Document Types Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInternet Mail Routing Policy Precedence Rules Field Names Associated with TagsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Static and Dynamic Settings Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orMethods for Enabling SMTP Policy Management Tools Whitelist Tags Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Policy Management Development Tools Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasSMTP Settings Use of an Organizational Policy QuotasTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Quota Implementation OptionsSMTP Inbound Controls Explicit Policy Quota Restrictions SMTP Outbound Controls Policy Assignment Methods Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withMessage Relay Prevention Policy Assignment During Registration Inbox MaintenanceTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Dynamic Policy Assignments Inbox MaintenanceFilters The Effect of Multiple Policies Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Lotus Domino Server Console Control Inbox Size The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administration Tasks Topic 10F: Archiving MailEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Message Color-Coding on the Server ArchivingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Console Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesDNS Whitelist? Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Archive Policy DocumentsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Databases on the Server Archive Policy Settings DocumentEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Server Access Control Mechanisms Archive Criteria Settings Document What Happens When a Host is Found in the Restrictions for Authorizing Server Checklist for Monitoring MailDNS Blacklist? Access Types of Misdelivered MailWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? User Access to the Server Checking Mail Delivery Enabling Private Whitelist Filters When to Restart the Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Mail Statistics Private Whitelist? Administration Levels Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Administration Level Details Message Tracking


Enabling Private Blacklist Filters The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Full Access Administrator Best Practices What is Message Recall?Private Blacklist? The Domino Web Administrator Message Recall OptionsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Administration Levels and the Lotus Configuring the Message Recall Feature How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Domino Web Administrator Application Troubleshooting StagesTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Mail Trace Tool (E/SMTP) Options The Domino Server Log Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterE/SMTP Settings The Notes.ini File When to Restart the Router Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Logging Levels Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Set Internet Addresses Server Groups and Replication When to Force Mail Routing Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Document Dead MailAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Replication Controls The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 9B: Implementing Message Replication TypesDisclaimers Methods for Forcing ReplicationMessage Disclaimers Pull Push Replication lineThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Multiple Replication Hubs Planning GuidelinesProcess Critical Application Scheduling The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Replication Schedule Criteria PlanEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail Routing Components Supported Platforms and SystemCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Mail Routing Behavior Within and Requirements Settings Between NNNs Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 7B: Implementing a Server SoftwareMessages Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoControls Topology Administrator Client SoftwareDelivery Controls How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topology Basic ConfigurationsControls Opportunistic Routing What is Eclipse?Mail Transfer Controls Connection Document Mail Routing Client Installation TypesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Options What is Lotus Expeditor?Mailboxes Router Types and Connection Expeditor Component PackagingBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Documents Eclipse Update SitesHow Mail Rules Work Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Automated Installation Options for EclipseMail Rule Actions Format for Incoming Mail ComponentsActivating a Server Mail Rule Mail Storage Formats Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling SMTP Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMail Journaling SMTP Implementation Scenarios First ServerJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions SMTP Best Practices The Server Setup ProcessJournaling and Mail Routing Internet Mail Routing The Domino DirectoryJournaling and Server Configuration The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Methods for Enabling SMTP Comparing Domains and OrganizationsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Purposes of Organizational UnitsTag Mail Rule Conditions Settings Alternatives to Organizational UnitsField Names Associated with Tags SMTP Settings Descendants of the Organization CertifierOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Organization SecurityWhitelist Tags Delivery Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP Inbound Controls Authentication Between OrganizationsQuotas SMTP Outbound Controls Country CodesQuota Implementation Options Message Relay Prevention Server Audience TypesQuota Restrictions Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Filters Administrators Group Security Options Maintenance What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstInbox Maintenance The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process WorkstationUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Client Configuration Program Control Inbox Size What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 10F: Archiving Mail the DNS Whitelist? Administrators and ServersArchiving DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Access in the Domino DirectoryBenefits of Archiving and Policies Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Special Privilege of theArchive Policy Documents What Happens When a Host is Found in LocalDomainAdmins GroupArchive Policy Settings Document the DNS Blacklist? Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupArchive Criteria Settings Document What are Private Whitelist Filters? Lacks Checklist for Monitoring Mail Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTypes of Misdelivered Mail What Happens When a Host is Found in ServersChecking Mail Delivery the Private Whitelist? Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics What are Private Blacklist Filters? Server ID File Storage Options


Mail Statistics Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking What Happens When a Host is Found in Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersMessage Tracking the Private Blacklist? The Standard Directory StructureTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Order of Whitelist and Blacklist The Central Directory StructureWhat is Message Recall? Precedence Replicating a Subset of Documents in theMessage Recall Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Domino DirectoryConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Filters Server Setup ProfilesTroubleshooting Stages Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Clearing the Server ID Password The Mail Trace Tool (E/SMTP) Options The Certification LogTopic 12B: Restarting the Router E/SMTP Settings Administrator Access to Register OUWhen to Restart the Router Topic 8F: Configuring Internet CertifiersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Addressing Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Force Mail Routing When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Internet Address Lookup Options User Registration OptionsMail Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Administrator Access to Register UsersThe Delivery Failure Process An Implementation of SMTP Routing The License Tracking Database

Topic 9B: Implementing Message Internet Password OptionsDisclaimers Internet Password Locking

line Message Disclaimers ID File Distribution Options Planning Guidelines The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Process User Registration Text FilesPlan Options for Attaching Disclaimers How to Register Users from a Text File Supported Platforms and System Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentRequirements Creating Message Disclaimer Policy ChangesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Settings Domino Directory DocumentServer Software Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Synchronization Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Messages Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery WorkstationAdministrator Client Software Controls Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Delivery Controls Workstations Basic Configurations Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoWhat is Eclipse? Controls InstallationClient Installation Types Mail Transfer Controls The Lotus Domino Administrator What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleExpeditor Component Packaging Mailboxes ServersEclipse Update Sites Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Administration ProcessAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse How Mail Rules Work Components of the Administration ProcessComponents Mail Rule Actions Database Tools in Domino AdministratorMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Activating a Server Mail Rule Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Process Requests First Server Mail Journaling Nested GroupsThe Server Setup Process Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Domino Directory Journaling and Mail Routing Group Precedence in Database AccessReplicas of the Domino Directory Journaling and Server Configuration Auto-populated Groups Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalPurposes of Organizational Units and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions PolicyAlternatives to Organizational Units Tag Mail Rule Conditions PoliciesDescendants of the Organization Certifier Field Names Associated with Tags Policy DocumentsOrganization Security Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Policy TypesOrganization Certifier ID Security or Whitelist Tags Settings Document TypesAuthentication Between Organizations Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Policy Precedence RulesCountry Codes Quotas Static and Dynamic SettingsServer Audience Types Quota Implementation Options Policy Management ToolsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Quota Restrictions Policy Management Development ToolsAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Inbox Maintenance Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Client Configuration Program Inbox Maintenance Explicit PolicyTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Assignment Methodsand Servers Control Inbox Size Policy Assignment During RegistrationAccess in the Domino Directory Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Special Privilege of the Archiving The Effect of Multiple Policies LocalDomainAdmins Group Benefits of Archiving and Policies Lotus Domino Server ConsolePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Archive Policy Documents Administration TasksLacks Archive Policy Settings Document Message Color-Coding on the ServerDomino Directory Access for Registering Archive Criteria Settings Document Console Servers Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create


Need for Selecting a Registration Server Types of Misdelivered Mail Databases on the ServerServer ID File Storage Options Checking Mail Delivery Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Statistics User Access to the ServerThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking When to Restart the Server The Central Directory Structure Message Tracking Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Administration LevelsDomino Directory What is Message Recall? Administration Level DetailsServer Setup Profiles Message Recall Options The Full Access Administrator LevelClearing the Server ID Password Configuring the Message Recall Feature Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Certification Log Troubleshooting Stages The Domino Web AdministratorAdministrator Access to Register OU The Mail Trace Tool Administration Levels and the LotusCertifiers Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Domino Web Administrator Application Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Restart the Router Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Domino Server LogUser Registration Options When to Force Mail Routing The Notes.ini FileAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Logging Levels The License Tracking Database Dead Mail Server Groups and Replication Internet Password Options The Delivery Failure Process Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionInternet Password Locking DocumentID File Distribution Options Replication ControlsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File line Replication TypesUser Registration Text Files Planning Guidelines Methods for Forcing ReplicationHow to Register Users from a Text File The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Pull Push ReplicationTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Plan Multiple Replication HubsChanges Supported Platforms and System Critical Application SchedulingDomino Directory Document Requirements Replication Schedule Criteria Synchronization Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Domino Server Software Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWorkstation Lotus Domino Server Installation Types NNNs Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeWorkstations Domino Administrator Client Software Mail Routing TopologyTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingInstallation Basic Configurations TopologyThe Lotus Domino Administrator What is Eclipse? How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Client Installation Types TopologyServers What is Lotus Expeditor? Opportunistic RoutingThe Administration Process Expeditor Component Packaging Connection Document Mail RoutingComponents of the Administration Process Eclipse Update Sites OptionsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Automated Installation Options for Router Types and Connection Documents Timing and Execution of Administration Eclipse Components Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatProcess Requests Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation for Incoming MailNested Groups Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Mail Storage Formats The Deny List Only Group Type First Server SMTPGroup Precedence in Database Access The Server Setup Process SMTP Implementation ScenariosAuto-populated Groups The Domino Directory SMTP Best PracticesTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Replicas of the Domino Directory Internet Mail RoutingPolicies Comparing Domains and Organizations The SMTP Listener and Router TasksPolicy Documents Purposes of Organizational Units Methods for Enabling SMTP Policy Types Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSettings Document Types Descendants of the Organization Certifier SettingsPolicy Precedence Rules Organization Security SMTP Settings Static and Dynamic Settings Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryPolicy Management Tools Authentication Between Organizations SMTP Inbound ControlsPolicy Management Development Tools Country Codes SMTP Outbound ControlsUse of an Organizational Policy Server Audience Types Message Relay Prevention Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistPolicy Administrators Group Security Options FiltersPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 1E: Configuring the First What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Policy Assignment During Registration Workstation The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessDynamic Policy Assignments The Client Configuration Program Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to What Happens When a Host is Found inLotus Domino Server Console Administrators and Servers the DNS Whitelist?Administration Tasks Access in the Domino Directory DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsMessage Color-Coding on the Server The Special Privilege of the Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersConsole LocalDomainAdmins Group What Happens When a Host is Found in


Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins the DNS Blacklist?Databases on the Server Group Lacks What are Private Whitelist Filters?Server Access Control Mechanisms Domino Directory Access for Registering Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Servers What Happens When a Host is Found inUser Access to the Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server the Private Whitelist?When to Restart the Server Server ID File Storage Options What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersAdministration Levels Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Level Details The Standard Directory Structure the Private Blacklist?The Full Access Administrator Level The Central Directory Structure Order of Whitelist and BlacklistFull Access Administrator Best Practices Replicating a Subset of Documents in the PrecedenceThe Domino Web Administrator Domino Directory How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Server Setup Profiles Filters Web Administrator Application Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Certification Log (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Domino Server Log Administrator Access to Register OU E/SMTP Settings The Notes.ini File Certifiers Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingLogging Levels Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Set Internet AddressesServer Groups and Replication Topic 3B: Registering New Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Administrators Topic 8G: Testing SMTPReplication Controls User Registration Options An Implementation of SMTP Routing Replication Types Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 9B: Implementing MessageMethods for Forcing Replication The License Tracking Database DisclaimersPull Push Replication Internet Password Options Message DisclaimersMultiple Replication Hubs Internet Password Locking The Message Disclaimer ImplementationCritical Application Scheduling ID File Distribution Options ProcessReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Options for Attaching DisclaimersMail Routing Components User Registration Text Files Enabling Server Message DisclaimersMail Routing Behavior Within and Between How to Register Users from a Text File Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyNNNs Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document SettingsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Changes Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMail Routing Topology Domino Directory Document Messages The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Synchronization Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator ControlsTopology Workstation Delivery Controls Opportunistic Routing Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferConnection Document Mail Routing Options Workstations ControlsRouter Types and Connection Documents Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Mail Transfer Controls Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Domino Installation Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Serverfor Incoming Mail The Lotus Domino Administrator MailboxesMail Storage Formats Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes SMTP Servers How Mail Rules WorkSMTP Implementation Scenarios The Administration Process Mail Rule ActionsSMTP Best Practices Components of the Administration Activating a Server Mail Rule Internet Mail Routing Process Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Database Tools in Domino Administrator Mail JournalingMethods for Enabling SMTP Timing and Execution of Administration Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Process Requests Journaling and Mail RoutingSMTP Settings Nested Groups Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andSMTP Inbound Controls Group Precedence in Database Access Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsSMTP Outbound Controls Auto-populated Groups Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMessage Relay Prevention Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orFilters Policies Whitelist Tags What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy Documents Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Policy Types QuotasEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Settings Document Types Quota Implementation OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Precedence Rules Quota Restrictions DNS Whitelist? Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Policy Management Tools Inbox MaintenanceEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy Management Development Tools Inbox MaintenanceWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Use of an Organizational Policy Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toDNS Blacklist? Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Control Inbox Size What are Private Whitelist Filters? Explicit Policy Topic 10F: Archiving MailEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Policy Assignment Methods Archiving


What Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Assignment During Registration Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesPrivate Whitelist? Dynamic Policy Assignments Archive Policy DocumentsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? The Effect of Multiple Policies Archive Policy Settings DocumentEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Lotus Domino Server Console Archive Criteria Settings Document What Happens When a Host is Found in the Administration Tasks Checklist for Monitoring MailPrivate Blacklist? Message Color-Coding on the Server Types of Misdelivered MailOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Console Checking Mail Delivery How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Databases on the Server Mail Statistics (E/SMTP) Options Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingE/SMTP Settings Restrictions for Authorizing Server Message Tracking Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Access Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhen to Set Internet Addresses User Access to the Server What is Message Recall?Internet Address Lookup Options When to Restart the Server Message Recall OptionsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Configuring the Message Recall Feature An Implementation of SMTP Routing Administration Levels Troubleshooting StagesTopic 9B: Implementing Message Administration Level Details The Mail Trace Tool Disclaimers The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMessage Disclaimers Full Access Administrator Best Practices When to Restart the Router The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Domino Web Administrator Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingProcess Administration Levels and the Lotus When to Force Mail Routing Options for Attaching Disclaimers Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Dead MailCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The Domino Server Log The Delivery Failure ProcessSettings The Notes.ini FileUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Logging Levels Messages Server Groups and Replication lineTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Planning GuidelinesControls Document The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentDelivery Controls Replication Controls PlanTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Replication Types Supported Platforms and SystemControls Methods for Forcing Replication Requirements Mail Transfer Controls Pull Push Replication Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Multiple Replication Hubs Server SoftwareMailboxes Critical Application Scheduling Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoHow Mail Rules Work Mail Routing Components Administrator Client SoftwareMail Rule Actions Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andActivating a Server Mail Rule Between NNNs Basic ConfigurationsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 7B: Implementing a What is Eclipse?Mail Journaling Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Client Installation TypesJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing What is Lotus Expeditor?Journaling and Mail Routing Topology Expeditor Component PackagingJournaling and Server Configuration How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Eclipse Update SitesTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topology Automated Installation Options for EclipseWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Opportunistic Routing ComponentsTag Mail Rule Conditions Connection Document Mail Routing Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Field Names Associated with Tags Options Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Router Types and Connection First ServerWhitelist Tags Documents The Server Setup ProcessTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage The Domino DirectoryQuotas Format for Incoming Mail Replicas of the Domino DirectoryQuota Implementation Options Mail Storage Formats Comparing Domains and OrganizationsQuota Restrictions SMTP Purposes of Organizational UnitsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox SMTP Implementation Scenarios Alternatives to Organizational UnitsMaintenance SMTP Best Practices Descendants of the Organization CertifierInbox Maintenance Internet Mail Routing Organization SecurityUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Organization Certifier ID SecurityControl Inbox Size Methods for Enabling SMTP Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Country CodesArchiving Settings Server Audience TypesBenefits of Archiving and Policies SMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Server LogArchive Policy Documents Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Administrators Group Security Options Archive Policy Settings Document Delivery Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstArchive Criteria Settings Document SMTP Inbound Controls WorkstationChecklist for Monitoring Mail SMTP Outbound Controls The Client Configuration Program


Types of Misdelivered Mail Message Relay Prevention Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toChecking Mail Delivery Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administrators and ServersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Filters Access in the Domino DirectoryMail Statistics What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Special Privilege of theTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process LocalDomainAdmins GroupMessage Tracking Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What Happens When a Host is Found in Lacks What is Message Recall? the DNS Whitelist? Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMessage Recall Options DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics ServersConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTroubleshooting Stages What Happens When a Host is Found in Server ID File Storage Options The Mail Trace Tool the DNS Blacklist? Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 12B: Restarting the Router What are Private Whitelist Filters? Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhen to Restart the Router Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Standard Directory StructureTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in The Central Directory StructureWhen to Force Mail Routing the Private Whitelist? Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead What are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino DirectoryMail Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Server Setup ProfilesThe Delivery Failure Process What Happens When a Host is Found in Clearing the Server ID Password

the Private Blacklist? The Certification LogOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Administrator Access to Register OU

line Precedence CertifiersPlanning Guidelines How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Filters Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsPlan Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP User Registration OptionsSupported Platforms and System (E/SMTP) Options Administrator Access to Register UsersRequirements E/SMTP Settings The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Internet Password OptionsServer Software Addressing Internet Password LockingLotus Domino Server Installation Types When to Set Internet Addresses ID File Distribution Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileAdministrator Client Software Topic 8G: Testing SMTP User Registration Text FilesThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and An Implementation of SMTP Routing How to Register Users from a Text File Basic Configurations Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentWhat is Eclipse? Disclaimers ChangesClient Installation Types Message Disclaimers Domino Directory DocumentWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The Message Disclaimer Implementation Synchronization Expeditor Component Packaging Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorEclipse Update Sites Options for Attaching Disclaimers WorkstationAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Workstation Setup for AdditionalComponents Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Workstations Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Settings Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME InstallationFirst Server Messages The Lotus Domino Administrator The Server Setup Process Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Domino Directory Controls ServersReplicas of the Domino Directory Delivery Controls The Administration ProcessComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Components of the Administration ProcessPurposes of Organizational Units Controls Database Tools in Domino AdministratorAlternatives to Organizational Units Mail Transfer Controls Timing and Execution of AdministrationDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Process Requests Organization Security Mailboxes Nested GroupsOrganization Certifier ID Security Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Deny List Only Group TypeAuthentication Between Organizations How Mail Rules Work Group Precedence in Database AccessCountry Codes Mail Rule Actions Auto-populated Groups Server Audience Types Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling PolicyAdministrators Group Security Options Mail Journaling PoliciesTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy DocumentsThe Client Configuration Program Journaling and Mail Routing Policy TypesTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Journaling and Server Configuration Settings Document Typesand Servers Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Policy Precedence RulesAccess in the Domino Directory and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Special Privilege of the Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Management ToolsLocalDomainAdmins Group Field Names Associated with Tags Policy Management Development ToolsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Use of an Organizational Policy


Lacks or Whitelist Tags Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDomino Directory Access for Registering Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Explicit PolicyServers Quotas Policy Assignment MethodsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Quota Implementation Options Policy Assignment During RegistrationServer ID File Storage Options Quota Restrictions Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with The Effect of Multiple Policies Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Inbox Maintenance Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe Standard Directory Structure Inbox Maintenance Administration TasksThe Central Directory Structure Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Message Color-Coding on the ServerReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Control Inbox Size Console Domino Directory Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateServer Setup Profiles Archiving Databases on the ServerClearing the Server ID Password Benefits of Archiving and Policies Server Access Control MechanismsThe Certification Log Archive Policy Documents Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessAdministrator Access to Register OU Archive Policy Settings Document User Access to the ServerCertifiers Archive Criteria Settings Document When to Restart the Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Types of Misdelivered Mail Administration LevelsUser Registration Options Checking Mail Delivery Administration Level DetailsAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Full Access Administrator LevelThe License Tracking Database Mail Statistics Full Access Administrator Best PracticesInternet Password Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Domino Web AdministratorInternet Password Locking Message Tracking Administration Levels and the LotusID File Distribution Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File What is Message Recall? Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsUser Registration Text Files Message Recall Options The Domino Server LogHow to Register Users from a Text File Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Notes.ini FileTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Troubleshooting Stages Logging Levels Changes The Mail Trace Tool Server Groups and Replication Domino Directory Document Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionSynchronization When to Restart the Router DocumentTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Replication ControlsWorkstation When to Force Mail Routing Replication TypesWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Methods for Forcing ReplicationWorkstations Dead Mail Pull Push ReplicationTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Delivery Failure Process Multiple Replication HubsInstallation Critical Application SchedulingThe Lotus Domino Administrator Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple line Mail Routing ComponentsServers Planning Guidelines Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe Administration Process The Worldwide Corporation Deployment NNNs Components of the Administration Process Plan Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Supported Platforms and System Mail Routing TopologyTiming and Execution of Administration Requirements The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingProcess Requests Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus TopologyNested Groups Domino Server Software How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeThe Deny List Only Group Type Lotus Domino Server Installation Types TopologyGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Opportunistic RoutingAuto-populated Groups Domino Administrator Client Software Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and OptionsPolicies Basic Configurations Router Types and Connection Documents Policy Documents What is Eclipse? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatPolicy Types Client Installation Types for Incoming MailSettings Document Types What is Lotus Expeditor? Mail Storage Formats Policy Precedence Rules Expeditor Component Packaging SMTPStatic and Dynamic Settings Eclipse Update Sites SMTP Implementation ScenariosPolicy Management Tools Automated Installation Options for SMTP Best PracticesPolicy Management Development Tools Eclipse Components Internet Mail RoutingUse of an Organizational Policy Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Methods for Enabling SMTP Policy First Server Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPPolicy Assignment Methods The Server Setup Process SettingsPolicy Assignment During Registration The Domino Directory SMTP Settings Dynamic Policy Assignments Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryThe Effect of Multiple Policies Comparing Domains and Organizations SMTP Inbound ControlsLotus Domino Server Console Purposes of Organizational Units SMTP Outbound Controls


Administration Tasks Alternatives to Organizational Units Message Relay Prevention Message Color-Coding on the Server Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistConsole Organization Security FiltersTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Organization Certifier ID Security What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Databases on the Server Authentication Between Organizations The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessServer Access Control Mechanisms Country Codes Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Server Audience Types What Happens When a Host is Found inUser Access to the Server The Lotus Domino Server Log the DNS Whitelist?When to Restart the Server Administrators Group Security Options DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 1E: Configuring the First Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersAdministration Levels Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Level Details The Client Configuration Program the DNS Blacklist?The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to What are Private Whitelist Filters?Full Access Administrator Best Practices Administrators and Servers Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersThe Domino Web Administrator Access in the Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino The Special Privilege of the the Private Whitelist?Web Administrator Application LocalDomainAdmins Group What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Domino Server Log Group Lacks What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Notes.ini File Domino Directory Access for Registering the Private Blacklist?Logging Levels Servers Order of Whitelist and BlacklistServer Groups and Replication Need for Selecting a Registration Server PrecedenceTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Server ID File Storage Options How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistReplication Controls Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Filters Replication Types Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMethods for Forcing Replication The Standard Directory Structure (E/SMTP) OptionsPull Push Replication The Central Directory Structure E/SMTP Settings Multiple Replication Hubs Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingCritical Application Scheduling Domino Directory When to Set Internet AddressesReplication Schedule Criteria Server Setup Profiles Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Routing Components Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 8G: Testing SMTPMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Certification Log An Implementation of SMTP Routing NNNs Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Certifiers DisclaimersMail Routing Topology Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message DisclaimersThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 3B: Registering New The Message Disclaimer ImplementationHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrators ProcessTopology User Registration Options Options for Attaching DisclaimersOpportunistic Routing Administrator Access to Register Users Enabling Server Message DisclaimersConnection Document Mail Routing Options The License Tracking Database Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyRouter Types and Connection Documents Internet Password Options SettingsTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Internet Password Locking Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEfor Incoming Mail ID File Distribution Options Messages Mail Storage Formats Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliverySMTP User Registration Text Files ControlsSMTP Implementation Scenarios How to Register Users from a Text File Delivery Controls SMTP Best Practices Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferInternet Mail Routing Changes ControlsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Domino Directory Document Mail Transfer Controls Methods for Enabling SMTP Synchronization Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator MailboxesSMTP Settings Workstation Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Workstation Setup for Additional How Mail Rules WorkSMTP Inbound Controls Workstations Mail Rule ActionsSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Activating a Server Mail Rule Message Relay Prevention Domino Installation Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail JournalingFilters Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Servers Journaling and Mail RoutingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Administration Process Journaling and Server Configuration Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Components of the Administration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Process Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDNS Whitelist? Database Tools in Domino Administrator Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Timing and Execution of Administration Field Names Associated with TagsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Process Requests Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Nested Groups Whitelist Tags


DNS Blacklist? The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Group Precedence in Database Access QuotasEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Auto-populated Groups Quota Implementation OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Quota Restrictions Private Whitelist? Policy Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Policies Inbox MaintenanceEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Policy Documents Inbox MaintenanceWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toPrivate Blacklist? Settings Document Types Control Inbox Size Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Policy Precedence Rules Topic 10F: Archiving MailHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Static and Dynamic Settings ArchivingTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Policy Management Tools Benefits of Archiving and Policies(E/SMTP) Options Policy Management Development Tools Archive Policy DocumentsE/SMTP Settings Use of an Organizational Policy Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Archive Criteria Settings Document When to Set Internet Addresses Explicit Policy Checklist for Monitoring MailInternet Address Lookup Options Policy Assignment Methods Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Policy Assignment During Registration Checking Mail Delivery An Implementation of SMTP Routing Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 9B: Implementing Message The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Statistics Disclaimers Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessage Disclaimers Administration Tasks Message Tracking The Message Disclaimer Implementation Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallProcess Console What is Message Recall?Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Message Recall OptionsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Databases on the Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Server Access Control Mechanisms Troubleshooting StagesSettings Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Mail Trace Tool Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Access Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMessages User Access to the Server When to Restart the Router Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery When to Restart the Server Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingControls Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels When to Force Mail Routing Delivery Controls Administration Levels Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Administration Level Details Dead MailControls The Full Access Administrator Level The Delivery Failure ProcessMail Transfer Controls Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Domino Web AdministratorMailboxes Administration Levels and the Lotus lineBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Domino Web Administrator Application Planning GuidelinesHow Mail Rules Work Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentMail Rule Actions The Domino Server Log PlanActivating a Server Mail Rule The Notes.ini File Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Logging Levels Requirements Mail Journaling Server Groups and Replication Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Server SoftwareJournaling and Mail Routing Document Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Journaling and Server Configuration Replication Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Replication Types Administrator Client SoftwareWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Methods for Forcing Replication The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTag Mail Rule Conditions Pull Push Replication Basic ConfigurationsField Names Associated with Tags Multiple Replication Hubs What is Eclipse?Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Critical Application Scheduling Client Installation TypesWhitelist Tags Replication Schedule Criteria What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Mail Routing Components Expeditor Component PackagingQuotas Mail Routing Behavior Within and Eclipse Update SitesQuota Implementation Options Between NNNs Automated Installation Options for EclipseQuota Restrictions Topic 7B: Implementing a ComponentsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Maintenance The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theInbox Maintenance Topology First ServerUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Server Setup ProcessControl Inbox Size Topology The Domino DirectoryTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Opportunistic Routing Replicas of the Domino DirectoryArchiving Connection Document Mail Routing Comparing Domains and OrganizationsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Options Purposes of Organizational UnitsArchive Policy Documents Router Types and Connection Alternatives to Organizational Units


Archive Policy Settings Document Documents Descendants of the Organization CertifierArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Organization SecurityChecklist for Monitoring Mail Format for Incoming Mail Organization Certifier ID SecurityTypes of Misdelivered Mail Mail Storage Formats Authentication Between OrganizationsChecking Mail Delivery SMTP Country CodesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics SMTP Implementation Scenarios Server Audience TypesMail Statistics SMTP Best Practices The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Internet Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options Message Tracking The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Methods for Enabling SMTP WorkstationWhat is Message Recall? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP The Client Configuration Program Message Recall Options Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toConfiguring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Settings Administrators and ServersTroubleshooting Stages Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Mail Trace Tool Delivery The Special Privilege of theTopic 12B: Restarting the Router SMTP Inbound Controls LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhen to Restart the Router SMTP Outbound Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Message Relay Prevention Lacks When to Force Mail Routing Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Filters ServersMail What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Delivery Failure Process The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server ID File Storage Options

Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingLesson 2: Adding IBM Lotus Domino Servers What Happens When a Host is Found in Additional IBM Lotus Domino Serversline the DNS Whitelist? The Standard Directory Structure

Topic 2A: Registering Servers DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Central Directory StructureThe Server Registration Process Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Replicating a Subset of Documents in the

What Happens When a Host is Found in Domino Directorythe DNS Blacklist? Server Setup Profiles

line What are Private Whitelist Filters? Clearing the Server ID Password Planning Guidelines Enabling Private Whitelist Filters The Certification LogThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment What Happens When a Host is Found in Administrator Access to Register OUPlan the Private Whitelist? CertifiersSupported Platforms and System What are Private Blacklist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server Requirements Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino What Happens When a Host is Found in User Registration OptionsServer Software the Private Blacklist? Administrator Access to Register UsersLotus Domino Server Installation Types Order of Whitelist and Blacklist The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Precedence Internet Password OptionsAdministrator Client Software How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Internet Password LockingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Filters ID File Distribution Options Basic Configurations Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWhat is Eclipse? (E/SMTP) Options User Registration Text FilesClient Installation Types E/SMTP Settings How to Register Users from a Text File What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentExpeditor Component Packaging Addressing ChangesEclipse Update Sites When to Set Internet Addresses Domino Directory DocumentAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Internet Address Lookup Options Synchronization Components Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation An Implementation of SMTP Routing WorkstationTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 9B: Implementing Message Workstation Setup for AdditionalFirst Server Disclaimers Workstations The Server Setup Process Message Disclaimers Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoThe Domino Directory The Message Disclaimer Implementation InstallationReplicas of the Domino Directory Process The Lotus Domino Administrator Comparing Domains and Organizations Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultiplePurposes of Organizational Units Enabling Server Message Disclaimers ServersAlternatives to Organizational Units Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Administration ProcessDescendants of the Organization Certifier Settings Components of the Administration ProcessOrganization Security Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Database Tools in Domino AdministratorOrganization Certifier ID Security Messages Timing and Execution of AdministrationAuthentication Between Organizations Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Process Requests Country Codes Controls Nested GroupsServer Audience Types Delivery Controls The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Group Precedence in Database AccessAdministrators Group Security Options Controls Auto-populated Groups


Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Mail Transfer Controls Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalThe Client Configuration Program Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server PolicyTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Mailboxes Policiesand Servers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Policy DocumentsAccess in the Domino Directory How Mail Rules Work Policy TypesThe Special Privilege of the Mail Rule Actions Settings Document TypesLocalDomainAdmins Group Activating a Server Mail Rule Policy Precedence RulesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Static and Dynamic SettingsLacks Mail Journaling Policy Management ToolsDomino Directory Access for Registering Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policy Management Development ToolsServers Journaling and Mail Routing Use of an Organizational Policy Need for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anServer ID File Storage Options Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Explicit PolicyTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Assignment MethodsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Assignment During RegistrationThe Standard Directory Structure Field Names Associated with Tags Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Central Directory Structure Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist The Effect of Multiple Policies Replicating a Subset of Documents in the or Whitelist Tags Lotus Domino Server ConsoleDomino Directory Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administration TasksServer Setup Profiles Quotas Message Color-Coding on the ServerClearing the Server ID Password Quota Implementation Options Console The Certification Log Quota Restrictions Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Databases on the ServerCertifiers Inbox Maintenance Server Access Control MechanismsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Inbox Maintenance Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to User Access to the ServerUser Registration Options Control Inbox Size When to Restart the Server Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe License Tracking Database Archiving Administration LevelsInternet Password Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Administration Level DetailsInternet Password Locking Archive Policy Documents The Full Access Administrator LevelID File Distribution Options Archive Policy Settings Document Full Access Administrator Best PracticesTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Archive Criteria Settings Document The Domino Web AdministratorUser Registration Text Files Checklist for Monitoring Mail Administration Levels and the LotusHow to Register Users from a Text File Types of Misdelivered Mail Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Checking Mail Delivery Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsChanges Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Domino Server LogDomino Directory Document Mail Statistics The Notes.ini FileSynchronization Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Logging Levels Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Tracking Server Groups and Replication Workstation Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWorkstation Setup for Additional What is Message Recall? DocumentWorkstations Message Recall Options Replication ControlsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Configuring the Message Recall Feature Replication TypesInstallation Troubleshooting Stages Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Pull Push ReplicationTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Multiple Replication HubsServers When to Restart the Router Critical Application SchedulingThe Administration Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Replication Schedule Criteria Components of the Administration Process When to Force Mail Routing Mail Routing ComponentsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTiming and Execution of Administration Dead Mail NNNs Process Requests The Delivery Failure Process Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeNested Groups Mail Routing TopologyThe Deny List Only Group Type Lesson 6: Synchronizing IBM Lotus Domino The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingGroup Precedence in Database Access System Databases TopologyAuto-populated Groups line How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 6A: Creating Server Groups for TopologyPolicies Replication Opportunistic RoutingPolicy Documents Server Databases to Replicate Connection Document Mail RoutingPolicy Types OptionsSettings Document Types Router Types and Connection Documents Policy Precedence Rules line Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatStatic and Dynamic Settings Planning Guidelines for Incoming MailPolicy Management Tools The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mail Storage Formats Policy Management Development Tools Plan SMTP


Use of an Organizational Policy Supported Platforms and System SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Requirements SMTP Best PracticesPolicy Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Internet Mail RoutingPolicy Assignment Methods Domino Server Software The SMTP Listener and Router TasksPolicy Assignment During Registration Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Methods for Enabling SMTP Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Effect of Multiple Policies Domino Administrator Client Software SettingsLotus Domino Server Console The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and SMTP Settings Administration Tasks Basic Configurations Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMessage Color-Coding on the Server What is Eclipse? SMTP Inbound ControlsConsole Client Installation Types SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create What is Lotus Expeditor? Message Relay Prevention Databases on the Server Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistServer Access Control Mechanisms Eclipse Update Sites FiltersRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Automated Installation Options for What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?User Access to the Server Eclipse Components The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWhen to Restart the Server Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministration Levels First Server the DNS Whitelist?Administration Level Details The Server Setup Process DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe Full Access Administrator Level The Domino Directory Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersFull Access Administrator Best Practices Replicas of the Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Domino Web Administrator Comparing Domains and Organizations the DNS Blacklist?Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Purposes of Organizational Units What are Private Whitelist Filters?Web Administrator Application Alternatives to Organizational Units Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Descendants of the Organization Certifier What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Domino Server Log Organization Security the Private Whitelist?The Notes.ini File Organization Certifier ID Security What are Private Blacklist Filters?Logging Levels Authentication Between Organizations Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersServer Groups and Replication Country Codes What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Server Audience Types the Private Blacklist?Replication Controls The Lotus Domino Server Log Order of Whitelist and BlacklistReplication Types Administrators Group Security Options PrecedenceMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 1E: Configuring the First How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistPull Push Replication Workstation Filters Multiple Replication Hubs The Client Configuration Program Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPCritical Application Scheduling Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to (E/SMTP) OptionsReplication Schedule Criteria Administrators and Servers E/SMTP Settings Mail Routing Components Access in the Domino Directory Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Special Privilege of the When to Set Internet AddressesNNNs LocalDomainAdmins Group Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 8G: Testing SMTPMail Routing Topology Group Lacks An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 9B: Implementing MessageHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Servers DisclaimersTopology Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message DisclaimersOpportunistic Routing Server ID File Storage Options The Message Disclaimer ImplementationConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting ProcessRouter Types and Connection Documents Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Standard Directory Structure Enabling Server Message Disclaimersfor Incoming Mail The Central Directory Structure Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMail Storage Formats Replicating a Subset of Documents in the SettingsSMTP Domino Directory Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMESMTP Implementation Scenarios Server Setup Profiles Messages SMTP Best Practices Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryInternet Mail Routing The Certification Log ControlsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Administrator Access to Register OU Delivery Controls Methods for Enabling SMTP Certifiers Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Need for Selecting a Registration Server ControlsSMTP Settings Topic 3B: Registering New Mail Transfer Controls Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Administrators Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerSMTP Inbound Controls User Registration Options MailboxesSMTP Outbound Controls Administrator Access to Register Users Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Relay Prevention The License Tracking Database How Mail Rules WorkTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Internet Password Options Mail Rule ActionsFilters Internet Password Locking Activating a Server Mail Rule


What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? ID File Distribution Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Mail JournalingEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters User Registration Text Files Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the How to Register Users from a Text File Journaling and Mail RoutingDNS Whitelist? Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Journaling and Server Configuration DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Changes Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Domino Directory Document Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Synchronization Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDNS Blacklist? Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Field Names Associated with TagsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Workstation Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Workstation Setup for Additional Whitelist Tags What Happens When a Host is Found in the Workstations Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasPrivate Whitelist? Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus QuotasWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino Installation Quota Implementation OptionsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters The Lotus Domino Administrator Quota Restrictions What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withPrivate Blacklist? Servers Inbox MaintenanceOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence The Administration Process Inbox MaintenanceHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Components of the Administration Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Process Control Inbox Size (E/SMTP) Options Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 10F: Archiving MailE/SMTP Settings Timing and Execution of Administration ArchivingTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Process Requests Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesWhen to Set Internet Addresses Nested Groups Archive Policy DocumentsInternet Address Lookup Options The Deny List Only Group Type Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Group Precedence in Database Access Archive Criteria Settings Document An Implementation of SMTP Routing Auto-populated Groups Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Types of Misdelivered MailDisclaimers Policy Checking Mail Delivery Message Disclaimers Policies Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Policy Documents Mail Statistics Process Policy Types Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Settings Document Types Message Tracking Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Policy Precedence Rules Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Static and Dynamic Settings What is Message Recall?Settings Policy Management Tools Message Recall OptionsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Policy Management Development Tools Configuring the Message Recall Feature Messages Use of an Organizational Policy Troubleshooting StagesTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an The Mail Trace Tool Controls Explicit Policy Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterDelivery Controls Policy Assignment Methods When to Restart the Router Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingControls Dynamic Policy Assignments When to Force Mail Routing Mail Transfer Controls The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Lotus Domino Server Console Dead MailMailboxes Administration Tasks The Delivery Failure ProcessBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Color-Coding on the ServerHow Mail Rules Work Console Mail Rule Actions Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create lineActivating a Server Mail Rule Databases on the Server Planning GuidelinesTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Server Access Control Mechanisms The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentMail Journaling Restrictions for Authorizing Server PlanJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Access Supported Platforms and SystemJournaling and Mail Routing User Access to the Server Requirements Journaling and Server Configuration When to Restart the Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Server SoftwareWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Administration Levels Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Tag Mail Rule Conditions Administration Level Details Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoField Names Associated with Tags The Full Access Administrator Level Administrator Client SoftwareOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWhitelist Tags The Domino Web Administrator Basic ConfigurationsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Administration Levels and the Lotus What is Eclipse?Quotas Domino Web Administrator Application Client Installation TypesQuota Implementation Options Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels What is Lotus Expeditor?Quota Restrictions The Domino Server Log Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Notes.ini File Eclipse Update Sites


Maintenance Logging Levels Automated Installation Options for EclipseInbox Maintenance Server Groups and Replication ComponentsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Control Inbox Size Document Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Replication Controls First ServerArchiving Replication Types The Server Setup ProcessBenefits of Archiving and Policies Methods for Forcing Replication The Domino DirectoryArchive Policy Documents Pull Push Replication Replicas of the Domino DirectoryArchive Policy Settings Document Multiple Replication Hubs Comparing Domains and OrganizationsArchive Criteria Settings Document Critical Application Scheduling Purposes of Organizational UnitsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Replication Schedule Criteria Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Mail Routing Components Descendants of the Organization CertifierChecking Mail Delivery Mail Routing Behavior Within and Organization SecurityTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Between NNNs Organization Certifier ID SecurityMail Statistics Topic 7B: Implementing a Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Country CodesMessage Tracking The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Server Audience TypesTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topology The Lotus Domino Server LogWhat is Message Recall? How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrators Group Security Options Message Recall Options Topology Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Opportunistic Routing WorkstationTroubleshooting Stages Connection Document Mail Routing The Client Configuration Program The Mail Trace Tool Options Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Router Types and Connection Administrators and ServersWhen to Restart the Router Documents Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage The Special Privilege of theWhen to Force Mail Routing Format for Incoming Mail LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Mail Storage Formats Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMail SMTP Lacks The Delivery Failure Process SMTP Implementation Scenarios Domino Directory Access for Registering

SMTP Best Practices ServersInternet Mail Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server

line The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Server ID File Storage Options Planning Guidelines Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersPlan Settings The Standard Directory StructureSupported Platforms and System SMTP Settings The Central Directory StructureRequirements Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Delivery Domino DirectoryServer Software SMTP Inbound Controls Server Setup ProfilesLotus Domino Server Installation Types SMTP Outbound Controls Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Message Relay Prevention The Certification LogAdministrator Client Software Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administrator Access to Register OUThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Filters CertifiersBasic Configurations What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Need for Selecting a Registration Server What is Eclipse? The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsClient Installation Types Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters User Registration OptionsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? What Happens When a Host is Found in Administrator Access to Register UsersExpeditor Component Packaging the DNS Whitelist? The License Tracking DatabaseEclipse Update Sites DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Internet Password OptionsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Internet Password LockingComponents What Happens When a Host is Found in ID File Distribution Options Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation the DNS Blacklist? Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What are Private Whitelist Filters? User Registration Text FilesFirst Server Enabling Private Whitelist Filters How to Register Users from a Text File The Server Setup Process What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentThe Domino Directory the Private Whitelist? ChangesReplicas of the Domino Directory What are Private Blacklist Filters? Domino Directory DocumentComparing Domains and Organizations Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Synchronization Purposes of Organizational Units What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorAlternatives to Organizational Units the Private Blacklist? WorkstationDescendants of the Organization Certifier Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Workstation Setup for AdditionalOrganization Security Precedence Workstations Organization Certifier ID Security How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoAuthentication Between Organizations Filters InstallationCountry Codes Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Lotus Domino Administrator


Server Audience Types (E/SMTP) Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Lotus Domino Server Log E/SMTP Settings ServersAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet The Administration ProcessTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Addressing Components of the Administration ProcessThe Client Configuration Program When to Set Internet Addresses Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Internet Address Lookup Options Timing and Execution of Administrationand Servers Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Process Requests Access in the Domino Directory An Implementation of SMTP Routing Nested GroupsThe Special Privilege of the Topic 9B: Implementing Message The Deny List Only Group TypeLocalDomainAdmins Group Disclaimers Group Precedence in Database AccessPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Message Disclaimers Auto-populated Groups Lacks The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalDomino Directory Access for Registering Process PolicyServers Options for Attaching Disclaimers PoliciesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Policy DocumentsServer ID File Storage Options Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Policy TypesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Settings Settings Document TypesAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Policy Precedence RulesThe Standard Directory Structure Messages Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Central Directory Structure Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Policy Management ToolsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Controls Policy Management Development ToolsDomino Directory Delivery Controls Use of an Organizational Policy Server Setup Profiles Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anClearing the Server ID Password Controls Explicit PolicyThe Certification Log Mail Transfer Controls Policy Assignment MethodsAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Policy Assignment During RegistrationCertifiers Mailboxes Dynamic Policy AssignmentsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators How Mail Rules Work Lotus Domino Server ConsoleUser Registration Options Mail Rule Actions Administration TasksAdministrator Access to Register Users Activating a Server Mail Rule Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe License Tracking Database Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Console Internet Password Options Mail Journaling Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateInternet Password Locking Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Databases on the ServerID File Distribution Options Journaling and Mail Routing Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Journaling and Server Configuration Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessUser Registration Text Files Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag User Access to the ServerHow to Register Users from a Text File and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions When to Restart the Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsChanges Field Names Associated with Tags Administration LevelsDomino Directory Document Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Administration Level DetailsSynchronization or Whitelist Tags The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWorkstation Quotas The Domino Web AdministratorWorkstation Setup for Additional Quota Implementation Options Administration Levels and the LotusWorkstations Quota Restrictions Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsInstallation Inbox Maintenance The Domino Server LogThe Lotus Domino Administrator Inbox Maintenance The Notes.ini FileTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Logging Levels Servers Control Inbox Size Server Groups and Replication The Administration Process Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionComponents of the Administration Process Archiving DocumentDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Benefits of Archiving and Policies Replication ControlsTiming and Execution of Administration Archive Policy Documents Replication TypesProcess Requests Archive Policy Settings Document Methods for Forcing ReplicationNested Groups Archive Criteria Settings Document Pull Push ReplicationThe Deny List Only Group Type Checklist for Monitoring Mail Multiple Replication HubsGroup Precedence in Database Access Types of Misdelivered Mail Critical Application SchedulingAuto-populated Groups Checking Mail Delivery Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Mail Routing ComponentsPolicies Mail Statistics Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenPolicy Documents Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking NNNs Policy Types Message Tracking Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeSettings Document Types Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Mail Routing TopologyPolicy Precedence Rules What is Message Recall? The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing


Static and Dynamic Settings Message Recall Options TopologyPolicy Management Tools Configuring the Message Recall Feature How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokePolicy Management Development Tools Troubleshooting Stages TopologyUse of an Organizational Policy The Mail Trace Tool Opportunistic RoutingTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Connection Document Mail RoutingPolicy When to Restart the Router OptionsPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Router Types and Connection Documents Policy Assignment During Registration When to Force Mail Routing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatDynamic Policy Assignments Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and for Incoming MailThe Effect of Multiple Policies Dead Mail Mail Storage Formats Lotus Domino Server Console The Delivery Failure Process SMTPAdministration Tasks SMTP Implementation ScenariosMessage Color-Coding on the Server SMTP Best PracticesConsole line Internet Mail RoutingTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Planning Guidelines The SMTP Listener and Router TasksDatabases on the Server The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Methods for Enabling SMTP Server Access Control Mechanisms Plan Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Supported Platforms and System SettingsUser Access to the Server Requirements SMTP Settings When to Restart the Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Domino Server Software SMTP Inbound ControlsAdministration Levels Lotus Domino Server Installation Types SMTP Outbound ControlsAdministration Level Details Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Message Relay Prevention The Full Access Administrator Level Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistFull Access Administrator Best Practices The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and FiltersThe Domino Web Administrator Basic Configurations What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino What is Eclipse? The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWeb Administrator Application Client Installation Types Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels What is Lotus Expeditor? What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Domino Server Log Expeditor Component Packaging the DNS Whitelist?The Notes.ini File Eclipse Update Sites DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsLogging Levels Automated Installation Options for Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersServer Groups and Replication Eclipse Components What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation the DNS Blacklist?Replication Controls Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What are Private Whitelist Filters?Replication Types First Server Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMethods for Forcing Replication The Server Setup Process What Happens When a Host is Found inPull Push Replication The Domino Directory the Private Whitelist?Multiple Replication Hubs Replicas of the Domino Directory What are Private Blacklist Filters?Critical Application Scheduling Comparing Domains and Organizations Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersReplication Schedule Criteria Purposes of Organizational Units What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Routing Components Alternatives to Organizational Units the Private Blacklist?Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Descendants of the Organization Certifier Order of Whitelist and BlacklistNNNs Organization Security PrecedenceTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Organization Certifier ID Security How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistMail Routing Topology Authentication Between Organizations Filters The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Country Codes Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Server Audience Types (E/SMTP) OptionsTopology The Lotus Domino Server Log E/SMTP Settings Opportunistic Routing Administrators Group Security Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 1E: Configuring the First When to Set Internet AddressesRouter Types and Connection Documents Workstation Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Client Configuration Program Topic 8G: Testing SMTPfor Incoming Mail Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Storage Formats Administrators and Servers Topic 9B: Implementing MessageSMTP Access in the Domino Directory DisclaimersSMTP Implementation Scenarios The Special Privilege of the Message DisclaimersSMTP Best Practices LocalDomainAdmins Group The Message Disclaimer ImplementationInternet Mail Routing Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins ProcessThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Group Lacks Options for Attaching DisclaimersMethods for Enabling SMTP Domino Directory Access for Registering Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Servers Creating Message Disclaimer PolicySMTP Settings Need for Selecting a Registration Server SettingsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Server ID File Storage Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMESMTP Inbound Controls Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Messages SMTP Outbound Controls Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery


Message Relay Prevention The Standard Directory Structure ControlsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Central Directory Structure Delivery Controls Filters Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Domino Directory ControlsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Server Setup Profiles Mail Transfer Controls Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Certification Log MailboxesDNS Whitelist? Administrator Access to Register OU Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Certifiers How Mail Rules WorkEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Rule ActionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3B: Registering New Activating a Server Mail Rule DNS Blacklist? Administrators Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? User Registration Options Mail JournalingEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Administrator Access to Register Users Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The License Tracking Database Journaling and Mail RoutingPrivate Whitelist? Internet Password Options Journaling and Server Configuration What are Private Blacklist Filters? Internet Password Locking Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andEnabling Private Blacklist Filters ID File Distribution Options Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Tag Mail Rule ConditionsPrivate Blacklist? User Registration Text Files Field Names Associated with TagsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence How to Register Users from a Text File Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Whitelist Tags Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Changes Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas(E/SMTP) Options Domino Directory Document QuotasE/SMTP Settings Synchronization Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Quota Restrictions When to Set Internet Addresses Workstation Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInternet Address Lookup Options Workstation Setup for Additional Inbox MaintenanceTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Workstations Inbox MaintenanceAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 9B: Implementing Message Domino Installation Control Inbox Size Disclaimers The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 10F: Archiving MailMessage Disclaimers Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple ArchivingThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Servers Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesProcess The Administration Process Archive Policy DocumentsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Components of the Administration Archive Policy Settings DocumentEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Process Archive Criteria Settings Document Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Database Tools in Domino Administrator Checklist for Monitoring MailSettings Timing and Execution of Administration Types of Misdelivered MailUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Process Requests Checking Mail Delivery Messages Nested Groups Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Deny List Only Group Type Mail Statistics Controls Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingDelivery Controls Auto-populated Groups Message Tracking Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallControls Policy What is Message Recall?Mail Transfer Controls Policies Message Recall OptionsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Policy Documents Configuring the Message Recall Feature Mailboxes Policy Types Troubleshooting StagesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Settings Document Types The Mail Trace Tool How Mail Rules Work Policy Precedence Rules Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMail Rule Actions Static and Dynamic Settings When to Restart the Router Activating a Server Mail Rule Policy Management Tools Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Policy Management Development Tools When to Force Mail Routing Mail Journaling Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Dead MailJournaling and Mail Routing Explicit Policy The Delivery Failure ProcessJournaling and Server Configuration Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Dynamic Policy Assignments lineTag Mail Rule Conditions The Effect of Multiple Policies Planning GuidelinesField Names Associated with Tags Lotus Domino Server Console The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Administration Tasks PlanWhitelist Tags Message Color-Coding on the Server Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Console Requirements Quotas Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino


Quota Implementation Options Databases on the Server Server SoftwareQuota Restrictions Server Access Control Mechanisms Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMaintenance Access Administrator Client SoftwareInbox Maintenance User Access to the Server The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to When to Restart the Server Basic ConfigurationsControl Inbox Size Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels What is Eclipse?Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Administration Levels Client Installation TypesArchiving Administration Level Details What is Lotus Expeditor?Benefits of Archiving and Policies The Full Access Administrator Level Expeditor Component PackagingArchive Policy Documents Full Access Administrator Best Practices Eclipse Update SitesArchive Policy Settings Document The Domino Web Administrator Automated Installation Options for EclipseArchive Criteria Settings Document Administration Levels and the Lotus ComponentsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Domino Web Administrator Application Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theChecking Mail Delivery The Domino Server Log First ServerTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Notes.ini File The Server Setup ProcessMail Statistics Logging Levels The Domino DirectoryTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Server Groups and Replication Replicas of the Domino DirectoryMessage Tracking Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Document Purposes of Organizational UnitsWhat is Message Recall? Replication Controls Alternatives to Organizational UnitsMessage Recall Options Replication Types Descendants of the Organization CertifierConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Methods for Forcing Replication Organization SecurityTroubleshooting Stages Pull Push Replication Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Mail Trace Tool Multiple Replication Hubs Authentication Between OrganizationsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Critical Application Scheduling Country CodesWhen to Restart the Router Replication Schedule Criteria Server Audience TypesTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Mail Routing Components The Lotus Domino Server LogWhen to Force Mail Routing Mail Routing Behavior Within and Administrators Group Security Options Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Between NNNs Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMail Topic 7B: Implementing a WorkstationThe Delivery Failure Process Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Client Configuration Program

The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toTopology Administrators and Servers

line How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Access in the Domino DirectoryPlanning Guidelines Topology The Special Privilege of theThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Opportunistic Routing LocalDomainAdmins GroupPlan Connection Document Mail Routing Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupSupported Platforms and System Options Lacks Requirements Router Types and Connection Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Documents ServersServer Software Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Need for Selecting a Registration ServerLotus Domino Server Installation Types Format for Incoming Mail Server ID File Storage Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Mail Storage Formats Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAdministrator Client Software SMTP Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Standard Directory StructureBasic Configurations SMTP Best Practices The Central Directory StructureWhat is Eclipse? Internet Mail Routing Replicating a Subset of Documents in theClient Installation Types The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Domino DirectoryWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Methods for Enabling SMTP Server Setup ProfilesExpeditor Component Packaging Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Clearing the Server ID Password Eclipse Update Sites Settings The Certification LogAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse SMTP Settings Administrator Access to Register OUComponents Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail CertifiersMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Delivery Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsFirst Server SMTP Outbound Controls User Registration OptionsThe Server Setup Process Message Relay Prevention Administrator Access to Register UsersThe Domino Directory Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The License Tracking DatabaseReplicas of the Domino Directory Filters Internet Password OptionsComparing Domains and Organizations What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Internet Password LockingPurposes of Organizational Units The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process ID File Distribution Options Alternatives to Organizational Units Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileDescendants of the Organization Certifier What Happens When a Host is Found in User Registration Text FilesOrganization Security the DNS Whitelist? How to Register Users from a Text File


Organization Certifier ID Security DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentAuthentication Between Organizations Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters ChangesCountry Codes What Happens When a Host is Found in Domino Directory DocumentServer Audience Types the DNS Blacklist? Synchronization The Lotus Domino Server Log What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorAdministrators Group Security Options Enabling Private Whitelist Filters WorkstationTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Client Configuration Program the Private Whitelist? Workstations Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Dominoand Servers Enabling Private Blacklist Filters InstallationAccess in the Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found in The Lotus Domino Administrator The Special Privilege of the the Private Blacklist? Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleLocalDomainAdmins Group Order of Whitelist and Blacklist ServersPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Precedence The Administration ProcessLacks How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Components of the Administration ProcessDomino Directory Access for Registering Filters Database Tools in Domino AdministratorServers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Timing and Execution of AdministrationNeed for Selecting a Registration Server (E/SMTP) Options Process Requests Server ID File Storage Options E/SMTP Settings Nested GroupsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 8F: Configuring Internet The Deny List Only Group TypeAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Addressing Group Precedence in Database AccessThe Standard Directory Structure When to Set Internet Addresses Auto-populated Groups The Central Directory Structure Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8G: Testing SMTP PolicyDomino Directory An Implementation of SMTP Routing PoliciesServer Setup Profiles Topic 9B: Implementing Message Policy DocumentsClearing the Server ID Password Disclaimers Policy TypesThe Certification Log Message Disclaimers Settings Document TypesAdministrator Access to Register OU The Message Disclaimer Implementation Policy Precedence RulesCertifiers Process Static and Dynamic SettingsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Options for Attaching Disclaimers Policy Management ToolsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Policy Management Development ToolsUser Registration Options Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Use of an Organizational Policy Administrator Access to Register Users Settings Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe License Tracking Database Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Explicit PolicyInternet Password Options Messages Policy Assignment MethodsInternet Password Locking Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Policy Assignment During RegistrationID File Distribution Options Controls Dynamic Policy AssignmentsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Delivery Controls The Effect of Multiple Policies User Registration Text Files Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Lotus Domino Server ConsoleHow to Register Users from a Text File Controls Administration TasksTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Mail Transfer Controls Message Color-Coding on the ServerChanges Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Console Domino Directory Document Mailboxes Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateSynchronization Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Databases on the ServerTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator How Mail Rules Work Server Access Control MechanismsWorkstation Mail Rule Actions Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWorkstation Setup for Additional Activating a Server Mail Rule User Access to the ServerWorkstations Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling When to Restart the Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Mail Journaling Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsInstallation Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Administration LevelsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Journaling and Mail Routing Administration Level DetailsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Journaling and Server Configuration The Full Access Administrator LevelServers Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Administration Process and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Domino Web AdministratorComponents of the Administration Process Tag Mail Rule Conditions Administration Levels and the LotusDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Field Names Associated with Tags Domino Web Administrator Application Timing and Execution of Administration Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsProcess Requests or Whitelist Tags The Domino Server LogNested Groups Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The Notes.ini FileThe Deny List Only Group Type Quotas Logging Levels Group Precedence in Database Access Quota Implementation Options Server Groups and Replication Auto-populated Groups Quota Restrictions Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with DocumentPolicies Inbox Maintenance Replication ControlsPolicy Documents Inbox Maintenance Replication Types


Policy Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Methods for Forcing ReplicationSettings Document Types Control Inbox Size Pull Push ReplicationPolicy Precedence Rules Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Multiple Replication HubsStatic and Dynamic Settings Archiving Critical Application SchedulingPolicy Management Tools Benefits of Archiving and Policies Replication Schedule Criteria Policy Management Development Tools Archive Policy Documents Mail Routing ComponentsUse of an Organizational Policy Archive Policy Settings Document Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Archive Criteria Settings Document NNNs Policy Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokePolicy Assignment Methods Types of Misdelivered Mail Mail Routing TopologyPolicy Assignment During Registration Checking Mail Delivery The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingDynamic Policy Assignments Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics TopologyThe Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Statistics How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeLotus Domino Server Console Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking TopologyAdministration Tasks Message Tracking Opportunistic RoutingMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Connection Document Mail RoutingConsole What is Message Recall? OptionsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Message Recall Options Router Types and Connection Documents Databases on the Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatServer Access Control Mechanisms Troubleshooting Stages for Incoming MailRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Mail Trace Tool Mail Storage Formats User Access to the Server Topic 12B: Restarting the Router SMTPWhen to Restart the Server When to Restart the Router SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing SMTP Best PracticesAdministration Levels When to Force Mail Routing Internet Mail RoutingAdministration Level Details Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and The SMTP Listener and Router TasksThe Full Access Administrator Level Dead Mail Methods for Enabling SMTP Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Delivery Failure Process Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe Domino Web Administrator SettingsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino SMTP Settings Web Administrator Application line Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Planning Guidelines SMTP Inbound ControlsThe Domino Server Log The Worldwide Corporation Deployment SMTP Outbound ControlsThe Notes.ini File Plan Message Relay Prevention Logging Levels Supported Platforms and System Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistServer Groups and Replication Requirements FiltersTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Replication Controls Domino Server Software The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessReplication Types Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus What Happens When a Host is Found inPull Push Replication Domino Administrator Client Software the DNS Whitelist?Multiple Replication Hubs The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsCritical Application Scheduling Basic Configurations Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersReplication Schedule Criteria What is Eclipse? What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Routing Components Client Installation Types the DNS Blacklist?Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between What is Lotus Expeditor? What are Private Whitelist Filters?NNNs Expeditor Component Packaging Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Eclipse Update Sites What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Routing Topology Automated Installation Options for the Private Whitelist?The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Eclipse Components What are Private Blacklist Filters?How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopology Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What Happens When a Host is Found inOpportunistic Routing First Server the Private Blacklist?Connection Document Mail Routing Options The Server Setup Process Order of Whitelist and BlacklistRouter Types and Connection Documents The Domino Directory PrecedenceTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Replicas of the Domino Directory How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklistfor Incoming Mail Comparing Domains and Organizations Filters Mail Storage Formats Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPSMTP Alternatives to Organizational Units (E/SMTP) OptionsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Descendants of the Organization Certifier E/SMTP Settings SMTP Best Practices Organization Security Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingInternet Mail Routing Organization Certifier ID Security When to Set Internet AddressesThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Authentication Between Organizations Internet Address Lookup Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Country Codes Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Server Audience Types An Implementation of SMTP Routing SMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 9B: Implementing Message


Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Administrators Group Security Options DisclaimersSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 1E: Configuring the First Message DisclaimersSMTP Outbound Controls Workstation The Message Disclaimer ImplementationMessage Relay Prevention The Client Configuration Program ProcessTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Options for Attaching DisclaimersFilters Administrators and Servers Enabling Server Message DisclaimersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Access in the Domino Directory Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Special Privilege of the SettingsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters LocalDomainAdmins Group Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Messages DNS Whitelist? Group Lacks Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Domino Directory Access for Registering ControlsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Servers Delivery Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in the Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDNS Blacklist? Server ID File Storage Options ControlsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Mail Transfer Controls Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Standard Directory Structure MailboxesPrivate Whitelist? The Central Directory Structure Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes What are Private Blacklist Filters? Replicating a Subset of Documents in the How Mail Rules WorkEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Domino Directory Mail Rule ActionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server Setup Profiles Activating a Server Mail Rule Private Blacklist? Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence The Certification Log Mail JournalingHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Administrator Access to Register OU Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Certifiers Journaling and Mail Routing(E/SMTP) Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Server Configuration E/SMTP Settings Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Administrators Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhen to Set Internet Addresses User Registration Options Tag Mail Rule ConditionsInternet Address Lookup Options Administrator Access to Register Users Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The License Tracking Database Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Internet Password Options Whitelist Tags Topic 9B: Implementing Message Internet Password Locking Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasDisclaimers ID File Distribution Options QuotasMessage Disclaimers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Quota Implementation OptionsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation User Registration Text Files Quota Restrictions Process How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Inbox MaintenanceEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Changes Inbox MaintenanceCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Domino Directory Document Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toSettings Synchronization Control Inbox Size Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 10F: Archiving MailMessages Workstation ArchivingTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Workstation Setup for Additional Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesControls Workstations Archive Policy DocumentsDelivery Controls Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Domino Installation Archive Criteria Settings Document Controls The Lotus Domino Administrator Checklist for Monitoring MailMail Transfer Controls Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Servers Checking Mail Delivery Mailboxes The Administration Process Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Components of the Administration Mail Statistics How Mail Rules Work Process Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMail Rule Actions Database Tools in Domino Administrator Message Tracking Activating a Server Mail Rule Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Process Requests What is Message Recall?Mail Journaling Nested Groups Message Recall OptionsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Deny List Only Group Type Configuring the Message Recall Feature Journaling and Mail Routing Group Precedence in Database Access Troubleshooting StagesJournaling and Server Configuration Auto-populated Groups The Mail Trace Tool Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy When to Restart the Router Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policies Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingField Names Associated with Tags Policy Documents When to Force Mail Routing Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Policy Types Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and


Whitelist Tags Settings Document Types Dead MailTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Policy Precedence Rules The Delivery Failure ProcessQuotas Static and Dynamic SettingsQuota Implementation Options Policy Management ToolsQuota Restrictions Policy Management Development Tools lineTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Use of an Organizational Policy Planning GuidelinesMaintenance Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentInbox Maintenance Explicit Policy PlanUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Assignment Methods Supported Platforms and SystemControl Inbox Size Policy Assignment During Registration Requirements Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Dynamic Policy Assignments Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoArchiving The Effect of Multiple Policies Server SoftwareBenefits of Archiving and Policies Lotus Domino Server Console Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Archive Policy Documents Administration Tasks Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoArchive Policy Settings Document Message Color-Coding on the Server Administrator Client SoftwareArchive Criteria Settings Document Console The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Basic ConfigurationsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Databases on the Server What is Eclipse?Checking Mail Delivery Server Access Control Mechanisms Client Installation TypesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Restrictions for Authorizing Server What is Lotus Expeditor?Mail Statistics Access Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking User Access to the Server Eclipse Update SitesMessage Tracking When to Restart the Server Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels ComponentsWhat is Message Recall? Administration Levels Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Message Recall Options Administration Level Details Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theConfiguring the Message Recall Feature The Full Access Administrator Level First ServerTroubleshooting Stages Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Server Setup ProcessThe Mail Trace Tool The Domino Web Administrator The Domino DirectoryTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Administration Levels and the Lotus Replicas of the Domino DirectoryWhen to Restart the Router Domino Web Administrator Application Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Purposes of Organizational UnitsWhen to Force Mail Routing The Domino Server Log Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The Notes.ini File Descendants of the Organization CertifierMail Logging Levels Organization SecurityThe Delivery Failure Process Server Groups and Replication Organization Certifier ID Security

Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Authentication Between OrganizationsDocument Country Codes

line Replication Controls Server Audience TypesPlanning Guidelines Replication Types The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Methods for Forcing Replication Administrators Group Security Options Plan Pull Push Replication Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstSupported Platforms and System Multiple Replication Hubs WorkstationRequirements Critical Application Scheduling The Client Configuration Program Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toServer Software Mail Routing Components Administrators and ServersLotus Domino Server Installation Types Mail Routing Behavior Within and Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Between NNNs The Special Privilege of theAdministrator Client Software Topic 7B: Implementing a LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupBasic Configurations The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Lacks What is Eclipse? Topology Domino Directory Access for RegisteringClient Installation Types How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke ServersWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topology Need for Selecting a Registration ServerExpeditor Component Packaging Opportunistic Routing Server ID File Storage Options Eclipse Update Sites Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Options Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersComponents Router Types and Connection The Standard Directory StructureMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Documents The Central Directory StructureTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Replicating a Subset of Documents in theFirst Server Format for Incoming Mail Domino DirectoryThe Server Setup Process Mail Storage Formats Server Setup ProfilesThe Domino Directory SMTP Clearing the Server ID Password Replicas of the Domino Directory SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Certification LogComparing Domains and Organizations SMTP Best Practices Administrator Access to Register OUPurposes of Organizational Units Internet Mail Routing Certifiers


Alternatives to Organizational Units The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Need for Selecting a Registration Server Descendants of the Organization Certifier Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsOrganization Security Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP User Registration OptionsOrganization Certifier ID Security Settings Administrator Access to Register UsersAuthentication Between Organizations SMTP Settings The License Tracking DatabaseCountry Codes Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Internet Password OptionsServer Audience Types Delivery Internet Password LockingThe Lotus Domino Server Log SMTP Inbound Controls ID File Distribution Options Administrators Group Security Options SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Message Relay Prevention User Registration Text FilesThe Client Configuration Program Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Filters Topic 3D: Replicating Server Documentand Servers What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? ChangesAccess in the Domino Directory The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Domino Directory DocumentThe Special Privilege of the Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Synchronization LocalDomainAdmins Group What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group the DNS Whitelist? WorkstationLacks DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Workstation Setup for AdditionalDomino Directory Access for Registering Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Workstations Servers What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoNeed for Selecting a Registration Server the DNS Blacklist? InstallationServer ID File Storage Options What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers What Happens When a Host is Found in ServersThe Standard Directory Structure the Private Whitelist? The Administration ProcessThe Central Directory Structure What are Private Blacklist Filters? Components of the Administration ProcessReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Database Tools in Domino AdministratorDomino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found in Timing and Execution of AdministrationServer Setup Profiles the Private Blacklist? Process Requests Clearing the Server ID Password Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Nested GroupsThe Certification Log Precedence The Deny List Only Group TypeAdministrator Access to Register OU How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Group Precedence in Database AccessCertifiers Filters Auto-populated Groups Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators (E/SMTP) Options PolicyUser Registration Options E/SMTP Settings PoliciesAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Policy DocumentsThe License Tracking Database Addressing Policy TypesInternet Password Options When to Set Internet Addresses Settings Document TypesInternet Password Locking Internet Address Lookup Options Policy Precedence RulesID File Distribution Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File An Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Management ToolsUser Registration Text Files Topic 9B: Implementing Message Policy Management Development ToolsHow to Register Users from a Text File Disclaimers Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Message Disclaimers Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anChanges The Message Disclaimer Implementation Explicit PolicyDomino Directory Document Process Policy Assignment MethodsSynchronization Options for Attaching Disclaimers Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWorkstation Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Effect of Multiple Policies Workstation Setup for Additional Settings Lotus Domino Server ConsoleWorkstations Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administration TasksTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Messages Message Color-Coding on the ServerInstallation Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Console The Lotus Domino Administrator Controls Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Delivery Controls Databases on the ServerServers Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Server Access Control MechanismsThe Administration Process Controls Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessComponents of the Administration Process Mail Transfer Controls User Access to the ServerDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server When to Restart the Server Timing and Execution of Administration Mailboxes Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsProcess Requests Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Administration LevelsNested Groups How Mail Rules Work Administration Level DetailsThe Deny List Only Group Type Mail Rule Actions The Full Access Administrator LevelGroup Precedence in Database Access Activating a Server Mail Rule Full Access Administrator Best PracticesAuto-populated Groups Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The Domino Web Administrator


Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Mail Journaling Administration Levels and the LotusPolicies Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Domino Web Administrator Application Policy Documents Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsPolicy Types Journaling and Server Configuration The Domino Server LogSettings Document Types Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The Notes.ini FilePolicy Precedence Rules and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Logging Levels Static and Dynamic Settings Tag Mail Rule Conditions Server Groups and Replication Policy Management Tools Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionPolicy Management Development Tools Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist DocumentUse of an Organizational Policy or Whitelist Tags Replication ControlsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Replication TypesPolicy Quotas Methods for Forcing ReplicationPolicy Assignment Methods Quota Implementation Options Pull Push ReplicationPolicy Assignment During Registration Quota Restrictions Multiple Replication HubsDynamic Policy Assignments Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Critical Application SchedulingThe Effect of Multiple Policies Inbox Maintenance Replication Schedule Criteria Lotus Domino Server Console Inbox Maintenance Mail Routing ComponentsAdministration Tasks Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMessage Color-Coding on the Server Control Inbox Size NNNs Console Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Archiving Mail Routing TopologyDatabases on the Server Benefits of Archiving and Policies The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingServer Access Control Mechanisms Archive Policy Documents TopologyRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Archive Policy Settings Document How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeUser Access to the Server Archive Criteria Settings Document TopologyWhen to Restart the Server Checklist for Monitoring Mail Opportunistic RoutingTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Types of Misdelivered Mail Connection Document Mail RoutingAdministration Levels Checking Mail Delivery OptionsAdministration Level Details Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Router Types and Connection Documents The Full Access Administrator Level Mail Statistics Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking for Incoming MailThe Domino Web Administrator Message Tracking Mail Storage Formats Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall SMTPWeb Administrator Application What is Message Recall? SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Message Recall Options SMTP Best PracticesThe Domino Server Log Configuring the Message Recall Feature Internet Mail RoutingThe Notes.ini File Troubleshooting Stages The SMTP Listener and Router TasksLogging Levels The Mail Trace Tool Methods for Enabling SMTP Server Groups and Replication Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document When to Restart the Router SettingsReplication Controls Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing SMTP Settings Replication Types When to Force Mail Routing Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and SMTP Inbound ControlsPull Push Replication Dead Mail SMTP Outbound ControlsMultiple Replication Hubs The Delivery Failure Process Message Relay Prevention Critical Application Scheduling Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistReplication Schedule Criteria FiltersMail Routing Components line What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Planning Guidelines The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessNNNs The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Plan What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Routing Topology Supported Platforms and System the DNS Whitelist?The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Requirements DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopology Domino Server Software What Happens When a Host is Found inOpportunistic Routing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types the DNS Blacklist?Connection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus What are Private Whitelist Filters?Router Types and Connection Documents Domino Administrator Client Software Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and What Happens When a Host is Found infor Incoming Mail Basic Configurations the Private Whitelist?Mail Storage Formats What is Eclipse? What are Private Blacklist Filters?SMTP Client Installation Types Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersSMTP Implementation Scenarios What is Lotus Expeditor? What Happens When a Host is Found inSMTP Best Practices Expeditor Component Packaging the Private Blacklist?Internet Mail Routing Eclipse Update Sites Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Automated Installation Options for Precedence


Methods for Enabling SMTP Eclipse Components How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Filters SMTP Settings Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery First Server (E/SMTP) OptionsSMTP Inbound Controls The Server Setup Process E/SMTP Settings SMTP Outbound Controls The Domino Directory Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingMessage Relay Prevention Replicas of the Domino Directory When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Comparing Domains and Organizations Internet Address Lookup Options Filters Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 8G: Testing SMTPWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Alternatives to Organizational Units An Implementation of SMTP Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 9B: Implementing MessageEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Organization Security DisclaimersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Organization Certifier ID Security Message DisclaimersDNS Whitelist? Authentication Between Organizations The Message Disclaimer ImplementationDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Country Codes ProcessEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Server Audience Types Options for Attaching DisclaimersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Lotus Domino Server Log Enabling Server Message DisclaimersDNS Blacklist? Administrators Group Security Options Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 1E: Configuring the First SettingsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Workstation Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Client Configuration Program Messages Private Whitelist? Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Administrators and Servers ControlsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Access in the Domino Directory Delivery Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in the The Special Privilege of the Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferPrivate Blacklist? LocalDomainAdmins Group ControlsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Mail Transfer Controls How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Group Lacks Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Domino Directory Access for Registering Mailboxes(E/SMTP) Options Servers Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes E/SMTP Settings Need for Selecting a Registration Server How Mail Rules WorkTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Server ID File Storage Options Mail Rule ActionsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Activating a Server Mail Rule Internet Address Lookup Options Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The Standard Directory Structure Mail JournalingAn Implementation of SMTP Routing The Central Directory Structure Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Journaling and Mail RoutingDisclaimers Domino Directory Journaling and Server Configuration Message Disclaimers Server Setup Profiles Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Clearing the Server ID Password Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsProcess The Certification Log Tag Mail Rule ConditionsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Administrator Access to Register OU Field Names Associated with TagsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Certifiers Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Need for Selecting a Registration Server Whitelist Tags Settings Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrators QuotasMessages User Registration Options Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Administrator Access to Register Users Quota Restrictions Controls The License Tracking Database Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withDelivery Controls Internet Password Options Inbox MaintenanceTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Internet Password Locking Inbox MaintenanceControls ID File Distribution Options Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMail Transfer Controls Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Control Inbox Size Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server User Registration Text Files Topic 10F: Archiving MailMailboxes How to Register Users from a Text File ArchivingBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesHow Mail Rules Work Changes Archive Policy DocumentsMail Rule Actions Domino Directory Document Archive Policy Settings DocumentActivating a Server Mail Rule Synchronization Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Checklist for Monitoring MailMail Journaling Workstation Types of Misdelivered MailJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Workstation Setup for Additional Checking Mail Delivery Journaling and Mail Routing Workstations Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Mail Statistics Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Domino Installation Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Lotus Domino Administrator Message Tracking


Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallField Names Associated with Tags Servers What is Message Recall?Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Administration Process Message Recall OptionsWhitelist Tags Components of the Administration Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Process Troubleshooting StagesQuotas Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Quota Implementation Options Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterQuota Restrictions Process Requests When to Restart the Router Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Nested Groups Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMaintenance The Deny List Only Group Type When to Force Mail Routing Inbox Maintenance Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Auto-populated Groups Dead MailControl Inbox Size Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 10F: Archiving Mail PolicyArchiving PoliciesBenefits of Archiving and Policies Policy Documents lineArchive Policy Documents Policy Types Planning GuidelinesArchive Policy Settings Document Settings Document Types The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentArchive Criteria Settings Document Policy Precedence Rules PlanChecklist for Monitoring Mail Static and Dynamic Settings Supported Platforms and SystemTypes of Misdelivered Mail Policy Management Tools Requirements Checking Mail Delivery Policy Management Development Tools Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Use of an Organizational Policy Server SoftwareMail Statistics Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Explicit Policy Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoMessage Tracking Policy Assignment Methods Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Policy Assignment During Registration The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWhat is Message Recall? Dynamic Policy Assignments Basic ConfigurationsMessage Recall Options The Effect of Multiple Policies What is Eclipse?Configuring the Message Recall Feature Lotus Domino Server Console Client Installation TypesTroubleshooting Stages Administration Tasks What is Lotus Expeditor?The Mail Trace Tool Message Color-Coding on the Server Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Console Eclipse Update SitesWhen to Restart the Router Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Databases on the Server ComponentsWhen to Force Mail Routing Server Access Control Mechanisms Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theMail Access First ServerThe Delivery Failure Process User Access to the Server The Server Setup Process

When to Restart the Server The Domino DirectoryTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replicas of the Domino Directory

line Administration Levels Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPlanning Guidelines Administration Level Details Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Full Access Administrator Level Alternatives to Organizational UnitsPlan Full Access Administrator Best Practices Descendants of the Organization CertifierSupported Platforms and System The Domino Web Administrator Organization SecurityRequirements Administration Levels and the Lotus Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Web Administrator Application Authentication Between OrganizationsServer Software Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Country CodesLotus Domino Server Installation Types The Domino Server Log Server Audience TypesTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Notes.ini File The Lotus Domino Server LogAdministrator Client Software Logging Levels Administrators Group Security Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Server Groups and Replication Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstBasic Configurations Topic 6B: Creating a Connection WorkstationWhat is Eclipse? Document The Client Configuration Program Client Installation Types Replication Controls Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Replication Types Administrators and ServersExpeditor Component Packaging Methods for Forcing Replication Access in the Domino DirectoryEclipse Update Sites Pull Push Replication The Special Privilege of theAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Multiple Replication Hubs LocalDomainAdmins GroupComponents Critical Application Scheduling Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Replication Schedule Criteria Lacks Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Mail Routing Components Domino Directory Access for RegisteringFirst Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and ServersThe Server Setup Process Between NNNs Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Domino Directory Topic 7B: Implementing a Server ID File Storage Options


Replicas of the Domino Directory Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingComparing Domains and Organizations The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersPurposes of Organizational Units Topology The Standard Directory StructureAlternatives to Organizational Units How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Central Directory StructureDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topology Replicating a Subset of Documents in theOrganization Security Opportunistic Routing Domino DirectoryOrganization Certifier ID Security Connection Document Mail Routing Server Setup ProfilesAuthentication Between Organizations Options Clearing the Server ID Password Country Codes Router Types and Connection The Certification LogServer Audience Types Documents Administrator Access to Register OUThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage CertifiersAdministrators Group Security Options Format for Incoming Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Mail Storage Formats Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsThe Client Configuration Program SMTP User Registration OptionsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators SMTP Implementation Scenarios Administrator Access to Register Usersand Servers SMTP Best Practices The License Tracking DatabaseAccess in the Domino Directory Internet Mail Routing Internet Password OptionsThe Special Privilege of the The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Internet Password LockingLocalDomainAdmins Group Methods for Enabling SMTP ID File Distribution Options Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileLacks Settings User Registration Text FilesDomino Directory Access for Registering SMTP Settings How to Register Users from a Text File Servers Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Delivery ChangesServer ID File Storage Options SMTP Inbound Controls Domino Directory DocumentTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting SMTP Outbound Controls Synchronization Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Message Relay Prevention Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist WorkstationThe Central Directory Structure Filters Workstation Setup for AdditionalReplicating a Subset of Documents in the What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Workstations Domino Directory The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoServer Setup Profiles Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters InstallationClearing the Server ID Password What Happens When a Host is Found in The Lotus Domino Administrator The Certification Log the DNS Whitelist? Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleAdministrator Access to Register OU DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics ServersCertifiers Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Administration ProcessNeed for Selecting a Registration Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators the DNS Blacklist? Database Tools in Domino AdministratorUser Registration Options What are Private Whitelist Filters? Timing and Execution of AdministrationAdministrator Access to Register Users Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Process Requests The License Tracking Database What Happens When a Host is Found in Nested GroupsInternet Password Options the Private Whitelist? The Deny List Only Group TypeInternet Password Locking What are Private Blacklist Filters? Group Precedence in Database AccessID File Distribution Options Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Auto-populated Groups Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalUser Registration Text Files the Private Blacklist? PolicyHow to Register Users from a Text File Order of Whitelist and Blacklist PoliciesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Precedence Policy DocumentsChanges How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Policy TypesDomino Directory Document Filters Settings Document TypesSynchronization Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Policy Precedence RulesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator (E/SMTP) Options Static and Dynamic SettingsWorkstation E/SMTP Settings Policy Management ToolsWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Policy Management Development ToolsWorkstations Addressing Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anInstallation Internet Address Lookup Options Explicit PolicyThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple An Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Assignment During RegistrationServers Topic 9B: Implementing Message Dynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Administration Process Disclaimers The Effect of Multiple Policies Components of the Administration Process Message Disclaimers Lotus Domino Server ConsoleDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Message Disclaimer Implementation Administration TasksTiming and Execution of Administration Process Message Color-Coding on the ServerProcess Requests Options for Attaching Disclaimers Console Nested Groups Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create


The Deny List Only Group Type Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Databases on the ServerGroup Precedence in Database Access Settings Server Access Control MechanismsAuto-populated Groups Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Messages User Access to the ServerPolicies Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery When to Restart the Server Policy Documents Controls Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsPolicy Types Delivery Controls Administration LevelsSettings Document Types Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Administration Level DetailsPolicy Precedence Rules Controls The Full Access Administrator LevelStatic and Dynamic Settings Mail Transfer Controls Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPolicy Management Tools Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server The Domino Web AdministratorPolicy Management Development Tools Mailboxes Administration Levels and the LotusUse of an Organizational Policy Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit How Mail Rules Work Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsPolicy Mail Rule Actions The Domino Server LogPolicy Assignment Methods Activating a Server Mail Rule The Notes.ini FilePolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Logging Levels Dynamic Policy Assignments Mail Journaling Server Groups and Replication The Effect of Multiple Policies Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionLotus Domino Server Console Journaling and Mail Routing DocumentAdministration Tasks Journaling and Server Configuration Replication ControlsMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Replication TypesConsole and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Tag Mail Rule Conditions Pull Push ReplicationDatabases on the Server Field Names Associated with Tags Multiple Replication HubsServer Access Control Mechanisms Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Critical Application SchedulingRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access or Whitelist Tags Replication Schedule Criteria User Access to the Server Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Mail Routing ComponentsWhen to Restart the Server Quotas Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Quota Implementation Options NNNs Administration Levels Quota Restrictions Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeAdministration Level Details Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Mail Routing TopologyThe Full Access Administrator Level Inbox Maintenance The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingFull Access Administrator Best Practices Inbox Maintenance TopologyThe Domino Web Administrator Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Control Inbox Size TopologyWeb Administrator Application Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Opportunistic RoutingTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Archiving Connection Document Mail RoutingThe Domino Server Log Benefits of Archiving and Policies OptionsThe Notes.ini File Archive Policy Documents Router Types and Connection Documents Logging Levels Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatServer Groups and Replication Archive Criteria Settings Document for Incoming MailTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Checklist for Monitoring Mail Mail Storage Formats Replication Controls Types of Misdelivered Mail SMTPReplication Types Checking Mail Delivery SMTP Implementation ScenariosMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics SMTP Best PracticesPull Push Replication Mail Statistics Internet Mail RoutingMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The SMTP Listener and Router TasksCritical Application Scheduling Message Tracking Methods for Enabling SMTP Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPMail Routing Components What is Message Recall? SettingsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Message Recall Options SMTP Settings NNNs Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Troubleshooting Stages SMTP Inbound ControlsMail Routing Topology The Mail Trace Tool SMTP Outbound ControlsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Message Relay Prevention How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke When to Restart the Router Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopology Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing FiltersOpportunistic Routing When to Force Mail Routing What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Connection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessRouter Types and Connection Documents Dead Mail Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Delivery Failure Process What Happens When a Host is Found infor Incoming Mail the DNS Whitelist?Mail Storage Formats DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsSMTP line Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersSMTP Implementation Scenarios Planning Guidelines What Happens When a Host is Found in


SMTP Best Practices The Worldwide Corporation Deployment the DNS Blacklist?Internet Mail Routing Plan What are Private Whitelist Filters?The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Supported Platforms and System Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMethods for Enabling SMTP Requirements What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus the Private Whitelist?SMTP Settings Domino Server Software What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus What Happens When a Host is Found inSMTP Outbound Controls Domino Administrator Client Software the Private Blacklist?Message Relay Prevention The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Basic Configurations PrecedenceFilters What is Eclipse? How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Client Installation Types Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Expeditor Component Packaging (E/SMTP) OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Eclipse Update Sites E/SMTP Settings DNS Whitelist? Automated Installation Options for Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Eclipse Components When to Set Internet AddressesEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Address Lookup Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDNS Blacklist? First Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Server Setup Process Topic 9B: Implementing MessageEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Domino Directory DisclaimersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Replicas of the Domino Directory Message DisclaimersPrivate Whitelist? Comparing Domains and Organizations The Message Disclaimer ImplementationWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Purposes of Organizational Units ProcessEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Alternatives to Organizational Units Options for Attaching DisclaimersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Descendants of the Organization Certifier Enabling Server Message DisclaimersPrivate Blacklist? Organization Security Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Organization Certifier ID Security SettingsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Authentication Between Organizations Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Country Codes Messages (E/SMTP) Options Server Audience Types Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryE/SMTP Settings The Lotus Domino Server Log ControlsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Administrators Group Security Options Delivery Controls When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferInternet Address Lookup Options Workstation ControlsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP The Client Configuration Program Mail Transfer Controls An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 9B: Implementing Message Administrators and Servers MailboxesDisclaimers Access in the Domino Directory Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Disclaimers The Special Privilege of the How Mail Rules WorkThe Message Disclaimer Implementation LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Rule ActionsProcess Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Activating a Server Mail Rule Options for Attaching Disclaimers Group Lacks Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Domino Directory Access for Registering Mail JournalingCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Servers Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsSettings Need for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Mail RoutingUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Server ID File Storage Options Journaling and Server Configuration Messages Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsControls The Standard Directory Structure Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDelivery Controls The Central Directory Structure Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orControls Domino Directory Whitelist Tags Mail Transfer Controls Server Setup Profiles Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Clearing the Server ID Password QuotasMailboxes The Certification Log Quota Implementation OptionsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Administrator Access to Register OU Quota Restrictions How Mail Rules Work Certifiers Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withMail Rule Actions Need for Selecting a Registration Server Inbox MaintenanceActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 3B: Registering New Inbox MaintenanceTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Administrators Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMail Journaling User Registration Options Control Inbox Size Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Administrator Access to Register Users Topic 10F: Archiving MailJournaling and Mail Routing The License Tracking Database Archiving


Journaling and Server Configuration Internet Password Options Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Internet Password Locking Archive Policy DocumentsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions ID File Distribution Options Archive Policy Settings DocumentTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Archive Criteria Settings Document Field Names Associated with Tags User Registration Text Files Checklist for Monitoring MailOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or How to Register Users from a Text File Types of Misdelivered MailWhitelist Tags Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Checking Mail Delivery Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Changes Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsQuotas Domino Directory Document Mail Statistics Quota Implementation Options Synchronization Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingQuota Restrictions Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Tracking Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Workstation Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMaintenance Workstation Setup for Additional What is Message Recall?Inbox Maintenance Workstations Message Recall OptionsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Configuring the Message Recall Feature Control Inbox Size Domino Installation Troubleshooting StagesTopic 10F: Archiving Mail The Lotus Domino Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Archiving Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterBenefits of Archiving and Policies Servers When to Restart the Router Archive Policy Documents The Administration Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingArchive Policy Settings Document Components of the Administration When to Force Mail Routing Archive Criteria Settings Document Process Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andChecklist for Monitoring Mail Database Tools in Domino Administrator Dead MailTypes of Misdelivered Mail Timing and Execution of Administration The Delivery Failure ProcessChecking Mail Delivery Process Requests Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Nested GroupsMail Statistics The Deny List Only Group Type lineTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Group Precedence in Database Access Planning GuidelinesMessage Tracking Auto-populated Groups The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational PlanWhat is Message Recall? Policy Supported Platforms and SystemMessage Recall Options Policies Requirements Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Documents Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTroubleshooting Stages Policy Types Server SoftwareThe Mail Trace Tool Settings Document Types Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Policy Precedence Rules Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhen to Restart the Router Static and Dynamic Settings Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Policy Management Tools The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWhen to Force Mail Routing Policy Management Development Tools Basic ConfigurationsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Use of an Organizational Policy What is Eclipse?Mail Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Client Installation TypesThe Delivery Failure Process Explicit Policy What is Lotus Expeditor?

Policy Assignment Methods Expeditor Component PackagingPolicy Assignment During Registration Eclipse Update Sites

line Dynamic Policy Assignments Automated Installation Options for EclipsePlanning Guidelines The Effect of Multiple Policies ComponentsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Lotus Domino Server Console Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Plan Administration Tasks Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theSupported Platforms and System Message Color-Coding on the Server First ServerRequirements Console The Server Setup ProcessTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Domino DirectoryServer Software Databases on the Server Replicas of the Domino DirectoryLotus Domino Server Installation Types Server Access Control Mechanisms Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Restrictions for Authorizing Server Purposes of Organizational UnitsAdministrator Client Software Access Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and User Access to the Server Descendants of the Organization CertifierBasic Configurations When to Restart the Server Organization SecurityWhat is Eclipse? Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Organization Certifier ID SecurityClient Installation Types Administration Levels Authentication Between OrganizationsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Administration Level Details Country CodesExpeditor Component Packaging The Full Access Administrator Level Server Audience TypesEclipse Update Sites Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Lotus Domino Server LogAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse The Domino Web Administrator Administrators Group Security Options Components Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Domino Web Administrator Application WorkstationTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Client Configuration Program


First Server The Domino Server Log Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toThe Server Setup Process The Notes.ini File Administrators and ServersThe Domino Directory Logging Levels Access in the Domino DirectoryReplicas of the Domino Directory Server Groups and Replication The Special Privilege of theComparing Domains and Organizations Topic 6B: Creating a Connection LocalDomainAdmins GroupPurposes of Organizational Units Document Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupAlternatives to Organizational Units Replication Controls Lacks Descendants of the Organization Certifier Replication Types Domino Directory Access for RegisteringOrganization Security Methods for Forcing Replication ServersOrganization Certifier ID Security Pull Push Replication Need for Selecting a Registration ServerAuthentication Between Organizations Multiple Replication Hubs Server ID File Storage Options Country Codes Critical Application Scheduling Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingServer Audience Types Replication Schedule Criteria Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Lotus Domino Server Log Mail Routing Components The Standard Directory StructureAdministrators Group Security Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Central Directory StructureTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Between NNNs Replicating a Subset of Documents in theThe Client Configuration Program Topic 7B: Implementing a Domino DirectoryTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Server Setup Profilesand Servers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Clearing the Server ID Password Access in the Domino Directory Topology The Certification LogThe Special Privilege of the How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administrator Access to Register OULocalDomainAdmins Group Topology CertifiersPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Opportunistic Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server Lacks Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsDomino Directory Access for Registering Options User Registration OptionsServers Router Types and Connection Administrator Access to Register UsersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Documents The License Tracking DatabaseServer ID File Storage Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Internet Password OptionsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Format for Incoming Mail Internet Password LockingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail Storage Formats ID File Distribution Options The Standard Directory Structure SMTP Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe Central Directory Structure SMTP Implementation Scenarios User Registration Text FilesReplicating a Subset of Documents in the SMTP Best Practices How to Register Users from a Text File Domino Directory Internet Mail Routing Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentServer Setup Profiles The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks ChangesClearing the Server ID Password Methods for Enabling SMTP Domino Directory DocumentThe Certification Log Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Synchronization Administrator Access to Register OU Settings Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorCertifiers SMTP Settings WorkstationNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Delivery Workstations User Registration Options SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoAdministrator Access to Register Users SMTP Outbound Controls InstallationThe License Tracking Database Message Relay Prevention The Lotus Domino Administrator Internet Password Options Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleInternet Password Locking Filters ServersID File Distribution Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Administration ProcessTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Components of the Administration ProcessUser Registration Text Files Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Database Tools in Domino AdministratorHow to Register Users from a Text File What Happens When a Host is Found in Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document the DNS Whitelist? Process Requests Changes DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Nested GroupsDomino Directory Document Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Deny List Only Group TypeSynchronization What Happens When a Host is Found in Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator the DNS Blacklist? Auto-populated Groups Workstation What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalWorkstation Setup for Additional Enabling Private Whitelist Filters PolicyWorkstations What Happens When a Host is Found in PoliciesTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino the Private Whitelist? Policy DocumentsInstallation What are Private Blacklist Filters? Policy TypesThe Lotus Domino Administrator Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Settings Document TypesTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy Precedence RulesServers the Private Blacklist? Static and Dynamic SettingsThe Administration Process Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Management ToolsComponents of the Administration Process Precedence Policy Management Development ToolsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Use of an Organizational Policy


Timing and Execution of Administration Filters Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anProcess Requests Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Explicit PolicyNested Groups (E/SMTP) Options Policy Assignment MethodsThe Deny List Only Group Type E/SMTP Settings Policy Assignment During RegistrationGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Dynamic Policy AssignmentsAuto-populated Groups Addressing The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy When to Set Internet Addresses Lotus Domino Server ConsolePolicies Internet Address Lookup Options Administration TasksPolicy Documents Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Message Color-Coding on the ServerPolicy Types An Implementation of SMTP Routing Console Settings Document Types Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreatePolicy Precedence Rules Disclaimers Databases on the ServerStatic and Dynamic Settings Message Disclaimers Server Access Control MechanismsPolicy Management Tools The Message Disclaimer Implementation Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessPolicy Management Development Tools Process User Access to the ServerUse of an Organizational Policy Options for Attaching Disclaimers When to Restart the Server Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsPolicy Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Administration LevelsPolicy Assignment Methods Settings Administration Level DetailsPolicy Assignment During Registration Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Full Access Administrator LevelDynamic Policy Assignments Messages Full Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Domino Web AdministratorLotus Domino Server Console Controls Administration Levels and the LotusAdministration Tasks Delivery Controls Domino Web Administrator Application Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsConsole Controls The Domino Server LogTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Mail Transfer Controls The Notes.ini FileDatabases on the Server Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Logging Levels Server Access Control Mechanisms Mailboxes Server Groups and Replication Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionUser Access to the Server How Mail Rules Work DocumentWhen to Restart the Server Mail Rule Actions Replication ControlsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Activating a Server Mail Rule Replication TypesAdministration Levels Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Methods for Forcing ReplicationAdministration Level Details Mail Journaling Pull Push ReplicationThe Full Access Administrator Level Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Multiple Replication HubsFull Access Administrator Best Practices Journaling and Mail Routing Critical Application SchedulingThe Domino Web Administrator Journaling and Server Configuration Replication Schedule Criteria Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Mail Routing ComponentsWeb Administrator Application and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Tag Mail Rule Conditions NNNs The Domino Server Log Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Notes.ini File Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Mail Routing TopologyLogging Levels or Whitelist Tags The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingServer Groups and Replication Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas TopologyTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Quotas How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeReplication Controls Quota Implementation Options TopologyReplication Types Quota Restrictions Opportunistic RoutingMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Connection Document Mail RoutingPull Push Replication Inbox Maintenance OptionsMultiple Replication Hubs Inbox Maintenance Router Types and Connection Documents Critical Application Scheduling Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatReplication Schedule Criteria Control Inbox Size for Incoming MailMail Routing Components Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Mail Storage Formats Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Archiving SMTPNNNs Benefits of Archiving and Policies SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Archive Policy Documents SMTP Best PracticesMail Routing Topology Archive Policy Settings Document Internet Mail RoutingThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Archive Criteria Settings Document The SMTP Listener and Router TasksHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Checklist for Monitoring Mail Methods for Enabling SMTP Topology Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPOpportunistic Routing Checking Mail Delivery SettingsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics SMTP Settings Router Types and Connection Documents Mail Statistics Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking SMTP Inbound Controlsfor Incoming Mail Message Tracking SMTP Outbound Controls


Mail Storage Formats Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Message Relay Prevention SMTP What is Message Recall? Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistSMTP Implementation Scenarios Message Recall Options FiltersSMTP Best Practices Configuring the Message Recall Feature What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Internet Mail Routing Troubleshooting Stages The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Mail Trace Tool Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings When to Restart the Router the DNS Whitelist?SMTP Settings Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery When to Force Mail Routing Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and What Happens When a Host is Found inSMTP Outbound Controls Dead Mail the DNS Blacklist?Message Relay Prevention The Delivery Failure Process What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersFilters What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? line the Private Whitelist?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Planning Guidelines What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Plan What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Whitelist? Supported Platforms and System the Private Blacklist?DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Requirements Order of Whitelist and BlacklistEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus PrecedenceWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Server Software How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDNS Blacklist? Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Filters What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Domino Administrator Client Software (E/SMTP) OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and E/SMTP Settings Private Whitelist? Basic Configurations Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? What is Eclipse? When to Set Internet AddressesEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Client Installation Types Internet Address Lookup Options What Happens When a Host is Found in the What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 8G: Testing SMTPPrivate Blacklist? Expeditor Component Packaging An Implementation of SMTP Routing Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Eclipse Update Sites Topic 9B: Implementing MessageHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Automated Installation Options for DisclaimersTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Eclipse Components Message Disclaimers(E/SMTP) Options Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Message Disclaimer ImplementationE/SMTP Settings Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the ProcessTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing First Server Options for Attaching DisclaimersWhen to Set Internet Addresses The Server Setup Process Enabling Server Message DisclaimersInternet Address Lookup Options The Domino Directory Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Replicas of the Domino Directory SettingsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Comparing Domains and Organizations Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 9B: Implementing Message Purposes of Organizational Units Messages Disclaimers Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryMessage Disclaimers Descendants of the Organization Certifier ControlsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Organization Security Delivery Controls Process Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Authentication Between Organizations ControlsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Country Codes Mail Transfer Controls Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Server Audience Types Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerSettings The Lotus Domino Server Log MailboxesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Administrators Group Security Options Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Messages Topic 1E: Configuring the First How Mail Rules WorkTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Workstation Mail Rule ActionsControls The Client Configuration Program Activating a Server Mail Rule Delivery Controls Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Administrators and Servers Mail JournalingControls Access in the Domino Directory Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMail Transfer Controls The Special Privilege of the Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server LocalDomainAdmins Group Journaling and Server Configuration Mailboxes Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Group Lacks Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsHow Mail Rules Work Domino Directory Access for Registering Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMail Rule Actions Servers Field Names Associated with TagsActivating a Server Mail Rule Need for Selecting a Registration Server Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Server ID File Storage Options Whitelist Tags


Mail Journaling Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers QuotasJournaling and Mail Routing The Standard Directory Structure Quota Implementation OptionsJournaling and Server Configuration The Central Directory Structure Quota Restrictions Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Domino Directory Inbox MaintenanceTag Mail Rule Conditions Server Setup Profiles Inbox MaintenanceField Names Associated with Tags Clearing the Server ID Password Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Certification Log Control Inbox Size Whitelist Tags Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Certifiers ArchivingQuotas Need for Selecting a Registration Server Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesQuota Implementation Options Topic 3B: Registering New Archive Policy DocumentsQuota Restrictions Administrators Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox User Registration Options Archive Criteria Settings Document Maintenance Administrator Access to Register Users Checklist for Monitoring MailInbox Maintenance The License Tracking Database Types of Misdelivered MailUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Internet Password Options Checking Mail Delivery Control Inbox Size Internet Password Locking Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail ID File Distribution Options Mail Statistics Archiving Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingBenefits of Archiving and Policies User Registration Text Files Message Tracking Archive Policy Documents How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallArchive Policy Settings Document Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document What is Message Recall?Archive Criteria Settings Document Changes Message Recall OptionsChecklist for Monitoring Mail Domino Directory Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature Types of Misdelivered Mail Synchronization Troubleshooting StagesChecking Mail Delivery Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Mail Trace Tool Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Workstation Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMail Statistics Workstation Setup for Additional When to Restart the Router Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Workstations Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingMessage Tracking Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus When to Force Mail Routing Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Domino Installation Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andWhat is Message Recall? The Lotus Domino Administrator Dead MailMessage Recall Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Delivery Failure ProcessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature ServersTroubleshooting Stages The Administration ProcessThe Mail Trace Tool Components of the Administration lineTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Process Planning GuidelinesWhen to Restart the Router Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Timing and Execution of Administration PlanWhen to Force Mail Routing Process Requests Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Nested Groups Requirements Mail The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Delivery Failure Process Group Precedence in Database Access Server Software

Auto-populated Groups Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino

line Policy Administrator Client SoftwarePlanning Guidelines Policies The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Policy Documents Basic ConfigurationsPlan Policy Types What is Eclipse?Supported Platforms and System Settings Document Types Client Installation TypesRequirements Policy Precedence Rules What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Static and Dynamic Settings Expeditor Component PackagingServer Software Policy Management Tools Eclipse Update SitesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Management Development Tools Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Use of an Organizational Policy ComponentsAdministrator Client Software Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Explicit Policy Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theBasic Configurations Policy Assignment Methods First ServerWhat is Eclipse? Policy Assignment During Registration The Server Setup ProcessClient Installation Types Dynamic Policy Assignments The Domino DirectoryWhat is Lotus Expeditor? The Effect of Multiple Policies Replicas of the Domino DirectoryExpeditor Component Packaging Lotus Domino Server Console Comparing Domains and OrganizationsEclipse Update Sites Administration Tasks Purposes of Organizational UnitsAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Message Color-Coding on the Server Alternatives to Organizational Units


Components Console Descendants of the Organization CertifierMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Organization SecurityTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Databases on the Server Organization Certifier ID SecurityFirst Server Server Access Control Mechanisms Authentication Between OrganizationsThe Server Setup Process Restrictions for Authorizing Server Country CodesThe Domino Directory Access Server Audience TypesReplicas of the Domino Directory User Access to the Server The Lotus Domino Server LogComparing Domains and Organizations When to Restart the Server Administrators Group Security Options Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstAlternatives to Organizational Units Administration Levels WorkstationDescendants of the Organization Certifier Administration Level Details The Client Configuration Program Organization Security The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toOrganization Certifier ID Security Full Access Administrator Best Practices Administrators and ServersAuthentication Between Organizations The Domino Web Administrator Access in the Domino DirectoryCountry Codes Administration Levels and the Lotus The Special Privilege of theServer Audience Types Domino Web Administrator Application LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupAdministrators Group Security Options The Domino Server Log Lacks Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Notes.ini File Domino Directory Access for RegisteringThe Client Configuration Program Logging Levels ServersTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Server Groups and Replication Need for Selecting a Registration Serverand Servers Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Server ID File Storage Options Access in the Domino Directory Document Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe Special Privilege of the Replication Controls Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersLocalDomainAdmins Group Replication Types The Standard Directory StructurePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Methods for Forcing Replication The Central Directory StructureLacks Pull Push Replication Replicating a Subset of Documents in theDomino Directory Access for Registering Multiple Replication Hubs Domino DirectoryServers Critical Application Scheduling Server Setup ProfilesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Replication Schedule Criteria Clearing the Server ID Password Server ID File Storage Options Mail Routing Components The Certification LogTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Mail Routing Behavior Within and Administrator Access to Register OUAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Between NNNs CertifiersThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 7B: Implementing a Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Central Directory Structure Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing User Registration OptionsDomino Directory Topology Administrator Access to Register UsersServer Setup Profiles How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The License Tracking DatabaseClearing the Server ID Password Topology Internet Password OptionsThe Certification Log Opportunistic Routing Internet Password LockingAdministrator Access to Register OU Connection Document Mail Routing ID File Distribution Options Certifiers Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Router Types and Connection User Registration Text FilesTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Documents How to Register Users from a Text File User Registration Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentAdministrator Access to Register Users Format for Incoming Mail ChangesThe License Tracking Database Mail Storage Formats Domino Directory DocumentInternet Password Options SMTP Synchronization Internet Password Locking SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorID File Distribution Options SMTP Best Practices WorkstationTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Internet Mail Routing Workstation Setup for AdditionalUser Registration Text Files The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Workstations How to Register Users from a Text File Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP InstallationChanges Settings The Lotus Domino Administrator Domino Directory Document SMTP Settings Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleSynchronization Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail ServersTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Delivery The Administration ProcessWorkstation SMTP Inbound Controls Components of the Administration ProcessWorkstation Setup for Additional SMTP Outbound Controls Database Tools in Domino AdministratorWorkstations Message Relay Prevention Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Process Requests Installation Filters Nested GroupsThe Lotus Domino Administrator What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Group Precedence in Database AccessServers Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Auto-populated Groups


The Administration Process What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalComponents of the Administration Process the DNS Whitelist? PolicyDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics PoliciesTiming and Execution of Administration Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy DocumentsProcess Requests What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy TypesNested Groups the DNS Blacklist? Settings Document TypesThe Deny List Only Group Type What are Private Whitelist Filters? Policy Precedence RulesGroup Precedence in Database Access Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Static and Dynamic SettingsAuto-populated Groups What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy Management ToolsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy the Private Whitelist? Policy Management Development ToolsPolicies What are Private Blacklist Filters? Use of an Organizational Policy Policy Documents Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPolicy Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Explicit PolicySettings Document Types the Private Blacklist? Policy Assignment MethodsPolicy Precedence Rules Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Assignment During RegistrationStatic and Dynamic Settings Precedence Dynamic Policy AssignmentsPolicy Management Tools How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Management Development Tools Filters Lotus Domino Server ConsoleUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Administration TasksTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit (E/SMTP) Options Message Color-Coding on the ServerPolicy E/SMTP Settings Console Policy Assignment Methods Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreatePolicy Assignment During Registration Addressing Databases on the ServerDynamic Policy Assignments When to Set Internet Addresses Server Access Control MechanismsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Internet Address Lookup Options Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessLotus Domino Server Console Topic 8G: Testing SMTP User Access to the ServerAdministration Tasks An Implementation of SMTP Routing When to Restart the Server Message Color-Coding on the Server Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsConsole Disclaimers Administration LevelsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Message Disclaimers Administration Level DetailsDatabases on the Server The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Full Access Administrator LevelServer Access Control Mechanisms Process Full Access Administrator Best PracticesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Options for Attaching Disclaimers The Domino Web AdministratorUser Access to the Server Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Administration Levels and the LotusWhen to Restart the Server Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Settings Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsAdministration Levels Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Domino Server LogAdministration Level Details Messages The Notes.ini FileThe Full Access Administrator Level Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Logging Levels Full Access Administrator Best Practices Controls Server Groups and Replication The Domino Web Administrator Delivery Controls Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer DocumentWeb Administrator Application Controls Replication ControlsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Mail Transfer Controls Replication TypesThe Domino Server Log Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe Notes.ini File Mailboxes Pull Push ReplicationLogging Levels Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Multiple Replication HubsServer Groups and Replication How Mail Rules Work Critical Application SchedulingTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Mail Rule Actions Replication Schedule Criteria Replication Controls Activating a Server Mail Rule Mail Routing ComponentsReplication Types Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMethods for Forcing Replication Mail Journaling NNNs Pull Push Replication Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMultiple Replication Hubs Journaling and Mail Routing Mail Routing TopologyCritical Application Scheduling Journaling and Server Configuration The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag TopologyMail Routing Components and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Tag Mail Rule Conditions TopologyNNNs Field Names Associated with Tags Opportunistic RoutingTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Connection Document Mail RoutingMail Routing Topology or Whitelist Tags OptionsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Router Types and Connection Documents How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Quotas Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopology Quota Implementation Options for Incoming MailOpportunistic Routing Quota Restrictions Mail Storage Formats Connection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with SMTP


Router Types and Connection Documents Inbox Maintenance SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Inbox Maintenance SMTP Best Practicesfor Incoming Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Internet Mail RoutingMail Storage Formats Control Inbox Size The SMTP Listener and Router TasksSMTP Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Implementation Scenarios Archiving Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSMTP Best Practices Benefits of Archiving and Policies SettingsInternet Mail Routing Archive Policy Documents SMTP Settings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMethods for Enabling SMTP Archive Criteria Settings Document SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Checklist for Monitoring Mail SMTP Outbound ControlsSMTP Settings Types of Misdelivered Mail Message Relay Prevention Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Checking Mail Delivery Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics FiltersSMTP Outbound Controls Mail Statistics What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Message Relay Prevention Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Message Tracking Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersFilters Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? What is Message Recall? the DNS Whitelist?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Message Recall Options DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Configuring the Message Recall Feature Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Troubleshooting Stages What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Whitelist? The Mail Trace Tool the DNS Blacklist?DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters When to Restart the Router Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inDNS Blacklist? When to Force Mail Routing the Private Whitelist?What are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Dead Mail Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Delivery Failure Process What Happens When a Host is Found inPrivate Whitelist? the Private Blacklist?What are Private Blacklist Filters? Order of Whitelist and BlacklistEnabling Private Blacklist Filters line PrecedenceWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Planning Guidelines How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistPrivate Blacklist? The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Filters Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Plan Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Supported Platforms and System (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Requirements E/SMTP Settings (E/SMTP) Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingE/SMTP Settings Domino Server Software When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Internet Address Lookup Options When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 8G: Testing SMTPInternet Address Lookup Options Domino Administrator Client Software An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 9B: Implementing MessageAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Basic Configurations DisclaimersTopic 9B: Implementing Message What is Eclipse? Message DisclaimersDisclaimers Client Installation Types The Message Disclaimer ImplementationMessage Disclaimers What is Lotus Expeditor? ProcessThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Expeditor Component Packaging Options for Attaching DisclaimersProcess Eclipse Update Sites Enabling Server Message DisclaimersOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Automated Installation Options for Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Eclipse Components SettingsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMESettings Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Messages Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME First Server Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryMessages The Server Setup Process ControlsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Domino Directory Delivery Controls Controls Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferDelivery Controls Comparing Domains and Organizations ControlsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Purposes of Organizational Units Mail Transfer Controls Controls Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMail Transfer Controls Descendants of the Organization Certifier MailboxesTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Organization Security Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Mailboxes Organization Certifier ID Security How Mail Rules WorkBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Authentication Between Organizations Mail Rule ActionsHow Mail Rules Work Country Codes Activating a Server Mail Rule


Mail Rule Actions Server Audience Types Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingActivating a Server Mail Rule The Lotus Domino Server Log Mail JournalingTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Administrators Group Security Options Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsMail Journaling Topic 1E: Configuring the First Journaling and Mail RoutingJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Workstation Journaling and Server Configuration Journaling and Mail Routing The Client Configuration Program Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Administrators and Servers Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Access in the Domino Directory Field Names Associated with TagsTag Mail Rule Conditions The Special Privilege of the Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orField Names Associated with Tags LocalDomainAdmins Group Whitelist Tags Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasWhitelist Tags Group Lacks QuotasTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Domino Directory Access for Registering Quota Implementation OptionsQuotas Servers Quota Restrictions Quota Implementation Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withQuota Restrictions Server ID File Storage Options Inbox MaintenanceTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Inbox MaintenanceMaintenance Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toInbox Maintenance The Standard Directory Structure Control Inbox Size Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Central Directory Structure Topic 10F: Archiving MailControl Inbox Size Replicating a Subset of Documents in the ArchivingTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Domino Directory Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchiving Server Setup Profiles Archive Policy DocumentsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Clearing the Server ID Password Archive Policy Settings DocumentArchive Policy Documents The Certification Log Archive Criteria Settings Document Archive Policy Settings Document Administrator Access to Register OU Checklist for Monitoring MailArchive Criteria Settings Document Certifiers Types of Misdelivered MailChecklist for Monitoring Mail Need for Selecting a Registration Server Checking Mail Delivery Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsChecking Mail Delivery Administrators Mail Statistics Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics User Registration Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMail Statistics Administrator Access to Register Users Message Tracking Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The License Tracking Database Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallMessage Tracking Internet Password Options What is Message Recall?Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Internet Password Locking Message Recall OptionsWhat is Message Recall? ID File Distribution Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature Message Recall Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Troubleshooting StagesConfiguring the Message Recall Feature User Registration Text Files The Mail Trace Tool Troubleshooting Stages How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document When to Restart the Router Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Changes Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Restart the Router Domino Directory Document When to Force Mail Routing Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Synchronization Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Dead MailTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Workstation The Delivery Failure ProcessMail Workstation Setup for AdditionalThe Delivery Failure Process Workstations

Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus lineLesson 3: Adding IBM Lotus Notes Clients Domino Installation Planning Guidelinesline The Lotus Domino Administrator The Worldwide Corporation Deployment

Topic 3A: Creating an Organizational Unit Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple PlanCertifier Servers Supported Platforms and SystemThe Certifier Registration Process The Administration Process Requirements

Components of the Administration Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoProcess Server Software

line Database Tools in Domino Administrator Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Planning Guidelines Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Process Requests Administrator Client SoftwarePlan Nested Groups The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andSupported Platforms and System The Deny List Only Group Type Basic ConfigurationsRequirements Group Precedence in Database Access What is Eclipse?Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Auto-populated Groups Client Installation TypesServer Software Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational What is Lotus Expeditor?Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Policies Eclipse Update Sites


Administrator Client Software Policy Documents Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Policy Types ComponentsBasic Configurations Settings Document Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What is Eclipse? Policy Precedence Rules Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theClient Installation Types Static and Dynamic Settings First ServerWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Policy Management Tools The Server Setup ProcessExpeditor Component Packaging Policy Management Development Tools The Domino DirectoryEclipse Update Sites Use of an Organizational Policy Replicas of the Domino DirectoryAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Comparing Domains and OrganizationsComponents Explicit Policy Purposes of Organizational UnitsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policy Assignment Methods Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Policy Assignment During Registration Descendants of the Organization CertifierFirst Server Dynamic Policy Assignments Organization SecurityThe Server Setup Process The Effect of Multiple Policies Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Domino Directory Lotus Domino Server Console Authentication Between OrganizationsReplicas of the Domino Directory Administration Tasks Country CodesComparing Domains and Organizations Message Color-Coding on the Server Server Audience TypesPurposes of Organizational Units Console The Lotus Domino Server LogAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administrators Group Security Options Descendants of the Organization Certifier Databases on the Server Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstOrganization Security Server Access Control Mechanisms WorkstationOrganization Certifier ID Security Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Client Configuration Program Authentication Between Organizations Access Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toCountry Codes User Access to the Server Administrators and ServersServer Audience Types When to Restart the Server Access in the Domino DirectoryThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Special Privilege of theAdministrators Group Security Options Administration Levels LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Administration Level Details Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Client Configuration Program The Full Access Administrator Level Lacks Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Full Access Administrator Best Practices Domino Directory Access for Registeringand Servers The Domino Web Administrator ServersAccess in the Domino Directory Administration Levels and the Lotus Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Special Privilege of the Domino Web Administrator Application Server ID File Storage Options LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Domino Server Log Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersLacks The Notes.ini File The Standard Directory StructureDomino Directory Access for Registering Logging Levels The Central Directory StructureServers Server Groups and Replication Replicating a Subset of Documents in theNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Domino DirectoryServer ID File Storage Options Document Server Setup ProfilesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Replication Controls Clearing the Server ID Password Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Replication Types The Certification LogThe Standard Directory Structure Methods for Forcing Replication Administrator Access to Register OUThe Central Directory Structure Pull Push Replication CertifiersReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Multiple Replication Hubs Need for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Directory Critical Application Scheduling Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsServer Setup Profiles Replication Schedule Criteria User Registration OptionsClearing the Server ID Password Mail Routing Components Administrator Access to Register UsersThe Certification Log Mail Routing Behavior Within and The License Tracking DatabaseAdministrator Access to Register OU Between NNNs Internet Password OptionsCertifiers Topic 7B: Implementing a Internet Password LockingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology ID File Distribution Options Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileUser Registration Options Topology User Registration Text FilesAdministrator Access to Register Users How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke How to Register Users from a Text File The License Tracking Database Topology Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentInternet Password Options Opportunistic Routing ChangesInternet Password Locking Connection Document Mail Routing Domino Directory DocumentID File Distribution Options Options Synchronization Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Router Types and Connection Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorUser Registration Text Files Documents WorkstationHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Format for Incoming Mail Workstations Changes Mail Storage Formats Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoDomino Directory Document SMTP InstallationSynchronization SMTP Implementation Scenarios The Lotus Domino Administrator


Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator SMTP Best Practices Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWorkstation Internet Mail Routing ServersWorkstation Setup for Additional The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Administration ProcessWorkstations Methods for Enabling SMTP Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Database Tools in Domino AdministratorInstallation Settings Timing and Execution of AdministrationThe Lotus Domino Administrator SMTP Settings Process Requests Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Nested GroupsServers Delivery The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Administration Process SMTP Inbound Controls Group Precedence in Database AccessComponents of the Administration Process SMTP Outbound Controls Auto-populated Groups Database Tools in Domino Administrator Message Relay Prevention Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTiming and Execution of Administration Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist PolicyProcess Requests Filters PoliciesNested Groups What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy DocumentsThe Deny List Only Group Type The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Policy TypesGroup Precedence in Database Access Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Settings Document TypesAuto-populated Groups What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy Precedence RulesTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy the DNS Whitelist? Static and Dynamic SettingsPolicies DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Policy Management ToolsPolicy Documents Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Policy Management Development ToolsPolicy Types What Happens When a Host is Found in Use of an Organizational Policy Settings Document Types the DNS Blacklist? Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPolicy Precedence Rules What are Private Whitelist Filters? Explicit PolicyStatic and Dynamic Settings Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Policy Assignment MethodsPolicy Management Tools What Happens When a Host is Found in Policy Assignment During RegistrationPolicy Management Development Tools the Private Whitelist? Dynamic Policy AssignmentsUse of an Organizational Policy What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Lotus Domino Server ConsolePolicy What Happens When a Host is Found in Administration TasksPolicy Assignment Methods the Private Blacklist? Message Color-Coding on the ServerPolicy Assignment During Registration Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Console Dynamic Policy Assignments Precedence Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateThe Effect of Multiple Policies How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Databases on the ServerLotus Domino Server Console Filters Server Access Control MechanismsAdministration Tasks Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMessage Color-Coding on the Server (E/SMTP) Options User Access to the ServerConsole E/SMTP Settings When to Restart the Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsDatabases on the Server Addressing Administration LevelsServer Access Control Mechanisms When to Set Internet Addresses Administration Level DetailsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Internet Address Lookup Options The Full Access Administrator LevelUser Access to the Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhen to Restart the Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 9B: Implementing Message Administration Levels and the LotusAdministration Levels Disclaimers Domino Web Administrator Application Administration Level Details Message Disclaimers Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Full Access Administrator Level The Message Disclaimer Implementation The Domino Server LogFull Access Administrator Best Practices Process The Notes.ini FileThe Domino Web Administrator Options for Attaching Disclaimers Logging Levels Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Server Groups and Replication Web Administrator Application Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Settings DocumentThe Domino Server Log Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Replication ControlsThe Notes.ini File Messages Replication TypesLogging Levels Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Methods for Forcing ReplicationServer Groups and Replication Controls Pull Push ReplicationTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Delivery Controls Multiple Replication HubsReplication Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Critical Application SchedulingReplication Types Controls Replication Schedule Criteria Methods for Forcing Replication Mail Transfer Controls Mail Routing ComponentsPull Push Replication Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMultiple Replication Hubs Mailboxes NNNs Critical Application Scheduling Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeReplication Schedule Criteria How Mail Rules Work Mail Routing TopologyMail Routing Components Mail Rule Actions The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing


Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between Activating a Server Mail Rule TopologyNNNs Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Mail Journaling TopologyMail Routing Topology Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Opportunistic RoutingThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Journaling and Mail Routing Connection Document Mail RoutingHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Journaling and Server Configuration OptionsTopology Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Router Types and Connection Documents Opportunistic Routing and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatConnection Document Mail Routing Options Tag Mail Rule Conditions for Incoming MailRouter Types and Connection Documents Field Names Associated with Tags Mail Storage Formats Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist SMTPfor Incoming Mail or Whitelist Tags SMTP Implementation ScenariosMail Storage Formats Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP Best PracticesSMTP Quotas Internet Mail RoutingSMTP Implementation Scenarios Quota Implementation Options The SMTP Listener and Router TasksSMTP Best Practices Quota Restrictions Methods for Enabling SMTP Internet Mail Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Inbox Maintenance SettingsMethods for Enabling SMTP Inbox Maintenance SMTP Settings Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliverySMTP Settings Control Inbox Size SMTP Inbound ControlsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 10F: Archiving Mail SMTP Outbound ControlsSMTP Inbound Controls Archiving Message Relay Prevention SMTP Outbound Controls Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistMessage Relay Prevention Archive Policy Documents FiltersTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Archive Policy Settings Document What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Filters Archive Criteria Settings Document The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Checklist for Monitoring Mail Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Types of Misdelivered Mail What Happens When a Host is Found inEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Checking Mail Delivery the DNS Whitelist?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsDNS Whitelist? Mail Statistics Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking What Happens When a Host is Found inEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Message Tracking the DNS Blacklist?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall What are Private Whitelist Filters?DNS Blacklist? What is Message Recall? Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Message Recall Options What Happens When a Host is Found inEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Configuring the Message Recall Feature the Private Whitelist?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Troubleshooting Stages What are Private Blacklist Filters?Private Whitelist? The Mail Trace Tool Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 12B: Restarting the Router What Happens When a Host is Found inEnabling Private Blacklist Filters When to Restart the Router the Private Blacklist?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Order of Whitelist and BlacklistPrivate Blacklist? When to Force Mail Routing PrecedenceOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Dead Mail Filters Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Delivery Failure Process Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP(E/SMTP) Options (E/SMTP) OptionsE/SMTP Settings Lesson 7: Configuring Basic Intranet Mail E/SMTP Settings Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Routing Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingWhen to Set Internet Addresses line When to Set Internet AddressesInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 7A: Configuring Notes Named Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Networks Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Checklist for Configuring Basic Intranet An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9B: Implementing Message Mail Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageDisclaimers DisclaimersMessage Disclaimers Message DisclaimersThe Message Disclaimer Implementation line The Message Disclaimer ImplementationProcess Planning Guidelines ProcessOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Options for Attaching DisclaimersEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Plan Enabling Server Message DisclaimersCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Supported Platforms and System Creating Message Disclaimer PolicySettings Requirements SettingsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMessages Domino Server Software Messages Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery


Controls Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus ControlsDelivery Controls Domino Administrator Client Software Delivery Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferControls Basic Configurations ControlsMail Transfer Controls What is Eclipse? Mail Transfer Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Client Installation Types Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMailboxes What is Lotus Expeditor? MailboxesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Expeditor Component Packaging Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Rules Work Eclipse Update Sites How Mail Rules WorkMail Rule Actions Automated Installation Options for Mail Rule ActionsActivating a Server Mail Rule Eclipse Components Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMail Journaling Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Mail JournalingJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions First Server Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsJournaling and Mail Routing The Server Setup Process Journaling and Mail RoutingJournaling and Server Configuration The Domino Directory Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Comparing Domains and Organizations Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTag Mail Rule Conditions Purposes of Organizational Units Tag Mail Rule ConditionsField Names Associated with Tags Alternatives to Organizational Units Field Names Associated with TagsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Descendants of the Organization Certifier Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWhitelist Tags Organization Security Whitelist Tags Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasQuotas Authentication Between Organizations QuotasQuota Implementation Options Country Codes Quota Implementation OptionsQuota Restrictions Server Audience Types Quota Restrictions Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withMaintenance Administrators Group Security Options Inbox MaintenanceInbox Maintenance Topic 1E: Configuring the First Inbox MaintenanceUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Workstation Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toControl Inbox Size The Client Configuration Program Control Inbox Size Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Topic 10F: Archiving MailArchiving Administrators and Servers ArchivingBenefits of Archiving and Policies Access in the Domino Directory Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchive Policy Documents The Special Privilege of the Archive Policy DocumentsArchive Policy Settings Document LocalDomainAdmins Group Archive Policy Settings DocumentArchive Criteria Settings Document Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Archive Criteria Settings Document Checklist for Monitoring Mail Group Lacks Checklist for Monitoring MailTypes of Misdelivered Mail Domino Directory Access for Registering Types of Misdelivered MailChecking Mail Delivery Servers Checking Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Statistics Server ID File Storage Options Mail Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessage Tracking Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Message Tracking Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Standard Directory Structure Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat is Message Recall? The Central Directory Structure What is Message Recall?Message Recall Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Message Recall OptionsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Domino Directory Configuring the Message Recall Feature Troubleshooting Stages Server Setup Profiles Troubleshooting StagesThe Mail Trace Tool Clearing the Server ID Password The Mail Trace Tool Topic 12B: Restarting the Router The Certification Log Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Restart the Router Administrator Access to Register OU When to Restart the Router Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Certifiers Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing Need for Selecting a Registration Server When to Force Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andMail Administrators Dead MailThe Delivery Failure Process User Registration Options The Delivery Failure Process

Administrator Access to Register UsersThe License Tracking Database

line Internet Password Options linePlanning Guidelines Internet Password Locking Planning GuidelinesThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment ID File Distribution Options The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPlan Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File PlanSupported Platforms and System User Registration Text Files Supported Platforms and SystemRequirements How to Register Users from a Text File Requirements Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino


Server Software Changes Server SoftwareLotus Domino Server Installation Types Domino Directory Document Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Synchronization Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAdministrator Client Software Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Administrator Client SoftwareThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Workstation The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andBasic Configurations Workstation Setup for Additional Basic ConfigurationsWhat is Eclipse? Workstations What is Eclipse?Client Installation Types Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Client Installation TypesWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Domino Installation What is Lotus Expeditor?Expeditor Component Packaging The Lotus Domino Administrator Expeditor Component PackagingEclipse Update Sites Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Eclipse Update SitesAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Servers Automated Installation Options for EclipseComponents The Administration Process ComponentsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Components of the Administration Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theFirst Server Database Tools in Domino Administrator First ServerThe Server Setup Process Timing and Execution of Administration The Server Setup ProcessThe Domino Directory Process Requests The Domino DirectoryReplicas of the Domino Directory Nested Groups Replicas of the Domino DirectoryComparing Domains and Organizations The Deny List Only Group Type Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPurposes of Organizational Units Group Precedence in Database Access Purposes of Organizational UnitsAlternatives to Organizational Units Auto-populated Groups Alternatives to Organizational UnitsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Descendants of the Organization CertifierOrganization Security Policy Organization SecurityOrganization Certifier ID Security Policies Organization Certifier ID SecurityAuthentication Between Organizations Policy Documents Authentication Between OrganizationsCountry Codes Policy Types Country CodesServer Audience Types Settings Document Types Server Audience TypesThe Lotus Domino Server Log Policy Precedence Rules The Lotus Domino Server LogAdministrators Group Security Options Static and Dynamic Settings Administrators Group Security Options Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Policy Management Tools Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstThe Client Configuration Program Policy Management Development Tools WorkstationTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Use of an Organizational Policy The Client Configuration Program and Servers Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toAccess in the Domino Directory Explicit Policy Administrators and ServersThe Special Privilege of the Policy Assignment Methods Access in the Domino DirectoryLocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Assignment During Registration The Special Privilege of thePrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Dynamic Policy Assignments LocalDomainAdmins GroupLacks The Effect of Multiple Policies Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupDomino Directory Access for Registering Lotus Domino Server Console Lacks Servers Administration Tasks Domino Directory Access for RegisteringNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Message Color-Coding on the Server ServersServer ID File Storage Options Console Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Server ID File Storage Options Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Databases on the Server Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe Standard Directory Structure Server Access Control Mechanisms Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Central Directory Structure Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Standard Directory StructureReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Access The Central Directory StructureDomino Directory User Access to the Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in theServer Setup Profiles When to Restart the Server Domino DirectoryClearing the Server ID Password Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Server Setup ProfilesThe Certification Log Administration Levels Clearing the Server ID Password Administrator Access to Register OU Administration Level Details The Certification LogCertifiers The Full Access Administrator Level Administrator Access to Register OUNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Full Access Administrator Best Practices CertifiersTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Domino Web Administrator Need for Selecting a Registration Server User Registration Options Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsAdministrator Access to Register Users Domino Web Administrator Application User Registration OptionsThe License Tracking Database Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administrator Access to Register UsersInternet Password Options The Domino Server Log The License Tracking DatabaseInternet Password Locking The Notes.ini File Internet Password OptionsID File Distribution Options Logging Levels Internet Password LockingTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Server Groups and Replication ID File Distribution Options User Registration Text Files Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileHow to Register Users from a Text File Document User Registration Text FilesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Replication Controls How to Register Users from a Text File


Changes Replication Types Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentDomino Directory Document Methods for Forcing Replication ChangesSynchronization Pull Push Replication Domino Directory DocumentTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Multiple Replication Hubs Synchronization Workstation Critical Application Scheduling Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWorkstation Setup for Additional Replication Schedule Criteria WorkstationWorkstations Mail Routing Components Workstation Setup for AdditionalTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Mail Routing Behavior Within and Workstations Installation Between NNNs Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 7B: Implementing a InstallationTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Lotus Domino Administrator Servers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Administration Process Topology ServersComponents of the Administration Process How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Administration ProcessDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topology Components of the Administration ProcessTiming and Execution of Administration Opportunistic Routing Database Tools in Domino AdministratorProcess Requests Connection Document Mail Routing Timing and Execution of AdministrationNested Groups Options Process Requests The Deny List Only Group Type Router Types and Connection Nested GroupsGroup Precedence in Database Access Documents The Deny List Only Group TypeAuto-populated Groups Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Group Precedence in Database AccessTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Format for Incoming Mail Auto-populated Groups Policies Mail Storage Formats Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalPolicy Documents SMTP PolicyPolicy Types SMTP Implementation Scenarios PoliciesSettings Document Types SMTP Best Practices Policy DocumentsPolicy Precedence Rules Internet Mail Routing Policy TypesStatic and Dynamic Settings The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Settings Document TypesPolicy Management Tools Methods for Enabling SMTP Policy Precedence RulesPolicy Management Development Tools Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Static and Dynamic SettingsUse of an Organizational Policy Settings Policy Management ToolsTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit SMTP Settings Policy Management Development ToolsPolicy Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Use of an Organizational Policy Policy Assignment Methods Delivery Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPolicy Assignment During Registration SMTP Inbound Controls Explicit PolicyDynamic Policy Assignments SMTP Outbound Controls Policy Assignment MethodsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Message Relay Prevention Policy Assignment During RegistrationLotus Domino Server Console Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Dynamic Policy AssignmentsAdministration Tasks Filters The Effect of Multiple Policies Message Color-Coding on the Server What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Lotus Domino Server ConsoleConsole The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Administration TasksTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Message Color-Coding on the ServerDatabases on the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Console Server Access Control Mechanisms the DNS Whitelist? Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Databases on the ServerUser Access to the Server Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Server Access Control MechanismsWhen to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels the DNS Blacklist? User Access to the ServerAdministration Levels What are Private Whitelist Filters? When to Restart the Server Administration Level Details Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Full Access Administrator Level What Happens When a Host is Found in Administration LevelsFull Access Administrator Best Practices the Private Whitelist? Administration Level DetailsThe Domino Web Administrator What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Full Access Administrator LevelAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWeb Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found in The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels the Private Blacklist? Administration Levels and the LotusThe Domino Server Log Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Domino Web Administrator Application The Notes.ini File Precedence Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsLogging Levels How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Domino Server LogServer Groups and Replication Filters The Notes.ini FileTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Logging Levels Replication Controls (E/SMTP) Options Server Groups and Replication Replication Types E/SMTP Settings Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMethods for Forcing Replication Topic 8F: Configuring Internet DocumentPull Push Replication Addressing Replication ControlsMultiple Replication Hubs When to Set Internet Addresses Replication Types


Critical Application Scheduling Internet Address Lookup Options Methods for Forcing ReplicationReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Pull Push ReplicationMail Routing Components An Implementation of SMTP Routing Multiple Replication HubsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Topic 9B: Implementing Message Critical Application SchedulingNNNs Disclaimers Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Message Disclaimers Mail Routing ComponentsMail Routing Topology The Message Disclaimer Implementation Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Process NNNs How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopology Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Mail Routing TopologyOpportunistic Routing Creating Message Disclaimer Policy The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingConnection Document Mail Routing Options Settings TopologyRouter Types and Connection Documents Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Messages Topologyfor Incoming Mail Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Opportunistic RoutingMail Storage Formats Controls Connection Document Mail RoutingSMTP Delivery Controls OptionsSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Router Types and Connection Documents SMTP Best Practices Controls Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatInternet Mail Routing Mail Transfer Controls for Incoming MailThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Storage Formats Methods for Enabling SMTP Mailboxes SMTPTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes SMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Settings How Mail Rules Work SMTP Best PracticesTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Mail Rule Actions Internet Mail RoutingSMTP Inbound Controls Activating a Server Mail Rule The SMTP Listener and Router TasksSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Methods for Enabling SMTP Message Relay Prevention Mail Journaling Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions SettingsFilters Journaling and Mail Routing SMTP Settings What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag SMTP Inbound ControlsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions SMTP Outbound ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Tag Mail Rule Conditions Message Relay Prevention DNS Whitelist? Field Names Associated with Tags Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist FiltersEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters or Whitelist Tags What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessDNS Blacklist? Quotas Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Quota Implementation Options What Happens When a Host is Found inEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Quota Restrictions the DNS Whitelist?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsPrivate Whitelist? Inbox Maintenance Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Inbox Maintenance What Happens When a Host is Found inEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to the DNS Blacklist?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Control Inbox Size What are Private Whitelist Filters?Private Blacklist? Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Archiving What Happens When a Host is Found inHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Benefits of Archiving and Policies the Private Whitelist?Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Archive Policy Documents What are Private Blacklist Filters?(E/SMTP) Options Archive Policy Settings Document Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersE/SMTP Settings Archive Criteria Settings Document What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Checklist for Monitoring Mail the Private Blacklist?When to Set Internet Addresses Types of Misdelivered Mail Order of Whitelist and BlacklistInternet Address Lookup Options Checking Mail Delivery PrecedenceTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Statistics Filters Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPDisclaimers Message Tracking (E/SMTP) OptionsMessage Disclaimers Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall E/SMTP Settings The Message Disclaimer Implementation What is Message Recall? Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingProcess Message Recall Options When to Set Internet AddressesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Configuring the Message Recall Feature Internet Address Lookup Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Troubleshooting Stages Topic 8G: Testing SMTPCreating Message Disclaimer Policy The Mail Trace Tool An Implementation of SMTP Routing Settings Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 9B: Implementing Message


Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME When to Restart the Router DisclaimersMessages Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Message DisclaimersTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery When to Force Mail Routing The Message Disclaimer ImplementationControls Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and ProcessDelivery Controls Dead Mail Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Delivery Failure Process Enabling Server Message DisclaimersControls Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMail Transfer Controls SettingsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server line Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMailboxes Planning Guidelines Messages Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryHow Mail Rules Work Plan ControlsMail Rule Actions Supported Platforms and System Delivery Controls Activating a Server Mail Rule Requirements Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus ControlsMail Journaling Domino Server Software Mail Transfer Controls Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerJournaling and Mail Routing Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus MailboxesJournaling and Server Configuration Domino Administrator Client Software Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and How Mail Rules WorkWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Basic Configurations Mail Rule ActionsTag Mail Rule Conditions What is Eclipse? Activating a Server Mail Rule Field Names Associated with Tags Client Installation Types Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or What is Lotus Expeditor? Mail JournalingWhitelist Tags Expeditor Component Packaging Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Eclipse Update Sites Journaling and Mail RoutingQuotas Automated Installation Options for Journaling and Server Configuration Quota Implementation Options Eclipse Components Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andQuota Restrictions Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMaintenance First Server Field Names Associated with TagsInbox Maintenance The Server Setup Process Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Domino Directory Whitelist Tags Control Inbox Size Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Comparing Domains and Organizations QuotasArchiving Purposes of Organizational Units Quota Implementation OptionsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Alternatives to Organizational Units Quota Restrictions Archive Policy Documents Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withArchive Policy Settings Document Organization Security Inbox MaintenanceArchive Criteria Settings Document Organization Certifier ID Security Inbox MaintenanceChecklist for Monitoring Mail Authentication Between Organizations Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTypes of Misdelivered Mail Country Codes Control Inbox Size Checking Mail Delivery Server Audience Types Topic 10F: Archiving MailTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The Lotus Domino Server Log ArchivingMail Statistics Administrators Group Security Options Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 1E: Configuring the First Archive Policy DocumentsMessage Tracking Workstation Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Client Configuration Program Archive Criteria Settings Document What is Message Recall? Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Checklist for Monitoring MailMessage Recall Options Administrators and Servers Types of Misdelivered MailConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Access in the Domino Directory Checking Mail Delivery Troubleshooting Stages The Special Privilege of the Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Mail Trace Tool LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Statistics Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingWhen to Restart the Router Group Lacks Message Tracking Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhen to Force Mail Routing Servers What is Message Recall?Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Need for Selecting a Registration Server Message Recall OptionsMail Server ID File Storage Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Delivery Failure Process Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Troubleshooting Stages

Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Mail Trace Tool The Standard Directory Structure Topic 12B: Restarting the Router

line The Central Directory Structure When to Restart the Router Planning Guidelines Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Domino Directory When to Force Mail Routing Plan Server Setup Profiles Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and


Supported Platforms and System Clearing the Server ID Password Dead MailRequirements The Certification Log The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Administrator Access to Register OUServer Software CertifiersLotus Domino Server Installation Types Need for Selecting a Registration Server lineTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 3B: Registering New Planning GuidelinesAdministrator Client Software Administrators The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and User Registration Options PlanBasic Configurations Administrator Access to Register Users Supported Platforms and SystemWhat is Eclipse? The License Tracking Database Requirements Client Installation Types Internet Password Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Internet Password Locking Server SoftwareExpeditor Component Packaging ID File Distribution Options Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Eclipse Update Sites Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse User Registration Text Files Administrator Client SoftwareComponents How to Register Users from a Text File The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Basic ConfigurationsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Changes What is Eclipse?First Server Domino Directory Document Client Installation TypesThe Server Setup Process Synchronization What is Lotus Expeditor?The Domino Directory Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Expeditor Component PackagingReplicas of the Domino Directory Workstation Eclipse Update SitesComparing Domains and Organizations Workstation Setup for Additional Automated Installation Options for EclipsePurposes of Organizational Units Workstations ComponentsAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Descendants of the Organization Certifier Domino Installation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theOrganization Security The Lotus Domino Administrator First ServerOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Server Setup ProcessAuthentication Between Organizations Servers The Domino DirectoryCountry Codes The Administration Process Replicas of the Domino DirectoryServer Audience Types Components of the Administration Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe Lotus Domino Server Log Process Purposes of Organizational UnitsAdministrators Group Security Options Database Tools in Domino Administrator Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Timing and Execution of Administration Descendants of the Organization CertifierThe Client Configuration Program Process Requests Organization SecurityTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Nested Groups Organization Certifier ID Securityand Servers The Deny List Only Group Type Authentication Between OrganizationsAccess in the Domino Directory Group Precedence in Database Access Country CodesThe Special Privilege of the Auto-populated Groups Server Audience TypesLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Lotus Domino Server LogPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Policy Administrators Group Security Options Lacks Policies Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstDomino Directory Access for Registering Policy Documents WorkstationServers Policy Types The Client Configuration Program Need for Selecting a Registration Server Settings Document Types Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toServer ID File Storage Options Policy Precedence Rules Administrators and ServersTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Static and Dynamic Settings Access in the Domino DirectoryAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Policy Management Tools The Special Privilege of theThe Standard Directory Structure Policy Management Development Tools LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Central Directory Structure Use of an Organizational Policy Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Lacks Domino Directory Explicit Policy Domino Directory Access for RegisteringServer Setup Profiles Policy Assignment Methods ServersClearing the Server ID Password Policy Assignment During Registration Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Certification Log Dynamic Policy Assignments Server ID File Storage Options Administrator Access to Register OU The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingCertifiers Lotus Domino Server Console Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Administration Tasks The Standard Directory StructureTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Message Color-Coding on the Server The Central Directory StructureUser Registration Options Console Replicating a Subset of Documents in theAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Domino DirectoryThe License Tracking Database Databases on the Server Server Setup ProfilesInternet Password Options Server Access Control Mechanisms Clearing the Server ID Password Internet Password Locking Restrictions for Authorizing Server The Certification LogID File Distribution Options Access Administrator Access to Register OUTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File User Access to the Server Certifiers


User Registration Text Files When to Restart the Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Administration Levels User Registration OptionsChanges Administration Level Details Administrator Access to Register UsersDomino Directory Document The Full Access Administrator Level The License Tracking DatabaseSynchronization Full Access Administrator Best Practices Internet Password OptionsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Domino Web Administrator Internet Password LockingWorkstation Administration Levels and the Lotus ID File Distribution Options Workstation Setup for Additional Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWorkstations Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels User Registration Text FilesTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino The Domino Server Log How to Register Users from a Text File Installation The Notes.ini File Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentThe Lotus Domino Administrator Logging Levels ChangesTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Server Groups and Replication Domino Directory DocumentServers Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Synchronization The Administration Process Document Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorComponents of the Administration Process Replication Controls WorkstationDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Replication Types Workstation Setup for AdditionalTiming and Execution of Administration Methods for Forcing Replication Workstations Process Requests Pull Push Replication Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoNested Groups Multiple Replication Hubs InstallationThe Deny List Only Group Type Critical Application Scheduling The Lotus Domino Administrator Group Precedence in Database Access Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleAuto-populated Groups Mail Routing Components ServersTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Administration ProcessPolicies Between NNNs Components of the Administration ProcessPolicy Documents Topic 7B: Implementing a Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPolicy Types Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Timing and Execution of AdministrationSettings Document Types The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Process Requests Policy Precedence Rules Topology Nested GroupsStatic and Dynamic Settings How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Deny List Only Group TypePolicy Management Tools Topology Group Precedence in Database AccessPolicy Management Development Tools Opportunistic Routing Auto-populated Groups Use of an Organizational Policy Connection Document Mail Routing Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Options PolicyPolicy Router Types and Connection PoliciesPolicy Assignment Methods Documents Policy DocumentsPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Policy TypesDynamic Policy Assignments Format for Incoming Mail Settings Document TypesThe Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Storage Formats Policy Precedence RulesLotus Domino Server Console SMTP Static and Dynamic SettingsAdministration Tasks SMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Management ToolsMessage Color-Coding on the Server SMTP Best Practices Policy Management Development ToolsConsole Internet Mail Routing Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDatabases on the Server Methods for Enabling SMTP Explicit PolicyServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Policy Assignment MethodsRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Settings Policy Assignment During RegistrationUser Access to the Server SMTP Settings Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWhen to Restart the Server Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Delivery Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAdministration Levels SMTP Inbound Controls Administration TasksAdministration Level Details SMTP Outbound Controls Message Color-Coding on the ServerThe Full Access Administrator Level Message Relay Prevention Console Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateThe Domino Web Administrator Filters Databases on the ServerAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Server Access Control MechanismsWeb Administrator Application The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters User Access to the ServerThe Domino Server Log What Happens When a Host is Found in When to Restart the Server The Notes.ini File the DNS Whitelist? Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsLogging Levels DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Administration LevelsServer Groups and Replication Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Administration Level DetailsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document What Happens When a Host is Found in The Full Access Administrator LevelReplication Controls the DNS Blacklist? Full Access Administrator Best PracticesReplication Types What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Domino Web Administrator


Methods for Forcing Replication Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Administration Levels and the LotusPull Push Replication What Happens When a Host is Found in Domino Web Administrator Application Multiple Replication Hubs the Private Whitelist? Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsCritical Application Scheduling What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Domino Server LogReplication Schedule Criteria Enabling Private Blacklist Filters The Notes.ini FileMail Routing Components What Happens When a Host is Found in Logging Levels Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between the Private Blacklist? Server Groups and Replication NNNs Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Precedence DocumentMail Routing Topology How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Replication ControlsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Filters Replication TypesHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopology (E/SMTP) Options Pull Push ReplicationOpportunistic Routing E/SMTP Settings Multiple Replication HubsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Critical Application SchedulingRouter Types and Connection Documents Addressing Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format When to Set Internet Addresses Mail Routing Componentsfor Incoming Mail Internet Address Lookup Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMail Storage Formats Topic 8G: Testing SMTP NNNs SMTP An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 9B: Implementing Message Mail Routing TopologySMTP Best Practices Disclaimers The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingInternet Mail Routing Message Disclaimers TopologyThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Message Disclaimer Implementation How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMethods for Enabling SMTP Process TopologyTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Options for Attaching Disclaimers Opportunistic RoutingSMTP Settings Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Creating Message Disclaimer Policy OptionsSMTP Inbound Controls Settings Router Types and Connection Documents SMTP Outbound Controls Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMessage Relay Prevention Messages for Incoming MailTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Mail Storage Formats Filters Controls SMTPWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Delivery Controls SMTP Implementation ScenariosThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer SMTP Best PracticesEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Controls Internet Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Transfer Controls The SMTP Listener and Router TasksDNS Whitelist? Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Methods for Enabling SMTP DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Mailboxes Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes SettingsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the How Mail Rules Work SMTP Settings DNS Blacklist? Mail Rule Actions Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Activating a Server Mail Rule SMTP Inbound ControlsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling SMTP Outbound ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Journaling Message Relay Prevention Private Whitelist? Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Journaling and Mail Routing FiltersEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Journaling and Server Configuration What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessPrivate Blacklist? and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Tag Mail Rule Conditions What Happens When a Host is Found inHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Field Names Associated with Tags the DNS Whitelist?Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics(E/SMTP) Options or Whitelist Tags Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersE/SMTP Settings Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Quotas the DNS Blacklist?When to Set Internet Addresses Quota Implementation Options What are Private Whitelist Filters?Internet Address Lookup Options Quota Restrictions Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with What Happens When a Host is Found inAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Inbox Maintenance the Private Whitelist?Topic 9B: Implementing Message Inbox Maintenance What are Private Blacklist Filters?Disclaimers Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersMessage Disclaimers Control Inbox Size What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 10F: Archiving Mail the Private Blacklist?Process Archiving Order of Whitelist and BlacklistOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Benefits of Archiving and Policies Precedence


Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Archive Policy Documents How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Archive Policy Settings Document Filters Settings Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Checklist for Monitoring Mail (E/SMTP) OptionsMessages Types of Misdelivered Mail E/SMTP Settings Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Checking Mail Delivery Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingControls Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics When to Set Internet AddressesDelivery Controls Mail Statistics Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 8G: Testing SMTPControls Message Tracking An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Transfer Controls Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server What is Message Recall? DisclaimersMailboxes Message Recall Options Message DisclaimersBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Message Disclaimer ImplementationHow Mail Rules Work Troubleshooting Stages ProcessMail Rule Actions The Mail Trace Tool Options for Attaching DisclaimersActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling When to Restart the Router Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyMail Journaling Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing SettingsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions When to Force Mail Routing Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEJournaling and Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Messages Journaling and Server Configuration Dead Mail Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and The Delivery Failure Process ControlsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Delivery Controls Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferField Names Associated with Tags line ControlsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Planning Guidelines Mail Transfer Controls Whitelist Tags The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Plan MailboxesQuotas Supported Platforms and System Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Quota Implementation Options Requirements How Mail Rules WorkQuota Restrictions Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Mail Rule ActionsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Domino Server Software Activating a Server Mail Rule Maintenance Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingInbox Maintenance Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Mail JournalingUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Domino Administrator Client Software Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsControl Inbox Size The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Basic Configurations Journaling and Server Configuration Archiving What is Eclipse? Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andBenefits of Archiving and Policies Client Installation Types Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsArchive Policy Documents What is Lotus Expeditor? Tag Mail Rule ConditionsArchive Policy Settings Document Expeditor Component Packaging Field Names Associated with TagsArchive Criteria Settings Document Eclipse Update Sites Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orChecklist for Monitoring Mail Automated Installation Options for Whitelist Tags Types of Misdelivered Mail Eclipse Components Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasChecking Mail Delivery Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation QuotasTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Quota Implementation OptionsMail Statistics First Server Quota Restrictions Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Server Setup Process Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withMessage Tracking The Domino Directory Inbox MaintenanceTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Replicas of the Domino Directory Inbox MaintenanceWhat is Message Recall? Comparing Domains and Organizations Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toMessage Recall Options Purposes of Organizational Units Control Inbox Size Configuring the Message Recall Feature Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 10F: Archiving MailTroubleshooting Stages Descendants of the Organization Certifier ArchivingThe Mail Trace Tool Organization Security Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Organization Certifier ID Security Archive Policy DocumentsWhen to Restart the Router Authentication Between Organizations Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Country Codes Archive Criteria Settings Document When to Force Mail Routing Server Audience Types Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The Lotus Domino Server Log Types of Misdelivered MailMail Administrators Group Security Options Checking Mail Delivery The Delivery Failure Process Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics

Workstation Mail Statistics The Client Configuration Program Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking

line Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Message Tracking


Planning Guidelines Administrators and Servers Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Access in the Domino Directory What is Message Recall?Plan The Special Privilege of the Message Recall OptionsSupported Platforms and System LocalDomainAdmins Group Configuring the Message Recall Feature Requirements Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Troubleshooting StagesTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Group Lacks The Mail Trace Tool Server Software Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterLotus Domino Server Installation Types Servers When to Restart the Router Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAdministrator Client Software Server ID File Storage Options When to Force Mail Routing The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andBasic Configurations Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Dead MailWhat is Eclipse? The Standard Directory Structure The Delivery Failure ProcessClient Installation Types The Central Directory StructureWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Replicating a Subset of Documents in theExpeditor Component Packaging Domino Directory lineEclipse Update Sites Server Setup Profiles Planning GuidelinesAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Clearing the Server ID Password The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentComponents The Certification Log PlanMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administrator Access to Register OU Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Certifiers Requirements First Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Server Setup Process Topic 3B: Registering New Server SoftwareThe Domino Directory Administrators Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Replicas of the Domino Directory User Registration Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoComparing Domains and Organizations Administrator Access to Register Users Administrator Client SoftwarePurposes of Organizational Units The License Tracking Database The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAlternatives to Organizational Units Internet Password Options Basic ConfigurationsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Internet Password Locking What is Eclipse?Organization Security ID File Distribution Options Client Installation TypesOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File What is Lotus Expeditor?Authentication Between Organizations User Registration Text Files Expeditor Component PackagingCountry Codes How to Register Users from a Text File Eclipse Update SitesServer Audience Types Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe Lotus Domino Server Log Changes ComponentsAdministrators Group Security Options Domino Directory Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Synchronization Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theThe Client Configuration Program Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator First ServerTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Workstation The Server Setup Processand Servers Workstation Setup for Additional The Domino DirectoryAccess in the Domino Directory Workstations Replicas of the Domino DirectoryThe Special Privilege of the Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Comparing Domains and OrganizationsLocalDomainAdmins Group Domino Installation Purposes of Organizational UnitsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group The Lotus Domino Administrator Alternatives to Organizational UnitsLacks Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Descendants of the Organization CertifierDomino Directory Access for Registering Servers Organization SecurityServers The Administration Process Organization Certifier ID SecurityNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Components of the Administration Authentication Between OrganizationsServer ID File Storage Options Process Country CodesTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Database Tools in Domino Administrator Server Audience TypesAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Timing and Execution of Administration The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Standard Directory Structure Process Requests Administrators Group Security Options The Central Directory Structure Nested Groups Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Deny List Only Group Type WorkstationDomino Directory Group Precedence in Database Access The Client Configuration Program Server Setup Profiles Auto-populated Groups Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toClearing the Server ID Password Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Administrators and ServersThe Certification Log Policy Access in the Domino DirectoryAdministrator Access to Register OU Policies The Special Privilege of theCertifiers Policy Documents LocalDomainAdmins GroupNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Types Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Settings Document Types Lacks User Registration Options Policy Precedence Rules Domino Directory Access for RegisteringAdministrator Access to Register Users Static and Dynamic Settings ServersThe License Tracking Database Policy Management Tools Need for Selecting a Registration ServerInternet Password Options Policy Management Development Tools Server ID File Storage Options


Internet Password Locking Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingID File Distribution Options Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Explicit Policy The Standard Directory StructureUser Registration Text Files Policy Assignment Methods The Central Directory StructureHow to Register Users from a Text File Policy Assignment During Registration Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Dynamic Policy Assignments Domino DirectoryChanges The Effect of Multiple Policies Server Setup ProfilesDomino Directory Document Lotus Domino Server Console Clearing the Server ID Password Synchronization Administration Tasks The Certification LogTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Message Color-Coding on the Server Administrator Access to Register OUWorkstation Console CertifiersWorkstation Setup for Additional Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Need for Selecting a Registration Server Workstations Databases on the Server Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Server Access Control Mechanisms User Registration OptionsInstallation Restrictions for Authorizing Server Administrator Access to Register UsersThe Lotus Domino Administrator Access The License Tracking DatabaseTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple User Access to the Server Internet Password OptionsServers When to Restart the Server Internet Password LockingThe Administration Process Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels ID File Distribution Options Components of the Administration Process Administration Levels Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Administration Level Details User Registration Text FilesTiming and Execution of Administration The Full Access Administrator Level How to Register Users from a Text File Process Requests Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentNested Groups The Domino Web Administrator ChangesThe Deny List Only Group Type Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Directory DocumentGroup Precedence in Database Access Domino Web Administrator Application Synchronization Auto-populated Groups Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy The Domino Server Log WorkstationPolicies The Notes.ini File Workstation Setup for AdditionalPolicy Documents Logging Levels Workstations Policy Types Server Groups and Replication Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoSettings Document Types Topic 6B: Creating a Connection InstallationPolicy Precedence Rules Document The Lotus Domino Administrator Static and Dynamic Settings Replication Controls Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultiplePolicy Management Tools Replication Types ServersPolicy Management Development Tools Methods for Forcing Replication The Administration ProcessUse of an Organizational Policy Pull Push Replication Components of the Administration ProcessTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Multiple Replication Hubs Database Tools in Domino AdministratorPolicy Critical Application Scheduling Timing and Execution of AdministrationPolicy Assignment Methods Replication Schedule Criteria Process Requests Policy Assignment During Registration Mail Routing Components Nested GroupsDynamic Policy Assignments Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Effect of Multiple Policies Between NNNs Group Precedence in Database AccessLotus Domino Server Console Topic 7B: Implementing a Auto-populated Groups Administration Tasks Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMessage Color-Coding on the Server The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing PolicyConsole Topology PoliciesTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Policy DocumentsDatabases on the Server Topology Policy TypesServer Access Control Mechanisms Opportunistic Routing Settings Document TypesRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Connection Document Mail Routing Policy Precedence RulesUser Access to the Server Options Static and Dynamic SettingsWhen to Restart the Server Router Types and Connection Policy Management ToolsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Documents Policy Management Development ToolsAdministration Levels Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Use of an Organizational Policy Administration Level Details Format for Incoming Mail Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anThe Full Access Administrator Level Mail Storage Formats Explicit PolicyFull Access Administrator Best Practices SMTP Policy Assignment MethodsThe Domino Web Administrator SMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Assignment During RegistrationAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino SMTP Best Practices Dynamic Policy AssignmentsWeb Administrator Application Internet Mail Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe Domino Server Log Methods for Enabling SMTP Administration TasksThe Notes.ini File Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Message Color-Coding on the ServerLogging Levels Settings Console Server Groups and Replication SMTP Settings Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create


Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Databases on the ServerReplication Controls Delivery Server Access Control MechanismsReplication Types SMTP Inbound Controls Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMethods for Forcing Replication SMTP Outbound Controls User Access to the ServerPull Push Replication Message Relay Prevention When to Restart the Server Multiple Replication Hubs Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsCritical Application Scheduling Filters Administration LevelsReplication Schedule Criteria What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Administration Level DetailsMail Routing Components The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Full Access Administrator LevelMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Full Access Administrator Best PracticesNNNs What Happens When a Host is Found in The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke the DNS Whitelist? Administration Levels and the LotusMail Routing Topology DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Domino Web Administrator Application The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke What Happens When a Host is Found in The Domino Server LogTopology the DNS Blacklist? The Notes.ini FileOpportunistic Routing What are Private Whitelist Filters? Logging Levels Connection Document Mail Routing Options Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Server Groups and Replication Router Types and Connection Documents What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format the Private Whitelist? Documentfor Incoming Mail What are Private Blacklist Filters? Replication ControlsMail Storage Formats Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Replication TypesSMTP What Happens When a Host is Found in Methods for Forcing ReplicationSMTP Implementation Scenarios the Private Blacklist? Pull Push ReplicationSMTP Best Practices Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Multiple Replication HubsInternet Mail Routing Precedence Critical Application SchedulingThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Replication Schedule Criteria Methods for Enabling SMTP Filters Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenSMTP Settings (E/SMTP) Options NNNs Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery E/SMTP Settings Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeSMTP Inbound Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Mail Routing TopologySMTP Outbound Controls Addressing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMessage Relay Prevention When to Set Internet Addresses TopologyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Internet Address Lookup Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeFilters Topic 8G: Testing SMTP TopologyWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? An Implementation of SMTP Routing Opportunistic RoutingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 9B: Implementing Message Connection Document Mail RoutingEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Disclaimers OptionsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Message Disclaimers Router Types and Connection Documents DNS Whitelist? The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Process for Incoming MailEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Options for Attaching Disclaimers Mail Storage Formats What Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling Server Message Disclaimers SMTPDNS Blacklist? Creating Message Disclaimer Policy SMTP Implementation ScenariosWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Settings SMTP Best PracticesEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Internet Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Messages The SMTP Listener and Router TasksPrivate Whitelist? Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Methods for Enabling SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters? Controls Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Delivery Controls SettingsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer SMTP Settings Private Blacklist? Controls Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Mail Transfer Controls SMTP Inbound ControlsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mailboxes Message Relay Prevention (E/SMTP) Options Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistE/SMTP Settings How Mail Rules Work FiltersTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Mail Rule Actions What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?When to Set Internet Addresses Activating a Server Mail Rule The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Mail Journaling What Happens When a Host is Found inAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions the DNS Whitelist?Topic 9B: Implementing Message Journaling and Mail Routing DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsDisclaimers Journaling and Server Configuration Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersMessage Disclaimers Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag What Happens When a Host is Found in


The Message Disclaimer Implementation and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions the DNS Blacklist?Process Tag Mail Rule Conditions What are Private Whitelist Filters?Options for Attaching Disclaimers Field Names Associated with Tags Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inCreating Message Disclaimer Policy or Whitelist Tags the Private Whitelist?Settings Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What are Private Blacklist Filters?Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Quotas Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersMessages Quota Implementation Options What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Quota Restrictions the Private Blacklist?Controls Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Order of Whitelist and BlacklistDelivery Controls Inbox Maintenance PrecedenceTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Inbox Maintenance How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistControls Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Filters Mail Transfer Controls Control Inbox Size Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 10F: Archiving Mail (E/SMTP) OptionsMailboxes Archiving E/SMTP Settings Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingHow Mail Rules Work Archive Policy Documents When to Set Internet AddressesMail Rule Actions Archive Policy Settings Document Internet Address Lookup Options Activating a Server Mail Rule Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Checklist for Monitoring Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Journaling Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 9B: Implementing MessageJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Checking Mail Delivery DisclaimersJournaling and Mail Routing Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Message DisclaimersJournaling and Server Configuration Mail Statistics The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking ProcessWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Message Tracking Options for Attaching DisclaimersTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Enabling Server Message DisclaimersField Names Associated with Tags What is Message Recall? Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Message Recall Options SettingsWhitelist Tags Configuring the Message Recall Feature Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Troubleshooting Stages Messages Quotas The Mail Trace Tool Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryQuota Implementation Options Topic 12B: Restarting the Router ControlsQuota Restrictions When to Restart the Router Delivery Controls Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferMaintenance When to Force Mail Routing ControlsInbox Maintenance Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Mail Transfer Controls Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Dead Mail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerControl Inbox Size The Delivery Failure Process MailboxesTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Archiving How Mail Rules WorkBenefits of Archiving and Policies line Mail Rule ActionsArchive Policy Documents Planning Guidelines Activating a Server Mail Rule Archive Policy Settings Document The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingArchive Criteria Settings Document Plan Mail JournalingChecklist for Monitoring Mail Supported Platforms and System Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTypes of Misdelivered Mail Requirements Journaling and Mail RoutingChecking Mail Delivery Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Domino Server Software Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMail Statistics Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Tag Mail Rule ConditionsMessage Tracking Domino Administrator Client Software Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWhat is Message Recall? Basic Configurations Whitelist Tags Message Recall Options What is Eclipse? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Client Installation Types QuotasTroubleshooting Stages What is Lotus Expeditor? Quota Implementation OptionsThe Mail Trace Tool Expeditor Component Packaging Quota Restrictions Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Eclipse Update Sites Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWhen to Restart the Router Automated Installation Options for Inbox MaintenanceTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Eclipse Components Inbox MaintenanceWhen to Force Mail Routing Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Control Inbox Size Mail First Server Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Delivery Failure Process The Server Setup Process Archiving


The Domino Directory Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesReplicas of the Domino Directory Archive Policy Documents

line Comparing Domains and Organizations Archive Policy Settings DocumentPlanning Guidelines Purposes of Organizational Units Archive Criteria Settings Document The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Alternatives to Organizational Units Checklist for Monitoring MailPlan Descendants of the Organization Certifier Types of Misdelivered MailSupported Platforms and System Organization Security Checking Mail Delivery Requirements Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Authentication Between Organizations Mail Statistics Server Software Country Codes Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingLotus Domino Server Installation Types Server Audience Types Message Tracking Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallAdministrator Client Software Administrators Group Security Options What is Message Recall?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 1E: Configuring the First Message Recall OptionsBasic Configurations Workstation Configuring the Message Recall Feature What is Eclipse? The Client Configuration Program Troubleshooting StagesClient Installation Types Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to The Mail Trace Tool What is Lotus Expeditor? Administrators and Servers Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterExpeditor Component Packaging Access in the Domino Directory When to Restart the Router Eclipse Update Sites The Special Privilege of the Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse LocalDomainAdmins Group When to Force Mail Routing Components Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Group Lacks Dead MailTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Domino Directory Access for Registering The Delivery Failure ProcessFirst Server ServersThe Server Setup Process Need for Selecting a Registration Server Lesson 11: Monitoring Mail The Domino Directory Server ID File Storage Options lineReplicas of the Domino Directory Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 11A: Verifying Routing and CheckingComparing Domains and Organizations Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Mail DeliveryPurposes of Organizational Units The Standard Directory Structure Checklist for Verifying Mail RoutingAlternatives to Organizational Units The Central Directory StructureDescendants of the Organization Certifier Replicating a Subset of Documents in theOrganization Security Domino Directory lineOrganization Certifier ID Security Server Setup Profiles Planning GuidelinesAuthentication Between Organizations Clearing the Server ID Password The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentCountry Codes The Certification Log PlanServer Audience Types Administrator Access to Register OU Supported Platforms and SystemThe Lotus Domino Server Log Certifiers Requirements Administrators Group Security Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 3B: Registering New Server SoftwareThe Client Configuration Program Administrators Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators User Registration Options Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Dominoand Servers Administrator Access to Register Users Administrator Client SoftwareAccess in the Domino Directory The License Tracking Database The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Special Privilege of the Internet Password Options Basic ConfigurationsLocalDomainAdmins Group Internet Password Locking What is Eclipse?Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group ID File Distribution Options Client Installation TypesLacks Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File What is Lotus Expeditor?Domino Directory Access for Registering User Registration Text Files Expeditor Component PackagingServers How to Register Users from a Text File Eclipse Update SitesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Automated Installation Options for EclipseServer ID File Storage Options Changes ComponentsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino Directory Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Synchronization Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator First ServerThe Central Directory Structure Workstation The Server Setup ProcessReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Workstation Setup for Additional The Domino DirectoryDomino Directory Workstations Replicas of the Domino DirectoryServer Setup Profiles Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Comparing Domains and OrganizationsClearing the Server ID Password Domino Installation Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Certification Log The Lotus Domino Administrator Alternatives to Organizational UnitsAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Descendants of the Organization CertifierCertifiers Servers Organization SecurityNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Administration Process Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Components of the Administration Authentication Between OrganizationsUser Registration Options Process Country Codes


Administrator Access to Register Users Database Tools in Domino Administrator Server Audience TypesThe License Tracking Database Timing and Execution of Administration The Lotus Domino Server LogInternet Password Options Process Requests Administrators Group Security Options Internet Password Locking Nested Groups Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstID File Distribution Options The Deny List Only Group Type WorkstationTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Group Precedence in Database Access The Client Configuration Program User Registration Text Files Auto-populated Groups Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Administrators and ServersTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Policy Access in the Domino DirectoryChanges Policies The Special Privilege of theDomino Directory Document Policy Documents LocalDomainAdmins GroupSynchronization Policy Types Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Settings Document Types Lacks Workstation Policy Precedence Rules Domino Directory Access for RegisteringWorkstation Setup for Additional Static and Dynamic Settings ServersWorkstations Policy Management Tools Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Policy Management Development Tools Server ID File Storage Options Installation Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Explicit Policy The Standard Directory StructureServers Policy Assignment Methods The Central Directory StructureThe Administration Process Policy Assignment During Registration Replicating a Subset of Documents in theComponents of the Administration Process Dynamic Policy Assignments Domino DirectoryDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Effect of Multiple Policies Server Setup ProfilesTiming and Execution of Administration Lotus Domino Server Console Clearing the Server ID Password Process Requests Administration Tasks The Certification LogNested Groups Message Color-Coding on the Server Administrator Access to Register OUThe Deny List Only Group Type Console CertifiersGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Need for Selecting a Registration Server Auto-populated Groups Databases on the Server Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Server Access Control Mechanisms User Registration OptionsPolicies Restrictions for Authorizing Server Administrator Access to Register UsersPolicy Documents Access The License Tracking DatabasePolicy Types User Access to the Server Internet Password OptionsSettings Document Types When to Restart the Server Internet Password LockingPolicy Precedence Rules Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels ID File Distribution Options Static and Dynamic Settings Administration Levels Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FilePolicy Management Tools Administration Level Details User Registration Text FilesPolicy Management Development Tools The Full Access Administrator Level How to Register Users from a Text File Use of an Organizational Policy Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The Domino Web Administrator ChangesPolicy Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Directory DocumentPolicy Assignment Methods Domino Web Administrator Application Synchronization Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorDynamic Policy Assignments The Domino Server Log WorkstationThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Notes.ini File Workstation Setup for AdditionalLotus Domino Server Console Logging Levels Workstations Administration Tasks Server Groups and Replication Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 6B: Creating a Connection InstallationConsole Document The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Replication Controls Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleDatabases on the Server Replication Types ServersServer Access Control Mechanisms Methods for Forcing Replication The Administration ProcessRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Pull Push Replication Components of the Administration ProcessUser Access to the Server Multiple Replication Hubs Database Tools in Domino AdministratorWhen to Restart the Server Critical Application Scheduling Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Replication Schedule Criteria Process Requests Administration Levels Mail Routing Components Nested GroupsAdministration Level Details Mail Routing Behavior Within and The Deny List Only Group TypeThe Full Access Administrator Level Between NNNs Group Precedence in Database AccessFull Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 7B: Implementing a Auto-populated Groups The Domino Web Administrator Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing PolicyWeb Administrator Application Topology PoliciesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Policy DocumentsThe Domino Server Log Topology Policy Types


The Notes.ini File Opportunistic Routing Settings Document TypesLogging Levels Connection Document Mail Routing Policy Precedence RulesServer Groups and Replication Options Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Router Types and Connection Policy Management ToolsReplication Controls Documents Policy Management Development ToolsReplication Types Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Use of an Organizational Policy Methods for Forcing Replication Format for Incoming Mail Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPull Push Replication Mail Storage Formats Explicit PolicyMultiple Replication Hubs SMTP Policy Assignment MethodsCritical Application Scheduling SMTP Implementation Scenarios Policy Assignment During RegistrationReplication Schedule Criteria SMTP Best Practices Dynamic Policy AssignmentsMail Routing Components Internet Mail Routing The Effect of Multiple Policies Mail Routing Behavior Within and Between The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Lotus Domino Server ConsoleNNNs Methods for Enabling SMTP Administration TasksTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Message Color-Coding on the ServerMail Routing Topology Settings Console The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology SMTP Settings Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Databases on the ServerTopology Delivery Server Access Control MechanismsOpportunistic Routing SMTP Inbound Controls Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessConnection Document Mail Routing Options SMTP Outbound Controls User Access to the ServerRouter Types and Connection Documents Message Relay Prevention When to Restart the Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levelsfor Incoming Mail Filters Administration LevelsMail Storage Formats What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Administration Level DetailsSMTP The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Full Access Administrator LevelSMTP Implementation Scenarios Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Full Access Administrator Best PracticesSMTP Best Practices What Happens When a Host is Found in The Domino Web AdministratorInternet Mail Routing the DNS Whitelist? Administration Levels and the LotusThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Domino Web Administrator Application Methods for Enabling SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found in The Domino Server LogSMTP Settings the DNS Blacklist? The Notes.ini FileTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery What are Private Whitelist Filters? Logging Levels SMTP Inbound Controls Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Server Groups and Replication SMTP Outbound Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMessage Relay Prevention the Private Whitelist? DocumentTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist What are Private Blacklist Filters? Replication ControlsFilters Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Replication TypesWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? What Happens When a Host is Found in Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process the Private Blacklist? Pull Push ReplicationEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Multiple Replication HubsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Precedence Critical Application SchedulingDNS Whitelist? How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Replication Schedule Criteria DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Filters Mail Routing ComponentsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the (E/SMTP) Options NNNs DNS Blacklist? E/SMTP Settings Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Mail Routing TopologyEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Addressing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the When to Set Internet Addresses TopologyPrivate Whitelist? Internet Address Lookup Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 8G: Testing SMTP TopologyEnabling Private Blacklist Filters An Implementation of SMTP Routing Opportunistic RoutingWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 9B: Implementing Message Connection Document Mail RoutingPrivate Blacklist? Disclaimers OptionsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Message Disclaimers Router Types and Connection Documents How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Process for Incoming Mail(E/SMTP) Options Options for Attaching Disclaimers Mail Storage Formats E/SMTP Settings Enabling Server Message Disclaimers SMTPTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Creating Message Disclaimer Policy SMTP Implementation ScenariosWhen to Set Internet Addresses Settings SMTP Best PracticesInternet Address Lookup Options Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Internet Mail RoutingTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Messages The SMTP Listener and Router TasksAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Methods for Enabling SMTP


Topic 9B: Implementing Message Controls Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPDisclaimers Delivery Controls SettingsMessage Disclaimers Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer SMTP Settings The Message Disclaimer Implementation Controls Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryProcess Mail Transfer Controls SMTP Inbound ControlsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server SMTP Outbound ControlsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Mailboxes Message Relay Prevention Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistSettings How Mail Rules Work FiltersUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Mail Rule Actions What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Messages Activating a Server Mail Rule The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersControls Mail Journaling What Happens When a Host is Found inDelivery Controls Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions the DNS Whitelist?Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Journaling and Mail Routing DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsControls Journaling and Server Configuration Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersMail Transfer Controls Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions the DNS Blacklist?Mailboxes Tag Mail Rule Conditions What are Private Whitelist Filters?Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Field Names Associated with Tags Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersHow Mail Rules Work Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Rule Actions or Whitelist Tags the Private Whitelist?Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas What are Private Blacklist Filters?Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Quotas Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersMail Journaling Quota Implementation Options What Happens When a Host is Found inJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Quota Restrictions the Private Blacklist?Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Order of Whitelist and BlacklistJournaling and Server Configuration Inbox Maintenance PrecedenceTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Inbox Maintenance How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Filters Tag Mail Rule Conditions Control Inbox Size Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPField Names Associated with Tags Topic 10F: Archiving Mail (E/SMTP) OptionsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Archiving E/SMTP Settings Whitelist Tags Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Archive Policy Documents When to Set Internet AddressesQuotas Archive Policy Settings Document Internet Address Lookup Options Quota Implementation Options Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 8G: Testing SMTPQuota Restrictions Checklist for Monitoring Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 9B: Implementing MessageMaintenance Checking Mail Delivery DisclaimersInbox Maintenance Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Message DisclaimersUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Mail Statistics The Message Disclaimer ImplementationControl Inbox Size Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking ProcessTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Message Tracking Options for Attaching DisclaimersArchiving Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Enabling Server Message DisclaimersBenefits of Archiving and Policies What is Message Recall? Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyArchive Policy Documents Message Recall Options SettingsArchive Policy Settings Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEArchive Criteria Settings Document Troubleshooting Stages Messages Checklist for Monitoring Mail The Mail Trace Tool Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 12B: Restarting the Router ControlsChecking Mail Delivery When to Restart the Router Delivery Controls Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferMail Statistics When to Force Mail Routing ControlsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Mail Transfer Controls Message Tracking Dead Mail Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Delivery Failure Process MailboxesWhat is Message Recall? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Recall Options How Mail Rules WorkConfiguring the Message Recall Feature line Mail Rule ActionsTroubleshooting Stages Planning Guidelines Activating a Server Mail Rule The Mail Trace Tool The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Plan Mail JournalingWhen to Restart the Router Supported Platforms and System Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Requirements Journaling and Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Journaling and Server Configuration


Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Domino Server Software Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMail Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Delivery Failure Process Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Tag Mail Rule Conditions

Domino Administrator Client Software Field Names Associated with TagsThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or

line Basic Configurations Whitelist Tags Planning Guidelines What is Eclipse? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Client Installation Types QuotasPlan What is Lotus Expeditor? Quota Implementation OptionsSupported Platforms and System Expeditor Component Packaging Quota Restrictions Requirements Eclipse Update Sites Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Automated Installation Options for Inbox MaintenanceServer Software Eclipse Components Inbox MaintenanceLotus Domino Server Installation Types Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Control Inbox Size Administrator Client Software First Server Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and The Server Setup Process ArchivingBasic Configurations The Domino Directory Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesWhat is Eclipse? Replicas of the Domino Directory Archive Policy DocumentsClient Installation Types Comparing Domains and Organizations Archive Policy Settings DocumentWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Purposes of Organizational Units Archive Criteria Settings Document Expeditor Component Packaging Alternatives to Organizational Units Checklist for Monitoring MailEclipse Update Sites Descendants of the Organization Certifier Types of Misdelivered MailAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Organization Security Checking Mail Delivery Components Organization Certifier ID Security Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Authentication Between Organizations Mail Statistics Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Country Codes Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingFirst Server Server Audience Types Message Tracking The Server Setup Process The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallThe Domino Directory Administrators Group Security Options What is Message Recall?Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 1E: Configuring the First Message Recall OptionsComparing Domains and Organizations Workstation Configuring the Message Recall Feature Purposes of Organizational Units The Client Configuration Program Troubleshooting StagesAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to The Mail Trace Tool Descendants of the Organization Certifier Administrators and Servers Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterOrganization Security Access in the Domino Directory When to Restart the Router Organization Certifier ID Security The Special Privilege of the Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAuthentication Between Organizations LocalDomainAdmins Group When to Force Mail Routing Country Codes Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andServer Audience Types Group Lacks Dead MailThe Lotus Domino Server Log Domino Directory Access for Registering The Delivery Failure ProcessAdministrators Group Security Options ServersTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe Client Configuration Program Server ID File Storage Options lineTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Planning Guidelinesand Servers Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentAccess in the Domino Directory The Standard Directory Structure PlanThe Special Privilege of the The Central Directory Structure Supported Platforms and SystemLocalDomainAdmins Group Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Requirements Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Domino Directory Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoLacks Server Setup Profiles Server SoftwareDomino Directory Access for Registering Clearing the Server ID Password Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Servers The Certification Log Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Administrator Access to Register OU Administrator Client SoftwareServer ID File Storage Options Certifiers The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Need for Selecting a Registration Server Basic ConfigurationsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 3B: Registering New What is Eclipse?The Standard Directory Structure Administrators Client Installation TypesThe Central Directory Structure User Registration Options What is Lotus Expeditor?Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Administrator Access to Register Users Expeditor Component PackagingDomino Directory The License Tracking Database Eclipse Update SitesServer Setup Profiles Internet Password Options Automated Installation Options for EclipseClearing the Server ID Password Internet Password Locking ComponentsThe Certification Log ID File Distribution Options Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theCertifiers User Registration Text Files First Server


Need for Selecting a Registration Server How to Register Users from a Text File The Server Setup ProcessTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Domino DirectoryUser Registration Options Changes Replicas of the Domino DirectoryAdministrator Access to Register Users Domino Directory Document Comparing Domains and OrganizationsThe License Tracking Database Synchronization Purposes of Organizational UnitsInternet Password Options Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Alternatives to Organizational UnitsInternet Password Locking Workstation Descendants of the Organization CertifierID File Distribution Options Workstation Setup for Additional Organization SecurityTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Workstations Organization Certifier ID SecurityUser Registration Text Files Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Authentication Between OrganizationsHow to Register Users from a Text File Domino Installation Country CodesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document The Lotus Domino Administrator Server Audience TypesChanges Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Lotus Domino Server LogDomino Directory Document Servers Administrators Group Security Options Synchronization The Administration Process Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Components of the Administration WorkstationWorkstation Process The Client Configuration Program Workstation Setup for Additional Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWorkstations Timing and Execution of Administration Administrators and ServersTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Process Requests Access in the Domino DirectoryInstallation Nested Groups The Special Privilege of theThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Deny List Only Group Type LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Group Precedence in Database Access Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupServers Auto-populated Groups Lacks The Administration Process Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Domino Directory Access for RegisteringComponents of the Administration Process Policy ServersDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Policies Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTiming and Execution of Administration Policy Documents Server ID File Storage Options Process Requests Policy Types Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingNested Groups Settings Document Types Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Deny List Only Group Type Policy Precedence Rules The Standard Directory StructureGroup Precedence in Database Access Static and Dynamic Settings The Central Directory StructureAuto-populated Groups Policy Management Tools Replicating a Subset of Documents in theTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Policy Management Development Tools Domino DirectoryPolicies Use of an Organizational Policy Server Setup ProfilesPolicy Documents Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Clearing the Server ID Password Policy Types Explicit Policy The Certification LogSettings Document Types Policy Assignment Methods Administrator Access to Register OUPolicy Precedence Rules Policy Assignment During Registration CertifiersStatic and Dynamic Settings Dynamic Policy Assignments Need for Selecting a Registration Server Policy Management Tools The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsPolicy Management Development Tools Lotus Domino Server Console User Registration OptionsUse of an Organizational Policy Administration Tasks Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Message Color-Coding on the Server The License Tracking DatabasePolicy Console Internet Password OptionsPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Internet Password LockingPolicy Assignment During Registration Databases on the Server ID File Distribution Options Dynamic Policy Assignments Server Access Control Mechanisms Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe Effect of Multiple Policies Restrictions for Authorizing Server User Registration Text FilesLotus Domino Server Console Access How to Register Users from a Text File Administration Tasks User Access to the Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentMessage Color-Coding on the Server When to Restart the Server ChangesConsole Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Domino Directory DocumentTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administration Levels Synchronization Databases on the Server Administration Level Details Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorServer Access Control Mechanisms The Full Access Administrator Level WorkstationRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Full Access Administrator Best Practices Workstation Setup for AdditionalUser Access to the Server The Domino Web Administrator Workstations When to Restart the Server Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Domino Web Administrator Application InstallationAdministration Levels Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Lotus Domino Administrator Administration Level Details The Domino Server Log Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleThe Full Access Administrator Level The Notes.ini File ServersFull Access Administrator Best Practices Logging Levels The Administration ProcessThe Domino Web Administrator Server Groups and Replication Components of the Administration ProcessAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Database Tools in Domino Administrator


Web Administrator Application Document Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Replication Controls Process Requests The Domino Server Log Replication Types Nested GroupsThe Notes.ini File Methods for Forcing Replication The Deny List Only Group TypeLogging Levels Pull Push Replication Group Precedence in Database AccessServer Groups and Replication Multiple Replication Hubs Auto-populated Groups Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Critical Application Scheduling Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalReplication Controls Replication Schedule Criteria PolicyReplication Types Mail Routing Components PoliciesMethods for Forcing Replication Mail Routing Behavior Within and Policy DocumentsPull Push Replication Between NNNs Policy TypesMultiple Replication Hubs Topic 7B: Implementing a Settings Document TypesCritical Application Scheduling Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Policy Precedence RulesReplication Schedule Criteria The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Static and Dynamic SettingsMail Routing Components Topology Policy Management ToolsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Policy Management Development ToolsNNNs Topology Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Opportunistic Routing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anMail Routing Topology Connection Document Mail Routing Explicit PolicyThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Options Policy Assignment MethodsHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Router Types and Connection Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopology Documents Dynamic Policy AssignmentsOpportunistic Routing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage The Effect of Multiple Policies Connection Document Mail Routing Options Format for Incoming Mail Lotus Domino Server ConsoleRouter Types and Connection Documents Mail Storage Formats Administration TasksTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format SMTP Message Color-Coding on the Serverfor Incoming Mail SMTP Implementation Scenarios Console Mail Storage Formats SMTP Best Practices Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateSMTP Internet Mail Routing Databases on the ServerSMTP Implementation Scenarios The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Server Access Control MechanismsSMTP Best Practices Methods for Enabling SMTP Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessInternet Mail Routing Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP User Access to the ServerThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Settings When to Restart the Server Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Settings Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Administration LevelsSMTP Settings Delivery Administration Level DetailsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery SMTP Inbound Controls The Full Access Administrator LevelSMTP Inbound Controls SMTP Outbound Controls Full Access Administrator Best PracticesSMTP Outbound Controls Message Relay Prevention The Domino Web AdministratorMessage Relay Prevention Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Domino Web Administrator Application Filters What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Domino Server LogThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters The Notes.ini FileEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found in Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in the the DNS Whitelist? Server Groups and Replication DNS Whitelist? DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters DocumentEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found in Replication ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the the DNS Blacklist? Replication TypesDNS Blacklist? What are Private Whitelist Filters? Methods for Forcing ReplicationWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Pull Push ReplicationEnabling Private Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found in Multiple Replication HubsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the the Private Whitelist? Critical Application SchedulingPrivate Whitelist? What are Private Blacklist Filters? Replication Schedule Criteria What are Private Blacklist Filters? Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Mail Routing ComponentsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the the Private Blacklist? NNNs Private Blacklist? Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Precedence Mail Routing TopologyHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Filters Topology(E/SMTP) Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeE/SMTP Settings (E/SMTP) Options TopologyTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing E/SMTP Settings Opportunistic RoutingWhen to Set Internet Addresses Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Connection Document Mail Routing


Internet Address Lookup Options Addressing OptionsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP When to Set Internet Addresses Router Types and Connection Documents An Implementation of SMTP Routing Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 8G: Testing SMTP for Incoming MailDisclaimers An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mail Storage Formats Message Disclaimers Topic 9B: Implementing Message SMTPThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Disclaimers SMTP Implementation ScenariosProcess Message Disclaimers SMTP Best PracticesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Message Disclaimer Implementation Internet Mail RoutingEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Process The SMTP Listener and Router TasksCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Options for Attaching Disclaimers Methods for Enabling SMTP Settings Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Creating Message Disclaimer Policy SettingsMessages Settings SMTP Settings Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryControls Messages SMTP Inbound ControlsDelivery Controls Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Controls Message Relay Prevention Controls Delivery Controls Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistMail Transfer Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer FiltersTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Controls What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Mailboxes Mail Transfer Controls The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersHow Mail Rules Work Mailboxes What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Rule Actions Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes the DNS Whitelist?Activating a Server Mail Rule How Mail Rules Work DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Rule Actions Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersMail Journaling Activating a Server Mail Rule What Happens When a Host is Found inJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling the DNS Blacklist?Journaling and Mail Routing Mail Journaling What are Private Whitelist Filters?Journaling and Server Configuration Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Journaling and Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Journaling and Server Configuration the Private Whitelist?Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag What are Private Blacklist Filters?Field Names Associated with Tags and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Tag Mail Rule Conditions What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tags Field Names Associated with Tags the Private Blacklist?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Order of Whitelist and BlacklistQuotas or Whitelist Tags PrecedenceQuota Implementation Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistQuota Restrictions Quotas Filters Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Quota Implementation Options Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMaintenance Quota Restrictions (E/SMTP) OptionsInbox Maintenance Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with E/SMTP Settings Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Inbox Maintenance Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingControl Inbox Size Inbox Maintenance When to Set Internet AddressesTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Internet Address Lookup Options Archiving Control Inbox Size Topic 8G: Testing SMTPBenefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 10F: Archiving Mail An Implementation of SMTP Routing Archive Policy Documents Archiving Topic 9B: Implementing MessageArchive Policy Settings Document Benefits of Archiving and Policies DisclaimersArchive Criteria Settings Document Archive Policy Documents Message DisclaimersChecklist for Monitoring Mail Archive Policy Settings Document The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTypes of Misdelivered Mail Archive Criteria Settings Document ProcessChecking Mail Delivery Checklist for Monitoring Mail Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Types of Misdelivered Mail Enabling Server Message DisclaimersMail Statistics Checking Mail Delivery Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics SettingsMessage Tracking Mail Statistics Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Messages What is Message Recall? Message Tracking Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryMessage Recall Options Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall ControlsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature What is Message Recall? Delivery Controls Troubleshooting Stages Message Recall Options Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Mail Trace Tool Configuring the Message Recall Feature ControlsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Troubleshooting Stages Mail Transfer Controls


When to Restart the Router The Mail Trace Tool Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the Router MailboxesWhen to Force Mail Routing When to Restart the Router Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing How Mail Rules WorkMail When to Force Mail Routing Mail Rule ActionsThe Delivery Failure Process Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Activating a Server Mail Rule

Dead Mail Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe Delivery Failure Process Mail Journaling

line Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsPlanning Guidelines Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment line Journaling and Server Configuration Plan Planning Guidelines Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andSupported Platforms and System The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsRequirements Plan Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Supported Platforms and System Field Names Associated with TagsServer Software Requirements Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Whitelist Tags Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Server Software Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasAdministrator Client Software Lotus Domino Server Installation Types QuotasThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Quota Implementation OptionsBasic Configurations Domino Administrator Client Software Quota Restrictions What is Eclipse? The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withClient Installation Types Basic Configurations Inbox MaintenanceWhat is Lotus Expeditor? What is Eclipse? Inbox MaintenanceExpeditor Component Packaging Client Installation Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toEclipse Update Sites What is Lotus Expeditor? Control Inbox Size Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 10F: Archiving MailComponents Eclipse Update Sites ArchivingMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Automated Installation Options for Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Eclipse Components Archive Policy DocumentsFirst Server Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Archive Policy Settings DocumentThe Server Setup Process Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Archive Criteria Settings Document The Domino Directory First Server Checklist for Monitoring MailReplicas of the Domino Directory The Server Setup Process Types of Misdelivered MailComparing Domains and Organizations The Domino Directory Checking Mail Delivery Purposes of Organizational Units Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsAlternatives to Organizational Units Comparing Domains and Organizations Mail Statistics Descendants of the Organization Certifier Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingOrganization Security Alternatives to Organizational Units Message Tracking Organization Certifier ID Security Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallAuthentication Between Organizations Organization Security What is Message Recall?Country Codes Organization Certifier ID Security Message Recall OptionsServer Audience Types Authentication Between Organizations Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Lotus Domino Server Log Country Codes Troubleshooting StagesAdministrators Group Security Options Server Audience Types The Mail Trace Tool Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Client Configuration Program Administrators Group Security Options When to Restart the Router Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Topic 1E: Configuring the First Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routingand Servers Workstation When to Force Mail Routing Access in the Domino Directory The Client Configuration Program Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Special Privilege of the Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Dead MailLocalDomainAdmins Group Administrators and Servers The Delivery Failure ProcessPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Access in the Domino DirectoryLacks The Special Privilege of theDomino Directory Access for Registering LocalDomainAdmins Group lineServers Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Planning GuidelinesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Group Lacks The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentServer ID File Storage Options Domino Directory Access for Registering PlanTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Servers Supported Platforms and SystemAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Need for Selecting a Registration Server Requirements The Standard Directory Structure Server ID File Storage Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Central Directory Structure Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Server SoftwareReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Domino Directory The Standard Directory Structure Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServer Setup Profiles The Central Directory Structure Administrator Client SoftwareClearing the Server ID Password Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and


The Certification Log Domino Directory Basic ConfigurationsAdministrator Access to Register OU Server Setup Profiles What is Eclipse?Certifiers Clearing the Server ID Password Client Installation TypesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Certification Log What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 3B: Registering New Administrators Administrator Access to Register OU Expeditor Component PackagingUser Registration Options Certifiers Eclipse Update SitesAdministrator Access to Register Users Need for Selecting a Registration Server Automated Installation Options for EclipseThe License Tracking Database Topic 3B: Registering New ComponentsInternet Password Options Administrators Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Password Locking User Registration Options Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theID File Distribution Options Administrator Access to Register Users First ServerTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File The License Tracking Database The Server Setup ProcessUser Registration Text Files Internet Password Options The Domino DirectoryHow to Register Users from a Text File Internet Password Locking Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document ID File Distribution Options Comparing Domains and OrganizationsChanges Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Purposes of Organizational UnitsDomino Directory Document User Registration Text Files Alternatives to Organizational UnitsSynchronization How to Register Users from a Text File Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Organization SecurityWorkstation Changes Organization Certifier ID SecurityWorkstation Setup for Additional Domino Directory Document Authentication Between OrganizationsWorkstations Synchronization Country CodesTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Server Audience TypesInstallation Workstation The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Lotus Domino Administrator Workstation Setup for Additional Administrators Group Security Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Workstations Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstServers Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus WorkstationThe Administration Process Domino Installation The Client Configuration Program Components of the Administration Process The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Administrators and ServersTiming and Execution of Administration Servers Access in the Domino DirectoryProcess Requests The Administration Process The Special Privilege of theNested Groups Components of the Administration LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Deny List Only Group Type Process Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupGroup Precedence in Database Access Database Tools in Domino Administrator Lacks Auto-populated Groups Timing and Execution of Administration Domino Directory Access for RegisteringTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Process Requests ServersPolicies Nested Groups Need for Selecting a Registration ServerPolicy Documents The Deny List Only Group Type Server ID File Storage Options Policy Types Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingSettings Document Types Auto-populated Groups Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersPolicy Precedence Rules Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational The Standard Directory StructureStatic and Dynamic Settings Policy The Central Directory StructurePolicy Management Tools Policies Replicating a Subset of Documents in thePolicy Management Development Tools Policy Documents Domino DirectoryUse of an Organizational Policy Policy Types Server Setup ProfilesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Settings Document Types Clearing the Server ID Password Policy Policy Precedence Rules The Certification LogPolicy Assignment Methods Static and Dynamic Settings Administrator Access to Register OUPolicy Assignment During Registration Policy Management Tools CertifiersDynamic Policy Assignments Policy Management Development Tools Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Effect of Multiple Policies Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsLotus Domino Server Console Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an User Registration OptionsAdministration Tasks Explicit Policy Administrator Access to Register UsersMessage Color-Coding on the Server Policy Assignment Methods The License Tracking DatabaseConsole Policy Assignment During Registration Internet Password OptionsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Dynamic Policy Assignments Internet Password LockingDatabases on the Server The Effect of Multiple Policies ID File Distribution Options Server Access Control Mechanisms Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Administration Tasks User Registration Text FilesUser Access to the Server Message Color-Coding on the Server How to Register Users from a Text File When to Restart the Server Console Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create ChangesAdministration Levels Databases on the Server Domino Directory DocumentAdministration Level Details Server Access Control Mechanisms Synchronization The Full Access Administrator Level Restrictions for Authorizing Server Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator


Full Access Administrator Best Practices Access WorkstationThe Domino Web Administrator User Access to the Server Workstation Setup for AdditionalAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino When to Restart the Server Workstations Web Administrator Application Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Administration Levels InstallationThe Domino Server Log Administration Level Details The Lotus Domino Administrator The Notes.ini File The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleLogging Levels Full Access Administrator Best Practices ServersServer Groups and Replication The Domino Web Administrator The Administration ProcessTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Administration Levels and the Lotus Components of the Administration ProcessReplication Controls Domino Web Administrator Application Database Tools in Domino AdministratorReplication Types Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Timing and Execution of AdministrationMethods for Forcing Replication The Domino Server Log Process Requests Pull Push Replication The Notes.ini File Nested GroupsMultiple Replication Hubs Logging Levels The Deny List Only Group TypeCritical Application Scheduling Server Groups and Replication Group Precedence in Database AccessReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Auto-populated Groups Mail Routing Components Document Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Replication Controls PolicyNNNs Replication Types PoliciesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Methods for Forcing Replication Policy DocumentsMail Routing Topology Pull Push Replication Policy TypesThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Multiple Replication Hubs Settings Document TypesHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Critical Application Scheduling Policy Precedence RulesTopology Replication Schedule Criteria Static and Dynamic SettingsOpportunistic Routing Mail Routing Components Policy Management ToolsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and Policy Management Development ToolsRouter Types and Connection Documents Between NNNs Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 7B: Implementing a Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anfor Incoming Mail Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Explicit PolicyMail Storage Formats The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Policy Assignment MethodsSMTP Topology Policy Assignment During RegistrationSMTP Implementation Scenarios How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Dynamic Policy AssignmentsSMTP Best Practices Topology The Effect of Multiple Policies Internet Mail Routing Opportunistic Routing Lotus Domino Server ConsoleThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Connection Document Mail Routing Administration TasksMethods for Enabling SMTP Options Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Router Types and Connection Console SMTP Settings Documents Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Databases on the ServerSMTP Inbound Controls Format for Incoming Mail Server Access Control MechanismsSMTP Outbound Controls Mail Storage Formats Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMessage Relay Prevention SMTP User Access to the ServerTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist SMTP Implementation Scenarios When to Restart the Server Filters SMTP Best Practices Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Internet Mail Routing Administration LevelsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Administration Level DetailsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Methods for Enabling SMTP The Full Access Administrator LevelWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Full Access Administrator Best PracticesDNS Whitelist? Settings The Domino Web AdministratorDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Settings Administration Levels and the LotusEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Domino Web Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found in the Delivery Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsDNS Blacklist? SMTP Inbound Controls The Domino Server LogWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? SMTP Outbound Controls The Notes.ini FileEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Message Relay Prevention Logging Levels What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Server Groups and Replication Private Whitelist? Filters Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? DocumentEnabling Private Blacklist Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Replication ControlsWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Replication TypesPrivate Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found in Methods for Forcing ReplicationOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence the DNS Whitelist? Pull Push ReplicationHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Multiple Replication HubsTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Critical Application Scheduling(E/SMTP) Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Replication Schedule Criteria


E/SMTP Settings the DNS Blacklist? Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing What are Private Whitelist Filters? Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenWhen to Set Internet Addresses Enabling Private Whitelist Filters NNNs Internet Address Lookup Options What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 8G: Testing SMTP the Private Whitelist? Mail Routing TopologyAn Implementation of SMTP Routing What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopic 9B: Implementing Message Enabling Private Blacklist Filters TopologyDisclaimers What Happens When a Host is Found in How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMessage Disclaimers the Private Blacklist? TopologyThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Opportunistic RoutingProcess Precedence Connection Document Mail RoutingOptions for Attaching Disclaimers How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist OptionsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Filters Router Types and Connection Documents Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatSettings (E/SMTP) Options for Incoming MailUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME E/SMTP Settings Mail Storage Formats Messages Topic 8F: Configuring Internet SMTPTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Addressing SMTP Implementation ScenariosControls When to Set Internet Addresses SMTP Best PracticesDelivery Controls Internet Address Lookup Options Internet Mail RoutingTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The SMTP Listener and Router TasksControls An Implementation of SMTP Routing Methods for Enabling SMTP Mail Transfer Controls Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Disclaimers SettingsMailboxes Message Disclaimers SMTP Settings Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryHow Mail Rules Work Process SMTP Inbound ControlsMail Rule Actions Options for Attaching Disclaimers SMTP Outbound ControlsActivating a Server Mail Rule Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Message Relay Prevention Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistMail Journaling Settings FiltersJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Journaling and Mail Routing Messages The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Controls What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Delivery Controls the DNS Whitelist?Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsField Names Associated with Tags Controls Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Mail Transfer Controls What Happens When a Host is Found inWhitelist Tags Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server the DNS Blacklist?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Mailboxes What are Private Whitelist Filters?Quotas Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersQuota Implementation Options How Mail Rules Work What Happens When a Host is Found inQuota Restrictions Mail Rule Actions the Private Whitelist?Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Activating a Server Mail Rule What are Private Blacklist Filters?Maintenance Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersInbox Maintenance Mail Journaling What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions the Private Blacklist?Control Inbox Size Journaling and Mail Routing Order of Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Journaling and Server Configuration PrecedenceArchiving Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistBenefits of Archiving and Policies and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Filters Archive Policy Documents Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPArchive Policy Settings Document Field Names Associated with Tags (E/SMTP) OptionsArchive Criteria Settings Document Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist E/SMTP Settings Checklist for Monitoring Mail or Whitelist Tags Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas When to Set Internet AddressesChecking Mail Delivery Quotas Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Quota Implementation Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTPMail Statistics Quota Restrictions An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 9B: Implementing MessageMessage Tracking Inbox Maintenance DisclaimersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Inbox Maintenance Message DisclaimersWhat is Message Recall? Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Message Disclaimer ImplementationMessage Recall Options Control Inbox Size ProcessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Options for Attaching Disclaimers


Troubleshooting Stages Archiving Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Mail Trace Tool Benefits of Archiving and Policies Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Archive Policy Documents SettingsWhen to Restart the Router Archive Policy Settings Document Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Archive Criteria Settings Document Messages When to Force Mail Routing Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Types of Misdelivered Mail ControlsMail Checking Mail Delivery Delivery Controls The Delivery Failure Process Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer

Mail Statistics ControlsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Mail Transfer Controls

line Message Tracking Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerPlanning Guidelines Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall MailboxesThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment What is Message Recall? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Plan Message Recall Options How Mail Rules WorkSupported Platforms and System Configuring the Message Recall Feature Mail Rule ActionsRequirements Troubleshooting Stages Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The Mail Trace Tool Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingServer Software Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Mail JournalingLotus Domino Server Installation Types When to Restart the Router Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Journaling and Mail RoutingAdministrator Client Software When to Force Mail Routing Journaling and Server Configuration The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andBasic Configurations Dead Mail Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWhat is Eclipse? The Delivery Failure Process Tag Mail Rule ConditionsClient Installation Types Field Names Associated with TagsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Lesson 8: Configuring Mail Routing to the Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orExpeditor Component Packaging Internet Whitelist Tags Eclipse Update Sites line Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 8A: Enabling the SMTP Listener QuotasComponents Task Quota Implementation OptionsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Checklist for Configuring Mail Routing to Quota Restrictions Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the the Internet Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withFirst Server Inbox MaintenanceThe Server Setup Process Inbox MaintenanceThe Domino Directory line Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toReplicas of the Domino Directory Planning Guidelines Control Inbox Size Comparing Domains and Organizations The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 10F: Archiving MailPurposes of Organizational Units Plan ArchivingAlternatives to Organizational Units Supported Platforms and System Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesDescendants of the Organization Certifier Requirements Archive Policy DocumentsOrganization Security Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Archive Policy Settings DocumentOrganization Certifier ID Security Domino Server Software Archive Criteria Settings Document Authentication Between Organizations Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Checklist for Monitoring MailCountry Codes Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Types of Misdelivered MailServer Audience Types Domino Administrator Client Software Checking Mail Delivery The Lotus Domino Server Log The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsAdministrators Group Security Options Basic Configurations Mail Statistics Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation What is Eclipse? Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Client Configuration Program Client Installation Types Message Tracking Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recalland Servers Expeditor Component Packaging What is Message Recall?Access in the Domino Directory Eclipse Update Sites Message Recall OptionsThe Special Privilege of the Automated Installation Options for Configuring the Message Recall Feature LocalDomainAdmins Group Eclipse Components Troubleshooting StagesPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Mail Trace Tool Lacks Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterDomino Directory Access for Registering First Server When to Restart the Router Servers The Server Setup Process Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Domino Directory When to Force Mail Routing Server ID File Storage Options Replicas of the Domino Directory Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Comparing Domains and Organizations Dead MailAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Purposes of Organizational Units The Delivery Failure ProcessThe Standard Directory Structure Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Central Directory Structure Descendants of the Organization CertifierReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Organization Security line


Domino Directory Organization Certifier ID Security Planning GuidelinesServer Setup Profiles Authentication Between Organizations The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentClearing the Server ID Password Country Codes PlanThe Certification Log Server Audience Types Supported Platforms and SystemAdministrator Access to Register OU The Lotus Domino Server Log Requirements Certifiers Administrators Group Security Options Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1E: Configuring the First Server SoftwareTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Workstation Lotus Domino Server Installation Types User Registration Options The Client Configuration Program Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAdministrator Access to Register Users Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrator Client SoftwareThe License Tracking Database Administrators and Servers The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andInternet Password Options Access in the Domino Directory Basic ConfigurationsInternet Password Locking The Special Privilege of the What is Eclipse?ID File Distribution Options LocalDomainAdmins Group Client Installation TypesTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins What is Lotus Expeditor?User Registration Text Files Group Lacks Expeditor Component PackagingHow to Register Users from a Text File Domino Directory Access for Registering Eclipse Update SitesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Servers Automated Installation Options for EclipseChanges Need for Selecting a Registration Server ComponentsDomino Directory Document Server ID File Storage Options Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Synchronization Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers First ServerWorkstation The Standard Directory Structure The Server Setup ProcessWorkstation Setup for Additional The Central Directory Structure The Domino DirectoryWorkstations Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Domino Directory Comparing Domains and OrganizationsInstallation Server Setup Profiles Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Lotus Domino Administrator Clearing the Server ID Password Alternatives to Organizational UnitsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple The Certification Log Descendants of the Organization CertifierServers Administrator Access to Register OU Organization SecurityThe Administration Process Certifiers Organization Certifier ID SecurityComponents of the Administration Process Need for Selecting a Registration Server Authentication Between OrganizationsDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 3B: Registering New Country CodesTiming and Execution of Administration Administrators Server Audience TypesProcess Requests User Registration Options The Lotus Domino Server LogNested Groups Administrator Access to Register Users Administrators Group Security Options The Deny List Only Group Type The License Tracking Database Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstGroup Precedence in Database Access Internet Password Options WorkstationAuto-populated Groups Internet Password Locking The Client Configuration Program Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy ID File Distribution Options Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toPolicies Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Administrators and ServersPolicy Documents User Registration Text Files Access in the Domino DirectoryPolicy Types How to Register Users from a Text File The Special Privilege of theSettings Document Types Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document LocalDomainAdmins GroupPolicy Precedence Rules Changes Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupStatic and Dynamic Settings Domino Directory Document Lacks Policy Management Tools Synchronization Domino Directory Access for RegisteringPolicy Management Development Tools Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator ServersUse of an Organizational Policy Workstation Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Workstation Setup for Additional Server ID File Storage Options Policy Workstations Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersPolicy Assignment During Registration Domino Installation The Standard Directory StructureDynamic Policy Assignments The Lotus Domino Administrator The Central Directory StructureThe Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Replicating a Subset of Documents in theLotus Domino Server Console Servers Domino DirectoryAdministration Tasks The Administration Process Server Setup ProfilesMessage Color-Coding on the Server Components of the Administration Clearing the Server ID Password Console Process The Certification LogTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Database Tools in Domino Administrator Administrator Access to Register OUDatabases on the Server Timing and Execution of Administration CertifiersServer Access Control Mechanisms Process Requests Need for Selecting a Registration Server Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Nested Groups Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsUser Access to the Server The Deny List Only Group Type User Registration OptionsWhen to Restart the Server Group Precedence in Database Access Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Auto-populated Groups The License Tracking Database


Administration Levels Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Internet Password OptionsAdministration Level Details Policy Internet Password LockingThe Full Access Administrator Level Policies ID File Distribution Options Full Access Administrator Best Practices Policy Documents Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileThe Domino Web Administrator Policy Types User Registration Text FilesAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Settings Document Types How to Register Users from a Text File Web Administrator Application Policy Precedence Rules Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Static and Dynamic Settings ChangesThe Domino Server Log Policy Management Tools Domino Directory DocumentThe Notes.ini File Policy Management Development Tools Synchronization Logging Levels Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorServer Groups and Replication Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an WorkstationTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Explicit Policy Workstation Setup for AdditionalReplication Controls Policy Assignment Methods Workstations Replication Types Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMethods for Forcing Replication Dynamic Policy Assignments InstallationPull Push Replication The Effect of Multiple Policies The Lotus Domino Administrator Multiple Replication Hubs Lotus Domino Server Console Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleCritical Application Scheduling Administration Tasks ServersReplication Schedule Criteria Message Color-Coding on the Server The Administration ProcessMail Routing Components Console Components of the Administration ProcessMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Database Tools in Domino AdministratorNNNs Databases on the Server Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Server Access Control Mechanisms Process Requests Mail Routing Topology Restrictions for Authorizing Server Nested GroupsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Access The Deny List Only Group TypeHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke User Access to the Server Group Precedence in Database AccessTopology When to Restart the Server Auto-populated Groups Opportunistic Routing Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalConnection Document Mail Routing Options Administration Levels PolicyRouter Types and Connection Documents Administration Level Details PoliciesTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format The Full Access Administrator Level Policy Documentsfor Incoming Mail Full Access Administrator Best Practices Policy TypesMail Storage Formats The Domino Web Administrator Settings Document TypesSMTP Administration Levels and the Lotus Policy Precedence RulesSMTP Implementation Scenarios Domino Web Administrator Application Static and Dynamic SettingsSMTP Best Practices Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Policy Management ToolsInternet Mail Routing The Domino Server Log Policy Management Development ToolsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks The Notes.ini File Use of an Organizational Policy Methods for Enabling SMTP Logging Levels Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Server Groups and Replication Explicit PolicySMTP Settings Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Document Policy Assignment During RegistrationSMTP Inbound Controls Replication Controls Dynamic Policy AssignmentsSMTP Outbound Controls Replication Types The Effect of Multiple Policies Message Relay Prevention Methods for Forcing Replication Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Pull Push Replication Administration TasksFilters Multiple Replication Hubs Message Color-Coding on the ServerWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Critical Application Scheduling Console The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Mail Routing Components Databases on the ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Mail Routing Behavior Within and Server Access Control MechanismsDNS Whitelist? Between NNNs Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 7B: Implementing a User Access to the ServerEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology When to Restart the Server What Happens When a Host is Found in the The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsDNS Blacklist? Topology Administration LevelsWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Administration Level DetailsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Topology The Full Access Administrator LevelWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Opportunistic Routing Full Access Administrator Best PracticesPrivate Whitelist? Connection Document Mail Routing The Domino Web AdministratorWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Options Administration Levels and the LotusEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Router Types and Connection Domino Web Administrator Application What Happens When a Host is Found in the Documents Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsPrivate Blacklist? Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage The Domino Server LogOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Format for Incoming Mail The Notes.ini File


How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Mail Storage Formats Logging Levels Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP SMTP Server Groups and Replication (E/SMTP) Options SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionE/SMTP Settings SMTP Best Practices DocumentTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Internet Mail Routing Replication ControlsWhen to Set Internet Addresses The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Replication TypesInternet Address Lookup Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Pull Push ReplicationAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Settings Multiple Replication HubsTopic 9B: Implementing Message SMTP Settings Critical Application SchedulingDisclaimers Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Replication Schedule Criteria Message Disclaimers Delivery Mail Routing ComponentsThe Message Disclaimer Implementation SMTP Inbound Controls Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenProcess SMTP Outbound Controls NNNs Options for Attaching Disclaimers Message Relay Prevention Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Mail Routing TopologyCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Filters The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingSettings What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? TopologyUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMessages Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters TopologyTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found in Opportunistic RoutingControls the DNS Whitelist? Connection Document Mail RoutingDelivery Controls DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics OptionsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Router Types and Connection Documents Controls What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMail Transfer Controls the DNS Blacklist? for Incoming MailTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server What are Private Whitelist Filters? Mail Storage Formats Mailboxes Enabling Private Whitelist Filters SMTPBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes What Happens When a Host is Found in SMTP Implementation ScenariosHow Mail Rules Work the Private Whitelist? SMTP Best PracticesMail Rule Actions What are Private Blacklist Filters? Internet Mail RoutingActivating a Server Mail Rule Enabling Private Blacklist Filters The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling What Happens When a Host is Found in Methods for Enabling SMTP Mail Journaling the Private Blacklist? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Order of Whitelist and Blacklist SettingsJournaling and Mail Routing Precedence SMTP Settings Journaling and Server Configuration How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Filters SMTP Inbound ControlsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP SMTP Outbound ControlsTag Mail Rule Conditions (E/SMTP) Options Message Relay Prevention Field Names Associated with Tags E/SMTP Settings Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 8F: Configuring Internet FiltersWhitelist Tags Addressing What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas When to Set Internet Addresses The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessQuotas Internet Address Lookup Options Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersQuota Implementation Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inQuota Restrictions An Implementation of SMTP Routing the DNS Whitelist?Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Topic 9B: Implementing Message DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsMaintenance Disclaimers Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersInbox Maintenance Message Disclaimers What Happens When a Host is Found inUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to The Message Disclaimer Implementation the DNS Blacklist?Control Inbox Size Process What are Private Whitelist Filters?Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Options for Attaching Disclaimers Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersArchiving Enabling Server Message Disclaimers What Happens When a Host is Found inBenefits of Archiving and Policies Creating Message Disclaimer Policy the Private Whitelist?Archive Policy Documents Settings What are Private Blacklist Filters?Archive Policy Settings Document Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersArchive Criteria Settings Document Messages What Happens When a Host is Found inChecklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery the Private Blacklist?Types of Misdelivered Mail Controls Order of Whitelist and BlacklistChecking Mail Delivery Delivery Controls PrecedenceTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistMail Statistics Controls Filters Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Mail Transfer Controls Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPMessage Tracking Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Mailboxes E/SMTP Settings


What is Message Recall? Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingMessage Recall Options How Mail Rules Work When to Set Internet AddressesConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Mail Rule Actions Internet Address Lookup Options Troubleshooting Stages Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 8G: Testing SMTPThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Mail Journaling Topic 9B: Implementing MessageWhen to Restart the Router Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions DisclaimersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Journaling and Mail Routing Message DisclaimersWhen to Force Mail Routing Journaling and Server Configuration The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag ProcessMail and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Options for Attaching DisclaimersThe Delivery Failure Process Tag Mail Rule Conditions Enabling Server Message Disclaimers

Field Names Associated with Tags Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist Settings

line or Whitelist Tags Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEPlanning Guidelines Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Messages The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Quotas Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryPlan Quota Implementation Options ControlsSupported Platforms and System Quota Restrictions Delivery Controls Requirements Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Inbox Maintenance ControlsServer Software Inbox Maintenance Mail Transfer Controls Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Control Inbox Size MailboxesAdministrator Client Software Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Archiving How Mail Rules WorkBasic Configurations Benefits of Archiving and Policies Mail Rule ActionsWhat is Eclipse? Archive Policy Documents Activating a Server Mail Rule Client Installation Types Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail JournalingExpeditor Component Packaging Checklist for Monitoring Mail Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsEclipse Update Sites Types of Misdelivered Mail Journaling and Mail RoutingAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Checking Mail Delivery Journaling and Server Configuration Components Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Mail Statistics Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Tag Mail Rule ConditionsFirst Server Message Tracking Field Names Associated with TagsThe Server Setup Process Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Domino Directory What is Message Recall? Whitelist Tags Replicas of the Domino Directory Message Recall Options Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasComparing Domains and Organizations Configuring the Message Recall Feature QuotasPurposes of Organizational Units Troubleshooting Stages Quota Implementation OptionsAlternatives to Organizational Units The Mail Trace Tool Quota Restrictions Descendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withOrganization Security When to Restart the Router Inbox MaintenanceOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Inbox MaintenanceAuthentication Between Organizations When to Force Mail Routing Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toCountry Codes Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Control Inbox Size Server Audience Types Dead Mail Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Lotus Domino Server Log The Delivery Failure Process ArchivingAdministrators Group Security Options Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Archive Policy DocumentsThe Client Configuration Program line Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Planning Guidelines Archive Criteria Settings Document and Servers The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Checklist for Monitoring MailAccess in the Domino Directory Plan Types of Misdelivered MailThe Special Privilege of the Supported Platforms and System Checking Mail Delivery LocalDomainAdmins Group Requirements Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Mail Statistics Lacks Domino Server Software Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingDomino Directory Access for Registering Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Message Tracking Servers Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Domino Administrator Client Software What is Message Recall?Server ID File Storage Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Message Recall OptionsTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Basic Configurations Configuring the Message Recall Feature Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers What is Eclipse? Troubleshooting Stages


The Standard Directory Structure Client Installation Types The Mail Trace Tool The Central Directory Structure What is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Expeditor Component Packaging When to Restart the Router Domino Directory Eclipse Update Sites Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingServer Setup Profiles Automated Installation Options for When to Force Mail Routing Clearing the Server ID Password Eclipse Components Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Certification Log Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Dead MailAdministrator Access to Register OU Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the The Delivery Failure ProcessCertifiers First ServerNeed for Selecting a Registration Server The Server Setup ProcessTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators The Domino Directory lineUser Registration Options Replicas of the Domino Directory Planning GuidelinesAdministrator Access to Register Users Comparing Domains and Organizations The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentThe License Tracking Database Purposes of Organizational Units PlanInternet Password Options Alternatives to Organizational Units Supported Platforms and SystemInternet Password Locking Descendants of the Organization Certifier Requirements ID File Distribution Options Organization Security Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Organization Certifier ID Security Server SoftwareUser Registration Text Files Authentication Between Organizations Lotus Domino Server Installation Types How to Register Users from a Text File Country Codes Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Server Audience Types Administrator Client SoftwareChanges The Lotus Domino Server Log The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andDomino Directory Document Administrators Group Security Options Basic ConfigurationsSynchronization Topic 1E: Configuring the First What is Eclipse?Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Workstation Client Installation TypesWorkstation The Client Configuration Program What is Lotus Expeditor?Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Expeditor Component PackagingWorkstations Administrators and Servers Eclipse Update SitesTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Access in the Domino Directory Automated Installation Options for EclipseInstallation The Special Privilege of the ComponentsThe Lotus Domino Administrator LocalDomainAdmins Group Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theServers Group Lacks First ServerThe Administration Process Domino Directory Access for Registering The Server Setup ProcessComponents of the Administration Process Servers The Domino DirectoryDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Need for Selecting a Registration Server Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTiming and Execution of Administration Server ID File Storage Options Comparing Domains and OrganizationsProcess Requests Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Purposes of Organizational UnitsNested Groups Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Deny List Only Group Type The Standard Directory Structure Descendants of the Organization CertifierGroup Precedence in Database Access The Central Directory Structure Organization SecurityAuto-populated Groups Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Domino Directory Authentication Between OrganizationsPolicies Server Setup Profiles Country CodesPolicy Documents Clearing the Server ID Password Server Audience TypesPolicy Types The Certification Log The Lotus Domino Server LogSettings Document Types Administrator Access to Register OU Administrators Group Security Options Policy Precedence Rules Certifiers Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstStatic and Dynamic Settings Need for Selecting a Registration Server WorkstationPolicy Management Tools Topic 3B: Registering New The Client Configuration Program Policy Management Development Tools Administrators Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toUse of an Organizational Policy User Registration Options Administrators and ServersTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Administrator Access to Register Users Access in the Domino DirectoryPolicy The License Tracking Database The Special Privilege of thePolicy Assignment Methods Internet Password Options LocalDomainAdmins GroupPolicy Assignment During Registration Internet Password Locking Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupDynamic Policy Assignments ID File Distribution Options Lacks The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Domino Directory Access for RegisteringLotus Domino Server Console User Registration Text Files ServersAdministration Tasks How to Register Users from a Text File Need for Selecting a Registration ServerMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Server ID File Storage Options Console Changes Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Domino Directory Document Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersDatabases on the Server Synchronization The Standard Directory StructureServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Central Directory StructureRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Workstation Replicating a Subset of Documents in the


User Access to the Server Workstation Setup for Additional Domino DirectoryWhen to Restart the Server Workstations Server Setup ProfilesTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Clearing the Server ID Password Administration Levels Domino Installation The Certification LogAdministration Level Details The Lotus Domino Administrator Administrator Access to Register OUThe Full Access Administrator Level Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple CertifiersFull Access Administrator Best Practices Servers Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Domino Web Administrator The Administration Process Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Components of the Administration User Registration OptionsWeb Administrator Application Process Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Database Tools in Domino Administrator The License Tracking DatabaseThe Domino Server Log Timing and Execution of Administration Internet Password OptionsThe Notes.ini File Process Requests Internet Password LockingLogging Levels Nested Groups ID File Distribution Options Server Groups and Replication The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Group Precedence in Database Access User Registration Text FilesReplication Controls Auto-populated Groups How to Register Users from a Text File Replication Types Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentMethods for Forcing Replication Policy ChangesPull Push Replication Policies Domino Directory DocumentMultiple Replication Hubs Policy Documents Synchronization Critical Application Scheduling Policy Types Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorReplication Schedule Criteria Settings Document Types WorkstationMail Routing Components Policy Precedence Rules Workstation Setup for AdditionalMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Static and Dynamic Settings Workstations NNNs Policy Management Tools Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Policy Management Development Tools InstallationMail Routing Topology Use of an Organizational Policy The Lotus Domino Administrator The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Explicit Policy ServersTopology Policy Assignment Methods The Administration ProcessOpportunistic Routing Policy Assignment During Registration Components of the Administration ProcessConnection Document Mail Routing Options Dynamic Policy Assignments Database Tools in Domino AdministratorRouter Types and Connection Documents The Effect of Multiple Policies Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Lotus Domino Server Console Process Requests for Incoming Mail Administration Tasks Nested GroupsMail Storage Formats Message Color-Coding on the Server The Deny List Only Group TypeSMTP Console Group Precedence in Database AccessSMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Auto-populated Groups SMTP Best Practices Databases on the Server Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalInternet Mail Routing Server Access Control Mechanisms PolicyThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Restrictions for Authorizing Server PoliciesMethods for Enabling SMTP Access Policy DocumentsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings User Access to the Server Policy TypesSMTP Settings When to Restart the Server Settings Document TypesTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Policy Precedence RulesSMTP Inbound Controls Administration Levels Static and Dynamic SettingsSMTP Outbound Controls Administration Level Details Policy Management ToolsMessage Relay Prevention The Full Access Administrator Level Policy Management Development ToolsTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Full Access Administrator Best Practices Use of an Organizational Policy Filters The Domino Web Administrator Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Administration Levels and the Lotus Explicit PolicyThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Domino Web Administrator Application Policy Assignment MethodsEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Domino Server Log Dynamic Policy AssignmentsDNS Whitelist? The Notes.ini File The Effect of Multiple Policies DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Logging Levels Lotus Domino Server ConsoleEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Server Groups and Replication Administration TasksWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Message Color-Coding on the ServerDNS Blacklist? Document Console What are Private Whitelist Filters? Replication Controls Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Replication Types Databases on the ServerWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Methods for Forcing Replication Server Access Control MechanismsPrivate Whitelist? Pull Push Replication Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Multiple Replication Hubs User Access to the ServerEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Critical Application Scheduling When to Restart the Server


What Happens When a Host is Found in the Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsPrivate Blacklist? Mail Routing Components Administration LevelsOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Mail Routing Behavior Within and Administration Level DetailsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Between NNNs The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 7B: Implementing a Full Access Administrator Best Practices(E/SMTP) Options Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Domino Web AdministratorE/SMTP Settings The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topology Domino Web Administrator Application When to Set Internet Addresses How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsInternet Address Lookup Options Topology The Domino Server LogTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Opportunistic Routing The Notes.ini FileAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Connection Document Mail Routing Logging Levels Topic 9B: Implementing Message Options Server Groups and Replication Disclaimers Router Types and Connection Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMessage Disclaimers Documents DocumentThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Replication ControlsProcess Format for Incoming Mail Replication TypesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Mail Storage Formats Methods for Forcing ReplicationEnabling Server Message Disclaimers SMTP Pull Push ReplicationCreating Message Disclaimer Policy SMTP Implementation Scenarios Multiple Replication HubsSettings SMTP Best Practices Critical Application SchedulingUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Internet Mail Routing Replication Schedule Criteria Messages The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Methods for Enabling SMTP Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenControls Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP NNNs Delivery Controls Settings Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer SMTP Settings Mail Routing TopologyControls Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMail Transfer Controls Delivery TopologyTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server SMTP Inbound Controls How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeMailboxes SMTP Outbound Controls TopologyBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Message Relay Prevention Opportunistic RoutingHow Mail Rules Work Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Connection Document Mail RoutingMail Rule Actions Filters OptionsActivating a Server Mail Rule What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMail Journaling Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters for Incoming MailJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions What Happens When a Host is Found in Mail Storage Formats Journaling and Mail Routing the DNS Whitelist? SMTPJournaling and Server Configuration DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SMTP Implementation ScenariosTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters SMTP Best PracticesWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions What Happens When a Host is Found in Internet Mail RoutingTag Mail Rule Conditions the DNS Blacklist? The SMTP Listener and Router TasksField Names Associated with Tags What are Private Whitelist Filters? Methods for Enabling SMTP Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPWhitelist Tags What Happens When a Host is Found in SettingsTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas the Private Whitelist? SMTP Settings Quotas What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryQuota Implementation Options Enabling Private Blacklist Filters SMTP Inbound ControlsQuota Restrictions What Happens When a Host is Found in SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox the Private Blacklist? Message Relay Prevention Maintenance Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistInbox Maintenance Precedence FiltersUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Control Inbox Size Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersArchiving (E/SMTP) Options What Happens When a Host is Found inBenefits of Archiving and Policies E/SMTP Settings the DNS Whitelist?Archive Policy Documents Topic 8F: Configuring Internet DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsArchive Policy Settings Document Addressing Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersArchive Criteria Settings Document When to Set Internet Addresses What Happens When a Host is Found inChecklist for Monitoring Mail Internet Address Lookup Options the DNS Blacklist?Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 8G: Testing SMTP What are Private Whitelist Filters?Checking Mail Delivery An Implementation of SMTP Routing Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 9B: Implementing Message What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Statistics Disclaimers the Private Whitelist?


Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Message Disclaimers What are Private Blacklist Filters?Message Tracking The Message Disclaimer Implementation Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Process What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat is Message Recall? Options for Attaching Disclaimers the Private Blacklist?Message Recall Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Order of Whitelist and BlacklistConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Creating Message Disclaimer Policy PrecedenceTroubleshooting Stages Settings How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistThe Mail Trace Tool Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Filters Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Messages Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPWhen to Restart the Router Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Controls E/SMTP Settings When to Force Mail Routing Delivery Controls Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer When to Set Internet AddressesMail Controls Internet Address Lookup Options The Delivery Failure Process Mail Transfer Controls Topic 8G: Testing SMTP

Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing Mailboxes Topic 9B: Implementing Message

line Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes DisclaimersPlanning Guidelines How Mail Rules Work Message DisclaimersThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment Mail Rule Actions The Message Disclaimer ImplementationPlan Activating a Server Mail Rule ProcessSupported Platforms and System Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Options for Attaching DisclaimersRequirements Mail Journaling Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyServer Software Journaling and Mail Routing SettingsLotus Domino Server Installation Types Journaling and Server Configuration Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMETopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Messages Administrator Client Software and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Tag Mail Rule Conditions ControlsBasic Configurations Field Names Associated with Tags Delivery Controls What is Eclipse? Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferClient Installation Types or Whitelist Tags ControlsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Mail Transfer Controls Expeditor Component Packaging Quotas Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerEclipse Update Sites Quota Implementation Options MailboxesAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Quota Restrictions Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Components Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with How Mail Rules WorkMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Inbox Maintenance Mail Rule ActionsTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Inbox Maintenance Activating a Server Mail Rule First Server Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingThe Server Setup Process Control Inbox Size Mail JournalingThe Domino Directory Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsReplicas of the Domino Directory Archiving Journaling and Mail RoutingComparing Domains and Organizations Benefits of Archiving and Policies Journaling and Server Configuration Purposes of Organizational Units Archive Policy Documents Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAlternatives to Organizational Units Archive Policy Settings Document Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Archive Criteria Settings Document Tag Mail Rule ConditionsOrganization Security Checklist for Monitoring Mail Field Names Associated with TagsOrganization Certifier ID Security Types of Misdelivered Mail Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orAuthentication Between Organizations Checking Mail Delivery Whitelist Tags Country Codes Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasServer Audience Types Mail Statistics QuotasThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Quota Implementation OptionsAdministrators Group Security Options Message Tracking Quota Restrictions Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Client Configuration Program What is Message Recall? Inbox MaintenanceTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Message Recall Options Inbox Maintenanceand Servers Configuring the Message Recall Feature Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toAccess in the Domino Directory Troubleshooting Stages Control Inbox Size The Special Privilege of the The Mail Trace Tool Topic 10F: Archiving MailLocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 12B: Restarting the Router ArchivingPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group When to Restart the Router Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesLacks Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Archive Policy DocumentsDomino Directory Access for Registering When to Force Mail Routing Archive Policy Settings DocumentServers Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Archive Criteria Settings Document Need for Selecting a Registration Server Dead Mail Checklist for Monitoring Mail


Server ID File Storage Options The Delivery Failure Process Types of Misdelivered MailTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Checking Mail Delivery Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Standard Directory Structure line Mail Statistics The Central Directory Structure Planning Guidelines Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Message Tracking Domino Directory Plan Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallServer Setup Profiles Supported Platforms and System What is Message Recall?Clearing the Server ID Password Requirements Message Recall OptionsThe Certification Log Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Configuring the Message Recall Feature Administrator Access to Register OU Domino Server Software Troubleshooting StagesCertifiers Lotus Domino Server Installation Types The Mail Trace Tool Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Domino Administrator Client Software When to Restart the Router User Registration Options The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAdministrator Access to Register Users Basic Configurations When to Force Mail Routing The License Tracking Database What is Eclipse? Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andInternet Password Options Client Installation Types Dead MailInternet Password Locking What is Lotus Expeditor? The Delivery Failure ProcessID File Distribution Options Expeditor Component PackagingTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Eclipse Update SitesUser Registration Text Files Automated Installation Options for lineHow to Register Users from a Text File Eclipse Components Planning GuidelinesTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentChanges Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the PlanDomino Directory Document First Server Supported Platforms and SystemSynchronization The Server Setup Process Requirements Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Domino Directory Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWorkstation Replicas of the Domino Directory Server SoftwareWorkstation Setup for Additional Comparing Domains and Organizations Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Workstations Purposes of Organizational Units Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Alternatives to Organizational Units Administrator Client SoftwareInstallation Descendants of the Organization Certifier The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Lotus Domino Administrator Organization Security Basic ConfigurationsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Organization Certifier ID Security What is Eclipse?Servers Authentication Between Organizations Client Installation TypesThe Administration Process Country Codes What is Lotus Expeditor?Components of the Administration Process Server Audience Types Expeditor Component PackagingDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator The Lotus Domino Server Log Eclipse Update SitesTiming and Execution of Administration Administrators Group Security Options Automated Installation Options for EclipseProcess Requests Topic 1E: Configuring the First ComponentsNested Groups Workstation Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Deny List Only Group Type The Client Configuration Program Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theGroup Precedence in Database Access Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to First ServerAuto-populated Groups Administrators and Servers The Server Setup ProcessTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Access in the Domino Directory The Domino DirectoryPolicies The Special Privilege of the Replicas of the Domino DirectoryPolicy Documents LocalDomainAdmins Group Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPolicy Types Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Purposes of Organizational UnitsSettings Document Types Group Lacks Alternatives to Organizational UnitsPolicy Precedence Rules Domino Directory Access for Registering Descendants of the Organization CertifierStatic and Dynamic Settings Servers Organization SecurityPolicy Management Tools Need for Selecting a Registration Server Organization Certifier ID SecurityPolicy Management Development Tools Server ID File Storage Options Authentication Between OrganizationsUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Country CodesTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Server Audience TypesPolicy The Standard Directory Structure The Lotus Domino Server LogPolicy Assignment Methods The Central Directory Structure Administrators Group Security Options Policy Assignment During Registration Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstDynamic Policy Assignments Domino Directory WorkstationThe Effect of Multiple Policies Server Setup Profiles The Client Configuration Program Lotus Domino Server Console Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toAdministration Tasks The Certification Log Administrators and ServersMessage Color-Coding on the Server Administrator Access to Register OU Access in the Domino DirectoryConsole Certifiers The Special Privilege of theTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Need for Selecting a Registration Server LocalDomainAdmins Group


Databases on the Server Topic 3B: Registering New Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupServer Access Control Mechanisms Administrators Lacks Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access User Registration Options Domino Directory Access for RegisteringUser Access to the Server Administrator Access to Register Users ServersWhen to Restart the Server The License Tracking Database Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Internet Password Options Server ID File Storage Options Administration Levels Internet Password Locking Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAdministration Level Details ID File Distribution Options Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Full Access Administrator Level Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Standard Directory StructureFull Access Administrator Best Practices User Registration Text Files The Central Directory StructureThe Domino Web Administrator How to Register Users from a Text File Replicating a Subset of Documents in theAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Domino DirectoryWeb Administrator Application Changes Server Setup ProfilesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Domino Directory Document Clearing the Server ID Password The Domino Server Log Synchronization The Certification LogThe Notes.ini File Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Administrator Access to Register OULogging Levels Workstation CertifiersServer Groups and Replication Workstation Setup for Additional Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Workstations Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsReplication Controls Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus User Registration OptionsReplication Types Domino Installation Administrator Access to Register UsersMethods for Forcing Replication The Lotus Domino Administrator The License Tracking DatabasePull Push Replication Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Internet Password OptionsMultiple Replication Hubs Servers Internet Password LockingCritical Application Scheduling The Administration Process ID File Distribution Options Replication Schedule Criteria Components of the Administration Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileMail Routing Components Process User Registration Text FilesMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Database Tools in Domino Administrator How to Register Users from a Text File NNNs Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Process Requests ChangesMail Routing Topology Nested Groups Domino Directory DocumentThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Deny List Only Group Type Synchronization How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopology Auto-populated Groups WorkstationOpportunistic Routing Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Workstation Setup for AdditionalConnection Document Mail Routing Options Policy Workstations Router Types and Connection Documents Policies Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Policy Documents Installationfor Incoming Mail Policy Types The Lotus Domino Administrator Mail Storage Formats Settings Document Types Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleSMTP Policy Precedence Rules ServersSMTP Implementation Scenarios Static and Dynamic Settings The Administration ProcessSMTP Best Practices Policy Management Tools Components of the Administration ProcessInternet Mail Routing Policy Management Development Tools Database Tools in Domino AdministratorThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Use of an Organizational Policy Timing and Execution of AdministrationMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Process Requests Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Explicit Policy Nested GroupsSMTP Settings Policy Assignment Methods The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Policy Assignment During Registration Group Precedence in Database AccessSMTP Inbound Controls Dynamic Policy Assignments Auto-populated Groups SMTP Outbound Controls The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalMessage Relay Prevention Lotus Domino Server Console PolicyTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administration Tasks PoliciesFilters Message Color-Coding on the Server Policy DocumentsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Console Policy TypesThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Settings Document TypesEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Databases on the Server Policy Precedence RulesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server Access Control Mechanisms Static and Dynamic SettingsDNS Whitelist? Restrictions for Authorizing Server Policy Management ToolsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Access Policy Management Development ToolsEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters User Access to the Server Use of an Organizational Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in the When to Restart the Server Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anDNS Blacklist? Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Explicit PolicyWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Administration Levels Policy Assignment MethodsEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Administration Level Details Policy Assignment During RegistrationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Full Access Administrator Level Dynamic Policy Assignments


Private Whitelist? Full Access Administrator Best Practices The Effect of Multiple Policies What are Private Blacklist Filters? The Domino Web Administrator Lotus Domino Server ConsoleEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Administration Levels and the Lotus Administration TasksWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Web Administrator Application Message Color-Coding on the ServerPrivate Blacklist? Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Console Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence The Domino Server Log Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters The Notes.ini File Databases on the ServerTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Logging Levels Server Access Control Mechanisms(E/SMTP) Options Server Groups and Replication Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessE/SMTP Settings Topic 6B: Creating a Connection User Access to the ServerTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Document When to Restart the Server When to Set Internet Addresses Replication Controls Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsInternet Address Lookup Options Replication Types Administration LevelsTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Methods for Forcing Replication Administration Level DetailsAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Pull Push Replication The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 9B: Implementing Message Multiple Replication Hubs Full Access Administrator Best PracticesDisclaimers Critical Application Scheduling The Domino Web AdministratorMessage Disclaimers Replication Schedule Criteria Administration Levels and the LotusThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Mail Routing Components Domino Web Administrator Application Process Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Between NNNs The Domino Server LogEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 7B: Implementing a The Notes.ini FileCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Logging Levels Settings The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Server Groups and Replication Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topology Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMessages How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke DocumentTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topology Replication ControlsControls Opportunistic Routing Replication TypesDelivery Controls Connection Document Mail Routing Methods for Forcing ReplicationTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Options Pull Push ReplicationControls Router Types and Connection Multiple Replication HubsMail Transfer Controls Documents Critical Application SchedulingTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Replication Schedule Criteria Mailboxes Format for Incoming Mail Mail Routing ComponentsBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Mail Storage Formats Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenHow Mail Rules Work SMTP NNNs Mail Rule Actions SMTP Implementation Scenarios Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeActivating a Server Mail Rule SMTP Best Practices Mail Routing TopologyTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Internet Mail Routing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMail Journaling The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks TopologyJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Methods for Enabling SMTP How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeJournaling and Mail Routing Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP TopologyJournaling and Server Configuration Settings Opportunistic RoutingTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and SMTP Settings Connection Document Mail RoutingWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail OptionsTag Mail Rule Conditions Delivery Router Types and Connection Documents Field Names Associated with Tags SMTP Inbound Controls Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or SMTP Outbound Controls for Incoming MailWhitelist Tags Message Relay Prevention Mail Storage Formats Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist SMTPQuotas Filters SMTP Implementation ScenariosQuota Implementation Options What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? SMTP Best PracticesQuota Restrictions The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Internet Mail RoutingTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters The SMTP Listener and Router TasksMaintenance What Happens When a Host is Found in Methods for Enabling SMTP Inbox Maintenance the DNS Whitelist? Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics SettingsControl Inbox Size Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters SMTP Settings Topic 10F: Archiving Mail What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryArchiving the DNS Blacklist? SMTP Inbound ControlsBenefits of Archiving and Policies What are Private Whitelist Filters? SMTP Outbound ControlsArchive Policy Documents Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Message Relay Prevention Archive Policy Settings Document What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistArchive Criteria Settings Document the Private Whitelist? FiltersChecklist for Monitoring Mail What are Private Blacklist Filters? What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Types of Misdelivered Mail Enabling Private Blacklist Filters The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process


Checking Mail Delivery What Happens When a Host is Found in Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics the Private Blacklist? What Happens When a Host is Found inMail Statistics Order of Whitelist and Blacklist the DNS Whitelist?Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Precedence DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsMessage Tracking How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat is Message Recall? Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP the DNS Blacklist?Message Recall Options (E/SMTP) Options What are Private Whitelist Filters?Configuring the Message Recall Feature E/SMTP Settings Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersTroubleshooting Stages Topic 8F: Configuring Internet What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Mail Trace Tool Addressing the Private Whitelist?Topic 12B: Restarting the Router When to Set Internet Addresses What are Private Blacklist Filters?When to Restart the Router Internet Address Lookup Options Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 8G: Testing SMTP What Happens When a Host is Found inWhen to Force Mail Routing An Implementation of SMTP Routing the Private Blacklist?Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Topic 9B: Implementing Message Order of Whitelist and BlacklistMail Disclaimers PrecedenceThe Delivery Failure Process Message Disclaimers How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist

The Message Disclaimer Implementation Filters Process Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP

line Options for Attaching Disclaimers (E/SMTP) OptionsPlanning Guidelines Enabling Server Message Disclaimers E/SMTP Settings The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingPlan Settings When to Set Internet AddressesSupported Platforms and System Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Internet Address Lookup Options Requirements Messages Topic 8G: Testing SMTPTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery An Implementation of SMTP Routing Server Software Controls Topic 9B: Implementing MessageLotus Domino Server Installation Types Delivery Controls DisclaimersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Message DisclaimersAdministrator Client Software Controls The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Mail Transfer Controls ProcessBasic Configurations Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Options for Attaching DisclaimersWhat is Eclipse? Mailboxes Enabling Server Message DisclaimersClient Installation Types Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyWhat is Lotus Expeditor? How Mail Rules Work SettingsExpeditor Component Packaging Mail Rule Actions Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEEclipse Update Sites Activating a Server Mail Rule Messages Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryComponents Mail Journaling ControlsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Delivery Controls Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Journaling and Mail Routing Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferFirst Server Journaling and Server Configuration ControlsThe Server Setup Process Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Mail Transfer Controls The Domino Directory and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerReplicas of the Domino Directory Tag Mail Rule Conditions MailboxesComparing Domains and Organizations Field Names Associated with Tags Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Purposes of Organizational Units Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist How Mail Rules WorkAlternatives to Organizational Units or Whitelist Tags Mail Rule ActionsDescendants of the Organization Certifier Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Activating a Server Mail Rule Organization Security Quotas Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingOrganization Certifier ID Security Quota Implementation Options Mail JournalingAuthentication Between Organizations Quota Restrictions Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsCountry Codes Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Journaling and Mail RoutingServer Audience Types Inbox Maintenance Journaling and Server Configuration The Lotus Domino Server Log Inbox Maintenance Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAdministrators Group Security Options Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Control Inbox Size Tag Mail Rule ConditionsThe Client Configuration Program Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Archiving Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orand Servers Benefits of Archiving and Policies Whitelist Tags Access in the Domino Directory Archive Policy Documents Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe Special Privilege of the Archive Policy Settings Document QuotasLocalDomainAdmins Group Archive Criteria Settings Document Quota Implementation OptionsPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Checklist for Monitoring Mail Quota Restrictions Lacks Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with


Domino Directory Access for Registering Checking Mail Delivery Inbox MaintenanceServers Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Inbox MaintenanceNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Statistics Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toServer ID File Storage Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Control Inbox Size Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Message Tracking Topic 10F: Archiving MailAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall ArchivingThe Standard Directory Structure What is Message Recall? Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesThe Central Directory Structure Message Recall Options Archive Policy DocumentsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Configuring the Message Recall Feature Archive Policy Settings DocumentDomino Directory Troubleshooting Stages Archive Criteria Settings Document Server Setup Profiles The Mail Trace Tool Checklist for Monitoring MailClearing the Server ID Password Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Types of Misdelivered MailThe Certification Log When to Restart the Router Checking Mail Delivery Administrator Access to Register OU Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsCertifiers When to Force Mail Routing Mail Statistics Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Dead Mail Message Tracking User Registration Options The Delivery Failure Process Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallAdministrator Access to Register Users What is Message Recall?The License Tracking Database Message Recall OptionsInternet Password Options line Configuring the Message Recall Feature Internet Password Locking Planning Guidelines Troubleshooting StagesID File Distribution Options The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Mail Trace Tool Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Plan Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterUser Registration Text Files Supported Platforms and System When to Restart the Router How to Register Users from a Text File Requirements Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus When to Force Mail Routing Changes Domino Server Software Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDomino Directory Document Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Dead MailSynchronization Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus The Delivery Failure ProcessTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Domino Administrator Client SoftwareWorkstation The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andWorkstation Setup for Additional Basic Configurations lineWorkstations What is Eclipse? Planning GuidelinesTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Client Installation Types The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentInstallation What is Lotus Expeditor? PlanThe Lotus Domino Administrator Expeditor Component Packaging Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Eclipse Update Sites Requirements Servers Automated Installation Options for Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoThe Administration Process Eclipse Components Server SoftwareComponents of the Administration Process Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoTiming and Execution of Administration First Server Administrator Client SoftwareProcess Requests The Server Setup Process The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andNested Groups The Domino Directory Basic ConfigurationsThe Deny List Only Group Type Replicas of the Domino Directory What is Eclipse?Group Precedence in Database Access Comparing Domains and Organizations Client Installation TypesAuto-populated Groups Purposes of Organizational Units What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Alternatives to Organizational Units Expeditor Component PackagingPolicies Descendants of the Organization Certifier Eclipse Update SitesPolicy Documents Organization Security Automated Installation Options for EclipsePolicy Types Organization Certifier ID Security ComponentsSettings Document Types Authentication Between Organizations Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Policy Precedence Rules Country Codes Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theStatic and Dynamic Settings Server Audience Types First ServerPolicy Management Tools The Lotus Domino Server Log The Server Setup ProcessPolicy Management Development Tools Administrators Group Security Options The Domino DirectoryUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 1E: Configuring the First Replicas of the Domino DirectoryTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Workstation Comparing Domains and OrganizationsPolicy The Client Configuration Program Purposes of Organizational UnitsPolicy Assignment Methods Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Alternatives to Organizational UnitsPolicy Assignment During Registration Administrators and Servers Descendants of the Organization CertifierDynamic Policy Assignments Access in the Domino Directory Organization SecurityThe Effect of Multiple Policies The Special Privilege of the Organization Certifier ID SecurityLotus Domino Server Console LocalDomainAdmins Group Authentication Between OrganizationsAdministration Tasks Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Country Codes


Message Color-Coding on the Server Group Lacks Server Audience TypesConsole Domino Directory Access for Registering The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Servers Administrators Group Security Options Databases on the Server Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstServer Access Control Mechanisms Server ID File Storage Options WorkstationRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting The Client Configuration Program User Access to the Server Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhen to Restart the Server The Standard Directory Structure Administrators and ServersTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels The Central Directory Structure Access in the Domino DirectoryAdministration Levels Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Special Privilege of theAdministration Level Details Domino Directory LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Full Access Administrator Level Server Setup Profiles Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupFull Access Administrator Best Practices Clearing the Server ID Password Lacks The Domino Web Administrator The Certification Log Domino Directory Access for RegisteringAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Administrator Access to Register OU ServersWeb Administrator Application Certifiers Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Need for Selecting a Registration Server Server ID File Storage Options The Domino Server Log Topic 3B: Registering New Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingThe Notes.ini File Administrators Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersLogging Levels User Registration Options The Standard Directory StructureServer Groups and Replication Administrator Access to Register Users The Central Directory StructureTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The License Tracking Database Replicating a Subset of Documents in theReplication Controls Internet Password Options Domino DirectoryReplication Types Internet Password Locking Server Setup ProfilesMethods for Forcing Replication ID File Distribution Options Clearing the Server ID Password Pull Push Replication Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File The Certification LogMultiple Replication Hubs User Registration Text Files Administrator Access to Register OUCritical Application Scheduling How to Register Users from a Text File CertifiersReplication Schedule Criteria Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Routing Components Changes Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Domino Directory Document User Registration OptionsNNNs Synchronization Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The License Tracking DatabaseMail Routing Topology Workstation Internet Password OptionsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Workstation Setup for Additional Internet Password LockingHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Workstations ID File Distribution Options Topology Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileOpportunistic Routing Domino Installation User Registration Text FilesConnection Document Mail Routing Options The Lotus Domino Administrator How to Register Users from a Text File Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Servers Changesfor Incoming Mail The Administration Process Domino Directory DocumentMail Storage Formats Components of the Administration Synchronization SMTP Process Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorSMTP Implementation Scenarios Database Tools in Domino Administrator WorkstationSMTP Best Practices Timing and Execution of Administration Workstation Setup for AdditionalInternet Mail Routing Process Requests Workstations The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Nested Groups Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoMethods for Enabling SMTP The Deny List Only Group Type InstallationTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Group Precedence in Database Access The Lotus Domino Administrator SMTP Settings Auto-populated Groups Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational ServersSMTP Inbound Controls Policy The Administration ProcessSMTP Outbound Controls Policies Components of the Administration ProcessMessage Relay Prevention Policy Documents Database Tools in Domino AdministratorTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Policy Types Timing and Execution of AdministrationFilters Settings Document Types Process Requests What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Policy Precedence Rules Nested GroupsThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Static and Dynamic Settings The Deny List Only Group TypeEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Policy Management Tools Group Precedence in Database AccessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Management Development Tools Auto-populated Groups DNS Whitelist? Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an PolicyEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Explicit Policy PoliciesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Assignment Methods Policy DocumentsDNS Blacklist? Policy Assignment During Registration Policy Types


What are Private Whitelist Filters? Dynamic Policy Assignments Settings Document TypesEnabling Private Whitelist Filters The Effect of Multiple Policies Policy Precedence RulesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Lotus Domino Server Console Static and Dynamic SettingsPrivate Whitelist? Administration Tasks Policy Management ToolsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Message Color-Coding on the Server Policy Management Development ToolsEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Console Use of an Organizational Policy What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anPrivate Blacklist? Databases on the Server Explicit PolicyOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Server Access Control Mechanisms Policy Assignment MethodsHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Restrictions for Authorizing Server Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Access Dynamic Policy Assignments(E/SMTP) Options User Access to the Server The Effect of Multiple Policies E/SMTP Settings When to Restart the Server Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Administration TasksWhen to Set Internet Addresses Administration Levels Message Color-Coding on the ServerInternet Address Lookup Options Administration Level Details Console Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Full Access Administrator Level Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Full Access Administrator Best Practices Databases on the ServerTopic 9B: Implementing Message The Domino Web Administrator Server Access Control MechanismsDisclaimers Administration Levels and the Lotus Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessMessage Disclaimers Domino Web Administrator Application User Access to the ServerThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels When to Restart the Server Process The Domino Server Log Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers The Notes.ini File Administration LevelsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Logging Levels Administration Level DetailsCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Server Groups and Replication The Full Access Administrator LevelSettings Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Full Access Administrator Best PracticesUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Document The Domino Web AdministratorMessages Replication Controls Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Replication Types Domino Web Administrator Application Controls Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsDelivery Controls Pull Push Replication The Domino Server LogTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Multiple Replication Hubs The Notes.ini FileControls Critical Application Scheduling Logging Levels Mail Transfer Controls Replication Schedule Criteria Server Groups and Replication Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Routing Components Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionMailboxes Mail Routing Behavior Within and DocumentBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Between NNNs Replication ControlsHow Mail Rules Work Topic 7B: Implementing a Replication TypesMail Rule Actions Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Methods for Forcing ReplicationActivating a Server Mail Rule The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Pull Push ReplicationTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topology Multiple Replication HubsMail Journaling How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Critical Application SchedulingJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Topology Replication Schedule Criteria Journaling and Mail Routing Opportunistic Routing Mail Routing ComponentsJournaling and Server Configuration Connection Document Mail Routing Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Options NNNs Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Router Types and Connection Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeTag Mail Rule Conditions Documents Mail Routing TopologyField Names Associated with Tags Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Format for Incoming Mail TopologyWhitelist Tags Mail Storage Formats How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas SMTP TopologyQuotas SMTP Implementation Scenarios Opportunistic RoutingQuota Implementation Options SMTP Best Practices Connection Document Mail RoutingQuota Restrictions Internet Mail Routing OptionsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Router Types and Connection Documents Maintenance Methods for Enabling SMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatInbox Maintenance Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP for Incoming MailUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Settings Mail Storage Formats Control Inbox Size SMTP Settings SMTPTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail SMTP Implementation ScenariosArchiving Delivery SMTP Best PracticesBenefits of Archiving and Policies SMTP Inbound Controls Internet Mail RoutingArchive Policy Documents SMTP Outbound Controls The SMTP Listener and Router TasksArchive Policy Settings Document Message Relay Prevention Methods for Enabling SMTP


Archive Criteria Settings Document Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPChecklist for Monitoring Mail Filters SettingsTypes of Misdelivered Mail What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? SMTP Settings Checking Mail Delivery The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters SMTP Inbound ControlsMail Statistics What Happens When a Host is Found in SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking the DNS Whitelist? Message Relay Prevention Message Tracking DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters FiltersWhat is Message Recall? What Happens When a Host is Found in What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Message Recall Options the DNS Blacklist? The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessConfiguring the Message Recall Feature What are Private Whitelist Filters? Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersTroubleshooting Stages Enabling Private Whitelist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Mail Trace Tool What Happens When a Host is Found in the DNS Whitelist?Topic 12B: Restarting the Router the Private Whitelist? DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsWhen to Restart the Router What are Private Blacklist Filters? Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Enabling Private Blacklist Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inWhen to Force Mail Routing What Happens When a Host is Found in the DNS Blacklist?Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead the Private Blacklist? What are Private Whitelist Filters?Mail Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersThe Delivery Failure Process Precedence What Happens When a Host is Found in

How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist the Private Whitelist?Filters What are Private Blacklist Filters?

line Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersPlanning Guidelines (E/SMTP) Options What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment E/SMTP Settings the Private Blacklist?Plan Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Order of Whitelist and BlacklistSupported Platforms and System Addressing PrecedenceRequirements When to Set Internet Addresses How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Internet Address Lookup Options Filters Server Software Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPLotus Domino Server Installation Types An Implementation of SMTP Routing (E/SMTP) OptionsTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 9B: Implementing Message E/SMTP Settings Administrator Client Software Disclaimers Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Message Disclaimers When to Set Internet AddressesBasic Configurations The Message Disclaimer Implementation Internet Address Lookup Options What is Eclipse? Process Topic 8G: Testing SMTPClient Installation Types Options for Attaching Disclaimers An Implementation of SMTP Routing What is Lotus Expeditor? Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 9B: Implementing MessageExpeditor Component Packaging Creating Message Disclaimer Policy DisclaimersEclipse Update Sites Settings Message DisclaimersAutomated Installation Options for Eclipse Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME The Message Disclaimer ImplementationComponents Messages ProcessMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Options for Attaching DisclaimersTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Controls Enabling Server Message DisclaimersFirst Server Delivery Controls Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe Server Setup Process Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer SettingsThe Domino Directory Controls Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEReplicas of the Domino Directory Mail Transfer Controls Messages Comparing Domains and Organizations Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryPurposes of Organizational Units Mailboxes ControlsAlternatives to Organizational Units Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Delivery Controls Descendants of the Organization Certifier How Mail Rules Work Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferOrganization Security Mail Rule Actions ControlsOrganization Certifier ID Security Activating a Server Mail Rule Mail Transfer Controls Authentication Between Organizations Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerCountry Codes Mail Journaling MailboxesServer Audience Types Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Lotus Domino Server Log Journaling and Mail Routing How Mail Rules WorkAdministrators Group Security Options Journaling and Server Configuration Mail Rule ActionsTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Activating a Server Mail Rule The Client Configuration Program and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Tag Mail Rule Conditions Mail Journalingand Servers Field Names Associated with Tags Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsAccess in the Domino Directory Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Journaling and Mail RoutingThe Special Privilege of the or Whitelist Tags Journaling and Server Configuration


LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Quotas Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsLacks Quota Implementation Options Tag Mail Rule ConditionsDomino Directory Access for Registering Quota Restrictions Field Names Associated with TagsServers Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Inbox Maintenance Whitelist Tags Server ID File Storage Options Inbox Maintenance Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to QuotasAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Control Inbox Size Quota Implementation OptionsThe Standard Directory Structure Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Quota Restrictions The Central Directory Structure Archiving Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Benefits of Archiving and Policies Inbox MaintenanceDomino Directory Archive Policy Documents Inbox MaintenanceServer Setup Profiles Archive Policy Settings Document Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toClearing the Server ID Password Archive Criteria Settings Document Control Inbox Size The Certification Log Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 10F: Archiving MailAdministrator Access to Register OU Types of Misdelivered Mail ArchivingCertifiers Checking Mail Delivery Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Archive Policy DocumentsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Mail Statistics Archive Policy Settings DocumentUser Registration Options Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Archive Criteria Settings Document Administrator Access to Register Users Message Tracking Checklist for Monitoring MailThe License Tracking Database Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Types of Misdelivered MailInternet Password Options What is Message Recall? Checking Mail Delivery Internet Password Locking Message Recall Options Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsID File Distribution Options Configuring the Message Recall Feature Mail Statistics Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Troubleshooting Stages Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingUser Registration Text Files The Mail Trace Tool Message Tracking How to Register Users from a Text File Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document When to Restart the Router What is Message Recall?Changes Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Message Recall OptionsDomino Directory Document When to Force Mail Routing Configuring the Message Recall Feature Synchronization Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Troubleshooting StagesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Dead Mail The Mail Trace Tool Workstation The Delivery Failure Process Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWorkstation Setup for Additional When to Restart the Router Workstations Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino line When to Force Mail Routing Installation Planning Guidelines Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andThe Lotus Domino Administrator The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Dead MailTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Plan The Delivery Failure ProcessServers Supported Platforms and SystemThe Administration Process Requirements Lesson 12: Resolving Common Mail RoutingComponents of the Administration Process Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Problems Database Tools in Domino Administrator Domino Server Software lineTiming and Execution of Administration Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 12A: Sending a Mail TraceProcess Requests Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Common Causes for Mail Routing andNested Groups Domino Administrator Client Software Delivery ProblemsThe Deny List Only Group Type The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andGroup Precedence in Database Access Basic ConfigurationsAuto-populated Groups What is Eclipse? lineTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Client Installation Types Planning GuidelinesPolicies What is Lotus Expeditor? The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPolicy Documents Expeditor Component Packaging PlanPolicy Types Eclipse Update Sites Supported Platforms and SystemSettings Document Types Automated Installation Options for Requirements Policy Precedence Rules Eclipse Components Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoStatic and Dynamic Settings Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Server SoftwarePolicy Management Tools Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Policy Management Development Tools First Server Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoUse of an Organizational Policy The Server Setup Process Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit The Domino Directory The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andPolicy Replicas of the Domino Directory Basic ConfigurationsPolicy Assignment Methods Comparing Domains and Organizations What is Eclipse?Policy Assignment During Registration Purposes of Organizational Units Client Installation TypesDynamic Policy Assignments Alternatives to Organizational Units What is Lotus Expeditor?


The Effect of Multiple Policies Descendants of the Organization Certifier Expeditor Component PackagingLotus Domino Server Console Organization Security Eclipse Update SitesAdministration Tasks Organization Certifier ID Security Automated Installation Options for EclipseMessage Color-Coding on the Server Authentication Between Organizations ComponentsConsole Country Codes Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Server Audience Types Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theDatabases on the Server The Lotus Domino Server Log First ServerServer Access Control Mechanisms Administrators Group Security Options The Server Setup ProcessRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 1E: Configuring the First The Domino DirectoryUser Access to the Server Workstation Replicas of the Domino DirectoryWhen to Restart the Server The Client Configuration Program Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Purposes of Organizational UnitsAdministration Levels Administrators and Servers Alternatives to Organizational UnitsAdministration Level Details Access in the Domino Directory Descendants of the Organization CertifierThe Full Access Administrator Level The Special Privilege of the Organization SecurityFull Access Administrator Best Practices LocalDomainAdmins Group Organization Certifier ID SecurityThe Domino Web Administrator Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Authentication Between OrganizationsAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Group Lacks Country CodesWeb Administrator Application Domino Directory Access for Registering Server Audience TypesTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Servers The Lotus Domino Server LogThe Domino Server Log Need for Selecting a Registration Server Administrators Group Security Options The Notes.ini File Server ID File Storage Options Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstLogging Levels Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting WorkstationServer Groups and Replication Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers The Client Configuration Program Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Standard Directory Structure Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toReplication Controls The Central Directory Structure Administrators and ServersReplication Types Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Access in the Domino DirectoryMethods for Forcing Replication Domino Directory The Special Privilege of thePull Push Replication Server Setup Profiles LocalDomainAdmins GroupMultiple Replication Hubs Clearing the Server ID Password Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupCritical Application Scheduling The Certification Log Lacks Replication Schedule Criteria Administrator Access to Register OU Domino Directory Access for RegisteringMail Routing Components Certifiers ServersMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Need for Selecting a Registration Server Need for Selecting a Registration ServerNNNs Topic 3B: Registering New Server ID File Storage Options Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Administrators Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingMail Routing Topology User Registration Options Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Administrator Access to Register Users The Standard Directory StructureHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The License Tracking Database The Central Directory StructureTopology Internet Password Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in theOpportunistic Routing Internet Password Locking Domino DirectoryConnection Document Mail Routing Options ID File Distribution Options Server Setup ProfilesRouter Types and Connection Documents Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format User Registration Text Files The Certification Logfor Incoming Mail How to Register Users from a Text File Administrator Access to Register OUMail Storage Formats Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document CertifiersSMTP Changes Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Implementation Scenarios Domino Directory Document Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsSMTP Best Practices Synchronization User Registration OptionsInternet Mail Routing Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Administrator Access to Register UsersThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Workstation The License Tracking DatabaseMethods for Enabling SMTP Workstation Setup for Additional Internet Password OptionsTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Workstations Internet Password LockingSMTP Settings Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus ID File Distribution Options Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Domino Installation Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileSMTP Inbound Controls The Lotus Domino Administrator User Registration Text FilesSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple How to Register Users from a Text File Message Relay Prevention Servers Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Administration Process ChangesFilters Components of the Administration Domino Directory DocumentWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Process Synchronization The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Timing and Execution of Administration WorkstationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Process Requests Workstation Setup for AdditionalDNS Whitelist? Nested Groups Workstations DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Deny List Only Group Type Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino


Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Group Precedence in Database Access InstallationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Auto-populated Groups The Lotus Domino Administrator DNS Blacklist? Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Policy ServersEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Policies The Administration ProcessWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Policy Documents Components of the Administration ProcessPrivate Whitelist? Policy Types Database Tools in Domino AdministratorWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Settings Document Types Timing and Execution of AdministrationEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Policy Precedence Rules Process Requests What Happens When a Host is Found in the Static and Dynamic Settings Nested GroupsPrivate Blacklist? Policy Management Tools The Deny List Only Group TypeOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Policy Management Development Tools Group Precedence in Database AccessHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Use of an Organizational Policy Auto-populated Groups Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational(E/SMTP) Options Explicit Policy PolicyE/SMTP Settings Policy Assignment Methods PoliciesTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Policy Assignment During Registration Policy DocumentsWhen to Set Internet Addresses Dynamic Policy Assignments Policy TypesInternet Address Lookup Options The Effect of Multiple Policies Settings Document TypesTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Lotus Domino Server Console Policy Precedence RulesAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Administration Tasks Static and Dynamic SettingsTopic 9B: Implementing Message Message Color-Coding on the Server Policy Management ToolsDisclaimers Console Policy Management Development ToolsMessage Disclaimers Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Use of an Organizational Policy The Message Disclaimer Implementation Databases on the Server Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anProcess Server Access Control Mechanisms Explicit PolicyOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Restrictions for Authorizing Server Policy Assignment MethodsEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Access Policy Assignment During RegistrationCreating Message Disclaimer Policy User Access to the Server Dynamic Policy AssignmentsSettings When to Restart the Server The Effect of Multiple Policies Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Lotus Domino Server ConsoleMessages Administration Levels Administration TasksTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Administration Level Details Message Color-Coding on the ServerControls The Full Access Administrator Level Console Delivery Controls Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer The Domino Web Administrator Databases on the ServerControls Administration Levels and the Lotus Server Access Control MechanismsMail Transfer Controls Domino Web Administrator Application Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels User Access to the ServerMailboxes The Domino Server Log When to Restart the Server Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Notes.ini File Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsHow Mail Rules Work Logging Levels Administration LevelsMail Rule Actions Server Groups and Replication Administration Level DetailsActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 6B: Creating a Connection The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Document Full Access Administrator Best PracticesMail Journaling Replication Controls The Domino Web AdministratorJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Replication Types Administration Levels and the LotusJournaling and Mail Routing Methods for Forcing Replication Domino Web Administrator Application Journaling and Server Configuration Pull Push Replication Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Multiple Replication Hubs The Domino Server LogWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Critical Application Scheduling The Notes.ini FileTag Mail Rule Conditions Replication Schedule Criteria Logging Levels Field Names Associated with Tags Mail Routing Components Server Groups and Replication Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWhitelist Tags Between NNNs DocumentTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 7B: Implementing a Replication ControlsQuotas Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Replication TypesQuota Implementation Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Methods for Forcing ReplicationQuota Restrictions Topology Pull Push ReplicationTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Multiple Replication HubsMaintenance Topology Critical Application SchedulingInbox Maintenance Opportunistic Routing Replication Schedule Criteria Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Connection Document Mail Routing Mail Routing ComponentsControl Inbox Size Options Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Router Types and Connection NNNs Archiving Documents Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke


Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Mail Routing TopologyArchive Policy Documents Format for Incoming Mail The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingArchive Policy Settings Document Mail Storage Formats TopologyArchive Criteria Settings Document SMTP How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeChecklist for Monitoring Mail SMTP Implementation Scenarios TopologyTypes of Misdelivered Mail SMTP Best Practices Opportunistic RoutingChecking Mail Delivery Internet Mail Routing Connection Document Mail RoutingTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks OptionsMail Statistics Methods for Enabling SMTP Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatMessage Tracking Settings for Incoming MailTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall SMTP Settings Mail Storage Formats What is Message Recall? Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail SMTPMessage Recall Options Delivery SMTP Implementation ScenariosConfiguring the Message Recall Feature SMTP Inbound Controls SMTP Best PracticesTroubleshooting Stages SMTP Outbound Controls Internet Mail RoutingThe Mail Trace Tool Message Relay Prevention The SMTP Listener and Router TasksTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Methods for Enabling SMTP When to Restart the Router Filters Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? SettingsWhen to Force Mail Routing The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process SMTP Settings Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryMail What Happens When a Host is Found in SMTP Inbound ControlsThe Delivery Failure Process the DNS Whitelist? SMTP Outbound Controls

DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Message Relay Prevention Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist

line What Happens When a Host is Found in FiltersPlanning Guidelines the DNS Blacklist? What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The Worldwide Corporation Deployment What are Private Whitelist Filters? The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessPlan Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersSupported Platforms and System What Happens When a Host is Found in What Happens When a Host is Found inRequirements the Private Whitelist? the DNS Whitelist?Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino What are Private Blacklist Filters? DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsServer Software Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersLotus Domino Server Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found in What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino the Private Blacklist? the DNS Blacklist?Administrator Client Software Order of Whitelist and Blacklist What are Private Whitelist Filters?The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Precedence Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersBasic Configurations How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat is Eclipse? Filters the Private Whitelist?Client Installation Types Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP What are Private Blacklist Filters?What is Lotus Expeditor? (E/SMTP) Options Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersExpeditor Component Packaging E/SMTP Settings What Happens When a Host is Found inEclipse Update Sites Topic 8F: Configuring Internet the Private Blacklist?Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Addressing Order of Whitelist and BlacklistComponents When to Set Internet Addresses PrecedenceMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Internet Address Lookup Options How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Filters First Server An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe Server Setup Process Topic 9B: Implementing Message (E/SMTP) OptionsThe Domino Directory Disclaimers E/SMTP Settings Replicas of the Domino Directory Message Disclaimers Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingComparing Domains and Organizations The Message Disclaimer Implementation When to Set Internet AddressesPurposes of Organizational Units Process Internet Address Lookup Options Alternatives to Organizational Units Options for Attaching Disclaimers Topic 8G: Testing SMTPDescendants of the Organization Certifier Enabling Server Message Disclaimers An Implementation of SMTP Routing Organization Security Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Topic 9B: Implementing MessageOrganization Certifier ID Security Settings DisclaimersAuthentication Between Organizations Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Message DisclaimersCountry Codes Messages The Message Disclaimer ImplementationServer Audience Types Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery ProcessThe Lotus Domino Server Log Controls Options for Attaching DisclaimersAdministrators Group Security Options Delivery Controls Enabling Server Message DisclaimersTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyThe Client Configuration Program Controls SettingsTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Mail Transfer Controls Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME


and Servers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Messages Access in the Domino Directory Mailboxes Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Special Privilege of the Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes ControlsLocalDomainAdmins Group How Mail Rules Work Delivery Controls Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Mail Rule Actions Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferLacks Activating a Server Mail Rule ControlsDomino Directory Access for Registering Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Mail Transfer Controls Servers Mail Journaling Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions MailboxesServer ID File Storage Options Journaling and Mail Routing Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Journaling and Server Configuration How Mail Rules WorkAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Mail Rule ActionsThe Standard Directory Structure and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Activating a Server Mail Rule The Central Directory Structure Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Field Names Associated with Tags Mail JournalingDomino Directory Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsServer Setup Profiles or Whitelist Tags Journaling and Mail RoutingClearing the Server ID Password Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Journaling and Server Configuration The Certification Log Quotas Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andAdministrator Access to Register OU Quota Implementation Options Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsCertifiers Quota Restrictions Tag Mail Rule ConditionsNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Field Names Associated with TagsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Inbox Maintenance Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orUser Registration Options Inbox Maintenance Whitelist Tags Administrator Access to Register Users Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasThe License Tracking Database Control Inbox Size QuotasInternet Password Options Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Quota Implementation OptionsInternet Password Locking Archiving Quota Restrictions ID File Distribution Options Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Archive Policy Documents Inbox MaintenanceUser Registration Text Files Archive Policy Settings Document Inbox MaintenanceHow to Register Users from a Text File Archive Criteria Settings Document Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Checklist for Monitoring Mail Control Inbox Size Changes Types of Misdelivered Mail Topic 10F: Archiving MailDomino Directory Document Checking Mail Delivery ArchivingSynchronization Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Mail Statistics Archive Policy DocumentsWorkstation Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Archive Policy Settings DocumentWorkstation Setup for Additional Message Tracking Archive Criteria Settings Document Workstations Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Checklist for Monitoring MailTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino What is Message Recall? Types of Misdelivered MailInstallation Message Recall Options Checking Mail Delivery The Lotus Domino Administrator Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Troubleshooting Stages Mail Statistics Servers The Mail Trace Tool Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingThe Administration Process Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Message Tracking Components of the Administration Process When to Restart the Router Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing What is Message Recall?Timing and Execution of Administration When to Force Mail Routing Message Recall OptionsProcess Requests Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Configuring the Message Recall Feature Nested Groups Dead Mail Troubleshooting StagesThe Deny List Only Group Type The Delivery Failure Process The Mail Trace Tool Group Precedence in Database Access Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterAuto-populated Groups When to Restart the Router Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy line Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingPolicies Planning Guidelines When to Force Mail Routing Policy Documents The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andPolicy Types Plan Dead MailSettings Document Types Supported Platforms and System The Delivery Failure ProcessPolicy Precedence Rules Requirements Static and Dynamic Settings Topic 1B: Installing the IBM LotusPolicy Management Tools Domino Server Software linePolicy Management Development Tools Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Planning GuidelinesUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Domino Administrator Client Software PlanPolicy The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Supported Platforms and System


Policy Assignment Methods Basic Configurations Requirements Policy Assignment During Registration What is Eclipse? Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoDynamic Policy Assignments Client Installation Types Server SoftwareThe Effect of Multiple Policies What is Lotus Expeditor? Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Lotus Domino Server Console Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoAdministration Tasks Eclipse Update Sites Administrator Client SoftwareMessage Color-Coding on the Server Automated Installation Options for The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andConsole Eclipse Components Basic ConfigurationsTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation What is Eclipse?Databases on the Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Client Installation TypesServer Access Control Mechanisms First Server What is Lotus Expeditor?Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access The Server Setup Process Expeditor Component PackagingUser Access to the Server The Domino Directory Eclipse Update SitesWhen to Restart the Server Replicas of the Domino Directory Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Comparing Domains and Organizations ComponentsAdministration Levels Purposes of Organizational Units Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Administration Level Details Alternatives to Organizational Units Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theThe Full Access Administrator Level Descendants of the Organization Certifier First ServerFull Access Administrator Best Practices Organization Security The Server Setup ProcessThe Domino Web Administrator Organization Certifier ID Security The Domino DirectoryAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Authentication Between Organizations Replicas of the Domino DirectoryWeb Administrator Application Country Codes Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Server Audience Types Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe Domino Server Log The Lotus Domino Server Log Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Notes.ini File Administrators Group Security Options Descendants of the Organization CertifierLogging Levels Topic 1E: Configuring the First Organization SecurityServer Groups and Replication Workstation Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Client Configuration Program Authentication Between OrganizationsReplication Controls Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Country CodesReplication Types Administrators and Servers Server Audience TypesMethods for Forcing Replication Access in the Domino Directory The Lotus Domino Server LogPull Push Replication The Special Privilege of the Administrators Group Security Options Multiple Replication Hubs LocalDomainAdmins Group Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstCritical Application Scheduling Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins WorkstationReplication Schedule Criteria Group Lacks The Client Configuration Program Mail Routing Components Domino Directory Access for Registering Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Servers Administrators and ServersNNNs Need for Selecting a Registration Server Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Server ID File Storage Options The Special Privilege of theMail Routing Topology Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting LocalDomainAdmins GroupThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Standard Directory Structure Lacks Topology The Central Directory Structure Domino Directory Access for RegisteringOpportunistic Routing Replicating a Subset of Documents in the ServersConnection Document Mail Routing Options Domino Directory Need for Selecting a Registration ServerRouter Types and Connection Documents Server Setup Profiles Server ID File Storage Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 2B: Configuring and Startingfor Incoming Mail The Certification Log Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersMail Storage Formats Administrator Access to Register OU The Standard Directory StructureSMTP Certifiers The Central Directory StructureSMTP Implementation Scenarios Need for Selecting a Registration Server Replicating a Subset of Documents in theSMTP Best Practices Topic 3B: Registering New Domino DirectoryInternet Mail Routing Administrators Server Setup ProfilesThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks User Registration Options Clearing the Server ID Password Methods for Enabling SMTP Administrator Access to Register Users The Certification LogTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The License Tracking Database Administrator Access to Register OUSMTP Settings Internet Password Options CertifiersTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Internet Password Locking Need for Selecting a Registration Server SMTP Inbound Controls ID File Distribution Options Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsSMTP Outbound Controls Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File User Registration OptionsMessage Relay Prevention User Registration Text Files Administrator Access to Register UsersTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist How to Register Users from a Text File The License Tracking DatabaseFilters Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Internet Password OptionsWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Changes Internet Password LockingThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Domino Directory Document ID File Distribution Options Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Synchronization Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File


What Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator User Registration Text FilesDNS Whitelist? Workstation How to Register Users from a Text File DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Workstation Setup for Additional Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters Workstations ChangesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Directory DocumentDNS Blacklist? Domino Installation Synchronization What are Private Whitelist Filters? The Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple WorkstationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Servers Workstation Setup for AdditionalPrivate Whitelist? The Administration Process Workstations What are Private Blacklist Filters? Components of the Administration Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Process InstallationWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Database Tools in Domino Administrator The Lotus Domino Administrator Private Blacklist? Timing and Execution of Administration Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Process Requests ServersHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Nested Groups The Administration ProcessTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP The Deny List Only Group Type Components of the Administration Process(E/SMTP) Options Group Precedence in Database Access Database Tools in Domino AdministratorE/SMTP Settings Auto-populated Groups Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Process Requests When to Set Internet Addresses Policy Nested GroupsInternet Address Lookup Options Policies The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Policy Documents Group Precedence in Database AccessAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Policy Types Auto-populated Groups Topic 9B: Implementing Message Settings Document Types Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalDisclaimers Policy Precedence Rules PolicyMessage Disclaimers Static and Dynamic Settings PoliciesThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Policy Management Tools Policy DocumentsProcess Policy Management Development Tools Policy TypesOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Use of an Organizational Policy Settings Document TypesEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Policy Precedence RulesCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Explicit Policy Static and Dynamic SettingsSettings Policy Assignment Methods Policy Management ToolsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Policy Assignment During Registration Policy Management Development ToolsMessages Dynamic Policy Assignments Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anControls Lotus Domino Server Console Explicit PolicyDelivery Controls Administration Tasks Policy Assignment MethodsTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Message Color-Coding on the Server Policy Assignment During RegistrationControls Console Dynamic Policy AssignmentsMail Transfer Controls Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create The Effect of Multiple Policies Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Databases on the Server Lotus Domino Server ConsoleMailboxes Server Access Control Mechanisms Administration TasksBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Restrictions for Authorizing Server Message Color-Coding on the ServerHow Mail Rules Work Access Console Mail Rule Actions User Access to the Server Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateActivating a Server Mail Rule When to Restart the Server Databases on the ServerTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Server Access Control MechanismsMail Journaling Administration Levels Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Administration Level Details User Access to the ServerJournaling and Mail Routing The Full Access Administrator Level When to Restart the Server Journaling and Server Configuration Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and The Domino Web Administrator Administration LevelsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Administration Levels and the Lotus Administration Level DetailsTag Mail Rule Conditions Domino Web Administrator Application The Full Access Administrator LevelField Names Associated with Tags Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Full Access Administrator Best PracticesOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or The Domino Server Log The Domino Web AdministratorWhitelist Tags The Notes.ini File Administration Levels and the LotusTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Logging Levels Domino Web Administrator Application Quotas Server Groups and Replication Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsQuota Implementation Options Topic 6B: Creating a Connection The Domino Server LogQuota Restrictions Document The Notes.ini FileTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Replication Controls Logging Levels Maintenance Replication Types Server Groups and Replication Inbox Maintenance Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Pull Push Replication Document


Control Inbox Size Multiple Replication Hubs Replication ControlsTopic 10F: Archiving Mail Critical Application Scheduling Replication TypesArchiving Replication Schedule Criteria Methods for Forcing ReplicationBenefits of Archiving and Policies Mail Routing Components Pull Push ReplicationArchive Policy Documents Mail Routing Behavior Within and Multiple Replication HubsArchive Policy Settings Document Between NNNs Critical Application SchedulingArchive Criteria Settings Document Topic 7B: Implementing a Replication Schedule Criteria Checklist for Monitoring Mail Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Mail Routing ComponentsTypes of Misdelivered Mail The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenChecking Mail Delivery Topology NNNs Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeMail Statistics Topology Mail Routing TopologyTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Opportunistic Routing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingMessage Tracking Connection Document Mail Routing TopologyTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Options How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhat is Message Recall? Router Types and Connection TopologyMessage Recall Options Documents Opportunistic RoutingConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Connection Document Mail RoutingTroubleshooting Stages Format for Incoming Mail OptionsThe Mail Trace Tool Mail Storage Formats Router Types and Connection Documents Topic 12B: Restarting the Router SMTP Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatWhen to Restart the Router SMTP Implementation Scenarios for Incoming MailTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing SMTP Best Practices Mail Storage Formats When to Force Mail Routing Internet Mail Routing SMTPTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks SMTP Implementation ScenariosMail Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Best PracticesThe Delivery Failure Process Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Internet Mail Routing

Settings The SMTP Listener and Router TasksSMTP Settings Methods for Enabling SMTP

line Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPPlanning Guidelines Delivery SettingsThe Worldwide Corporation Deployment SMTP Inbound Controls SMTP Settings Plan SMTP Outbound Controls Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliverySupported Platforms and System Message Relay Prevention SMTP Inbound ControlsRequirements Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist SMTP Outbound ControlsTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Filters Message Relay Prevention Server Software What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistLotus Domino Server Installation Types The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process FiltersTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Administrator Client Software What Happens When a Host is Found in The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and the DNS Whitelist? Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersBasic Configurations DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What Happens When a Host is Found inWhat is Eclipse? Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters the DNS Whitelist?Client Installation Types What Happens When a Host is Found in DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsWhat is Lotus Expeditor? the DNS Blacklist? Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersExpeditor Component Packaging What are Private Whitelist Filters? What Happens When a Host is Found inEclipse Update Sites Enabling Private Whitelist Filters the DNS Blacklist?Automated Installation Options for Eclipse What Happens When a Host is Found in What are Private Whitelist Filters?Components the Private Whitelist? Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation What are Private Blacklist Filters? What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Enabling Private Blacklist Filters the Private Whitelist?First Server What Happens When a Host is Found in What are Private Blacklist Filters?The Server Setup Process the Private Blacklist? Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Domino Directory Order of Whitelist and Blacklist What Happens When a Host is Found inReplicas of the Domino Directory Precedence the Private Blacklist?Comparing Domains and Organizations How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Order of Whitelist and BlacklistPurposes of Organizational Units Filters PrecedenceAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistDescendants of the Organization Certifier (E/SMTP) Options Filters Organization Security E/SMTP Settings Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPOrganization Certifier ID Security Topic 8F: Configuring Internet (E/SMTP) OptionsAuthentication Between Organizations Addressing E/SMTP Settings Country Codes When to Set Internet Addresses Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingServer Audience Types Internet Address Lookup Options When to Set Internet AddressesThe Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Internet Address Lookup Options Administrators Group Security Options An Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 8G: Testing SMTP


Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation Topic 9B: Implementing Message An Implementation of SMTP Routing The Client Configuration Program Disclaimers Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Message Disclaimers Disclaimersand Servers The Message Disclaimer Implementation Message DisclaimersAccess in the Domino Directory Process The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Special Privilege of the Options for Attaching Disclaimers ProcessLocalDomainAdmins Group Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Options for Attaching DisclaimersPrivileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Creating Message Disclaimer Policy Enabling Server Message DisclaimersLacks Settings Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyDomino Directory Access for Registering Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME SettingsServers Messages Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMENeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Messages Server ID File Storage Options Controls Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Delivery Controls ControlsAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Delivery Controls The Standard Directory Structure Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferThe Central Directory Structure Mail Transfer Controls ControlsReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Mail Transfer Controls Domino Directory Mailboxes Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerServer Setup Profiles Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes MailboxesClearing the Server ID Password How Mail Rules Work Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Certification Log Mail Rule Actions How Mail Rules WorkAdministrator Access to Register OU Activating a Server Mail Rule Mail Rule ActionsCertifiers Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Activating a Server Mail Rule Need for Selecting a Registration Server Mail Journaling Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Mail JournalingUser Registration Options Journaling and Mail Routing Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsAdministrator Access to Register Users Journaling and Server Configuration Journaling and Mail RoutingThe License Tracking Database Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Journaling and Server Configuration Internet Password Options and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andInternet Password Locking Tag Mail Rule Conditions Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsID File Distribution Options Field Names Associated with Tags Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 3C: Registering Users from a File Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Field Names Associated with TagsUser Registration Text Files or Whitelist Tags Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Whitelist Tags Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Quotas Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasChanges Quota Implementation Options QuotasDomino Directory Document Quota Restrictions Quota Implementation OptionsSynchronization Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Quota Restrictions Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Inbox Maintenance Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withWorkstation Inbox Maintenance Inbox MaintenanceWorkstation Setup for Additional Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Inbox MaintenanceWorkstations Control Inbox Size Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Control Inbox Size Installation Archiving Topic 10F: Archiving MailThe Lotus Domino Administrator Benefits of Archiving and Policies ArchivingTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Archive Policy Documents Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesServers Archive Policy Settings Document Archive Policy DocumentsThe Administration Process Archive Criteria Settings Document Archive Policy Settings DocumentComponents of the Administration Process Checklist for Monitoring Mail Archive Criteria Settings Document Database Tools in Domino Administrator Types of Misdelivered Mail Checklist for Monitoring MailTiming and Execution of Administration Checking Mail Delivery Types of Misdelivered MailProcess Requests Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Checking Mail Delivery Nested Groups Mail Statistics Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsThe Deny List Only Group Type Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Mail Statistics Group Precedence in Database Access Message Tracking Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingAuto-populated Groups Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Message Tracking Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy What is Message Recall? Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPolicies Message Recall Options What is Message Recall?Policy Documents Configuring the Message Recall Feature Message Recall OptionsPolicy Types Troubleshooting Stages Configuring the Message Recall Feature Settings Document Types The Mail Trace Tool Troubleshooting StagesPolicy Precedence Rules Topic 12B: Restarting the Router The Mail Trace Tool Static and Dynamic Settings When to Restart the Router Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterPolicy Management Tools Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing When to Restart the Router Policy Management Development Tools When to Force Mail Routing Topic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing


Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and When to Force Mail Routing Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Dead Mail Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andPolicy The Delivery Failure Process Dead MailPolicy Assignment Methods The Delivery Failure ProcessPolicy Assignment During RegistrationDynamic Policy Assignments lineThe Effect of Multiple Policies Planning Guidelines lineLotus Domino Server Console The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Planning GuidelinesAdministration Tasks Plan The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentMessage Color-Coding on the Server Supported Platforms and System PlanConsole Requirements Supported Platforms and SystemTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Requirements Databases on the Server Domino Server Software Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoServer Access Control Mechanisms Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Server SoftwareRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Lotus Domino Server Installation Types User Access to the Server Domino Administrator Client Software Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWhen to Restart the Server The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Basic Configurations The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andAdministration Levels What is Eclipse? Basic ConfigurationsAdministration Level Details Client Installation Types What is Eclipse?The Full Access Administrator Level What is Lotus Expeditor? Client Installation TypesFull Access Administrator Best Practices Expeditor Component Packaging What is Lotus Expeditor?The Domino Web Administrator Eclipse Update Sites Expeditor Component PackagingAdministration Levels and the Lotus Domino Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Update SitesWeb Administrator Application Eclipse Components Automated Installation Options for EclipseTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation ComponentsThe Domino Server Log Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation The Notes.ini File First Server Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theLogging Levels The Server Setup Process First ServerServer Groups and Replication The Domino Directory The Server Setup ProcessTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document Replicas of the Domino Directory The Domino DirectoryReplication Controls Comparing Domains and Organizations Replicas of the Domino DirectoryReplication Types Purposes of Organizational Units Comparing Domains and OrganizationsMethods for Forcing Replication Alternatives to Organizational Units Purposes of Organizational UnitsPull Push Replication Descendants of the Organization Certifier Alternatives to Organizational UnitsMultiple Replication Hubs Organization Security Descendants of the Organization CertifierCritical Application Scheduling Organization Certifier ID Security Organization SecurityReplication Schedule Criteria Authentication Between Organizations Organization Certifier ID SecurityMail Routing Components Country Codes Authentication Between OrganizationsMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Server Audience Types Country CodesNNNs The Lotus Domino Server Log Server Audience TypesTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke Administrators Group Security Options The Lotus Domino Server LogMail Routing Topology Topic 1E: Configuring the First Administrators Group Security Options The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Workstation Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke The Client Configuration Program WorkstationTopology Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to The Client Configuration Program Opportunistic Routing Administrators and Servers Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toConnection Document Mail Routing Options Access in the Domino Directory Administrators and ServersRouter Types and Connection Documents The Special Privilege of the Access in the Domino DirectoryTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format LocalDomainAdmins Group The Special Privilege of thefor Incoming Mail Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins LocalDomainAdmins GroupMail Storage Formats Group Lacks Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Domino Directory Access for Registering Lacks SMTP Implementation Scenarios Servers Domino Directory Access for RegisteringSMTP Best Practices Need for Selecting a Registration Server ServersInternet Mail Routing Server ID File Storage Options Need for Selecting a Registration ServerThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Server ID File Storage Options Methods for Enabling SMTP Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The Standard Directory Structure Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersSMTP Settings The Central Directory Structure The Standard Directory StructureTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Replicating a Subset of Documents in the The Central Directory StructureSMTP Inbound Controls Domino Directory Replicating a Subset of Documents in theSMTP Outbound Controls Server Setup Profiles Domino DirectoryMessage Relay Prevention Clearing the Server ID Password Server Setup ProfilesTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist The Certification Log Clearing the Server ID Password Filters Administrator Access to Register OU The Certification Log


What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Certifiers Administrator Access to Register OUThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Need for Selecting a Registration Server CertifiersEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 3B: Registering New Need for Selecting a Registration Server What Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrators Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsDNS Whitelist? User Registration Options User Registration OptionsDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Administrator Access to Register Users Administrator Access to Register UsersEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The License Tracking Database The License Tracking DatabaseWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Internet Password Options Internet Password OptionsDNS Blacklist? Internet Password Locking Internet Password LockingWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? ID File Distribution Options ID File Distribution Options Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the User Registration Text Files User Registration Text FilesPrivate Whitelist? How to Register Users from a Text File How to Register Users from a Text File What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Changes ChangesWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Domino Directory Document Domino Directory DocumentPrivate Blacklist? Synchronization Synchronization Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Workstation WorkstationTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Workstation Setup for Additional Workstation Setup for Additional(E/SMTP) Options Workstations Workstations E/SMTP Settings Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Domino Installation InstallationWhen to Set Internet Addresses The Lotus Domino Administrator The Lotus Domino Administrator Internet Address Lookup Options Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleTopic 8G: Testing SMTP Servers ServersAn Implementation of SMTP Routing The Administration Process The Administration ProcessTopic 9B: Implementing Message Components of the Administration Components of the Administration ProcessDisclaimers Process Database Tools in Domino AdministratorMessage Disclaimers Database Tools in Domino Administrator Timing and Execution of AdministrationThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Timing and Execution of Administration Process Requests Process Process Requests Nested GroupsOptions for Attaching Disclaimers Nested Groups The Deny List Only Group TypeEnabling Server Message Disclaimers The Deny List Only Group Type Group Precedence in Database AccessCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Group Precedence in Database Access Auto-populated Groups Settings Auto-populated Groups Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational PolicyMessages Policy PoliciesTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Policies Policy DocumentsControls Policy Documents Policy TypesDelivery Controls Policy Types Settings Document TypesTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Settings Document Types Policy Precedence RulesControls Policy Precedence Rules Static and Dynamic SettingsMail Transfer Controls Static and Dynamic Settings Policy Management ToolsTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Policy Management Tools Policy Management Development ToolsMailboxes Policy Management Development Tools Use of an Organizational Policy Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anHow Mail Rules Work Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit PolicyMail Rule Actions Explicit Policy Policy Assignment MethodsActivating a Server Mail Rule Policy Assignment Methods Policy Assignment During RegistrationTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Policy Assignment During Registration Dynamic Policy AssignmentsMail Journaling Dynamic Policy Assignments The Effect of Multiple Policies Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions The Effect of Multiple Policies Lotus Domino Server ConsoleJournaling and Mail Routing Lotus Domino Server Console Administration TasksJournaling and Server Configuration Administration Tasks Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Message Color-Coding on the Server Console Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Console Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Databases on the ServerField Names Associated with Tags Databases on the Server Server Access Control MechanismsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Server Access Control Mechanisms Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessWhitelist Tags Restrictions for Authorizing Server User Access to the ServerTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Access When to Restart the Server Quotas User Access to the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsQuota Implementation Options When to Restart the Server Administration LevelsQuota Restrictions Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Administration Level DetailsTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Administration Levels The Full Access Administrator Level


Maintenance Administration Level Details Full Access Administrator Best PracticesInbox Maintenance The Full Access Administrator Level The Domino Web AdministratorUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Full Access Administrator Best Practices Administration Levels and the LotusControl Inbox Size The Domino Web Administrator Domino Web Administrator Application Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Administration Levels and the Lotus Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsArchiving Domino Web Administrator Application The Domino Server LogBenefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Notes.ini FileArchive Policy Documents The Domino Server Log Logging Levels Archive Policy Settings Document The Notes.ini File Server Groups and Replication Archive Criteria Settings Document Logging Levels Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionChecklist for Monitoring Mail Server Groups and Replication DocumentTypes of Misdelivered Mail Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Replication ControlsChecking Mail Delivery Document Replication TypesTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Replication Controls Methods for Forcing ReplicationMail Statistics Replication Types Pull Push ReplicationTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Methods for Forcing Replication Multiple Replication HubsMessage Tracking Pull Push Replication Critical Application SchedulingTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Multiple Replication Hubs Replication Schedule Criteria What is Message Recall? Critical Application Scheduling Mail Routing ComponentsMessage Recall Options Replication Schedule Criteria Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Mail Routing Components NNNs Troubleshooting Stages Mail Routing Behavior Within and Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-SpokeThe Mail Trace Tool Between NNNs Mail Routing TopologyTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Topic 7B: Implementing a The Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingWhen to Restart the Router Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology TopologyTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeWhen to Force Mail Routing Topology TopologyTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Opportunistic RoutingMail Topology Connection Document Mail RoutingThe Delivery Failure Process Opportunistic Routing Options

Connection Document Mail Routing Router Types and Connection Documents Options Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format

line Router Types and Connection for Incoming MailPlanning Guidelines Documents Mail Storage Formats The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage SMTPPlan Format for Incoming Mail SMTP Implementation ScenariosSupported Platforms and System Mail Storage Formats SMTP Best PracticesRequirements SMTP Internet Mail RoutingTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino SMTP Implementation Scenarios The SMTP Listener and Router TasksServer Software SMTP Best Practices Methods for Enabling SMTP Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Internet Mail Routing Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks SettingsAdministrator Client Software Methods for Enabling SMTP SMTP Settings The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryBasic Configurations Settings SMTP Inbound ControlsWhat is Eclipse? SMTP Settings SMTP Outbound ControlsClient Installation Types Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Message Relay Prevention What is Lotus Expeditor? Delivery Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistExpeditor Component Packaging SMTP Inbound Controls FiltersEclipse Update Sites SMTP Outbound Controls What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Automated Installation Options for Eclipse Message Relay Prevention The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessComponents Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Filters What Happens When a Host is Found inTopic 1D: Launching and Configuring the What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? the DNS Whitelist?First Server The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsThe Server Setup Process Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersThe Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found in What Happens When a Host is Found inReplicas of the Domino Directory the DNS Whitelist? the DNS Blacklist?Comparing Domains and Organizations DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What are Private Whitelist Filters?Purposes of Organizational Units Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersAlternatives to Organizational Units What Happens When a Host is Found in What Happens When a Host is Found inDescendants of the Organization Certifier the DNS Blacklist? the Private Whitelist?Organization Security What are Private Whitelist Filters? What are Private Blacklist Filters?Organization Certifier ID Security Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersAuthentication Between Organizations What Happens When a Host is Found in What Happens When a Host is Found inCountry Codes the Private Whitelist? the Private Blacklist?


Server Audience Types What are Private Blacklist Filters? Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Lotus Domino Server Log Enabling Private Blacklist Filters PrecedenceAdministrators Group Security Options What Happens When a Host is Found in How to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistTopic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation the Private Blacklist? Filters The Client Configuration Program Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators Precedence (E/SMTP) Optionsand Servers How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist E/SMTP Settings Access in the Domino Directory Filters Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingThe Special Privilege of the Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP When to Set Internet AddressesLocalDomainAdmins Group (E/SMTP) Options Internet Address Lookup Options Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group E/SMTP Settings Topic 8G: Testing SMTPLacks Topic 8F: Configuring Internet An Implementation of SMTP Routing Domino Directory Access for Registering Addressing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageServers When to Set Internet Addresses DisclaimersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Address Lookup Options Message DisclaimersServer ID File Storage Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTP The Message Disclaimer ImplementationTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting An Implementation of SMTP Routing ProcessAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 9B: Implementing Message Options for Attaching DisclaimersThe Standard Directory Structure Disclaimers Enabling Server Message DisclaimersThe Central Directory Structure Message Disclaimers Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyReplicating a Subset of Documents in the The Message Disclaimer Implementation SettingsDomino Directory Process Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEServer Setup Profiles Options for Attaching Disclaimers Messages Clearing the Server ID Password Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryThe Certification Log Creating Message Disclaimer Policy ControlsAdministrator Access to Register OU Settings Delivery Controls Certifiers Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Messages ControlsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Mail Transfer Controls User Registration Options Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerAdministrator Access to Register Users Delivery Controls MailboxesThe License Tracking Database Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Internet Password Options Controls How Mail Rules WorkInternet Password Locking Mail Transfer Controls Mail Rule ActionsID File Distribution Options Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Mailboxes Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingUser Registration Text Files Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Mail JournalingHow to Register Users from a Text File How Mail Rules Work Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsTopic 3D: Replicating Server Document Mail Rule Actions Journaling and Mail RoutingChanges Activating a Server Mail Rule Journaling and Server Configuration Domino Directory Document Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andSynchronization Mail Journaling Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWorkstation Journaling and Mail Routing Field Names Associated with TagsWorkstation Setup for Additional Journaling and Server Configuration Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orWorkstations Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Whitelist Tags Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasInstallation Tag Mail Rule Conditions QuotasThe Lotus Domino Administrator Field Names Associated with Tags Quota Implementation OptionsTopic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Quota Restrictions Servers or Whitelist Tags Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withThe Administration Process Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Inbox MaintenanceComponents of the Administration Process Quotas Inbox MaintenanceDatabase Tools in Domino Administrator Quota Implementation Options Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toTiming and Execution of Administration Quota Restrictions Control Inbox Size Process Requests Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Topic 10F: Archiving MailNested Groups Inbox Maintenance ArchivingThe Deny List Only Group Type Inbox Maintenance Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesGroup Precedence in Database Access Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Archive Policy DocumentsAuto-populated Groups Control Inbox Size Archive Policy Settings DocumentTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Archive Criteria Settings Document Policies Archiving Checklist for Monitoring MailPolicy Documents Benefits of Archiving and Policies Types of Misdelivered MailPolicy Types Archive Policy Documents Checking Mail Delivery Settings Document Types Archive Policy Settings Document Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsPolicy Precedence Rules Archive Criteria Settings Document Mail Statistics


Static and Dynamic Settings Checklist for Monitoring Mail Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingPolicy Management Tools Types of Misdelivered Mail Message Tracking Policy Management Development Tools Checking Mail Delivery Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics What is Message Recall?Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Mail Statistics Message Recall OptionsPolicy Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Configuring the Message Recall Feature Policy Assignment Methods Message Tracking Troubleshooting StagesPolicy Assignment During Registration Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Mail Trace Tool Dynamic Policy Assignments What is Message Recall? Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Effect of Multiple Policies Message Recall Options When to Restart the Router Lotus Domino Server Console Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingAdministration Tasks Troubleshooting Stages When to Force Mail Routing Message Color-Coding on the Server The Mail Trace Tool Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andConsole Topic 12B: Restarting the Router Dead MailTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create When to Restart the Router The Delivery Failure ProcessDatabases on the Server Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingServer Access Control Mechanisms When to Force Mail Routing Restrictions for Authorizing Server Access Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and lineUser Access to the Server Dead Mail Planning GuidelinesWhen to Restart the Server The Delivery Failure Process The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentTopic 5C: Setting Administration Levels PlanAdministration Levels Supported Platforms and SystemAdministration Level Details line Requirements The Full Access Administrator Level Planning Guidelines Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoFull Access Administrator Best Practices The Worldwide Corporation Deployment Server SoftwareThe Domino Web Administrator Plan Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Supported Platforms and System Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus DominoWeb Administrator Application Requirements Administrator Client SoftwareTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Topic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andThe Domino Server Log Domino Server Software Basic ConfigurationsThe Notes.ini File Lotus Domino Server Installation Types What is Eclipse?Logging Levels Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Client Installation TypesServer Groups and Replication Domino Administrator Client Software What is Lotus Expeditor?Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Expeditor Component PackagingReplication Controls Basic Configurations Eclipse Update SitesReplication Types What is Eclipse? Automated Installation Options for EclipseMethods for Forcing Replication Client Installation Types ComponentsPull Push Replication What is Lotus Expeditor? Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Multiple Replication Hubs Expeditor Component Packaging Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theCritical Application Scheduling Eclipse Update Sites First ServerReplication Schedule Criteria Automated Installation Options for The Server Setup ProcessMail Routing Components Eclipse Components The Domino DirectoryMail Routing Behavior Within and Between Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Replicas of the Domino DirectoryNNNs Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Comparing Domains and OrganizationsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke First Server Purposes of Organizational UnitsMail Routing Topology The Server Setup Process Alternatives to Organizational UnitsThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology The Domino Directory Descendants of the Organization CertifierHow Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Replicas of the Domino Directory Organization SecurityTopology Comparing Domains and Organizations Organization Certifier ID SecurityOpportunistic Routing Purposes of Organizational Units Authentication Between OrganizationsConnection Document Mail Routing Options Alternatives to Organizational Units Country CodesRouter Types and Connection Documents Descendants of the Organization Certifier Server Audience TypesTopic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Organization Security The Lotus Domino Server Logfor Incoming Mail Organization Certifier ID Security Administrators Group Security Options Mail Storage Formats Authentication Between Organizations Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstSMTP Country Codes WorkstationSMTP Implementation Scenarios Server Audience Types The Client Configuration Program SMTP Best Practices The Lotus Domino Server Log Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toInternet Mail Routing Administrators Group Security Options Administrators and ServersThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 1E: Configuring the First Access in the Domino DirectoryMethods for Enabling SMTP Workstation The Special Privilege of theTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings The Client Configuration Program LocalDomainAdmins GroupSMTP Settings Topic 1F: Assigning Roles to Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins GroupTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Administrators and Servers Lacks SMTP Inbound Controls Access in the Domino Directory Domino Directory Access for RegisteringSMTP Outbound Controls The Special Privilege of the Servers


Message Relay Prevention LocalDomainAdmins Group Need for Selecting a Registration ServerTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Server ID File Storage Options Filters Group Lacks Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Domino Directory Access for Registering Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process Servers The Standard Directory StructureEnabling DNS Whitelist Filters Need for Selecting a Registration Server The Central Directory StructureWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Server ID File Storage Options Replicating a Subset of Documents in theDNS Whitelist? Topic 2B: Configuring and Starting Domino DirectoryDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics Additional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Server Setup ProfilesEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters The Standard Directory Structure Clearing the Server ID Password What Happens When a Host is Found in the The Central Directory Structure The Certification LogDNS Blacklist? Replicating a Subset of Documents in the Administrator Access to Register OUWhat are Private Whitelist Filters? Domino Directory CertifiersEnabling Private Whitelist Filters Server Setup Profiles Need for Selecting a Registration Server What Happens When a Host is Found in the Clearing the Server ID Password Topic 3B: Registering New AdministratorsPrivate Whitelist? The Certification Log User Registration OptionsWhat are Private Blacklist Filters? Administrator Access to Register OU Administrator Access to Register UsersEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Certifiers The License Tracking DatabaseWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Need for Selecting a Registration Server Internet Password OptionsPrivate Blacklist? Topic 3B: Registering New Internet Password LockingOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Administrators ID File Distribution Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters User Registration Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Administrator Access to Register Users User Registration Text Files(E/SMTP) Options The License Tracking Database How to Register Users from a Text File E/SMTP Settings Internet Password Options Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Internet Password Locking ChangesWhen to Set Internet Addresses ID File Distribution Options Domino Directory DocumentInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Synchronization Topic 8G: Testing SMTP User Registration Text Files Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorAn Implementation of SMTP Routing How to Register Users from a Text File WorkstationTopic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Workstation Setup for AdditionalDisclaimers Changes Workstations Message Disclaimers Domino Directory Document Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus DominoThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Synchronization InstallationProcess Topic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator The Lotus Domino Administrator Options for Attaching Disclaimers Workstation Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleEnabling Server Message Disclaimers Workstation Setup for Additional ServersCreating Message Disclaimer Policy Workstations The Administration ProcessSettings Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Components of the Administration ProcessUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Domino Installation Database Tools in Domino AdministratorMessages The Lotus Domino Administrator Timing and Execution of AdministrationTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Process Requests Controls Servers Nested GroupsDelivery Controls The Administration Process The Deny List Only Group TypeTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Components of the Administration Group Precedence in Database AccessControls Process Auto-populated Groups Mail Transfer Controls Database Tools in Domino Administrator Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalTopic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Timing and Execution of Administration PolicyMailboxes Process Requests PoliciesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes Nested Groups Policy DocumentsHow Mail Rules Work The Deny List Only Group Type Policy TypesMail Rule Actions Group Precedence in Database Access Settings Document TypesActivating a Server Mail Rule Auto-populated Groups Policy Precedence RulesTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 4B: Creating an Organizational Static and Dynamic SettingsMail Journaling Policy Policy Management ToolsJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Policies Policy Management Development ToolsJournaling and Mail Routing Policy Documents Use of an Organizational Policy Journaling and Server Configuration Policy Types Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anTopic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Settings Document Types Explicit PolicyWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Policy Precedence Rules Policy Assignment MethodsTag Mail Rule Conditions Static and Dynamic Settings Policy Assignment During RegistrationField Names Associated with Tags Policy Management Tools Dynamic Policy AssignmentsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Policy Management Development Tools The Effect of Multiple Policies Whitelist Tags Use of an Organizational Policy Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Administration TasksQuotas Explicit Policy Message Color-Coding on the Server


Quota Implementation Options Policy Assignment Methods Console Quota Restrictions Policy Assignment During Registration Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Dynamic Policy Assignments Databases on the ServerMaintenance The Effect of Multiple Policies Server Access Control MechanismsInbox Maintenance Lotus Domino Server Console Restrictions for Authorizing Server AccessUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Administration Tasks User Access to the ServerControl Inbox Size Message Color-Coding on the Server When to Restart the Server Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Console Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsArchiving Topic 5B: Setting Access to Create Administration LevelsBenefits of Archiving and Policies Databases on the Server Administration Level DetailsArchive Policy Documents Server Access Control Mechanisms The Full Access Administrator LevelArchive Policy Settings Document Restrictions for Authorizing Server Full Access Administrator Best PracticesArchive Criteria Settings Document Access The Domino Web AdministratorChecklist for Monitoring Mail User Access to the Server Administration Levels and the LotusTypes of Misdelivered Mail When to Restart the Server Domino Web Administrator Application Checking Mail Delivery Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Administration Levels The Domino Server LogMail Statistics Administration Level Details The Notes.ini FileTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking The Full Access Administrator Level Logging Levels Message Tracking Full Access Administrator Best Practices Server Groups and Replication Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall The Domino Web Administrator Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionWhat is Message Recall? Administration Levels and the Lotus DocumentMessage Recall Options Domino Web Administrator Application Replication ControlsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels Replication TypesTroubleshooting Stages The Domino Server Log Methods for Forcing ReplicationThe Mail Trace Tool The Notes.ini File Pull Push ReplicationTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Logging Levels Multiple Replication HubsWhen to Restart the Router Server Groups and Replication Critical Application SchedulingTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Topic 6B: Creating a Connection Replication Schedule Criteria When to Force Mail Routing Document Mail Routing ComponentsTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Replication Controls Mail Routing Behavior Within and BetweenMail Replication Types NNNs The Delivery Failure Process Methods for Forcing Replication Topic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke

Pull Push Replication Mail Routing TopologyLesson 4: Administering Users Multiple Replication Hubs The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routingline Critical Application Scheduling Topology

Topic 4A: Creating Groups Replication Schedule Criteria How Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeGroups Mail Routing Components Topology

Mail Routing Behavior Within and Opportunistic RoutingBetween NNNs Connection Document Mail Routing

line Topic 7B: Implementing a OptionsPlanning Guidelines Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology Router Types and Connection Documents The Worldwide Corporation Deployment The Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage FormatPlan Topology for Incoming MailSupported Platforms and System How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Mail Storage Formats Requirements Topology SMTPTopic 1B: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Opportunistic Routing SMTP Implementation ScenariosServer Software Connection Document Mail Routing SMTP Best PracticesLotus Domino Server Installation Types Options Internet Mail RoutingTopic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus Domino Router Types and Connection The SMTP Listener and Router TasksAdministrator Client Software Documents Methods for Enabling SMTP The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard and Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPBasic Configurations Format for Incoming Mail SettingsWhat is Eclipse? Mail Storage Formats SMTP Settings Client Installation Types SMTP Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail DeliveryWhat is Lotus Expeditor? SMTP Implementation Scenarios SMTP Inbound ControlsExpeditor Component Packaging SMTP Best Practices SMTP Outbound ControlsEclipse Update Sites Internet Mail Routing Message Relay Prevention Automated Installation Options for Eclipse The SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistComponents Methods for Enabling SMTP FiltersMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP What Are DNS Whitelist Filters?Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring the Settings The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessFirst Server SMTP Settings Enabling DNS Whitelist FiltersThe Server Setup Process Topic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail What Happens When a Host is Found inThe Domino Directory Delivery the DNS Whitelist?Replicas of the Domino Directory SMTP Inbound Controls DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics


Comparing Domains and Organizations SMTP Outbound Controls Enabling DNS Blacklist FiltersPurposes of Organizational Units Message Relay Prevention What Happens When a Host is Found inAlternatives to Organizational Units Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist the DNS Blacklist?Descendants of the Organization Certifier Filters What are Private Whitelist Filters?Organization Security What Are DNS Whitelist Filters? Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersOrganization Certifier ID Security The DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process What Happens When a Host is Found inAuthentication Between Organizations Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters the Private Whitelist?Country Codes What Happens When a Host is Found in What are Private Blacklist Filters?Server Audience Types the DNS Whitelist? Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersThe Lotus Domino Server Log DNS Whitelist Filter Statistics What Happens When a Host is Found inAdministrators Group Security Options Enabling DNS Blacklist Filters the Private Blacklist?Topic 1E: Configuring the First Workstation What Happens When a Host is Found in Order of Whitelist and BlacklistThe Client Configuration Program the DNS Blacklist? PrecedenceTopic 1F: Assigning Roles to Administrators What are Private Whitelist Filters? How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklistand Servers Enabling Private Whitelist Filters Filters Access in the Domino Directory What Happens When a Host is Found in Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTPThe Special Privilege of the the Private Whitelist? (E/SMTP) OptionsLocalDomainAdmins Group What are Private Blacklist Filters? E/SMTP Settings Privileges the LocalDomainAdmins Group Enabling Private Blacklist Filters Topic 8F: Configuring Internet AddressingLacks What Happens When a Host is Found in When to Set Internet AddressesDomino Directory Access for Registering the Private Blacklist? Internet Address Lookup Options Servers Order of Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 8G: Testing SMTPNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Precedence An Implementation of SMTP Routing Server ID File Storage Options How to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Topic 9B: Implementing MessageTopic 2B: Configuring and Starting Filters DisclaimersAdditional IBM Lotus Domino Servers Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Message DisclaimersThe Standard Directory Structure (E/SMTP) Options The Message Disclaimer ImplementationThe Central Directory Structure E/SMTP Settings ProcessReplicating a Subset of Documents in the Topic 8F: Configuring Internet Options for Attaching DisclaimersDomino Directory Addressing Enabling Server Message DisclaimersServer Setup Profiles When to Set Internet Addresses Creating Message Disclaimer PolicyClearing the Server ID Password Internet Address Lookup Options SettingsThe Certification Log Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEAdministrator Access to Register OU An Implementation of SMTP Routing Messages Certifiers Topic 9B: Implementing Message Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Disclaimers ControlsTopic 3B: Registering New Administrators Message Disclaimers Delivery Controls User Registration Options The Message Disclaimer Implementation Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferAdministrator Access to Register Users Process ControlsThe License Tracking Database Options for Attaching Disclaimers Mail Transfer Controls Internet Password Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerInternet Password Locking Creating Message Disclaimer Policy MailboxesID File Distribution Options Settings Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Topic 3C: Registering Users from a File Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME How Mail Rules WorkUser Registration Text Files Messages Mail Rule ActionsHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Activating a Server Mail Rule Topic 3D: Replicating Server Document Controls Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingChanges Delivery Controls Mail JournalingDomino Directory Document Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer Journaling and Mail Rules InteractionsSynchronization Controls Journaling and Mail RoutingTopic 3E: Setting Up an Administrator Mail Transfer Controls Journaling and Server Configuration Workstation Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag andWorkstation Setup for Additional Mailboxes Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsWorkstations Benefits of Multiple Mailboxes Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTopic 3F: Verifying the IBM Lotus Domino How Mail Rules Work Field Names Associated with TagsInstallation Mail Rule Actions Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist orThe Lotus Domino Administrator Activating a Server Mail Rule Whitelist Tags Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on Multiple Topic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasServers Mail Journaling QuotasThe Administration Process Journaling and Mail Rules Interactions Quota Implementation OptionsComponents of the Administration Process Journaling and Mail Routing Quota Restrictions Database Tools in Domino Administrator Journaling and Server Configuration Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withTiming and Execution of Administration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag Inbox MaintenanceProcess Requests and Whitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions Inbox MaintenanceNested Groups Tag Mail Rule Conditions Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature toThe Deny List Only Group Type Field Names Associated with Tags Control Inbox Size


Group Precedence in Database Access Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist Topic 10F: Archiving MailAuto-populated Groups or Whitelist Tags ArchivingTopic 4B: Creating an Organizational Policy Topic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas Benefits of Archiving and PoliciesPolicies Quotas Archive Policy DocumentsPolicy Documents Quota Implementation Options Archive Policy Settings DocumentPolicy Types Quota Restrictions Archive Criteria Settings Document Settings Document Types Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Checklist for Monitoring MailPolicy Precedence Rules Inbox Maintenance Types of Misdelivered MailStatic and Dynamic Settings Inbox Maintenance Checking Mail Delivery Policy Management Tools Using the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsPolicy Management Development Tools Control Inbox Size Mail Statistics Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingTopic 4C: Creating and Assigning an Explicit Archiving Message Tracking Policy Benefits of Archiving and Policies Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallPolicy Assignment Methods Archive Policy Documents What is Message Recall?Policy Assignment During Registration Archive Policy Settings Document Message Recall OptionsDynamic Policy Assignments Archive Criteria Settings Document Configuring the Message Recall Feature The Effect of Multiple Policies Checklist for Monitoring Mail Troubleshooting StagesLotus Domino Server Console Types of Misdelivered Mail The Mail Trace Tool Administration Tasks Checking Mail Delivery Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterMessage Color-Coding on the Server Topic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics When to Restart the Router Console Mail Statistics Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingTopic 5B: Setting Access to Create Topic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking When to Force Mail Routing Databases on the Server Message Tracking Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andServer Access Control Mechanisms Topic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Dead MailRestrictions for Authorizing Server Access What is Message Recall? The Delivery Failure ProcessUser Access to the Server Message Recall OptionsWhen to Restart the Server Configuring the Message Recall Feature Topic 5C: Setting Administration Levels Troubleshooting StagesAdministration Levels The Mail Trace Tool Administration Level Details Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterThe Full Access Administrator Level When to Restart the Router Full Access Administrator Best Practices Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingThe Domino Web Administrator When to Force Mail Routing Administration Levels and the Lotus Domino Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andWeb Administrator Application Dead MailTopic 5D: Setting Logging Levels The Delivery Failure ProcessThe Domino Server LogThe Notes.ini FileLogging Levels lineServer Groups and Replication Planning GuidelinesTopic 6B: Creating a Connection Document The Worldwide Corporation DeploymentReplication Controls PlanReplication Types Supported Platforms and SystemMethods for Forcing Replication Requirements Pull Push Replication Topic 1B: Installing the IBM LotusMultiple Replication Hubs Domino Server SoftwareCritical Application Scheduling Lotus Domino Server Installation Types Replication Schedule Criteria Topic 1C: Installing the IBM LotusMail Routing Components Domino Administrator Client SoftwareMail Routing Behavior Within and Between The Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andNNNs Basic ConfigurationsTopic 7B: Implementing a Hub-and-Spoke What is Eclipse?Mail Routing Topology Client Installation TypesThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail Routing Topology What is Lotus Expeditor?How Mail Routes in the Hub and Spoke Expeditor Component PackagingTopology Eclipse Update SitesOpportunistic Routing Automated Installation Options forConnection Document Mail Routing Options Eclipse ComponentsRouter Types and Connection Documents Multiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail Storage Format Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring thefor Incoming Mail First ServerMail Storage Formats The Server Setup ProcessSMTP The Domino DirectorySMTP Implementation Scenarios Replicas of the Domino DirectorySMTP Best Practices Comparing Domains and Organizations


Internet Mail Routing Purposes of Organizational UnitsThe SMTP Listener and Router Tasks Alternatives to Organizational UnitsMethods for Enabling SMTP Descendants of the Organization CertifierTopic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTP Settings Organization SecuritySMTP Settings Organization Certifier ID SecurityTopic 8C: Restricting Internet Mail Delivery Authentication Between OrganizationsSMTP Inbound Controls Country CodesSMTP Outbound Controls Server Audience TypesMessage Relay Prevention The Lotus Domino Server LogTopic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and Blacklist Administrators Group Security Options Filters Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters? WorkstationThe DNS Whitelist Filter Query Process The Client Configuration Program Enabling DNS Whitelist Filters Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Administrators and ServersDNS Whitelist? Access in the Domino DirectoryDNS Whitelist Filter Statistics The Special Privilege of theEnabling DNS Blacklist Filters LocalDomainAdmins GroupWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Privileges the LocalDomainAdminsDNS Blacklist? Group Lacks What are Private Whitelist Filters? Domino Directory Access for RegisteringEnabling Private Whitelist Filters ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the Need for Selecting a Registration ServerPrivate Whitelist? Server ID File Storage Options What are Private Blacklist Filters? Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingEnabling Private Blacklist Filters Additional IBM Lotus Domino ServersWhat Happens When a Host is Found in the The Standard Directory StructurePrivate Blacklist? The Central Directory StructureOrder of Whitelist and Blacklist Precedence Replicating a Subset of Documents in theHow to Enable Whitelist and Blacklist Filters Domino DirectoryTopic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP Server Setup Profiles(E/SMTP) Options Clearing the Server ID Password E/SMTP Settings The Certification LogTopic 8F: Configuring Internet Addressing Administrator Access to Register OUWhen to Set Internet Addresses CertifiersInternet Address Lookup Options Need for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 8G: Testing SMTP Topic 3B: Registering NewAn Implementation of SMTP Routing AdministratorsTopic 9B: Implementing Message User Registration OptionsDisclaimers Administrator Access to Register UsersMessage Disclaimers The License Tracking DatabaseThe Message Disclaimer Implementation Internet Password OptionsProcess Internet Password LockingOptions for Attaching Disclaimers ID File Distribution Options Enabling Server Message Disclaimers Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileCreating Message Disclaimer Policy User Registration Text FilesSettings How to Register Users from a Text File Using Message Disclaimers in S/MIME Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentMessages ChangesTopic 9C: Implementing Mail Delivery Domino Directory DocumentControls Synchronization Delivery Controls Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorTopic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer WorkstationControls Workstation Setup for AdditionalMail Transfer Controls Workstations Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple Server Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM LotusMailboxes Domino InstallationBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes The Lotus Domino Administrator How Mail Rules Work Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleMail Rule Actions ServersActivating a Server Mail Rule The Administration ProcessTopic 10B: Enabling Mail Journaling Components of the AdministrationMail Journaling ProcessJournaling and Mail Rules Interactions Database Tools in Domino AdministratorJournaling and Mail Routing Timing and Execution of AdministrationJournaling and Server Configuration Process Requests


Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tag and Nested GroupsWhitelist Tag Mail Rule Conditions The Deny List Only Group TypeTag Mail Rule Conditions Group Precedence in Database AccessField Names Associated with Tags Auto-populated Groups Options for Creating Rules with Blacklist or Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalWhitelist Tags PolicyTopic 10D: Establishing Mail Quotas PoliciesQuotas Policy DocumentsQuota Implementation Options Policy TypesQuota Restrictions Settings Document TypesTopic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size with Inbox Policy Precedence RulesMaintenance Static and Dynamic SettingsInbox Maintenance Policy Management ToolsUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature to Policy Management Development ToolsControl Inbox Size Use of an Organizational Policy Topic 10F: Archiving Mail Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anArchiving Explicit PolicyBenefits of Archiving and Policies Policy Assignment MethodsArchive Policy Documents Policy Assignment During RegistrationArchive Policy Settings Document Dynamic Policy AssignmentsArchive Criteria Settings Document The Effect of Multiple Policies Checklist for Monitoring Mail Lotus Domino Server ConsoleTypes of Misdelivered Mail Administration TasksChecking Mail Delivery Message Color-Coding on the ServerTopic 11B: Enabling Mail Statistics Console Mail Statistics Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateTopic 11C: Enabling Message Tracking Databases on the ServerMessage Tracking Server Access Control MechanismsTopic 11D: Configuring Message Recall Restrictions for Authorizing ServerWhat is Message Recall? AccessMessage Recall Options User Access to the ServerConfiguring the Message Recall Feature When to Restart the Server Troubleshooting Stages Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsThe Mail Trace Tool Administration LevelsTopic 12B: Restarting the Router Administration Level DetailsWhen to Restart the Router The Full Access Administrator LevelTopic 12C: Forcing Mail Routing Full Access Administrator Best PracticesWhen to Force Mail Routing The Domino Web AdministratorTopic 12D: Resolving Undelivered and Dead Administration Levels and the LotusMail Domino Web Administrator Application The Delivery Failure Process Topic 5D: Setting Logging Levels

The Domino Server LogThe Notes.ini FileLogging Levels Server Groups and Replication Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionDocumentReplication ControlsReplication TypesMethods for Forcing ReplicationPull Push ReplicationMultiple Replication HubsCritical Application SchedulingReplication Schedule Criteria Mail Routing ComponentsMail Routing Behavior Within andBetween NNNs Topic 7B: Implementing aHub-and-Spoke Mail Routing TopologyThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopologyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopologyOpportunistic RoutingConnection Document Mail RoutingOptions


Router Types and ConnectionDocuments Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail StorageFormat for Incoming MailMail Storage Formats SMTPSMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Best PracticesInternet Mail RoutingThe SMTP Listener and Router TasksMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSettingsSMTP Settings Topic 8C: Restricting Internet MailDeliverySMTP Inbound ControlsSMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Relay Prevention Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistFiltersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe DNS Whitelist?DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe DNS Blacklist?What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe Private Whitelist?What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe Private Blacklist?Order of Whitelist and BlacklistPrecedenceHow to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistFilters Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP(E/SMTP) OptionsE/SMTP Settings Topic 8F: Configuring InternetAddressingWhen to Set Internet AddressesInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageDisclaimersMessage DisclaimersThe Message Disclaimer ImplementationProcessOptions for Attaching DisclaimersEnabling Server Message DisclaimersCreating Message Disclaimer PolicySettingsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMessages Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryControlsDelivery Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail Transfer


ControlsMail Transfer Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMailboxesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Rules WorkMail Rule ActionsActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMail JournalingJournaling and Mail Rules InteractionsJournaling and Mail RoutingJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tagand Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTag Mail Rule ConditionsField Names Associated with TagsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklistor Whitelist Tags Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasQuotasQuota Implementation OptionsQuota Restrictions Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInbox MaintenanceInbox MaintenanceUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature toControl Inbox Size Topic 10F: Archiving MailArchivingBenefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchive Policy DocumentsArchive Policy Settings DocumentArchive Criteria Settings Document Checklist for Monitoring MailTypes of Misdelivered MailChecking Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessage Tracking Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat is Message Recall?Message Recall OptionsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Troubleshooting StagesThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Restart the Router Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDead MailThe Delivery Failure Process

linePlanning GuidelinesThe Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPlanSupported Platforms and SystemRequirements Topic 1B: Installing the IBM LotusDomino Server SoftwareLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1C: Installing the IBM Lotus


Domino Administrator Client SoftwareThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andBasic ConfigurationsWhat is Eclipse?Client Installation TypesWhat is Lotus Expeditor?Expeditor Component PackagingEclipse Update SitesAutomated Installation Options forEclipse ComponentsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theFirst ServerThe Server Setup ProcessThe Domino DirectoryReplicas of the Domino DirectoryComparing Domains and OrganizationsPurposes of Organizational UnitsAlternatives to Organizational UnitsDescendants of the Organization CertifierOrganization SecurityOrganization Certifier ID SecurityAuthentication Between OrganizationsCountry CodesServer Audience TypesThe Lotus Domino Server LogAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstWorkstationThe Client Configuration Program Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toAdministrators and ServersAccess in the Domino DirectoryThe Special Privilege of theLocalDomainAdmins GroupPrivileges the LocalDomainAdminsGroup Lacks Domino Directory Access for RegisteringServersNeed for Selecting a Registration ServerServer ID File Storage Options Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Standard Directory StructureThe Central Directory StructureReplicating a Subset of Documents in theDomino DirectoryServer Setup ProfilesClearing the Server ID Password The Certification LogAdministrator Access to Register OUCertifiersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3B: Registering NewAdministratorsUser Registration OptionsAdministrator Access to Register UsersThe License Tracking DatabaseInternet Password OptionsInternet Password LockingID File Distribution Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileUser Registration Text FilesHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentChanges


Domino Directory DocumentSynchronization Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWorkstationWorkstation Setup for AdditionalWorkstations Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM LotusDomino InstallationThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleServersThe Administration ProcessComponents of the AdministrationProcessDatabase Tools in Domino AdministratorTiming and Execution of AdministrationProcess Requests Nested GroupsThe Deny List Only Group TypeGroup Precedence in Database AccessAuto-populated Groups Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalPolicyPoliciesPolicy DocumentsPolicy TypesSettings Document TypesPolicy Precedence RulesStatic and Dynamic SettingsPolicy Management ToolsPolicy Management Development ToolsUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anExplicit PolicyPolicy Assignment MethodsPolicy Assignment During RegistrationDynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAdministration TasksMessage Color-Coding on the ServerConsole Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateDatabases on the ServerServer Access Control MechanismsRestrictions for Authorizing ServerAccessUser Access to the ServerWhen to Restart the Server Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsAdministration LevelsAdministration Level DetailsThe Full Access Administrator LevelFull Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Domino Web AdministratorAdministration Levels and the LotusDomino Web Administrator Application Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Domino Server LogThe Notes.ini FileLogging Levels Server Groups and Replication Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionDocumentReplication ControlsReplication Types


Methods for Forcing ReplicationPull Push ReplicationMultiple Replication HubsCritical Application SchedulingReplication Schedule Criteria Mail Routing ComponentsMail Routing Behavior Within andBetween NNNs Topic 7B: Implementing aHub-and-Spoke Mail Routing TopologyThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopologyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopologyOpportunistic RoutingConnection Document Mail RoutingOptionsRouter Types and ConnectionDocuments Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail StorageFormat for Incoming MailMail Storage Formats SMTPSMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Best PracticesInternet Mail RoutingThe SMTP Listener and Router TasksMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSettingsSMTP Settings Topic 8C: Restricting Internet MailDeliverySMTP Inbound ControlsSMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Relay Prevention Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistFiltersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe DNS Whitelist?DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe DNS Blacklist?What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling Private Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe Private Whitelist?What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe Private Blacklist?Order of Whitelist and BlacklistPrecedenceHow to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistFilters Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP(E/SMTP) OptionsE/SMTP Settings Topic 8F: Configuring InternetAddressingWhen to Set Internet AddressesInternet Address Lookup Options


Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageDisclaimersMessage DisclaimersThe Message Disclaimer ImplementationProcessOptions for Attaching DisclaimersEnabling Server Message DisclaimersCreating Message Disclaimer PolicySettingsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMessages Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryControlsDelivery Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferControlsMail Transfer Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMailboxesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Rules WorkMail Rule ActionsActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMail JournalingJournaling and Mail Rules InteractionsJournaling and Mail RoutingJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tagand Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTag Mail Rule ConditionsField Names Associated with TagsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklistor Whitelist Tags Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasQuotasQuota Implementation OptionsQuota Restrictions Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInbox MaintenanceInbox MaintenanceUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature toControl Inbox Size Topic 10F: Archiving MailArchivingBenefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchive Policy DocumentsArchive Policy Settings DocumentArchive Criteria Settings Document Checklist for Monitoring MailTypes of Misdelivered MailChecking Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessage Tracking Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat is Message Recall?Message Recall OptionsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Troubleshooting StagesThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Restart the Router


Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDead MailThe Delivery Failure Process

linePlanning GuidelinesThe Worldwide Corporation DeploymentPlanSupported Platforms and SystemRequirements Topic 1B: Installing the IBM LotusDomino Server SoftwareLotus Domino Server Installation Types Topic 1C: Installing the IBM LotusDomino Administrator Client SoftwareThe Lotus Notes 8.5 Client Standard andBasic ConfigurationsWhat is Eclipse?Client Installation TypesWhat is Lotus Expeditor?Expeditor Component PackagingEclipse Update SitesAutomated Installation Options forEclipse ComponentsMultiple Users Sharing One Workstation Topic 1D: Launching and Configuring theFirst ServerThe Server Setup ProcessThe Domino DirectoryReplicas of the Domino DirectoryComparing Domains and OrganizationsPurposes of Organizational UnitsAlternatives to Organizational UnitsDescendants of the Organization CertifierOrganization SecurityOrganization Certifier ID SecurityAuthentication Between OrganizationsCountry CodesServer Audience TypesThe Lotus Domino Server LogAdministrators Group Security Options Topic 1E: Configuring the FirstWorkstationThe Client Configuration Program Topic 1F: Assigning Roles toAdministrators and ServersAccess in the Domino DirectoryThe Special Privilege of theLocalDomainAdmins GroupPrivileges the LocalDomainAdminsGroup Lacks Domino Directory Access for RegisteringServersNeed for Selecting a Registration ServerServer ID File Storage Options Topic 2B: Configuring and StartingAdditional IBM Lotus Domino ServersThe Standard Directory StructureThe Central Directory StructureReplicating a Subset of Documents in theDomino DirectoryServer Setup ProfilesClearing the Server ID Password


The Certification LogAdministrator Access to Register OUCertifiersNeed for Selecting a Registration Server Topic 3B: Registering NewAdministratorsUser Registration OptionsAdministrator Access to Register UsersThe License Tracking DatabaseInternet Password OptionsInternet Password LockingID File Distribution Options Topic 3C: Registering Users from a FileUser Registration Text FilesHow to Register Users from a Text File Topic 3D: Replicating Server DocumentChangesDomino Directory DocumentSynchronization Topic 3E: Setting Up an AdministratorWorkstationWorkstation Setup for AdditionalWorkstations Topic 3F: Verifying the IBM LotusDomino InstallationThe Lotus Domino Administrator Topic 3G: Creating Replicas on MultipleServersThe Administration ProcessComponents of the AdministrationProcessDatabase Tools in Domino AdministratorTiming and Execution of AdministrationProcess Requests Nested GroupsThe Deny List Only Group TypeGroup Precedence in Database AccessAuto-populated Groups Topic 4B: Creating an OrganizationalPolicyPoliciesPolicy DocumentsPolicy TypesSettings Document TypesPolicy Precedence RulesStatic and Dynamic SettingsPolicy Management ToolsPolicy Management Development ToolsUse of an Organizational Policy Topic 4C: Creating and Assigning anExplicit PolicyPolicy Assignment MethodsPolicy Assignment During RegistrationDynamic Policy AssignmentsThe Effect of Multiple Policies Lotus Domino Server ConsoleAdministration TasksMessage Color-Coding on the ServerConsole Topic 5B: Setting Access to CreateDatabases on the ServerServer Access Control MechanismsRestrictions for Authorizing ServerAccessUser Access to the ServerWhen to Restart the Server


Topic 5C: Setting Administration LevelsAdministration LevelsAdministration Level DetailsThe Full Access Administrator LevelFull Access Administrator Best PracticesThe Domino Web AdministratorAdministration Levels and the LotusDomino Web Administrator Application Topic 5D: Setting Logging LevelsThe Domino Server LogThe Notes.ini FileLogging Levels Server Groups and Replication Topic 6B: Creating a ConnectionDocumentReplication ControlsReplication TypesMethods for Forcing ReplicationPull Push ReplicationMultiple Replication HubsCritical Application SchedulingReplication Schedule Criteria Mail Routing ComponentsMail Routing Behavior Within andBetween NNNs Topic 7B: Implementing aHub-and-Spoke Mail Routing TopologyThe Hub-and-Spoke Mail RoutingTopologyHow Mail Routes in the Hub and SpokeTopologyOpportunistic RoutingConnection Document Mail RoutingOptionsRouter Types and ConnectionDocuments Topic 7C: Selecting a Mail StorageFormat for Incoming MailMail Storage Formats SMTPSMTP Implementation ScenariosSMTP Best PracticesInternet Mail RoutingThe SMTP Listener and Router TasksMethods for Enabling SMTP Topic 8B: Configuring Basic SMTPSettingsSMTP Settings Topic 8C: Restricting Internet MailDeliverySMTP Inbound ControlsSMTP Outbound ControlsMessage Relay Prevention Topic 8D: Enabling Whitelist and BlacklistFiltersWhat Are DNS Whitelist Filters?The DNS Whitelist Filter Query ProcessEnabling DNS Whitelist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe DNS Whitelist?DNS Whitelist Filter StatisticsEnabling DNS Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe DNS Blacklist?What are Private Whitelist Filters?Enabling Private Whitelist Filters


What Happens When a Host is Found inthe Private Whitelist?What are Private Blacklist Filters?Enabling Private Blacklist FiltersWhat Happens When a Host is Found inthe Private Blacklist?Order of Whitelist and BlacklistPrecedenceHow to Enable Whitelist and BlacklistFilters Topic 8E: Configuring Extended SMTP(E/SMTP) OptionsE/SMTP Settings Topic 8F: Configuring InternetAddressingWhen to Set Internet AddressesInternet Address Lookup Options Topic 8G: Testing SMTPAn Implementation of SMTP Routing Topic 9B: Implementing MessageDisclaimersMessage DisclaimersThe Message Disclaimer ImplementationProcessOptions for Attaching DisclaimersEnabling Server Message DisclaimersCreating Message Disclaimer PolicySettingsUsing Message Disclaimers in S/MIMEMessages Topic 9C: Implementing Mail DeliveryControlsDelivery Controls Topic 9D: Implementing Mail TransferControlsMail Transfer Controls Topic 9E: Configuring Multiple ServerMailboxesBenefits of Multiple Mailboxes How Mail Rules WorkMail Rule ActionsActivating a Server Mail Rule Topic 10B: Enabling Mail JournalingMail JournalingJournaling and Mail Rules InteractionsJournaling and Mail RoutingJournaling and Server Configuration Topic 10C: Implementing Blacklist Tagand Whitelist Tag Mail Rule ConditionsTag Mail Rule ConditionsField Names Associated with TagsOptions for Creating Rules with Blacklistor Whitelist Tags Topic 10D: Establishing Mail QuotasQuotasQuota Implementation OptionsQuota Restrictions Topic 10E: Controlling Inbox Size withInbox MaintenanceInbox MaintenanceUsing the Inbox Maintenance Feature toControl Inbox Size Topic 10F: Archiving MailArchivingBenefits of Archiving and PoliciesArchive Policy Documents


Archive Policy Settings DocumentArchive Criteria Settings Document Checklist for Monitoring MailTypes of Misdelivered MailChecking Mail Delivery Topic 11B: Enabling Mail StatisticsMail Statistics Topic 11C: Enabling Message TrackingMessage Tracking Topic 11D: Configuring Message RecallWhat is Message Recall?Message Recall OptionsConfiguring the Message Recall Feature Troubleshooting StagesThe Mail Trace Tool Topic 12B: Restarting the RouterWhen to Restart the Router Topic 12C: Forcing Mail RoutingWhen to Force Mail Routing Topic 12D: Resolving Undelivered andDead MailThe Delivery Failure Process

Övrig information:

För mer information eller kursbokning, vänligen kontakta oss på telefon. 020-73 73 73

[email protected]

www.globalknowledge.se

Vretenvägen 13, plan 3, 171 54 Solna

http://www.globalknowledge.se